MASTER NEGATIVE 


NO. 93-51603-4 





MICROFILMED 1993 
COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY LIBRARIES/NEW YORK 


: as part of the | : 
"Foundations of Western Civilization Preservation Project” 


Funded by the 
NATIONAL ENDOWMENT FOR THE HUMANITIES 


Reproductions may not be made without permission from 
Columbia University Library 





COPYRIGHT STATEMENT 


The copyright law of the United States - Title 17, United 
States Code - concerns the making of photocopies or 
other reproductions of copyrighted material. 


Under certain conditions specified in the law, libraries and 
archives are authorized to furnish a photocopy or other — 
reproduction. One of these specified conditions is that the 
photocopy or other reproduction is not to be "used for any 
purpose other than private study, scholarship, or 
research." If a user makes a request for, or later uses, a 
photocopy or reproduction for purposes in excess of "fair 
use," that user may be liable for copyright infringement. 


This institution reserves the right to refuse to accept a 
- copy order if, in its judgement, fulfillment of the order 
would involve violation of the copyright law. 





AUTHOR: 


DEMOSTHENES 


TITLE: 


THE ORATION OF 


DEMOSTHENES ON ... 


PLACE: 


BOSTON 


DATE: 


1860, 1853 





Master Negative # 


COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY LIBRARIES 
PRESERVATION DEPARTMENT 


Ι ARGET 





Original Material as Filmed - Existing Bibliographic Record 


S8DN 
TE60 





D 
Demosthenes, © corona 1860 





€ crown, with 


New/ed., rev. Bos- | 


vi,264 p. 192 on. 


Restrictions on Use: 





REDUCTION RATIO:___ |[/ ¥ 


DATE FILMED: __ _ INITIALS__ SAP, 
FILMED BY: 











o ἢ Hh oO 2 ἃ Bae 


16 











- 07 

















125 





Association for Information and Image Management 
||: 
MANUFACTURED TO AIIM STANDARDS 
BY APPLIED IMAGE, INC 





Centimeter 








ss0DN IE co. 


| 


Columbia College 
in the City of Lew York 





VALUABLE LIST OF 


SCHOOL AND COLLEGE TEXT-BOOKS | 


USED IN MOST OF THE NEW ENGLAND COLLEGES. 
PUBLISHED BY 


JAMES MUNROE ἃ CO., 


134 Washington St., Boston, and Lyceum Building, Cambridge, Mass. 
The Subscribers would ask the attention of Teachers and the 
Friends of Education generally to their superior merits: 


Demosthenes’ Select Popular Orations, with English Notes, by 
Prof. Champlin, of Waterville College. Revised Edition. 
12mo. $1 00 

The Gorgias of Plato, with English Notes, by President Wool- 
sey, of Yale College. Fifth Edition. 12mo. 1 00 

The Agamemnon of Eschylus, with Notes, by Prof. Felton, of ° 
Harvard University. Third Edition. 12mo. 1 00 

Demosthenes’ Orations on the Crown, with Notes, by Prof. 
Champlin. Sixth Edition. 12mo. 

Homer’s [lliad, with Notes,.Py Prof. Felton. Twentieth Edition. 
12mo. 

ZEschylus Tragedy Septem Contra Thebas, with Notes. 12mo. 

Demosthenes’ Three Philippics. Notes by Prof. Smead. Re- 
vised Edition. 12mo. 

Follen’s German Reader, with Additions by Mr. Schmitt, 
Teacher of German in Harvard University. 12mo. 

Follen’s German Grammar and Exercises. New Ed. 12mo. 

Virgil, with English Notes, by Prof. Bowen,.of Harvard Univer- 
sity. Ninth Edition. 8vo. 

Metres of the Greeks and Romans. Notes by Profs. Beck and 
Felton. 12mo. 

Geometry and the Science of Form. Prepared from the most ap- 
proved Prussian Text-Books by Mrs. Lowell. 12mo. Plates 

Day’s Outlines of Physical Geography. Cuts. 12mo. 

Coleridge’s Introduction to the Greek Classic Poets. 12mo. 

Peirce’s (Prof. B.) Elements of Algebra and Geometry. 12mo. 
Plates, each, 

Peirce’s (Prof. B.) Plain and Spherical: Trigonometry. 8vo. 
Plates. 


.Peirce’s (Prof. B.) Curves, Functions, and Forces. 2 vols. 


12mo. Plates. 

The Alcestis of Euripides. Notes by President Woolsey. Re- 
vised Edition. 12mo. 

The Antigone of Sophocles. Notes by President Woolsey. Re- 
vised Edition. 12mo. 

The Prometheus of Aschylus. Notes by President Woolsey. 
Revised Edition. 12mo. 

The Electra of Sophocles. Notes by President Woolsey. Re- 
vised Edition. 12mo. 

Stewart’s Philosophy of the Human Mind. Edited by Prof. 
Bowen. 12mo. 1 25 


εἷς, Copies of any of our Publications sent, free of postage, on 
remittance of the advertised price. 








ARCHBISHOP WHATELY'S WRITINGS, 


PUBLISHED BY 


JAMES MUNROE ἃ CO., 


No. 134 Washington Street, Boston, and Lyceum Building, Campvridge. 


» a ν 
EASY LESSONS ON REASONING. New Edition. 
12mo. p.p. 180. 63 cents. 

«Tt is an admirably clear and simple imtroduction to Dr. Whately’s 
Elements of Logic, being designed, apparently, to facilitate the use of 
that work in Academies and High Schools.?? — Worth American Re- 
view. 

II 


ELEMENTS OF LOGIC. Comprising the substance of 
the Article in the Encyclopedia Metropolitana, with additions, &c. 
New Revised Edition, with Author’s last. additions. Large 12mo. 
p-p. 484. Cloth stamped, $1.00. 


«This work (Elements of Logic) has long been our text-book here. 
The style in which you have published this new edition of so valuable 
a work leaves nothing to be desired in regard of elegance and conven- 
ience. — Proresson Dunn, Brown University. 


Til. Lina ile 


ELEMENTS OF RHETORIC. Comprising an Analysis 


of the Laws of Moral Evidence and of Persuasion, with Rules for 
Argumentative Composition and Elocution. New Edition, Revised 
by the Author. Large 12mo. p.p. 546. $1.00. 


εἰ ΠῊ 9 Elements of Rhetoric has become 80 much a standard work, 
that it might seem superfluous to speak of it. In short, we should 
not dream of teaching a College class from any other book on Rhetoric. 
Communion with Whately’s mind would improve any mind on eart "7 
— Presbyterian Quarterly Review. 


Iv. 

A SELECTION OF ENGLISH SYNONYMS. Sec- 
ond Edition Revised and Enlarged. Το. p.p. 180. 68 cents. 
‘Tt is marked. by that strong common-sense and. accurate learning 

which have rendered the author’s educational treatises so indispensa~ 


ble to all professional teachers. We know of no work on Synonyms 
that is equal in value to this.? — New York Recorder 


v. 
LESSONS. ON MORALS. AND CHRISTIAN EVI- 
ee by Rev. F. D. Huntington, D.D. 12mo. ΡῬ' 
3 8.. 


σι. 
INTRODUCTORY LECTURES ON THE MIND, with 
Preface by the American Editor. 12mo. p.p. 240. 75 cents . 


eee 








: 


ΤΟΥΣ, ἘΠ ὃς δος ἡ: 
τὸν εἶ ἜΣ he ike pithy 




















ORATION 





DEMOSTHENES 


ON 


THE CROWN. 


NOTES, 


By J. T. CHAMPLIN, 


"ν«ὙὝἕ * 
PROFESSOR OF GREEK AND LATIN IN WATERVILLE COLLEGE. 





* Cujus non tam vibrarent fulmina illa, nisi numeris contorta 
ferrentur.”” — Cio. Orator, c. 70. 





NEW EDITION, REVISED. 


BOSTON AND CAMBRIDGE : 
JAMES MUNROE AND COMPANY. 
18 60. 








Entered according to Act of Congreas, in the yea. 1853, by 
J.T Cnamruin, 


in the Clerk's Office of the District Court of the District of Massachusetts 


PREFACE 


TO THE FIRST EDITION 





Tue present edition of “" The Crown” owes its existence 
to the conviction, that the ripening scholarship of our land 
calls for a new attempt to illustrate this great author. It 
would have been the choice of the editor, that the work 
should have been undertaken by some abler and more ex- 
perienced hand; but as no such hand was put to it, he 
has, after much hesitation, ventured to attempt it himself. 
The points upon which most attention has been bestowed, 
and in which the merits of the edition, if it have any, will 
be found principally to consist, are the following : — 

1. An attempt has been made to furnish in the notes all 
necessary historical and archeological information. The 
need of such information is very much felt in reading this 
Oration, since it deals largely in, the history, laws, dhd 
politics of Athens, and, indeed, of all Greece. Laws are 
quoted, measures cited, and historical events alluded to, 
which, though familiar to the audience to which they were 
addressed, require illustration in order to be understood at 
the present time. In such a discussion, too, there are ne- 
cessarily many technical terms which need explanation. 
All needed aid of this kind, it is hoped, will be found in 
the notes. In furnishing information of this nature, I have 
derived great assistance, as will be seen by the references, 

“ ΕἸΣ f os ¢ 2 


AO ς σι ὦ 








iv PREFACE. 


from Hermann’s Manual of the Political Antiquities of 
Greece ; a book full of the profoundest learning, presented 
in the clearest and most compressed form. I have also 
made free use of Thirlwall’s History of Greece, an at- 
tentive perusal of which, but more particularly of Chapters 
XLI.-—XLVII., I would recommend to all who read this 
Oration. 

2. A good deal of attention has been bestowed upon the 
explanation of words, sentences, and grammatical construc- 
tions. Demosthenes is an unusually difficult author to trans- 
late ; and hence an editor, who would adapt his labors to the 
attainments of students in our academic courses, has much 
to do in the way of removing difficulties of this kind. It 
has been with this end in view, that so many words, sen- 
tences, and, in a few instances, even long passages, have 
been translated. It has not been intended, however, to 
translate any word or sentence, the meaning of which it 
might be supposed to be within the power of our ordinary 
students fully to comprehend by a reasonable amount of 
study ; except, perhaps, in a few cases, where the impor- 
tance of a word or phrase to the understanding of what 
precedes or follows seemed to render it desirable to pre- 
vent all possibility of mistaking its meaning, by translating 
it. Generally, too, only those passages have been trans- 
lated, which, in order to their full understanding, require, 
besides a translation, the introduction of certain explana- 
tor¥ words or phrases. In other words, I have translated 
but very little barely for the purpose of translation, but 
generally with a view to the introduction or addition of cer- 
tain explanatory remarks. In doing this, however, I cannot 
deny that my object has been to make the task of reading 
the text easier. From my Own experience, both as a stu- 
dent and a teacher of this author, I am convinced that there 
is need of something being done in this way to encourage 
the efforts of the beginner. Ripe scholars, who have an 
extensive and accurate knowledge of the Greek language, 


PREFACE. ὃ 


and who, besides, have at hand the books which are neces- 
sary for a thorough original study of Demosthenes, need 
nothing but the bare text; but for mere learners, such as 
this book is designed for, I am satisfied that some assistance 
in the way of translating difficult words and passages is 
needed.. This seems necessary, in order to prevent them 
from resorting to improper helps. Whatever objections, 
therefore, there may be, in ordinary cases, to so free a use 
of translation as has been made in the present instance, I 
hope it will be considered that there are weighty reasons 
in its favor, in this particular case, growing out of the 
nature of the author commented upon. After all the as- 
sistance that has been given in this way, it is believed that 
enough of difficulty remains to task the powers and stimu- 
late the industry of the student in no ordinary degree. It 
should be added here, that the translations given in the 
notes have been made with the simple purpose of express- 
ing, as clearly as possible, the meaning of the original. 

3. Another point upon which no inconsiderable attention 
has been bestowed, is the development of the course of 
thought pursued by the orator. For this purpose, a very 
full and minute analysis has been prefixed to the Notes, 
and special pains have been taken to point out in the notes 
the meaning of those words and phrases which may be 
regarded as the hinges of the thought, to notice the transi- 
tions, to show the connection of consecutive ideas, and the 
relevancy of what, without explanation, might appear for- 
eign to the subject. It has been my object to aid the dili- 
gent student in obtaining a clear and vivid conception of 
the stirring thoughts and sentiments contained in this mas- 
terpiece of the prince of orators; and should it be thought 
that I have succeeded in this to any good degree, I shall 
not feel that I have labored in vain, 


In making up the notes, I have made free use of the com- 
ments of others, whenever they seemed to my purpose. 1 














wi PREFACE. 


have designed that they should embody, in a compressed 
form, all that is truly valuable which has been contributed 
in the way of illustration, by the great editors of Demos- 
thenes, such as Reiske, Wolf, Taylor, Schifer, etc., and 
thus be a representative of the present state of the inter- 
pretation of this author. But on very many passages 
of no inconsiderable difficulty, I could find nothing satis- 
factory in any of the commentaries of others at my com- 
mand, for the explanation of which, therefore, I have been 
obliged to draw upon my own reading and resources; so 
that I flatter myself it will be found that I have contributed 
something of my own towards the illustration of the text. 
Between what is original, therefore, and what is compiled, 
it is hoped that but few passages, which really need illus- 
tration, will be found unexplained ; and that, whatever else 
may be said of the notes, it cannot be said of them, as 
Cecil said of commentaries on the Scriptures, that “ they 
are very good, except on difficult passages.” In thus 
meeting, rather than avoiding, the difficult questions, I am 
aware that I have laid myself open much more to criticism ; 
but this consequence, however undesirable, I shall not regret, 
if 1 have really succeeded in throwing any light upon 
them. 





Tuts new edition has been as carefully revised as the 
time and circumstances of the editor would admit, and it 


is hoped will be found to contain all that the ordinary reader 
may desire. 


4HMOSOENOTS 


Ὁ ΠΕΡῚ TOY STEGANOT AOTOR. 





os , ΦΨ > a . 4 
Πρῶτον μέν, ὦ ἄνδρες AOnvaiot, τοῖς θεοῖς εὔχομαι 1 
“ ‘ , {72 ΝΜ Μ Sh, A an 
πᾶσι Kat πάσαις, ὅσην εὔνοιαν ἔχων ἐγὼ διατελῶ τῇ 
Λ A “~ a 
26 τε πόλει καὶ πᾶσιν ὑμῖν, τοσαύτην ὑπάρξαι μοι Tap 


¢ “ " 4 a > “ ” > Φ ’ > 4. > 
ὑμῶν εἰς τουτονὶ TOV aywva, ἔπειθ᾽, ὃ περ ἐστι μάλισθ 


Φ.." πιῶ Ν - ξ , ᾽ , 
ὑπερ ὑμῶν καὶ τῆς ὑμετέρας εὐσεβείας τε καὶ δόξης, 


an ~ % ἣν en ‘ x 
τοῦτο παραστῆσαι τοὺς θεοὺς ὑμῖν, μὴ Tov ἀντίδικον 
΄ Ν a - 3 
σύμβουλον ποιήσασθαι περὶ τοῦ πῶς ἀκούειν ὑμᾶς ἐμοῦ 
“ ’ ‘ “A Ν ee 3 4 εὖ 
δεῖ (σχέτλιον yap ἂν en τοῦτο γε). ἀλλὰ τοὺς νόμους 8 
Ν Ν φ > ? A ed a Ν. ’ 
καὶ τὸν OpKOV, ἐν @ πρὸς ἅπασι τοῖς ἄλλοις δικαίοις 
‘ a , .. ὁ / > a 5 , 
καὶ τοῦτο γέγραπται, TO ὁμοίως ἀμφοῖν ἀκροάσασθαι. 
͵' A yg > 4 ? ’ Ν ‘ / 4, 
οὔτο δ᾽ ἐστὶν ov μόνον TO μὴ προκατεγνωκέναι μηδέν, 
δὲ » s Ν Ν > / > A > A 
οὐδὲ TO THY εὔνοιαν ἰσην ἀμφοτέροις ἀποδοῦναι, ἀλλα 
4 a a / Ν A > / e 4. 
καὶ τὸ τῇ τάξει καὶ TH ἀπολογίᾳ, ws βεβούληται καὶ 
͵ - > , 7 d da 
προήρηται τῶν ἀγωνιζομένων ἕκαστος, οὕτως ἐᾶσαϊ 
/ 
χρήσασθαι. 
‘ ‘ > Μ ἃ ἡ a : 
Πολλὰ μεν οὖν eywy ελαττοῦμαι κατὰ τουτονὶ τὸν 3 
Φ ὦ > / 4 > > A > κ 
ἀγῶνα Αἰσχίνου, δύο δ᾽, ὦ ἄνδρες ᾿Αθηναῖοι, καὶ με- 
Λ A % a > Ν a Ν > 
γάλα" ἕν μὲν ὅτι ov περὶ τῶν ἴσων ἀγωνίζομαι" οὐ 
Ι 














eee 
.--»---...--....- 


ΒΟ eee 
nee 


-- δὰ 
στον 


2 AHMOSOGENOYS 


"ἡ » ee pa > a ? , 
γὰρ ἐστιν ἰσον νῦν ἐμοὶ τῆς παρ ὑμῶν εὐνοίας διαμαρ- 
. \ ΄, ᾿ Ξ » ν᾿ . > 
TEL καὶ τούτῳ μὴ ἑλεῖν τὴν γραφήν, ἀλλ᾽ ἐμοὶ μὲν ---- (ου 

4. ‘ » ᾽ art > an ’ὔ 

βούλομαι δε δυσχερὲς εἰπεῖν οὐδὲν ἄρχομενος τοῦ λόγου), 
φ 3 3 ’ὔ - ΄“ > A 
οὗτος δ᾽ ἐκ περιουσίας μου κατηγορεῖ. Erepov δ᾽, ὃ 
4 A > , ¢ , »“ ‘ a ‘ 
φύσει πᾶσιν ἀνθρωποις ὑπάρχει, TOV μεν λοιδοριῶν καὶ 


ΕΝ ΕΝ > 4 ἕἔ / “ > ~ > ¢ ‘ 
TOV κατηγοριῶν ἀκούειν 15€ws, τοῖς ἐπαινοῦσι δ᾽ αὑτοὺς 


¥ θ 4 / ἃ / ? Ν ξ , ’ 
4 ἄχθεσθαι" τούτων τοίνυν ὃ μέν ἐστι πρὸς ἡδονήν, τούτῳ 


Λ ἃ ‘ A » " » » Ὁ 
δέδοται, ὃ δὲ πᾶσιν ὡς ἔπος εἰπεῖν ἐνοχλεῖ, λοιπὸν ἐμοί. 
a ‘ + ΄, a ‘ , ‘ , 
Kay μεν εὐλαβούμενος τοῦτο μὴ λέγω τὰ πεπραγμένα 
᾽ a > ¥ 3 ’ Ν / / 
ἐμαυτῳ, οὐκ ἔχειν ἀπολύσασθαι τὰ κατηγορημένα δόξω 
7a" Pad @ > “Ὁ A 4 > > 
οὐδ᾽ eb οἷς ἀξιῶ τιμᾶσθαι δεικνύναι" ἐὰν δ᾽ ἐφ᾽ ἃ καὶ 


, Ν ’ / , 
πεποίηκα καὶ πεπολίτευμαι βαδίζω, πολλάκις λέγειν 


᾽ ’ ν ἃ “ ‘ > 
avayxacOrcouat περὶ ἐμαυτοῦ. Πειράσομαι μεν οὖν 23] 


ε , a a A 7 4 ‘ A 
ὡς μετριωτατα τοῦτο ποιεῖν" ὃ τε δ᾽ ἂν TO πρᾶγμα 
7 A > / / ‘ “ ἢ φ ’ 3 / 
αὑτὸ ἀναγκάζῃ, τούτου τὴν αἰτίαν οὑτὸς ἐστι δίκαιος 
»¥ e rl Φ ὦ > , 
ἔχειν ὁ τοιοῦτον ἀγῶνα ἐνστησάμενος. 
" ὶ κα .ν : a , “τ, "ἡ 
Οἶμαι δ᾽ ὑμᾶς, ὦ ἄνδρες ᾿Αθηναῖοι, πάντας ἂν ὁμο- 
“ἅ ἡ 3 Ν Ν “ἢ > ‘ ‘ 
λογῆσαι κοινὸν εἶναι τουτονὶ τὸν ἀγῶνα ἐμοὶ καὶ Krn- 
a Ν Fas >. , Ν - > ’ , 
σιφῶντι, Kat οὐδὲν ἐλάττονος ἄξιον σπουδῆς ἐμοΐ" πάν- 
‘ Ν > - , > A , 
τῶν μὲν γὰρ ἀποστερεῖσθαι λυπηρὸν ἐστι καὶ χαλεπόν, 
λλ. Ἃ οὐ, 9 0 “ a B / aN 
ἀλλὼς Te κἂν ὑπ ἐχθροῦ τῳ τοῦτο cupBaivy, μάλιστα 


δὲ τῆς παρ᾽ ὑμῶν εὐνοίας καὶ φιλανθρωπίας, ὅσῳ περ 


4 Ν - ’ ’ ’ ? ‘ 7 > 
6 καὶ TO τυχεῖν τούτων μέγιστον ἐστιν. Περὶ τούτων ὃ 


Μ A “ἢ ? - > a“ A ’ , 
ὄντος τουτουὶ τοῦ ὠγῶνος, ἀξιῶ καὶ δέομαι πάντων 
e / 4 a 2 “᾿ / A a / 
ὁμοίως ὑμῶν, AKOUVTaL MOU περί τὼν κατηγορημένων 
> ΄ ’ [4 ε ’ [4 Δ 
ἀπολογουμένου δικαίως, ὥσπερ οἱ νόμοι κελεύουσιν, OUS 


e ‘ > ? 7 A Μ A ¢ «a 4 , 
ὁ τιθεὶς εξ ἀρχῆς Σόλων, εὔνους ὧν ὑμῖν καὶ δημοτικάς, 


ΠΈΡΙ TOY STE®ANOY. 3 


+] ᾿ a , , Ν , A 3 3 Ν A 
ov μόνον τῷ γράψαι κυρίους ᾧετο ὃειν εἶναι, αλλὰ καὶ 
»"Ὗ ‘ , e a b | / > > A 
τῷ τοὺς δικάζοντας ὑμᾶς ομωμοκέναι" οὐκ ἀπιστῶν τ 
“ιν»Ἃ ἕ Da ‘ / >. y 2 A Γ Ν ie A 
ὑμῖν, WS Ὑ ἐμοί φαίνεται, αλλ ὁορὼν ὅτι Tus αἰτίας καὶ 

‘ , - ᾽ a , , e , 
tas διαβολάς, ais εκ τοῦ πρότερος λέγειν 0 διωκων 
> ’ > »” a 4 7 ᾽ ‘ a 
ἰσχύει, οὐκ EVEL τῷ φεύγοντι παρελθεῖν, εἰ μη τῶν δικα- 

’ Ψ δ᾽ δ ‘ ‘ ‘ ‘ > , 
Covrwy ἕκαστος ὑμῶν τὴν πρὸς τοὺς θεοὺυς εὐσέβειαν 

A ‘ A ’ 4 / / > o A 
φυλάττων καὶ τὰ τοῦ λέγοντος ὑστέρου δίκαια evvoiKas 
/ ‘ Ν [ἐ Ν ν A Ν 
προσδέξεται, καὶ παρασχὼν ἐαυτὸν ἔσον καὶ κοινὸν 

᾽ ͵ . , Pr) ‘ , , 
ἀμφοτέροις ἀκροατήν, οὕτω τὴν διάγνωσιν ποιήσεται 

Ν ΄ 
περὶ ὡπάντων. 
Λ Ν a Ia/ ’ ’ e ΝΜ ’ 
Μέλλων Se τοῦ τε ἰδίου βίου παντὸς, ὡς ἔοικε, λόγον 8 
’ ’ rn a , 4. 
διδόναι τήμερον καὶ τῶν κοινῇ πεπολιτευμένων, βούλο- 
Λ Ἂ ‘ ’ A > ’ e a 
μαι πάλιν τοὺς θεους παρακαλέσαι, καὶ ἐναντίον ὑμῶν 


oY, “A , A ¥ ν ιν A ΕΝ 
εὔχομαι πρῶτον μέν, ὅσην εὔνοιαν ἔχων ἐγὼ διατελῶ τῇ 


4 - © An 4 ¢ , > 
28 τε πόλει καὶ πᾶσιν ὑμῖν, τοσαύτην ὑπάρξαι μοι παρ 


. ὦ > a) a ae ¥ > Ψ OY 

ὑμῶν εἰς τουτονὶ τὸν ἀγῶνα" ἐπειθ᾽, ὃ TL μέλλει συ- 
, a a > , A 7 A 3 ’ὔ 

νοίσειν καὶ πρὸς εὐδοξίαν κοινῇ καὶ πρὸς εὐσέβειαν 

EN ΠῚ “ ‘ ‘ a ec a a 

E€XKaCT ῳ, τοῦτο παραστῆσ at Tavs Beous Tact υμιν TEept 


ταυτησὶ τῆς γραφῆς γνῶναι. 


᾽ x 4 . @ Ia / ’ ’ ς 3 , 
Εἰ μὲν οὖν περὶ ὧν ἐδίωκε μόνον κατηγόρησεν Aioyi- 9 


iy. \ >. a 5 , IA A 
νης, Kay@ περὶ αὐτοῦ τοῦ προβουλεύματος εὐθὺς ἂν 
> ‘ > > , ’ 9 
ἀπελογούμην . ἐπειδὴ δ᾽ οὐκ ἐλάττω λογον τἄλλα 
‘ 2 ‘ ‘ a 4 , 

διεξιων ἀνήλωκε Kal Ta πλεῖστα κατεψεύσατο μου, 
᾽ - 3 / Ν δί e/ ’ > 
ἀναγκαῖον εἶναι νομίζω Kat δίκαιον ἅμα βραχέα, ὦ 
Μ > - Ν ’ >] lal a“ od Q 
ἄνδρες ᾿Αθηναῖοι, περὶ τούτων εἰπεῖν πρῶτον, wa μηδεὶς 
“ a , / >. , ΕΝ 
ὑμῶν τοῖς ἔξωθεν λόγοις ἠγμένος αλλοτριωτερον τῶν 


ὑπὲρ τῆς γραφῆς δικαίων ἀκούῃ μου. 


























SHMOSGENOYSZ 


‘ ‘ a 5} a ’ , 
Περὶ μὲν δὴ τῶν ἰδίων ὅσα λοιδορούμενος βεβλασφη- 
᾿ “ ’ ς “ 4 / / 
unxe περὶ ἐμοῦ, θεάσασθε ws ἁπλᾶ καὶ δίκαια λέγω. 
Εἰ ‘ ΕἾ , a“ e φ > A > Ν 
t μὲν ἴστε με τὐιοῦτον οἷον οὗτος ἡτιᾶτο (ου γαρ 
¥ , a " ne ‘ ‘ ee 
ἄλλοθί που βεβίωκα ἢ παρ᾽ ὑμῖν), μηδὲ φωνὴν ava- 
> > / Ν Ν e / / 
σχησθε, μηδ᾽ εἰ πάντα Ta Kowa ὑπέρευ πεπολίτευμαι, 
i's > , , Ν 5 Ὗ a 
ἀλλ᾽ ἀναστάντες καταψηφίσασθε ἤδη" εἰ δὲ πολλῷ 
/ / a / Ν Ν 5 
βελτίω τούτου καὶ ἐκ βελτιόνων, καὶ μηδενὸς τῶν με- 
/ “ ‘ > ‘ / / ΝΜ" ‘ 
τρίων (iva μηδὲν ἐπαχθὲς λέγω) χείρονα καὶ ἐμὲ καὶ 
‘ > ‘ ς / 4 e 4 ‘ > 
TOUS ἐμοὺς ὑπειλήφατε καὶ γυγνώσκετε, τούτῳ μεν μηδ 
‘ a +. 4 4 € ’ὔ 
ὑπερ τῶν ἄλλων πιστεύετε" δῆλον γὰρ ὡς ὁμοίως 
Γι ΒΕ}. / > Ν > A ‘ , ‘ / 
ἅπαντ᾽ ἐπλάττετο" ἐμοὶ ὃ, ἣν Tapa πάντα Tov χρόνον 
ΝΜ 3 eat a > , “ ’ 
εὔνοιαν ἐνδέδειχθε ἐπὶ πολλῶν ἀγώνων τῶν πρότερον, 
‘ A , ’ >» ἃ " ’ “ 
ιι καὶ νυνὶ παράσχεσθε. Κακοήθης δ᾽ ὧν, Αισχίνη, τοῦτο 
x - Ν θ ? ‘0 ‘ ‘ “ ‘ 
παντελῶς εὔηθες ῳήθης, τοὺς περὶ τῶν πεπραγμένων 
Ν ’ ’ > / ‘ ‘ 
καὶ πεπολιτευμένων λόγους ἀφέντα με πρὸς Tas λοιδο- 
᾽’ © A a / > by. / a 
ρίας τὰς παρὰ σοῦ τρέψεσθαι. Ov δὴ ποιήσω τοῦτο" 
3 ΓΙ ’ 3 TUE yi, ‘ - 
οὐχ οὕτω τετύφωμαι" ἀλλ᾽ ὑπερ μεν των πεπολιτευ- 
’ A / ‘ / > , “a ‘ 
μένων ἃ κατεψεύδου καὶ διέβαλλες ἐξετάσω, τῆς δὲ 
, 4 a ? / cd x 
πομπείας ταύτης τῆς ἀνέδην γεγενημένης ὕστερον, ἂν 
/ > / 9 / , 
βουλομένοις ἀκούειν ἢ τουτοισὶ, μνησθήσομαι. 
ἈΝ Ν 3 ’ Ν ‘ , ‘ ‘ 
Ta μεν οὖν κατηγορημένα πολλὰ καὶ δεινά, καὶ περὶ 
φ ᾿ καὶ Λ ‘ 3 , « ’ / 
ὧν ἐνίων μεγάλας καὶ Tas ἐσχάτας οἱ νόμοι διδόασι 
/ A ‘ ’ὔ > a e ; ne 
τιμωρίας " τοῦ δὲ παρόντος aywvos ἡ προαίρεσις αὑτὴ 
> a ‘ > , ¥ . oe 7 / » 
ἐχθροῦ μὲν ἐπήρειαν ἔχει καὶ ὕβριν καὶ λοιδορίαν Kat 
Ν A ‘ , ‘ “ ω / 
προπηλακισμὸν ὁμοῦ καὶ πάντα τὰ TOLAUTA, τῶν μέντοι 
- 4 ~ » ~ a " / y¥ > 
κατηγοριῶν καὶ τῶν αἰτιῶν τῶν εἰρημένων, εἴπερ ἦσαν 


ἀληθεῖς, οὐκ ἔνι τῇ πόλει δίκην ἀξίαν λαβεῖν οὐδ᾽ 


NEPI TOY STE@ANOY. 5 


> 4 > A > a « A “ 

εγγύς. Ou yap αἀφαιρεῖσθωι δεῖ τὸ προσελθεῖν τῷ 13 

ὃ ’ Ν Ἄ, , a ? δ᾽ 3 3 / ’ Ν 
ἥμῳ καὶ λόγου τυχεῖν, οὐδ᾽ ἐν ἐπηρείας τάξει καὶ 

, ~ - + A ‘ κ᾿ 

φθόνου τοῦτο ποιεῖν,--- οὔτε, μὰ τοὺς θεοὺς, ὀρθῶς ἔχον 
¥ Ν ΝΜ - 

οὔτε πολιτικὸν οὔτε δίκαιόν ἐστιν, ὦ ἄνδρες ᾿Αθηναῖοι ! 

> 2 - > a ’ , Ν 

Arr ep οἷς ἀδικοῦντά pe ἑώρα τὴν πόλιν, οὖσί γε 

’ δ ἢ n > / 

τηλικούτοις ἡλίκα νῦν EeTpay@deL καὶ διεξήει, ταῖς ἐκ 
- , / > Ate 3 ’ A 

τῶν νόμων τιμωρίαις Tap αὑτὰ τἀδικήματα χρῆσθαι, 
> ~% \ / Μ / , 

εἰ μεν εἰσαγγέλίας afta πράττοντά με ἑώρα, εἰσαγγέλ- 

4 a ‘ , ᾽ , , 
ovTa καὶ τοῦτον τὸν τρόπον εἰς κρίσιν καθιστάντα 
“Ὁ fF δὲ , , , 

Tap υμίν, εἴ δε γράφοντα παράνομα, παρανόμων ypa- 
’ > ‘ ’ + 

φόμενον" ov yap δήπου Κτησιφῶντα μὲν δύναται διώ- 

,»εκ»"."» ἃ Ἁκ , ” > 

mew Ov ἐμέ, ewe δέ, εἴπερ ἐξελέγξειν ἐνόμιζεν, αὐτὸν 
» ἃ ᾽ , a ‘ ” A 

οὐκ av ἐγράψατο. Kai μην εἰ tt τῶν ἄλλων ὧν νυνὶ 14 
/ ‘ / a 

διέβαλλε καὶ διεξήει, ἢ καὶ ἄλλ᾽ ὁτιοῦν ἀδικοῦντά pe 

“Ἂν, Ψῃ “ι ΙΝ , A , A 4 A 

ὑμᾶς EWPA, ELOL νόμοι περὶ πάντων καὶ τιμωρίαι καὶ 


Ds ‘ / Ν Ν Λ ΝΜ 3 
ay@ves Kat κρίσεις πικρὰ Kab μεγαλα εχουσαι ΤαΊΤ 


/ ‘ 4 Fenn ἕῳ A ‘ e / 
130 τίμια, καὶ τούτοις ἐξῆν ἅπασι χρῆσθαι" Kai omnvixa 


> , a ‘ \ “ Νν 
ἐφαίνετ. Ὁ TAUTA TETOLNKWS καὶ τοῦτον TOV τρόπ OV Κε- 


/ va A 3 a 
χρήημενος τοὺς προς ἐμέ, ὡμολογεῖτο ἂν ἡ κατηγορία 


΄ »¥ > A 
τοῖς ἐργοὶς αὑτοῦ. 
a 2S ‘ A > A Ν ’ a 
Νῦν δ᾽ exoras τῆς ὀρθῆς καὶ δικαίας ὁδοῦ καὶ φυγὼν τὸ 
‘ > - diet Ν ’ 3, / 
TOUS Tap αὑτὰ τὰ πράγματα ἐλέγχους, τοσούτοις ὕστε- 
/ A Ν ῇ 
ρον χρόνοις αἰτίας καὶ σκώμματα καὶ λοιδορίας συμφο- 
4 / a a , 
ρήσας ὑποκρίνεται. Εἶτα κατηγορεῖ μὲν ἐμοῦ, κρένει 
δὲ Ἃ a ‘ a ὅλο Ν a | ote 
€ τουτονί, καὶ τοῦ μὲν ἀγῶνος ὅλου THY πρὸς ἐμὲ 
»): mM Σ a > Te" 4 > a 
ἔχθραν προΐσταται, οὐδαμοῦ δ᾽ ἐπὶ ταύτην ἀπηντηκὼς 
π΄ Ν,, ‘ δ᾿ a ? / 3 ’ / 
ἐμοὶ τὴν ἐτέρου ζητων ἐπιτιμίαν ἀφελέσθαι φαίνεται. 
13 





6 aHMOSOENOY? ΠΕΡῚ TOY STE@ANOY. 7 


, ‘ ee > γ > - »." ἡ ’ nm Te ad p Oi 
% Καίτοι πρὸς ἅπασιν, ὦ ἄνδρες ᾿Αθηναῖοι, τοῖς ἄλλοις ἔρις καὶ ταραχή. Ταῦτα δ᾽ ὁρῶν ὁ Φίλιππος (ov γὰρ. 19 
“ ἃ > a ‘of lal a ¥ ὃ ’ Ν > > a » " Ψ. ἡ a / , > 
OLS αν ELTTELV TLS ὑπερ Κτησιφωντος εχοι ἐΚαίοιῖς, Kat ἣν ἀφανὴ), τοις παρ EXUCTOLS Tr pOOOTALsS χρήματα ava- 
re A ‘ ιν. κ᾿} ἃ A / LA a , , , a Ν ς \ we 2 Ξ 
TOUT εἐμούγε δοκεῖ καὶ μάλ, εἰκότως ἂν λέγειν, OTL τῆς λίσκων, πάντας συνέκρουε καὶ προς AVTOUS ETAPATTEV 
ε 4 ¥ ee wae), ἢ a ᾽ a / Φ Ν Ν a a > / 
ἡμετέρας ἔχθρας ημας εφ μων αὐτῶν δίκαιον nV TOV εἶτ᾽ ἐν οἷς ἡμάρτανον οἱ ἄλλοι καὶ κακῶς ἐφρόνουν, 
3 Ν a > Ν Ν Ν 3, Λ > / : , 3, 7 « ‘ 
ἐξετασμὸν ποιεῖσθαι, ov TO μὲν πρὸς ἀλλήλους wywvi- ’ αὐτὸς παρεσκευάζετο καὶ κατὰ πάντων ἐφύετο. ᾿ς δὲ 
’ “ων - “ / ὃ 4 ἐ , - , a , ς , Ν 
ἕεσθαι παραλείπειν, εἐτέρῳ ὁτῷ KAaKOY TL θωώσομεν ταλαιπωρούμενον τῷ μήκει τοῦ πολέμου οὐ τότε MEV 
a ς ‘ ‘ > / a. 7 a a > - r Ν “A φ 
ζητεῖν " ὑπερβολὴ γὰρ ἀδικίας τοῦτο γε. ϑαρεῖς, νῦν δ᾽ ἀτυχεῖς Θηβαῖοι φανεροί πᾶσιν ἤσαν 
, ‘ , Ν ε ’ 3 4 , , 1.) £6 e Λ 
Πάντα μεν τοίνυν Ta κατηγορημένα ὁμοίως ἐκ TOv- αναγκασθησόμενοι καταφεύγειν eb vpas, ὁ Φίλιππος, 
¥ Υ ¥ , os 25 ἡ / ? a " . 
των av τις ἴδοι οὔτε δικαίως οὔτ᾽ em ἀληθείας οὐδεμιᾶς ἵνα μὴ τοῦτο γένοιτο μηδὲ συνέλθοιεν αἱ πόλεις, ὑμῖν 
" , ΛΔ ‘ Ν » ἃ ¢ ARO ὦ 3 Λ ὦ 
εἰρημένα" βούλομαι δὲ καὶ καθ᾽ ἕν ἕκαστον αὑτῶν μὲν εἰρήνην, ἐκείνοις δὲ βοήθειαν ἐπηγγείλατο. Te οὖν Ὁ 
> , A Λ > “ “ιν A Ae ‘ a a q a a 5 , a ¢ aA 
ἐξετάσαι, καὶ μάλισθ᾽ ὅσα ὑπερ τῆς εἰρήνης καὶ τῆς ' συνηγωνίσατο αὐτῷ πρὸς τὸ λαβεῖν ολίγου δεῖν ὑμᾶς 
,ὔ ΄ , Ν , ¢ - - ε , 
πρεσβείας κατεψεύσατο pov, Ta πεπραγμένα ἑαυτῷ ἑκόντας ἐξαπατωμένου; Ἢ τῶν ἄλλων Ελλήνων --- 
ν , ᾽ ΚΝ. κ ae. a 9 ; Ξε - 
μετὰ Φιλοκράτους ἀνατιθεὶς ἐμοί. ᾿ἘἜστι δ᾽ ἀναγκαῖον, ine χρὴ ὦ id ἄγνοιαν τε καὶ ἀμφότερα ταῦτ 
> ὃ > A 6 “ . “ Ν € > > / j + ὡ o " - Ἢ q , 
@ avopes NVaLOl, Καὶ TPOGHKOV LOWS, ὡς KAT EKEL~ ELTTELY, —— οἵ, πόλεμον συνεχῆ καὶ μακρὸν πολεμούντων 
s I 3 ‘ ’ > A ¢ Γι - ω ‘ “ a , ” 
vous τοὺς χρόνους εἶχε TA πράγματα ἀναμνῆσαι ὑμᾶς, ὑμῶν, καὶ τοῦτον ὑπὲρ τῶν πᾶσι συμφερόντων, ὡς ἔργῳ 
. a ‘ e , Ν “ A ¥ / 5" 3 
Wa πρὸς TOV ὑπάρχοντα Καιρον CKaCTa θεωρῆτε. φανερὸν γέγονεν, οὔτε χρήμασιν οὔτε σώμασιν οὔτ 
a Ν A / / ? 7 / > ͵ Ἢ , c 2 4 
18 Τοῦ γὰρ Φωκικοῦ συστάντος πολέμου, οὐ Oe ἐμέ, ov ἄλλῳ οὐδενὶ τῶν ὡπάντων συνελάμβανον ὑμῖν " οἷς καὶ 
‘ + 3 x. ’ , A ‘ ea ’ . , 4 ; on , e , 
yap Sn ἔγωγε ἐπολετευόμην Tw τότε, πρῶτον μεν ὑμεὶς δικαίως καὶ προσηκόντως οργιζόμενοι ἐτοίμως ὑπηκοῦ- 
A ,ὔ rd ’ Ν 4 - - δὰ 
οὕτω διέκεισθε, ὥστε Φωκέας μὲν βούλεσθαι σωθῆναι, .:“:ι | cate τῷ Φιλίππῳ. Ἢ μὲν οὖν τότε συγχωρηθεῖσα 
͵ > / - δι᾽ ἢ / > 8 ᾿ mn 3 , , 
καίπερ οὐ δίκαια ποιοῦντας ὁρῶντες, Θηβαίοις δ᾽ ὁτιοῦν εἰρήνη διὰ ταῦτ᾽, οὐ δ᾽ ἐμέ, ὡς οὗτος διέβαλλεν, ἐπρώ- 
ee. - a“ ae In? Ios a: > 
ἂν ἐφησθῆναι παθοῦσιν, οὐκ ἀλόγως οὐδ᾽ ἀδίκως αὑτοῖς τ χθη" τὰ δὲ τούτων ἀδικήματα καὶ δωροδοκήματα ἐν 


> ’ i φΦ Ν ? / 3 A ’ > Ὁ" τ ᾿ ’ , +” 9 ’ 
ὀργιζόμενοι " οἷς yap εὐτυχήκεσαν εν «Δευκτροις, οὐ αὑτῇ τῶν νυνὶ παρόντων πραγμάτων, ἂν τις εἐξεταξζη 








μετρίως ἐκέχρηντο" ἔπειθ᾽ ἡ Πελοπόννησος ἅπασα διει- δικαίως, αἴτια εὑρήσει. 

στήκει, καὶ οὔθ᾽ οἱ μισοῦντες Aaxedaipoviors οὕτως Καὶ ταυτὶ πάνθ᾽ ὑπὲρ τῆς ἀληθείας ἀκριβολογοῦμαι 2 
ἔσχυον ὥστε ἀνελεῖν αὐτούς, οὔθ᾽ οἱ πρότερον δι᾿ ἐκεί- καὶ διεξέρχομαι. Εἰ γὰρ εἶναί τι δοκοίη τὰ μάλιστα 
νων ἄρχοντες κύριοι τῶν πόλεων ἦσαν, ἀλλά τις ἦν ἐν τούτοις ἀδίκημα, οὐδέν ἐστι δήπου πρὸς ἐμέ, ἀλλ᾽ ὁ 


ΝΜ ‘ Ν ΄ Ν Ν eo Lid Ἢ on ΠῚ 4 “ih, . a > BED 3 

















Ce ee A 
- eo 





—— 


— ῶσ' “παρ. τ ας--.----.“--------------. 
τς. ἸτΩπ ς1------- - 


8 SHMOSOENOYS 


͵ ee ee , ¢o ? , ‘ , 
στόδημος ἦν ὁ ὑποκριτής, ὁ δ᾽ ἐκδεξώμενος καὶ γράψας 
ee Α, Ν ’ , “ΙΝ A , 
καὶ €auTov μετὰ τούτου μισθώσας ἐπὶ ταῦτα Φιλοκρά- 
“ 4 Ud ’ . , , ? 5. 2 
τῆς 0 Αγνούσιος, ὁ σός, Αισχίνη, κοινωνὸς, οὐχ ὁ ἐμὸς, 
tat 6 ‘ de - , Φ «os ’ 
οὐδ᾽ ἂν σὺ διαῤῥαγῇς ψευδόμενος, οἱ δὲ συνειπόντες, 
ef , @ da ‘ “» ἢ “κῃ a ’ 
ὅτου δήποτε ἕνεκα (ἐῶ γὰρ τοῦτό γ᾽ ἐν τῷ παρόντι), 
¥ Ν - δ᾿ > Ios ? a 
EvBovros καὶ Κηφισοφῶν" eyo 8 οὐδεν οὐδαμοῦ. 
> ὼψνν 4 4 Μ 4 3 ἊΝ > A a 
AX ὅμως, τούτων τοιούτων ὄντων καὶ ἐπ᾽ αὐτῆς τῆς 
. , , ͵ ? Ane ὦ - " 
ἀληθείας οὕτω δεικνυμένων, εἰς τοῦθ᾽ ἧκεν ἀναιδείας, 
e/ a / ε ν Ὁ, ‘ a“ κ᾿ ᾽ ’ 
ὥστ ετόλμα λέγειν, ὡς ἄρα ἐγὼ πρὸς τῷ τῆς εἰρήνης 
4 “ Ν ‘ »” ‘ ΛΑ ‘ 
αἴτιος γεγενῆσθαι Kai κεκωλυκὼς εἴην THY πόλιν μετὰ 
A / a ε ’ oll / 
κοινοῦ συνεδρίου τῶν ᾿Ἑλλήνων αὐτὴν ποιήσασθαι. 
3 Φ ἃ ᾽ ’ ’ " “" ’ » 
Εἶτ᾽ &— (τί ἂν εἰπὼν σέ τις ὀρθῶς προσείποι ;) ἔστιν 
ad 4, , 4 a Ν / 
ὅπου σὺ Tapwv, τηλικαύτην πρᾶξιν καὶ συμμαχίαν 
¢ / » ’ “.ἂ.» > 4 , “- Λ 
ἡλίκην νυνὶ διεξήεις ὁρῶν ἀφαιρούμενόν με τῆς πόλεως 


> / A ‘ a A 4 = 
nyavaxtnoas, ἢ παρελθὼν ταῦτα ἃ νυνὶ κατηγορεὶς 


23 ἐδίδαξας καὶ διεξῆλθες ; Καὶ μὴν εἰ τὸ κωλῦσαι τὴν 


a] ε ’ / > | ’ P| ‘ ’ ‘ 
των Ελληνων κοινωνίαν ETTETTPUKELY ἔγω Φιλίππῳ, σοί 
% Ν a . «ὦ 3 ‘ a ‘ ΄, 
TO μὴ avyncat λοιπὸν ἣν, ἄλλα βοᾶν καὶ διαμαρτύρε- 
Ν a / > / > , > ~ 
σθαι καὶ δηλοῦν τουτοισί. Οὐ τοίνυν ἐποίησας οὐδαμοῦ 
ve Ind ¥ ’ " 4 ‘ .. ἢ aoe 
τοῦτο, οὐδ ἤκουσέ σου ταύτην THY φωνὴν οὐδείς " εἰκό- 
» Titi ’ Ὗ Ins ᾽ ͵ 
τῶς " οὔτε γὰρ ἣν πρεσβεία πρὸς οὐδένας ἀπεσταλμένη 
, a , 3 ‘ Λ , 3 Ε 
τότε τῶν ᾿Ἑλλήνων, ἀλλὰ πάλαι πάντες ἦσαν ἐξελη- 
, wy» ῳΦ 3. ἡ ᾿ ᾽, ” Ins 
λεγμένοι, ovP οὗτος ὑγιες περὶ τούτων εἴρηκεν οὐδέν. 
A ‘ 4 Ν / ἣν Ν ΄’ 
“Χωρὶς δε τούτων καὶ διαβάλλει τὴν πόλιν τὰ μέγιστα 
3 Φ , ᾽ ‘ δ Ἂν ὦ ‘ ae 
ev οἷς ψεύδεται. Ex γὰρ ὑμεῖς ἅμα τοὺς μὲν Eddnvas 
3 - ? Ν ‘ Ν Ν 
εἰς πόλεμον παρεκαλεῖτε, αὐτοὶ δὲ πρὸς Φίλιππον περὶ 


"".κΚ ’ > ’ » / A > 
εἰρηνης πρέσβεις ἐπέμπετε, Εὐρυβάτου πρᾶγμα, ov 


ΠΕΡῚ TOY STE@ANOY. 9 


πόλεως ἔργον οὐδὲ χρηστῶν ἀνθρώπων διεπράττεσθε. 


᾽ > > »” a ? ¥ / Ν ἈΝ ’ 
AX οὐκ ἐστι ταῦτα, οὐκ ἔστιν" τί γὰρ καὶ βουλό- 


, "ν δι. 3 ΄, a a 
AEVOL PETETT εμπεσ θ αν αὐτοὺυς ἐν TOUT@ T@ καίρῳ ; 


‘ Ν mea > > “ 3 3 
Emi τὴν εἰρήνην; ᾿Αλλ᾽ ὑπῆρχεν ἅπασιν. ᾿Αλλ ἐπὶ 
‘ , > > > x Ν ᾽ ’ > 7 
Tov πόλεμον ; AAR αὐτοὶ περὶ εἰρήνης ἐβουλεύεσθε. 
¥ ¥ 7 3 > A " , e ‘ Ia? 3 
Ούκουν οὔτε τῆς εξ ἀρχῆς εἰρήνης ἡγεμὼν οὐδ᾽ aLTLOS 
a me / ΝΜ a Ν φΦ ’ / 
ὧν eyo φαίνομαι, οὔτε τῶν ἄλλων, ὧν κατεψεύσατό 
Iar 3 "ἃ / 
μου, οὐδὲν ἄληθες ὃν δείκνυται. 
> ‘\ /, > / ‘ , , ¢ [4 3 
Ἐπειδὴ τοίνυν ἐποιήσατο τὴν εἰρήνην ἡ πόλις, ἐν- 2% 
“ 4. ᾽’ / e Ὁ ς , 
ταῦθα πάλιν σκέψασθε τί ἡμῶν ἑκάτερος προείλετο 
, δὰ ,» , Υ δ. ὭΣ , 
πράττειν" καὶ yup εκ τούτων εἴσεσθε, τίς ἦν ὁ Φιλίππῳ 
’ ’ ; ‘ ee 
πάντα συναγωνιζόμενος καὶ τίς ὁ πράττων ὑπερ ὑμῶν 
oe - " ’ a > N \ , 
καὶ τὸ TH πόλει συμφέρον ζητῶν. ᾿Εγὼ μὲν τοίνυν 
7 > »“ ‘ / ‘ 
ἔγραψα βουλεύων ἀποπλεῖν τὴν ταχίστην TOUS πρέσβεις 
“νὰ ‘ , > @ Ὁ ΝΜ Λ ’ 
ἐπὶ TOUS τόπους ἐν οἷς ἂν ὄντα Φίλιππον πυνθάνωνται, 
. Ψ > , e ‘ ard , > 
καὶ τοὺς ὅρκους ἀπολαμβάνειν " οὗτοι δὲ οὐδὲ γράψαν- 
3 na a a > Δ / ‘ ~a >? sa7 
τος ἐμοῦ ταῦτα ποιεῖν ἠθέλησαν. Ti δὲ τοῦτ᾽ ἠδύνατο, 
> > a > ‘ , ’ ‘ 
ὦ ἄνδρες ᾿Αθηναῖοι; ᾿Εγὼ διδάξω. Φιλίππῳ μὲν Fv ος 
/ ε ca a ‘ 7 ’ὔ “- 
συμφέρον ὡς πλείστον τὸν μεταξυ χρόνον γενέσθαι τῶν 


»Ἤ > ΄ , Ν ’ὔ @ ς lal 
ὅρκων, ὑμῖν δ᾽ ὡς ἐλάχιστον. Avia τί; “Ore ὑμεῖς 


wa μὲν οὐκ ad ἧς ὠμόσατε ἡμέρας μόνον, ἀλλ᾽ ἀφ᾽ ἧς 


b / ‘ Te ¥ , > 4 Ν 
ἠλπίσατε τὴν εἰρήνην ἔσεσθαι, πάσας ἐξελύσασθε τὰς 
Α, Ν a 4 e ᾿, nn > A “ 
παρασκευὰς TAS TOU πολέμου, ὁ δὲ τοῦτο ἐκ παντὸς τοῦ 
’ λ 3 ΄ ῃ Φ , 2 
χρόνου μάλιστα ἐπραγματεύετο, νομίζων, ὅπερ ἦν ἀλη- 
/ “ a Λ , A ~ ‘ ed 
θές, ὅσα τῆς πόλεως προλάβοι πρὸ τοῦ τοὺς ὅρκους 
> ~ , a / od. > ’ A 
ἀποδοῦναι, πάντα ταῦτα βεβαίως ἕξειν " οὐδένα yap 


‘ Boe 4 ΄ σ΄ Δ > ws ἤ 
τὴν εἰρηνην λύσειν τούτων ἕνεκα. A ἐγὼ προορώμενος, 97 





28 


10 AHMOZSOENOY?2 


Μ ᾽ » A , A , « 
ὦ ἄνδρες ᾿Αθηναῖοι, καὶ λογιξόμενος, To ψηφισμα τοῦτο 
- ‘ / ? φ x ne h 
γράφω, πλεῖν ἐπὶ τοὺς τόπους ἐν οἷς ἂν ἢ Φίλιππος, 
Ν Ν ef ‘ , > ἢ it a 5." 
καὶ TOUS ὅρκους THY ταχίστην ἀπολαμβάνειν" ὁ ἐχον- 
a A ν / ‘ / a 
των Θρᾳκῶν, τῶν ὑμετέρων συμμάχων, TA χωρία ταῦθ 
aA a @ / “ soe ‘ Ν ᾽,ὕ ‘ 
ἃ viv οὗτος διέσυρε, τὸ Σέρῥιον καὶ τὸ Μύρτιον καὶ 
* ? / «“ ’ > ὅ - ‘ Ν 
τὴν ᾿Εργίσκην, οὕτω yiyvow8 οἱ ὅρκοι, Kas μὴ προ- 
‘ Φ “ ‘ > ’ - / ’ - 
λαβὼν ἐκεῖνος τοὺς ἐπικαίρους τῶν τόπων κυριος TIS 
/ , x a ‘ , 
Θράκης κατασταίη, μηδὲ πολλὼν μὲν χρημάτων, πολ- 
a Ν᾿ a ᾽ , ᾽ ᾽ ξ ὃ ’ - 
λῶν δὲ στρατιωτῶν εὐπορήσας, εἰς τούτων ρᾳθίως τοὺς 
a” 3 ὃ , 
λούποις ἐπιχειροίη πραγμασιν. 
aA Ἂ .", ’; ‘ ; > > 
Εἶτα τοῦτο μὲν οὐχὶ λέγει TO Ψψηφισμα, οὐδ᾽ ἀνα- 
, > ‘ / > , ‘ / 
γιγνώσκει" εἰ δὲ βουλεύων ἐγὼ προσάγειν τοὺς πρε- 
“ fo OL ΄ > Ν ey - 
σβεις ᾧμην δεῖν, τοῦτό μου διαβαλλει. Αλλα τί ἐχρὴν 
.“ Ἧ, / / * ie. 50° 
ue ποιεῖν; Mn προσάγειν γρᾶψαι τοὺς emt Tov 
n A Ἅ / Ν »“" 
ἥκοντας, ἵν᾿ ὑμῖν διαλεχθῶσιν ; ᾿Ἢ θέαν μὴ κατανείμαι 


fs, | > ’ὔ > - »“ > > > »"» ~ 
TOV ἀρχιτέκτονα AUTOLS κελεῦσαι; Αλλ εν TOW δυοῖν 


ὀβολοῖν ἐθεώρουν ἂν, εἰ μὴ τοῦτ᾽ ἐγράφη. Τὰ μικρὰ 


συμφέροντα τῆς πόλεως ἔδει με φυλάττειν, τὰ δ᾽ ὅλα, 
[ἡ φ ’ ? / 
ὥσπερ οὗτοι, πεπρακέναι; Ov δήπου. 
a 
Λέγε τοίνυν μοι τὸ ψήφισμα τουτὶ λαβὼν, ὃ σαφῶς 
οὗτος εἰδὼς παρέβη. Δέγε. 


ΨΗΦΙΣΜΑ. 


29 Ἐπὶ ἄρχοντος Μνησιφίλου, Ἑκατομβαιῶνος ἕνῃ καὶ νέᾳ, φυλῆς 
πρυτανευούσης Πανδιονίδος, Δημοσθένης Δημοσθένους Παιανιεὺς εἷ- 
πεν" ἐπειδὴ Φίλιππος ἀποστείλας πρέσβεις περὶ τῆς εἰρήνης ὁμο- 
λογουμένας πεποίηται συνθήκας, δεδόχθαι τῇ βουλῇ καὶ τῷ δήμῳ 
τῷ ᾿Αθηναίων, ὅπως ἂν ἡ εἰρήνη ἐπιτελεσθῇ, ἡ ἐπιχειροτονηθεῖσα 
ἐν τῇ πρώτῃ ἐκκλησίᾳ, πρέσβεις ἑλέσθαι ἐκ πάντων Αθηναίων ἤδη 


ΠΕΡῚ ΤΟΥ STE@ANOY. 11 


πέντε, τοὺς δὲ χειροτονηθέντας ἀποδημεῖν μηδεμίαν ὑπερβολὴν ποιου- 
μένους, ὅπου ἂν ὄντα πυνθάνωνται τὸν Φίλιππον, καὶ τοὺς ὅρκους 
λαβεῖν τε παρ᾽ αὐτοῦ καὶ δοῦναι τὴν ταχίστην ἐπὶ ταῖς ὡμολογημέναις 
συνθήκαις αὐτῷ πρὸς τὸν ᾿Αθηναίων δῆμον, συμπεριλαμβάνοντας καὶ 
τοὺς ἑκατέρων συμμάχους. Πρέσβεις ἡρέθησαν Εὔβουλος ᾿Αναφλύ- 
στιος, Αἰσχίνης Κοθωκίδης, Κηφισοφῶν αμνούσιος, Δημοκράτης 
Φλυεύς, Κλέων Κοθωκίδης. 

Ταῦτα γράψαντος ἐμοῦ τότε, καὶ τὸ τῇ πόλει συμ- 39 
φέρον, οὐ τὸ τοῦ Φιλίππου ξητοῦντος, βραχὺ φροντι- 
ε Ν / e - > 
σαντες οἱ χρηστοὶ πρέσβεις οὗτοι καθῆντο ev Maxe- 
δονίᾳ τρεῖς ὅλους μῆνας, ἕως ἦλθε Φίλιππος ἐκ Θρᾷκης 
> a , Ig e fC / 
πάντα τἀκεῖ καταστρεψάμενος, ἐξὸν ἡμερῶν δέκα, 
μᾶλλον δὲ τριῶν ἢ τεττάρων, εἰς τὸν ᾿Ελλήσποντον 

ar A ‘ , a ’ ‘ Ψ 
ἀφῖχθαι καὶ τὰ χωρία σῶσαι, λαβόντας τοὺς ὄρκους 
πρὶν ἐκεῖνον ἐξελεῖν αὐτά" οὐ γὰρ ἂν ἥψατ' αὐτῶν 


’ ΠΝ a ? A e ’ > Κ [4 A 
παρόντων ἡμῶν, ἢ οὐκ ἂν ὠρκίξζομεν αὑτὸν, ὥστε τῆς 


5. κν A / Ν > KA 3 ’ 4 Ν 
236 εἰρήνης ἂν διημαρτήκει καὶ οὐκ ἂν ἀμφότερα εἴχε, Kat 


Ν Ἄ ἃ Ν Ν / 
THY εἰρήνην καὶ τὰ χωρία. 
τὶ ‘ ’ > “ B ͵ ζω x , a 

Ὁ μὲν τοίνυν ἐν TH πρεσθϑείᾳ πρῶτον κλέμμα μεν 3 
’ ‘ a a7 7 > ͵ 
Φιλίππου, δωροδόκημα δὲ τῶν ἀδίκων τούτων ἀνθρώπων 
4 ral > a a > , e_ .Ἀ φ A ’ A 
καὶ θεοῖς exOpav τοιοῦτον ἐγένετο, ὕπερ οὐ καὶ τότε καὶ 
a 0 a a A ’ 
νῦν καὶ ἀεὶ ὁμολογῶ πολεμεῖν καὶ διαφέρεσθαι τούτοις " 
Ψ > γὴν 3 κ 4 7 a 4 
ἕτερον δ᾽ εὐθὺς εφεξῆς ers τούτου μεῖζον κακούργημα 
> ‘ A Μ ‘ ee 
θεώσασθε. ᾿Επειδὴ yap ὥμοσε τὴν εἰρήνην ὁ Φίλιπ- 2 
ἣν ἣν , ᾿ , ἃ ᾽ 
πος, προλαβὼν τὴν Θράκην διὰ τούτους τοὺς οὐχὶ 
θ / a > A / Xr. > al > 
πεισθέντας τῷ ἐμῷ Ψηφίσματι, πάλιν ὠνεῖται παρ 
i... a Ν > ’ > / ef A a 
αὐτῶν ὅπως μὴ ἀπίωμεν ex Μακεδονίας, ἕως τὰ τῆς 
a > ‘ / > nx / 4 
στρατείας τῆς ἐπὶ Tous Φωκέας εὐτρεπῆ ποιήσαιτο, wa 


μή, δεῦρ᾽ ἀπαγγειλάντων ἡωῶν ὅτε μέλλει καὶ παρα’ 





SHMOSOGENOY? 


4 Igo αὶ ¢ a ‘ ΄ 
σκευάζεται πορεύεσθαι, ἐξέλθοιτε ὑμεῖς καὶ περιπλεύ- 
“" , > 4 ed ; A 
σαντες ταῖς τριήρεσιν εἰς Πύλας ὥσπερ πρότερον κλεὶ 
> Φ ae ae 4 aA > 
σαιτε τὸν πορθμον, ἀλλ, ἂμ ἀκούοιτε ταῦτα ἀπαγγελ- 
« ? »" >? Ν Ν “- Ν ‘ »¥ " 
λόντων ἡμῶν κἀκεῖνος ἐντὸς εἴη Πυλῶν Kai μηδὲν ἔχοιθ᾽ 
ὑμεῖς ποιῆσαι. 
> ’ A A > , 
ὕτω δ᾽ ἦν ὁ Φίλιππος ev φόβῳ Kai πολλῇ ἀγωνίᾳ, 
= / > - “ “a ‘ 
ΑἹ καὶ ταῦτα προειληφότος αὐτοῦ, πρὸ Tov τοὺς Φω- 
3 ry / A > - 
κέας ἀπολέσθαι ἀκούσαντες ψηφίσαισθε βοηθεῖν αὐτοῖς, 
> > / e - Ν 
καὶ ἐκφύγοι τὰ πρώγματ᾽ αὐτόν, ὥστε μισθοῦται τὸν κα- 
; / > / a ‘ a arAX 
τάπτυστον τουτονί, οὐκέτι κοινῇ μετὰ τῶν ἄλλων TPE 
3 > γι.) > Φ ’ a“ Ν ee > κ 
σβεων, adr ἰδίᾳ καθ᾽ αὑτὸν, τοιαῦτα πρὸς ὑμᾶς εἰπεῖν 
γ φ oe ν ἃ ἡ > a , 
καὶ ἀπαγγεῖλαι, δ ὧν ἅπαντ᾽ ἀπώλετο. ---- Αξιῶ δε, 
Ν / a “ en 
ὦ ἄνδρες ᾿Αθηναῖοι, καὶ δέομαι, τοῦτο μεμνῆσθαι ὑμᾶς 
οἷ a > fad df ‘ / Ai / ov 
παρ ὅλον τὸν ayava, OTL μὴ κατηγορήσαντος Alcyiv 


μηδὲν ἔξω τῆς γραφῆς οὐδ᾽ ἂν ἐγὼ λόγον ovdeva 


’ » > / x ’ 
ἐποιούμην ἕτερον, ἁπάσαις δ᾽ αἰτίαις καὶ βλασφημίαις om 


ἅμα τούτου κεχρημένου, ἀνάγκη κἀμοὶ πρὸς ἕκαστα τῶν 
, Ν > / / ΠΝ 
85 κατηγορημένων μικρὰ ἀποκρίνασθαι. ---- Τίνες οὖν ἦσαν 
οἱ παρὰ τούτου λόγοι τότε ῥηθέντες, καὶ Sv ods ἅπαντ᾽ 
ἀπώλετο; ‘Qs οὐ δεῖ θορυβεῖσθαι τῷ παρεληλυθέναι 
Φίλιππον εἴσω Πυλῶν" ἔσται γὰρ ἅπανθ᾽ "ὅσα βού- 
λεσθ᾽ ὑμεῖς, ἐὰν ἔχηθ᾽ ἡσυχίαν, καὶ ἀκούσεσθε δυοῖν ἢ 
τριῶν ἡμερῶν, οἷς μὲν ἐχθρὸς ἥκει, φίλον αὐτὸν γεγενη- 
μένον, οἷς δὲ φίλος, τοὐναντίον ἐχθρόν. Οὐ γὰρ τὰ 
ῥήματα τὰς οἰκειότητας ἔφη βεβαιοῦν, μάλα σεμνῶς 
ὀνομάζων, ἀλλὰ τὸ ταὐτὰ συμφέρειν: συμφέρειν δὲ 


κ“ Ν᾿ αὶ ιὰ ε / Ψ a 
Φιλίππῳ καὶ Φωκεῦσι καὶ ὑμῖν ὁμοίως ἅπασι, τῆς 


ΠΈΡΙ TOY ΣΤΈΕΦΑΝΟΥ. 13 


9 Ν a 4 3 “ - “" 
ἀναλγησίας καὶ τῆς βαρύτητος ἀπαλλαγῆναι τῆς τῶν 
i / »" ᾽ > / Ἁ Ε > a ‘ 
Θηβαίων. Ταῦτα δ᾽ ἀσμένως τινὲς ἤκουον αὐτοῦ διὰ Ὁ 
‘ 4p? e a > / a x / 
τὴν τόθ᾽ ὑποῦσαν ἀπέχθειαν πρὸς τους Θηβαίους. 
Ti ᾿ > , 7 a > Ou > > , 
t οὖν συνέβη peta ταῦτ᾽ εὐθὺς, οὐκ εἰς μακράν ; 
Ἁ ‘ / / > / A 
Tous μὲν ταλαιπώρους Φωκέας ἀπολέσθαι καὶ κα- 
ΩΝ Ν Λ > A e > ε / > 
τασκαφήναι τὰς πόλεις αὐτῶν, ὑμᾶς δ᾽ ἡσυχίαν ἄγα- 
’ ‘ , , N e 
γόντας καὶ τούτῳ πεισθέντας, μικρὸν ὕστερον σκευα- 
“ > ~ > a a ‘ ’ lol a 
yoyew εκ τῶν aypwv, τοῦτον δὲ χρυσίον λαβεῖν " καὶ 
¥ ‘ ’ ἣν ‘ ae ‘ ‘ , 
€Tl πρὸς τούτοις THY μεν ἀπέχθειαν τὴν πρὸς Θηβαίους 
‘ ‘ A Λ / ‘ ‘ , 4 
καὶ Θετταλοὺς τῇ πόλει γενέσθαι, τὴν δὲ χάριν τὴν 
δ Ν al / ’ “ > d a > 
ὑπὲρ τῶν πεπραγμένων Φιλίππῳ. Ὅτι δ᾽ οὕτω ταῦτ᾽ 37 


ἔχει, λέγε μοι͵ τό τε τοῦ Καλλισθένους ψήφισμα καὶ 


Ἀ > a ‘ ΕΝ ’ > e > 7 
THY επιστόλην τὴν τοῦ Φιλίππου, εξ ὧν ἀμφοτέρων 
, 


ταῦθ᾽ ἅπανθ᾽ ὑμῖν ἔσται φανερά, Aéye. 


ΨΗΦΙΣΜΑ. 


Ἐπὶ Μνησιφίλου a ἄρχοντος, συγκλήτου ἐκκλησίας ὑπὸ στραξῃγῶν, 
καὶ πρυτάνεων καὶ βουλῆς γνώμῃ, Μαιμακτηριῶνος δεκάτῃ ἀπιόντος, 
Καυλλυϑίνῃ "Ereovixov Φαληρεὺς εἶπε" μηδένα ᾿Αθηναίων μηδεμιᾷ 
παρευρέσει ἐν τῇ χώρᾳ κοιταῖον γίγνεσθαι, ἀλλ᾽ ἐν ἄστει καὶ Πειραιεῖ, 
ὅσοι μὴ ἐν τοῖς φρουρίοις εἰσὶν ἀποτεταγμένοι . τούτων δ᾽ ἑκάστους, 
ἣν παρέλαβον τάξιν, διατηρεῖν μήτε ἀφημερεύοντας μήτε ἀποκοιτοῦν- 
τας. Ὃς ἂν δ᾽ ἀπειθήσῃ τῷδε τῷ ψηφίσματι, ἔνοχος ἔστω τοῖς τῆς : 
προδοσίας ἐπιτιμίοις, ἐὰν μή τι édévares ἐπιδεικνύῃ περὶ ἑαυτὸν ὄν + 
περὶ δὲ τοῦ ἀδυνάτου ἐ ἐπικρινέτω ὁ ἐπὶ τῶν ὅπλων oTparnyds καὶ ὁ ἐπὶ 
τῆς διοικήσεως καὶ ὁ γραμματεὺς τὴν βευλῆν. Κατακομίζειν δὲ καὶ τὰ 
ἐκ τῶν ἀγρῶν πάντα τὴν ταχίστην, τὰ μὲν ἐντὸς σταδίων ἑκατὸν εἴκοσιν 
εἰς ἄστυ καὶ Πειραιᾶ, τὰ δὲ ἐκτὸς σταδίων ἑκατὸν εἴκοσιν εἰς Ἐλευσῖνα 
καὶ Φυλὴν καὶ "Αφιδναν καὶ ἹΡαμνοῦντα καὶ Σούνιον. Εἶπε Καλλισθέ- 
νης Φαληρεύς. 


? . 3.) , ~ , ‘ ae ? “ 
Ap emt ταύταις ταῖς ἐλπίσι τὴν εἰρήνην ἐποιεῖσθε, 
a » 2 4. ee 2 e , 
ἢ ταῦτ ἐπηγγέλλεθ᾽ ὑμῖν οὗτος 6 μισθωτός ; 
2 





14 ΔΗΜΟΣΘΈΝΟΥΣ TIEPI TOY STE@ANOY, 15 


a ἐσ / 
8 «© Adye δὴ τὴν ἐπιστολὴν ἣν δεῦρ᾽ ἔπεμψε Dirurrtros οἱ EdAnves ὡπάντων αὐτὸς ὧν aimos. 4Δῆλον γὰρ ὅτι 


‘ ‘ > a Ae cr 
συ μὲν ἀλγεῖς ἐπὶ τοῖς συμβεβηκόσιν, Αἰσχίνη, καὶ 


Ν “ 
μετὼ ταῦτα. 
" , 9 
tous Θηβαίους ἐλεεῖ ἡματ᾽ ἔ δ Th / \ 
% ΚΤΉματ ἔχων ev TH Βοιωτίᾳ καὶ 


ἘΠΙΣΤΟΛΗ ΦΙΛΙΠΠΟΥ͂. a . δ ὦ εὖἷν 
γεωργῶν Ta ἐκείνων, ἐγὼ δὲ χαίρω, ὃς εὐθὺς ἐξητού 

Βασιλεὺς Μακεδόνων Φίλιππος ᾿Αθηναίων τῇ βουλῇ καὶ τῷ δήμῳ gn el ; ΚΟΥ χαίρω, ὃς εὐθὺς ἐξητ oupny 

χαίρειν. Ἴστε ἡμᾶς παρεληλυθότας εἴσω Πυλῶν καὶ τὰ κατὰ τὴν “0 ὑπὸ τοῦ TavTa πράξαντος. 


Φωκίδα ὑφ᾽ ἑαυτοὺς πεποιημένους, καὶ ὅσα μὲν ἑκουσίως προσετίθετο Oe ὧἂὲ διαὶ oe 
a yap ἐμπέπτωκα εἰς λόγους δι. οὐδ. a 
OUS QUTLKa μαλλον 42 





τῶν πολισμάτων, φρουρὰς εἰσαγηοχότας [εἰς αὐτά], τὰ δὲ μὴ ὑπα- 239 


’ 
κούοντα κατὰ κράτος λαβόντες καὶ ἐξανδραποδισάμενοι κατεσκάψαμεν. 
᾿Ακού δὲ eS ‘ 6 θ »“ > » , “Ὁ 
᾿Ακούων δὲ καὶ ὑμᾶς παρασκευάζεσθαι βοηθεῖν αὐτοῖς, γέγραφα ὑμῖν, 
“ ΚΝ," - > a ‘ ’ “ ‘ 4 νον 
ἵνα μὴ ἐπὶ πλεῖον ἐνοχλῆσθε περὶ τούτων. Tois μὲν yap ὅλοις οὐδὲν 
μέτριόν μοι δοκεῖτε ποιεῖν, τὴν εἰρήνην συνθέμενοι καὶ ὁμοίως ἀντιπα- 
- ΩΝ , - 
ρεξάγοντες, καὶ ταῦτα οὐδὲ συμπεριειλημμένων τῶν Φωκέων ἐν ταῖς 
κοιναῖς ἡμῶν συνθήκαις. Ὥστε ἐὰν μὴ ἐμμένητε τοῖς ὡμολογημένοις, 
>o% Ld aM ~ > , » - 
οὐδὲν προτερήσετε ἔξω τοῦ ἐφθακέναι ἀδικοῦντες. 


3 4 - a 4 / 3 a ‘ 
Axovere ὡς σαφῶς δηλοῖ καὶ διορίζεται ev τῇ πρὸς 
δ᾽. 3 “Ὁ Ν ‘ εξ A ld d > bis 
ὑμᾶς ἐπιστολῇ πρὸς τοὺς EavTOU συμμάχους, OTL ἐγώ 
“ / ? , > / A 
ταῦτα πεποίηκα ἀκόντων ᾿Αθηναίων Kat λυ- 
/ ef > 4 9 τ a 
πουμένων, WOT εἰπερ εὖ φρονεῖτε, ὦ Θηβαῖοι 
᾿, / 4 > ‘ ¢ ’ 
καὶ Θετταλοί, τούτους μὲν ἐχθρους ὑπολη- 
> Ν Ἧ 4 > 4 “ er 
ψεσθε, ἐμοὶ δὲ πιστεύσετε, οὐ τούτοις τοῖς ρὴη- 
᾽; “ ἊΝ ’ὔ / 
pact γράψας, ταῦτα δὲ βουλόμενος δεικνύναι. Τοιγα- 
»“ > 4 ” > / s " A sy e a 
ροῦν ἐκ τούτων WYETO ἐκείνους λαβὼν εἰς TO Nd OTLOVY 
7 A ‘ “ ᾽ > , 3. Φ Τὼ 
προορᾶν τῶν μετὰ TAUTA μηδ᾽ αἰσθάνεσθαι, ἀλλ’ εασαι 
’ Ν / ee δὰ ΚΕ a , 
πάντα Ta πράγματα ἐκεῖνον vp EavT@ ποιήσασθαι " 
3 e ’ “ ¢ / 
ἐξ ὧν ταῖς παρούσαις συμφοραῖς οἱ ταλαίπωροι Θη- 
Ν 4 “A / > 
εἰ βαῖοι κέχρηνται. Ὃ δὲ ταύτης τῆς πίστεως αὐτῷ 


Ν Ν Ν “ἢ “ἡ λδ ‘ 
συνεργος Kat σ υναγωνιστ ς Kat 0 Sevp aTrayyet ς Ta 


“ ». id e ~ ® ’ὔ > e ‘ , 
ψευδῆ καὶ pevaxicas ὑμᾶς οὑτὸς ἐστιν, ὁ τὰ Θηβαιων 


9 ie) - ’ Ν e ~ e Ὑ ‘ ‘ F 
oOupopEvos νῦν πάθη καὶ διεξιών ὡς OLKTPA, καὶ τούτων 


a Ἵ on - le ¥ ’ 
καὶ τῶν CV PwKxevot κακὼν καὶ OC αλλα πεπόνθασιν 


ἴσως ὡρμόσει λέγειν. ᾿Επάνειμι δὴ πάλιν ἐπὶ τὰς 
ἀποδείξεις, ὡς τὰ τούτων ἀδικήματα τῶν νυνὶ παρόντων 
πραγμάτων γέγονεν αἴτια. 
᾿Επειδὴ γὰρ ἐξηπάτησθε μὲν ὑμεῖς ὑπὸ τοῦ Φιλίπ- 
που διὰ τούτων τῶν ἐν ταῖς πρεσβείαις μισθωσάντων 
ἑαυτοὺς καὶ οὐδὲν ἀληθὲς ὑμῖν ἀπαγγειλάντων, ἐξηπά- 
τῆντο δὲ οἱ ταλαίπωροι Φωκεῖς καὶ ἀνήρηντο αἱ πόλεις 
αὐτῶν; τί ἐγένετο; Οἱ μὲν κατάπτυστοι Θετταλοὶ καὶ 4 
ἀναίσθητοι Θηβαῖοι φΐλον, εὐεργέτην, σωτῆρα τὸν 
Φίλιππον ἡγοῦντο" πάντ᾽ ἐκεῖνος ἦν αὐτοῖς " οὐδὲ φω- 
νὴν ἤκουον, εἴ τις ἄλλο τι βούλοιτο λέγειν. Ὑμεῖς δὲ 
ὑφορώμενοι τὰ πεπραγμένα καὶ δυσχεραίνοντες ἤγετε 
τὴν εἰρήνην ὅμως " οὐ γὰρ ἣν ὅ τι ἂν ἐποιεῖτε μόνοι. 
Καὶ οἱ ἄλλοι δὲ Ἕλληνες, ὁμοίως ὑμῖν πεφενακισμένοι 
καὶ διημαρτηκότες ὧν ἤλπισαν, ἦγον τὴν εἰρήνην ἄσμε- 
vot, καὶ αὐτοὶ τρόπον τινὰ ἐκ πολλοῦ πολεμούμενοι. 
Ὅτε γὰρ περιιὼν ὁ Φίλιππος ᾿Ιλλυριοὺς καὶ Τριβαλ- 14 
λούς, twas δὲ καὶ τῶν Ἑλλήνων κατεστρέφετο, ταὶ 
δυνάμεις πολλὰς καὶ μεγάλας ἐποιεῖθ᾽ ὑφ᾽ ἑαυτῷ, καί 
( 
τινες τῶν ἐκ τῶν πόλεων ἐπὶ τῇ τῆς εἰρήνης ἐξουσίᾳ 
4 


/ b "»" 
βαδίξοντες ἐκεῖσε διεφθείροντο, ὧν εἷς οὗτος ἦν, τότε 











16 AHMOSCENOYS 


ἃ a / ᾽ Ν. ὦ ᾽ 
πάντες, eb οὺς ταῦτα παρεσκευάξετ ἐκεῖνος, emode- 
a ᾽ ‘ + , , ’ Φφ ᾽ 
ss wouvto. Ex δὲ py ἡσθάνοντο, ἕτερος λόγος οὗτος, οὐ 
Ν ‘ Ν Ν. Ν ’ 
πρὸς ἐμέ. ᾿Εγὼ μὲν γὰρ προὔλεγον καὶ διεμαρτυρόμην 
“ id / ¢ ‘ , " Κ 
καὶ παρ᾽ ὑμῖν ἀεὶ καὶ ὅποι πεμφθείην " αἱ δὲ πόλεις ἐνὸ- 
“ ‘ > ὡ / θ Ν ’ ὃ 
σουν, τῶν μὲν ἐν τῷ πολιτεύεσθαι καὶ πράττειν δωρο- 
, ih. / a ‘ 
δοκούντων καὶ διαφθειρομένων ἐπὶ χρήμασι, τῶν de 
᾽ a ‘ e Ν ‘ > ’ © δὲ 
ἰδιωτῶν καὶ πολλῶν τὰ μὲν οὐ προορωμένων, TA OE 
“ > e ’ ΄ / ‘ “ / ‘ 
τῇ καθ᾽ ἡμέραν ρᾳστωνῃ καὶ σχολῇῃ δελεαζομένων, καὶ 
’ ’ / e , . > >,» 
τοιουτονί τι πάθος πεπονθότων ἁπάντων, πλὴν οὐκ Ep 
᾽ ͵ ‘ eal > ‘ ‘ a 
ἑαυτοὺς ἑκάστων οἰομένων τὸ δεινὸν ἥξειν, ἀλλὰ dia τῶν 
ἂν , a a ᾽ A , Ψ 
ἑτέρων κινδύνων τὰ ἑαυτῶν ἀσφαλῶς σχήσειν ὅταν 
4. 
βουλωνται. 
7 7 / > Ν “a 
(6 Εἶτ᾽, οἶμαι, συμβέβηκε τοῖς μὲν πλήθεσιν, avtt τῆς 
a > ’ / » ’ > 
πολλῆς καὶ ἀκαίρου ῥᾳθυμίας τὴν ἐλευθερίαν ἀπολω- 
» 9 ‘ € 
λεκέναι, τοῖς δὲ προεστηκόσι καὶ τἄλλα πλὴν ἐἑαυ- 
A , € ‘ / 
_ τοὺς οἰομένοις πωλεῖν, πρώτους ἑαυτοὺς πεπρακόσιν 
Ν Λ ‘ / aA ’ > , 
αἰσθέσθαι. ᾿Αντὶ yap φίλων καὶ ξένων, ἃ τότε ὠνομώ- 
“ λΛ Ν a 3 ‘ 
ἕζοντο ἡνίκα ἐδωροδόκουν, viv κόλακες καὶ θεοῖς ἐχθροὶ 
/ ’ oo 4 , , > 
4: καὶ τἄλλ᾽ ἃ προσήκει πάντ ἀκούουσιν. Εἰκότως " οὐ- 
5 a Ν a / 

Seis yap, ὦ ἄνδρες ᾿Αθηναῖοι, το τοὺ προδιδόντος συμ- 
, a , ce ’ νων» ‘ . ὰ 
φέρον ζητῶν χρήματ ἀναλίσκει, οὐδ᾽ ἐπειδαν ὧν ἂν 

’ὔ ’ / pd ὃ ’ β on a. \ 

πρίηται κύριος γένηται, τῷ προδότῃ συμβούλῳ περι 
a a »” ~ Ia’ ‘ A 9 > ’ 

τῶν λοιπῶν ἔτι χρῆται " οὐδὲν γὰρ ἂν ἦν εὑὐδαιμονέστε- 
᾽ ? ¥ a > Ν ’ 

ρον προδότου. "AXN οὐκ ἔστι ταῦτα, οὐκ ἐστιν" πόθεν ; 
΄»Ὁ 4 a > > > Ν a , 

Πολλοῦ ye καὶ δεῖ. ᾿Αλλ ἐπειδὰν τῶν πραγμάτων 
- ΝΜ pe ‘\ .“ an ᾽ 

ἐγκρατὴς ὁ ζητῶν ἄρχειν καταστῇ, καὶ τῶν ταυτὰα ἀπο- 


, ͵ . Ν , «ἢ , 7 
δομένων δεσπότης ἐστί, τὴν δὲ πονηρίαν εἰδως, τότε 57), 


TIEPI TOY STE@ANOY. 17 


’ 4 » A > o ν᾿ ’ 
τότε καὶ μισεῖ καὶ ἀπιστεῖ καὶ προπηλακίζει. ZKo- 48 
ra / A ‘ " 4 e - / 
πεῖτε δέ" καὶ yap εἰ παρελήλυθεν ὁ τῶν πραγμάτων 
/ “ Ἵ / Ν “Ὁ a fe’ ’ 
καιρός, ὁ τοῦ γε εἰδέναν τὰ τοιαῦτα καιρὸς ἀεὶ πάρεστι 
τ Φ “a ’; ’ 
τοῖς εὖ φρονοῦσι. Μέχρι τούτου Δασθένης φίλος 
᾽ , / Ψ ΝΜ A 
ὠνομάζετο Φιλίππου, ἕως προὔδωκεν "OdvvOov+ μέχρι 
’; , Ped > , / ’ 7 
τούτου Τιμόλαος, ἕως ἀπώλεσε Θήβας" μέχρι τούτου 
¥ \ a a Ψ / 
Εὔδικος καὶ Siwos οἱ Aapicaior, ἕως Θετταλίαν ὑπὸ 
, ν. o> 2 , \ , 
Φιλίππῳ ἐποίησαν. Εἶτ᾽ ἐλαυνομένων καὶ ὑβριζομέ- 
A / Ν , Ἂ ’ A e 3 ’ 
%2 νων καὶ τί κακὸν οὐχὶ πασχόντων πᾶσα ἡ οἰκουμένη 
‘ / “ ’ > @ ’ > 
μεστὴ γέγονε προδοτῶν. Ti δ᾽ ᾿Αρίστρατος ev Σ - 
-»" ‘ , 3 , > > > 
κιῶνι, καὶ τί Περίλαος ev Μεγάροις; Οὐκ ἀπεῤῥιμ- 
, - φ ᾿ , 7 » oe 
μένοι; "EE ὧν καὶ σαφέστατ᾽ ay τις ἴδοι ὅτι ὁ μά- 
, ‘ e A ‘ 
Mota φυλάττων τὴν εαυτοὺ πατρίδα καὶ πλεῖστα ἀντι- 
/ ’ φ “ a, ᾽ / a 
λέγων τούτοις, οὗτος ὑμῖν, Αισχίνη, τοῖς προδιδοῦσι καὶ 
a - ἂν ιν , = 
μισθαρνοῦσι τὸ ἔχειν ἐφ ὅτῳ δωροδοκήσετε περιποιεῖ, 
A‘ ‘ ‘ 4 4 ἈΝ ‘ ? / 
καὶ Sia τοὺς πολλοὺς τουτωνὶ Kai Tous ἀνθισταμένους 
ω e / , ξ ε > ‘ fal Ἀν 
τοῖς ὑμετέροις βουλήμασιν ὑμεῖς ἐστε σῷοι καὶ ἔμμιε- 
> » , “ὦν > ‘ Λ δ 3 , 
σθοι " ἐπεὶ διά ye ὑμᾶς avTous πάλαι ἂν ἀπολώλειτε. 
A A ‘ ΄“ / , » ¥ 
Kai περὶ μὲν τῶν τότε πραχθέντων ἔχων ἔτι πολλὰ 
’ ‘\ n e a / A e A 5" aA 
λέγειν, καὶ ταῦτα ἡγοῦμαι πλείω τῶν ἱκανῶν εἰρῆσθαι. 
" “Val Ψ , , 

Aitwos δ᾽ οὗτος, ὥσπερ ἑωλοκρασίαν τινὰ μου τῆς πο- 
/ ~ ς a A a > , ’;. 
νηρίας τῆς ἑαυτοῦ καὶ τῶν ἀδικημάτων κατασκεδάσας, 

ue ΓΝ ‘ 4 , , 
ἣν ἀναγκαῖον ἦν πρὸς τοὺς νεωτέρους τῶν πεπραγμένων 
3 4 , ‘ Ν. y e 
ἀπολύσασθαι. Παρηνώχλησθε δὲ καὶ ὑμεῖς tows, οἱ, 
. A 4 iy, " ΄ « a 5a / ‘ e; ’ 
καὶ πρὶν ἐμὲ εἰπεῖν ὁτιοῦν, εἰδότες τὴν TOVTOV τότε 


> 
pucOapviav. Καίτοι φιλίαν ye καὶ ξενίαν αὐτὴν ὄνο- δὶ 


pater, καὶ νῦν εἶπέ που λέγων, ὁ τὴν ᾿Αλεξάνδρου 
." | 














18 AHMOSOGENOY? 


/ * > , > , 
ξενίαν ὀνειδίξων ἐμοί. ᾿Εγὼ σοι ξενίαν ᾿Αλεξαν- 
.- ¥ 
Spov ; Πόθεν λαβόντι ἢ πῶς ἀξιωθέντι; Οὔτε Φι- 
> 
λίππου ξένον οὔτ᾽ ᾿Αλεξάνδρου φίλον εἴποιμ᾽ ἂν ἐγώ ce, 
᾽ Φ , ? ἣν Ὺ ‘ ‘ ‘ Ἢ 
οὐχ οὕτω μαίνομαι, εἰ μὴ καὶ τοὺς θεριστὰς καὶ τοὺς 
»”. a - 
ἄλλο τι μισθοῦ πράττοντας φίλους καὶ ξένους δεῖ κα- 
a a > > > a / 
Bre τῶν μισθωσαμένων. “AN οὐκ ἔστι ταῦτα" πό- 
“ a > / 
θεν; Πολλοῦ ye καὶ δεῖ. ᾿Αλλὰ μισθωτὸν eyo σε 
’ an / »" > 
Φιλίππου πρότερον καὶ viv ᾿Αλεξάνδρου καλῶ καὶ οὗτοι 
/ 5 “ > > rd na 5 
πάντες. Ei δ᾽ ἀπιστεῖς, ἐρώτησον αὐτούς " μᾶλλον ὃ 
A an? ιν - , / ee > Ww 
ἐγὼ τοῦθ᾽ ὑπερ σοῦ ποιήσω. Πότερον ὑμῖν, ὦ avdpes 
> A -»“" 
᾿Αθηναῖοι, δοκεῖ μισθωτὸς Αἰσχίνης ἢ ξένος εἶναι ᾿Αλε- 
’ὔ > 4 ἃ 
ξάνδρου ; — ᾿Ακούεις. ἃ λέγουσιν. 


Βούλομαι τοίνυν ἤδη καὶ περὶ τῆς γραφῆς αὐτῆς 


3 - a 
ἀπολογήσασθαι καὶ διεξελθεῖν τὰ πεπραγμέν᾽ ἐμαυτῷ, 


7 ’ o% > / ed > 4 > @W 

ἵνα καίπερ εἰδὼς Αἰσχίνης ὅμως ἀκούσῃ, δι ἅ φημι καὶ 
id a / a 

τούτων τῶν προβεβουλευμένων καὶ πολλῷ μειζόνων ἔτι 
4 “- / 3 , / / 

τούτων δωρεῶν δίκαιος εἶναι τυγχάνειν. Kai μοι λέγε 


τὴν γραφὴν αὐτὴν λαβών. 


ΓΡΑΦΗ. 


δὲ Ἐπὶ Χαιρώνδου ἄρχοντος, ᾿Ελαφηβολιῶνος ἕκτῃ ἱσταμένου, Aloyi- 
νης ᾿Ατρομήτου Κοθωκίδης ἀπήνεγκε πρὸς τὸν ἄρχοντα παρανόμων 
γραφὴν κατὰ Κτησιφῶντος τοῦ Λεωσθένους ᾿Αναφλυστίου, ὅτι ἔγραψε 
παράνομον Ψήφισμα, ὡς ἄρα δεῖ στεφανῶσαι Δημοσθένην Δημοσθένους 
Παιανιέα χρυσῷ στεφάνῳ, καὶ ἀναγορεῦσαι ἐν τῷ θεάτρῳ Διονυσίοις 
τοῖς μεγάλοις, τραγῳδοῖς καινοῖς, ὅτι στεφανοῖ ὁ δῆμος Δημο- 
σθένην Δημοσθένους Παιανιέα χρυσῷ στεφάνῳ ἀρετῆς 
ἕνεκα, καὶ εὐνοίας ἧς ἔχων διατελεῖ εἴς τετοὺς Ἕλλη- 
νας ἅπαντας καὶ τὸν δῆμον τὸν ᾿Αθηναίων, καὶ ἀνδρα- 
γαθίας, καὶ ὅτι διατελεῖ πράττων καὶ λέγων τὰ βέλ- 


ΠΕΡΙ TOY STE®ANOY. 19 


“ , 4 ’ , > .“ a a ’ 
τιστα τῷ δήμῳ καὶ πρόθυμός ἐστι ποιεῖν ὅ τι ἄν δύνη- 
ται ἀγαθόν, --- πάντα ταῦτα Ψευδὴ γράψας καὶ παράνομα, τῶν νό- 55 
μων οὐκ ἐώντων πρῶτον μὲν Ψευδεῖς γραφὰς εἰς τὰ δημόσια γράμματα 
καταβάλλεσθαι, εἶτα τὸν ὑπεύθυνον στεφανοῦν " ἔστι δὲ Δημοσθένης 
τειχοποιὸς καὶ ἐπὶ τῷ θεωρικῷ τεταγμένος " ἔτι δὲ μὴ ἀναγορεύειν τὸν 
στέφανον ἐν τῷ θεάτρῳ Διονυσίοις τραγῳδῶν τῇ καινῇ, ἀλλ᾽ ἐὰν μὲν 
ἡ βουλὴ στεφανοῖ, ἐν τῷ βουλευτηρίῳ ἀνειπεῖν, ἐὰν δὲ ἡ πόλις, ἐν 
Πυκνὶ ἐν τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ. Τίμημα τάλαντα πεντήκοντα. Κλήτορες, Κη- 
φισοφῶν Κηφισοφῶντος ἹῬαμνούσιος, Κλέων Κλέωνος Κοθωκίδης. 

Δ Ν , a / 9 i > a 
A μὲν διώκει τοῦ ψηφίσματος, ὦ ἄνδρες ᾿Αθηναῖοι, 
ἡ ἢ > + ae Se τς , rn 5 
ταῦτ᾽ ἐστίν. Eyo δ᾽ ἀπ αὑτῶν τούτων πρῶτον οἶμαι 
a ιν , “΄ , / ΩΝ , 
δῆλον ὑμῖν ποιήσειν ὅτε πάντα δικαίως ἀπολογήσομαι * 
Ν is 4 , a / 
τὴν γὰρ αὐτὴν τουτῷ “ποιησάμενος τῶν γεγραμμενῶν 
A , “ιν > 7 > “A Ν Far 
τάξιν, περὶ πάντων ἐρῶ καθ᾽ ἕκαστον ἐφεξῆς καὶ ovdev 
Ν , a x 3 , , 
ἑκὼν παραλείψω. Τοῦ μὲν οὖν γράψαι, mpattovTas? 
‘ / ‘ / ’ A , 
καὶ λέγοντα τὰ βέλτιστά pe τῷ δήμῳ διατε- 
- Ν ’ 3 a [2 x ὃ ΄ 
λεῖν καὶ πρόθυμον εἶναι ποιεῖν ὃ τι ἂν δύνω- 
> / Ν > a 3 A 4 > al 
μαι ἀγαθὸν, καὶ €TQALVELV ETL TOVUTOLS, εν τοις 
, ἣν , > , ¢ κτ΄ς , 
πεπολιτευμένοις τὴν κρίσιν εἶναι νομίζω" ἀπὸ yap Tov- 
> / ς ’ ” 3 A Ν 5» A 
των ἐξεταζομένων εὑρεθήσεται, εἰτε ἀληθῆ περὶ ἐμοῦ 
a a Ν / Ν Ν 
γέγραφε Κτησιφῶν ταῦτα καὶ προσήκοντα εἰτε καὶ 
ΕΝ ‘ s , > ἈΝ A > 
ψευδῆ. Τὸ δὲ μὴ προσγράψαντα, ἐπειδὰν tas ev- 
’ - A Ν > -» 3 a , Ν 
θύνας δῷ στεφανοῦν, καὶ ἀνειπεῖν ἐν τῷ θεάτρῳ τὸν 
/ A i a ‘ e a : Ν a 
στέφανον κελεῦσαι, κοινωνεῖν μὲν ἡγοῦμαι καὶ τοῦτο 


»“ / Ν A / > a , A 
τοῖς πεπολιτευμένοις, ELTE ἀξιὸς ELL τοῦ στεφάνου Kat 


> > 


a A > ’ Ν Ν ει. Ψ 4 
τῆς ἀναῤῥήσεως τῆς ἐν TOUTOLS ELTE καὶ μὴ" ETL μέντοι 
Ν Ν ’ / 2 / ὃ a θ᾽ ἃ A 
καὶ τοὺς νόμους δεικτέον εἶναί μοι δοκεῖ καθ᾽ ovs ταῦτα 

ΕΣ 4 e » / > ν᾽ > an 
γράφειν ἐξῆν τούτῳ. Ovtwot μέν, ὦ avdpes APnvaior, 
~ Ν 3 ’ ¥ a 
δικαίως καὶ ἁπλῶς τὴν ἀπολογίαν ἔγνωκα ποιεῖσθαι " 


βαδιοῦμαι δ᾽ ἐπ᾽ αὐτὰ ἃ πέπρακταί μοι. Καί με μη- 50 








20 AHMOSOENOY? 


Seis ὑπολάβη ἀπαρτᾶν τὸν λόγον τῆς γραφῆς, ἐὰν εἰς 


e Ν 


“Ἑλληνικὰς πράξεις καὶ λόγους ἐμπέσω" ὁ γὰρ διώκων 


A / ‘ ’ Ν , +) ἂν , 
Tou Ψηφίσματος τὸ λέγειν καὶ πράττειν τὰ ἄριστά με, 
᾿ “ e > >. A “ ν > e 
καὶ γεγραμμένος ταῦτα ws οὐκ ἀληθῆ, οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ 
Ἁ Ν ΄ a ? A ’ ’ 
τοὺς περὶ ἁπάντων τῶν ἐμοὶ πεπολιτευμένων λόγους 
> / Ν > ’ a “ , > 
οἰκείους καὶ ἀναγκαίους TH γραφῇ πεποιηκως. Εἶτα 
Ν a / > “ “ / ‘ ‘ 
καὶ πολλὼν προαιρέσεων οὐσὼν τῆς πολιτείας THY περὶ 
A ε "Ἶ , ΄ / > , Γ A ‘ 
tas Ελληνικὰας πράξεις εἱλόμην ἐγώ, ὥστε καὶ τὰς 
> / > «7 / / 9 κ 
ἀποδείξεις εκ τούτων δίκαιδς εἰμι ποιεῖσθαι. 
ἃ ‘ 2 S a s Ν oe 
60 “Α μεν οὖν πρὸ τοῦ πολιτεύεσθαι καὶ δημηγορεῖν ἐμὲ 
» A ’ ve Fas 
mpovriaBe καὶ κατέσχε Φίλιππος, ἐάσω " οὐδὲν γὰρ 
“Ἂ« ΄, > ‘ ». δ. ἃ . ων ἃ a 
ἡγοῦμαι τούτων εἶναι πρὸς ἐμέ" ἃ δ᾽ adh ἧς ἡμέρας 
7 xf “ 3 ’ ΠΝ 4 ~ > ’ 
ἐπὶ ταῦτα ἐπέστην eyo διεκωλύθη, ταῦτα ἀναμνήσω 
Ν 4 e Π ’ A ξ ’ 
kat. τοῦτων υφέξω λόγον, τοσοῦτον ὑπειπών. Πλεο- 
/ 9 ¥ > ω / “ / 
νέκτημα, ὦ ἄνδρες ᾿Αθηναῖοι, μέγα ὑπῆρξε Φιλίππῳ. 
Ν ‘ oe 3 4 3 > 
61 Παρὰ yap τοῖς ᾿Ελλησιν, ov τισὶν ἀλλ᾽ ἅπασιν ὁμοίως, 
A lal Ν ’ Ν al > a > 
φοραν προδοτῶν καὶ δωροδόκων καὶ θεοῖς ἐχθρῶν av- 
, , , ͵ Ψ ᾽ 
Oparrav συνέβη γενέσθαι τοσαύτην ὅσην οὐδείς πω 
’ / a ἃ Ν 
πρότερον μέμνηται γεγονυῖαν " οὃς συναγωνιστὰς καὶ 
‘ ’ 4 , - ‘ a 
cuvepyous λαβὼν, καὶ πρότερον κακῶς τοὺς “Ελληνας 
» 4 t ‘ . an » 
ἔχοντας πρὸς ἑαυτοὺς καὶ στασιαστικῶς ἔτι χεῖρον 
͵ ‘4 Ν > A “ Ἀ ’ ‘ ‘ 
διέθηκε, τοὺς μὲν ἐξαπατῶν, τοῖς Se διδούς, τοὺς δὲ 
/ / / Ν ‘ > ’ 
πάντα τρόπον διαφθείρων, καὶ διέστησεν εἰς μέρη 
, il. A / ¢ ΝΜ ξ΄ 
πολλὰ, ἐνὸς τοῦ συμφέροντος ἅπασιν ὄντος, κωλύειν 
62 ἐκεῖνον μέγαν γέγνεσθαι. ---- Ἐν τοιαύτῃ δὲ καταστάσει 
μέγαν yy ° uty 
IN > / A / » / A 
καὶ €TL ἀγνοίᾳ τοῦ συνισταμένου Kai φυομένου κακοῦ 


a ἕ ς , Μ a ς Φ 
τῶν amavtwv ᾿Ἑλλήνων ὄντων, δεῖ σκοπεῖν ὑμᾶς, ὦ 


ΠΕΡῚ TOY STE@ANOY. 21 


»" A / , a 
ἄνδρες ᾿Αθηναῖοι, τί προσῆκον ἦν ἑλέσθαι πράττειν καὶ 
- Ν / / 2 a al ω 
ποίειν τὴν πόλιν, καὶ τούτων λόγον παρ εἐμου λαβεῖν 
a bh ie / a ’ os τὰ , 
ὁ yap ἐνταῦθα ἑαυτὸν τάξας τῆς πολιτείας εἰμὲ ἐγω. 
’ MTR. > a » , a 7 3 - 
a6 Πότερον αὑτὴν ἐχρῆν, Aicxivn, τὸ φρόνημα ἀφείσαν 63 
- 3 a a Ν / 
καὶ τὴν ἀξίαν τὴν αὑτῆς, ἐν τῇ Θετταλῶν καὶ Δολόπων 
», , A ~ «ε ’ 
τάξει συγκατακτᾶσθαι Φιλίππῳ τὴν τῶν Ελλήνων 
a Ν Ν / > a 7 
ἀρχὴν καὶ τὰ τῶν προγόνων καλὰ καὶ δίκαια ἀναιρεῖν ; 
a x - Ν Ν φ 3 a A > 
Ἢ τοῦτο μὲν μὴ ποιεῖν (δεινὸν yap ws ἀληθῶς), ἃ ὃ 
’ ᾽ ‘ 4 A , > 
ἑώρα συμβησόμενα, εἰ μηδεὶς κωλύσει, καὶ προῃσθανεθ : 
a “ n , 2 
ὡς ἔοικεν, ἐκ πολλοῦ, ταῦτα περιιδεῖν γύγνομενα ; 
a 3 a a 
᾿Αλλὰ viv ἔγωγε τὸν μάλιστα ἐπιτιμῶντα τοῖς πε- 6 
Δ 3 / ~ ’ , Υ: 
πραγμένοις ἡδέως ἂν ἐροίμην, τῆς ποίας μερίδος γε 
> 4. “ἊΨ ’ A ’ 
νέσθαι τὴν πόλιν ἐβούλετ᾽ ἂν, πότερον τῆς συναιτίας 
a κ a a A , la 
τῶν συμβεβηκότων τοῖς “Ελλησι κακῶν Kat αἰσχρῶν, 
4 ‘ 4 ΝΜ δ ~ 
ἧς ἂν Θετταλοὺς καὶ Tous μετὰ τούτων εἴποι TLS, ἢ τῆς 
, a ’ πα a -“Ρ ᾿] ὃ ’ λε ᾿ 
περιεωρακυίας ταῦτα γιγνόμενα ἐπὶ τῇ τῆς ἰδιας πλεο 
XN > ’ x / .' 
νεξίας ἐλπίδι, ἧς ἂν ᾿Αρκάδας καὶ Μεσσηνίους καὶ 
Ὗ ’ ’ - 
᾿Αργείους θείημεν ; ᾿Αλλὰ καὶ τούτων πολλοί, μᾶλλον 65 
΄“ e rn > ’ Ν, Ν 3 ~‘ 
δὲ πάντες, χεῖρον ἡμῶν ἀπηλλάχασιν. Kai yap εἰ μεν 
Ὗ > ? / > Ν ‘ Σ 
ὡς ἐκράτησε Φίλιππος ᾧχετ᾽ εὐθέως ἀπιὼν καὶ μετὰ 
a ’ ᾽’ a e a ’ , 
“ταῦτ᾽ ἦγεν ἡσυχίαν, μήτε τῶν αὐτοῦ συμμάχων μήτε 
τι , / Ν ’ 7 9 
τῶν ἄλλων Ἑλλήνων μηδένα μηδὲν λυπήσας, ὅμως ἣν 
ΝΜ Ν a > ᾽ θ ’ e@ mM > κ 
ἄν τις κατὰ τῶν οὐκ εναντιωθέντων οἷς ἔπραττεν EKELVOS 
’ Ν / > Ἁ ε / ς , . ser ἐπ 
μέμψις καὶ κατηγορία" εἰ δὲ ὁμοίως ἁπάντων τὸ ἀξίω 
A ’ A 
μα, THY ἡγεμονίαν, τὴν ἐλευθερίαν περιείλετο, μᾶλλον 
‘ Ν Ν / φ > ὃ / a 3 e- % ων 
δὲ καὶ τὰς πολιτείας, ὅσων ἠδύνατο, πὼς οὐχ ἀπαντ' 


a 3 Ν , 
ἐνδοξότατα ὑμεῖς ἐβουλεύσασθε ἐμοὶ πεισθέντες ; 





22 AHMOS 
ΘΕΝΟΥΣ 
MEPI ΤΟΥ STE®ANOY 23 


es ᾿Αλλ᾽ ἐκεῖσε ἐπανέρχομαι. Ti τὴν πόλιν, Αἰσχί 
ἢ » Δισχινῆ, νος ἔπραττεν ἀδικῶν ὑμᾶς ἐναντιοῦσθαι δικαίως. Τοῦτ᾽ 


a . ἡ 
προσῆκε ποιεῖν ἀρχὴν καὶ τυραννίδα τῶν Ἑλλήνων ἜΘΕΙ, ty ὑμεῖς ἐξ ἀρχῆς εἰκό t 
i ee ee ἐποιεῖτε μεν ὑμεῖς ἐξ ἀρχῆς ELKOTWS καὶ TPOTNKOVTS, 
τὸν σύμβουλον ἔδει λέγειν ἢ γράφειν τὸν ᾿Αθήνησιν ἐμέ; 

: 
(καὶ yap τοῦτο πλεῖστον διαφέρει,) ὃς συνήδειν μὲν ἐκ 
παντὸς τοῦ χρόνου μέχρι τῆς ἡμέρας ἀφ᾽ ἧς αὐτὸς ἐπὶ 


πὶ > 7 dil. A 
τὸ βῆμα ἀνέβην, ἀεὶ περὶ πρωτείων καὶ τιμῆς καὶ δόξης 


» Ν 4. Ν ΒΕ τ 3 A > 
ἔγραφον δε καὶ συνεβούλευον καὶ ἐγὼ καθ᾽ ous ἐπολι- 
/ / ε a > Ν , 3 “ 
243 TEVOLNVY “χρόνους. Oporoya. Adda TL ἐχρὴν με 
- Ν , > b om , 9 ? > U 
ποιεῖν; Hon yap o €pwTw, TavTa τἄλλ, aces, 
> ’ ’ὔ / e / ? Ν 
Ἀμφίπολιν, Πύδναν, Ποτίδαιαν, ᾿Αλόννησον " ovdevos 
τούτων μέμνημαι" Σέῤῥιον δὲ καὶ Δορίσκον καὶ τὴν Τὸ 
/ ‘ 
ayo@vico } : " ‘ , 
γ ξζομένην Τὴν πατρίδα, καὶ πλείω καὶ χρήματα καὶ , ’ \ @ Sos Α . , 
᾽ ᾿ ‘ Πεπαρήθου πόρθησιν καὶ ὅσ ἄλλα τοιαυτὰ ἡ πόλις 
σωματα avar Υ / Ν᾿ Js . 
ὠκυίαν ὑπὲρ φιλοτιμίας καὶ τῶν πᾶσι 
’ A a ΜΝ 
συμφερόντων ἢ τῶν ἄλλων ᾿ΕἙλλήνων ὑπὲρ αὑτῶν ἀνα- 


ψΨ er > »"ἷ 
&7 λωκασιν E€XaACTOL " EWPWV ὃ QuTov Tov Φίλιππον, πρὸς 


’ 4 > Ff , 

ἠδίκητο, οὐδ᾽ εἰ γέγονεν οἶδα. Καίτοι ov ¥ ἐφησθὰα 
a“ 9 ΜΝ > tal ’ 3 

με ταῦτα λέγοντα εἰς ἔχθραν ἐμβαλεῖν τουτουσί, Ev- 

κ' A / -“" A 

" κ τον Sey ee ae ee : βούλου καὶ ᾿Αριστοφῶντος καὶ Διοπείθους τῶν περὶ 

nv ἡμῖν ὁ ἄγων, ὕπερ ἀρχῆς καὶ δυναστείας τὸν 


΄ , ¥” .. fis * , 2 a 
- oe , . i τούτων ψηφισμάτων ὄντων, οὐκ ἐμῶν, ὦ λέγων EVXEPOS 
ὀφθαλμὸν ἐκκεκομμένον, τὴν κλεῖν κατεαγότα, τὴν 


Ψ Δ “ “ἡ κ ΄, 2 a + . 
. Ν a ὅ τι ἂν βουληθῆς. Ovde νῦν περὶ τούτων Epa. Αλλ 7 
χεῖρα, τὸ σκέλος πεπηρωμένον, πᾶν ὅ τι βουληθείη 


/ e ’ A , 
μέρος ἢ τύχη τοῦ σώματος παρελέσθαι, τοῦτο ῥᾳδίως 
ae / / : 
καὶ ETOLUMWS προὶέ ὕ D D μετὰ τιμῆς καὶ 
μὼς προΐέμενον, ὥστε τῷ λοιπῷ μετὰ τιμῆς καὶ 
68 δόξης ζῆν Κ A ~ δὲ A , > ‘4 ἃ " 
ἢν. a μὴν οὐδὲ τοῦτο γε οὐδεὶς ἂν εἰπεῖν 


τολμήσειεν, ὡς τῷ μὲν ev IT ἔλλῃ τραφέντι, χωρίῳ 


e * ΝΜ > » ’ A , 
ὁ τὴν Εὔβοιαν ἐκεῖνος σφετεριζόμενος καὶ κατασκευα- 
> / + A, ‘ > , A ’ 3 
ἕων ἐπιτείχισμα emt τὴν Αττικὴν, καὶ Μεγάροις ἐπι- 
a A , > / A , 
χειρῶν, Kat καταλαμβάνων Ὡρεὸν, καὶ κατασκάπτων 

᾽ x > a 7 ’ 
Πορθμόν, καὶ καθιστὰς ἐν μεν ᾿Ὥρεῳ Φιλιστίδην τύραν- 
ρῦμο ‘ 


νον, ἐν δ᾽ ᾿Ερετρίᾳ Κλείταρχον, καὶ τὸν Ἑλλήσποντον 


Io " , ‘ A 4 
ἀδόξῳ τότε γε ὄντι καὶ μικρῷ, τοσαύτην μεγαλοψυχίαν 
προσῆκεν ἐγγενέσθαι, ὥστε τῆς τῶν Ἑλλήνων ἀρχῆς 


ἐπιθυμῆσαι καὶ TOUT εἰς τὶ ὃν ἐ ‘ ὑμῖν δ᾽ 
τοῦτ᾽ εἰς τὸν νοῦν ἐμβαλέσθαι, ὑμῖν ὃ 


ek ¢ a 4 ‘ , an a 
ὑφ᾽ ἑαυτῷ ποιούμενος, καὶ Βυζάντιον πολισρκων, Kat 

Λ «ε / ‘ ,». 3 a > Ν x ‘ 
πόλεις Ἑλληνίδας τὰς μὲν ἀναιρῶν, εἰς Tas δὲ τοὺς 


’ὔ / ’ a ’ a "07 
φυγάδας κατάγων, πότερον TAVTA σαντα ποίων ἠδίκει 


en et a oe ΠΩ 4 


οὖσιν ᾿Αθηναίοις καὶ ιν κα ἡ " eal 
κατὰ THY ἡμέραν ἑκάστην ἐν πᾶσι ᾿ 1s ee piel aie pac 
t Xo Σ , ae καὶ παρεσπόνδει καὶ ἔλυε τὴν εἰ ν ἢοῦ; Kati πὸ- 
καὶ λόγοις καὶ θεωρήμασι τῆς τῶν προγόνων ἀρετῆς Ῥ pipelines 2c 


Seemetual” 2.8 , , τερον φανῆναΐ τινα τῶν “Ἑλλήνων τὸν ταῦτα κωλύσοντα 
ομνημαῦ ὁρῶσι τοσαὕτην κακίαν ὑπάρξαι, ὥστε τῆς 


ποιεῖν αὐτὸν ἐχρῆν ἢ μή ; Εἰ μὲν γὰρ μὴ ἐχρῆν, ἀλλὰ τὲ 


ΝῚ ε , 4 
τῶν Ελλήνων ἐλευθερίας αὐτεπαγγέλτους ἐθελοντὰς ; ᾿ a ae wee 
τὴν Μυσῶν λείαν καλουμένην τὴν ‘Eddabda οὖσαν οφθῆ- 


-- “ / “4“ϑ' ἃ a 
ἀραχωρῆσαι Φιλίππῳ. Οὐδ᾽ ἂν εἷς ταῦτα φήσειεν. 


, ἃν 3 / ‘ 
Aur ἵνιν ἦν καὶ a oof a va. tovrwv καὶ ὄντων ᾿Αθηναίων, περιείιργασμαι μεν 
ov τοίνινν ἣν καὶ ἀναγκαῖον ἅμα, πᾶσιν οἷς ἐκεῖ py 


69 
“᾽ν Ν , ne , 4 ς LZ ¢ 
eyo περι τούτων Εεὐπτων, περιειργᾶστ a 7) TOMS ω) 

















24 AHMOSOENOYS 


πεισθεῖσα ἐμοί, ἔστω δὲ ἀδικήματα πάντα ἃ πέπρακται 
καὶ ἡμαρτήματα ἐμά. Ei δὲ ἔδει τινὰ τούτων κωλυτὴν 
φανῆναι, τίνα ἄλλον ἢ τὸν ᾿Αθηναίων δῆμον προσῆκε 949 
γενέσθαι; Ταῦτα τοίνυν ἐπολιτευόμην ἐγώ, καὶ ὁρῶν 
καταδουλούμενον πάντας ἀνθρώπους ἐκεῖνον ἠναντιού- 
μην, καὶ προλέγων καὶ διδάσκων μὴ προΐεσθαι ταῦτα 


Φιλίππῳ διετέλουν. 


Ν Ν Ν “ον lal “ 
7% Καὶ μὴν τὴν εἰρηνην y ἐκεῖνος ἔλυσε τὰ πλοῖα λα- 


’ > « Λ > ’ 

Bov, οὐχ ἡ πόλις, Αισχίνη. Φέρε δὲ αὐτὰ τὰ ψη- 
’ Ν Ν 3 Ν ‘ a / ‘ 

φίσματα καὶ τὴν ἐπιστολὴν THY τοῦ Φιλίππου, Kat 
4 > 7 Bh ‘4 4 3 

λέγε εφεξῆς " ἀπὸ γὰρ τούτων ἐξεταζομένων, τίς τίνος 


Ν , 2 
“«ἀτιὸς ἐστι γενήσεται φανερόν. Λέγε. 


ΨΗΦΙΣΜΑ. 


Ἐπὶ ἄρχοντος Νεοκλέους, μηνὸς Βοηδρομιῶνος, ἐκκλησίας συγκλή- 
του ὑπὸ στρατηγῶν, Ἑὔβουλος Μνησιθέου Κόπριος εἶπεν " Ἐπειδὴ 
προσήγγειλαν οἱ στρατηγοὶ ἐν τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ, ὡς ἄρα Λεωδάμαντα τὸν 
ναύαρχον καὶ τὰ μετ᾽ αὐτοῦ ἀποσταλέντα σκάφη εἴκοσιν ἐπὶ τὴν τοῦ 
σίτου παραπομπὴν εἰς Ἑλλήσποντον ὃ παρὰ Φιλίππου στρατηγὸς 
᾿Αμύντας καταγήοχεν εἰς Μακεδονίαν καὶ ἐν φυλακῇ ἔχει, ἐπιμεληθῆ- 
ναι τοὺς πρυτάνεις καὶ τοὺς στρατηγοὺς ὅπως ἡ βουλὴ συναχθῶσι 

Ἢ καὶ αἱρεθῶσι" πρέσβεις πρὸς Φίλιππον, of παραγενόμενοι διαλέξονται 
πρὸς αὐτὸν περὶ τοῦ ἀφεθῆναι τὸν ναύαρχον καὶ τὰ πλοῖα καὶ τοὺς 
στρατιώτας. Καὶ εἰ μὲν δι’ ἄγνοιαν ταῦτα πεποίηκεν ὁ ᾿Αμύντας, 
ὅτι οὐ μεμψιμοιρεῖ ὁ δῆμος οὐδὲν αὐτῷ " εἰ δέ τι πλημμελοῦντα παρὰ 
τὰ ἐπεσταλμένα λαβών, ὅτι ἐπισκεψάμενοι ᾿Αθηναῖοι ἐπιτιμήσουσι 
κατὰ τὴν τῆς ὀλιγωρίας ἀξίαν. Ei δὲ μηδέτερον τούτων ἐστίν, ἀλλ᾽ 254 
ἰδίᾳ τι ἀγνωμονοῦσιν ἣ ὁ ἀποστείλας ἣ ὁ ἀπεσταλμένος, καὶ τοῦτο 
γράψαι λέγειν, ἵνα αἰσθανόμενος ὁ δῆμος βουλεύσηται τί δεῖ ποιεῖν. 


δ Τοῦτο μὲν τοίνυν τὸ ψήφισμα Εὔβουλος ἔγραψεν, 
οὐκ εγώ, τὸ δ᾽ ἐφεξῆς ᾿Αριστοφῶν, εἶθ᾽ ᾿Ηγήσιππος, 
εἶτ᾽ ᾿Αριστοφῶν πάλιν, εἶτα Φιλοκράτης, εἶτα Κηφισο- 
φῶν, εἶτα πάντες οἱ ἄλλοι ἐγὼ δ᾽ οὐδὲν περὶ τούτων. 
Aéye. 


TIEPI TOY STE@ANOY, 


ΨΗΦΙΣΜΑ. 


Ἐπὶ Νεοκλέους ἄρχοντος, Βοηδρομιῶνος ἕνῃ καὶ νέᾳ, βουλῆς 
γνώμῃ, πρυτάνεις καὶ στρατηγοὶ ἐχρημάτισαν τὰ ἐκ τῆς ἐκκλησίας 
ἀνενεγκόντες, ὅτι ἔδοξε τῷ δήμῳ πρέσβεις ἕλέσθαι πρὸς Φίλιππον 
περὶ τῆς τῶν πλοίων ἀνακομιδῆς καὶ ἐντολὰς δοῦναι καὶ τὰ ἐκ τῆς 
ἐκκλησίας ψηφίσματα. Καὶ εἵλοντο τούσδε, Κηφισοφῶντα Κλέωνος 
᾿Αναφλύστιον, Δημόκριτον Δημοφῶντος ᾿Αναγυράσιον, Ἰπολύκριτον 
᾿Απημάντου Κοθωκίδην. Πρυτανείᾳ φυλῆς ἹἹπποθοωντίδος, ᾿Αριστο- 
φῶν Κολυττεὺς πρόεδρος εἶπεν. 


σ / + lll. 4 A ’ 
Ὥσπερ τοίνυν ἐγὼ ταῦτα δεικνύω τὰ ψηφίσματα, 
ed Ν ‘\ ᾽ / a > % 
οὕτω καὶ σὺ δεῖξον, Αἰσχίνη, ποῖον ἐγὼ γράψας ψή- 
Ν ᾽ a / 
Pig ua αἰτιὸς εἰμε TOU πολέμου. ᾿Αλλ᾽ οὐκ ἂν ἔχοις . 
“tall > Ind A , ὦ , Ν / 
εἰ ‘yap εἶχες, οὐδὲν ἂν αὐτοῦ πρότερον νυνὶ παρέσχου. 
Ν In? 7a > A > 
Kai μὴν οὐδ᾽ ὁ Φίλιππος οὐδὲν αἰτιᾶται ἐμὲ ὑπὲρ τοῦ 
/ “ Κ' 3 a / > ἄν ‘ > 
πολέμου, ETEPOLS ἐγκαλων. Aeye δ᾽ αὑτὴν την ἐπιστο- 


Ν Ν a ’ 
Anv τὴν τοῦ Φιλίππου. 


EMNISTOAH @IAINNOY, 


Βασιλεὺς Μακεδόνων Φίλιππος ᾿Αθηναίων τῇ βουλῇ καὶ τῷ δήμῳ 
χαίρειν. Παραγενόμενοι πρὸς ἐμὲ οἱ παρ᾽ ὑμῶν πρεσβευταί, Κηφι- 
σοφῶν καὶ Δημόκριτος καὶ Πολύκριτος, διελέγοντο περὶ τῆς τῶν 
πλοίων ἀφέσεως ὧν ἐναυάρχει Λαομέδων. Καθ᾿ ὅλου μὲν οὖν ἔμοιγε 
φαίνεσθε ἐν μεγάλῃ εὐηθείᾳ ἔσεσθαι, εἰ οἴεσθ᾽ ἐμὲ λανθάνειν, ὅτι 
ἐξαπεστάλη ταῦτα τὰ πλοῖα πρόφασιν μὲν ὡς τὸν σῖτον παραπέμ- 
Ψψοντα ἐκ τοῦ Ἑλλησπόντου εἰς Λῆμνον, βοηθήσοντα δὲ Σηλυμβρια- 
vois τοῖς ὑπ᾽ ἐμοῦ μὲν πολιορκουμένοις, οὐ συμπεριειλημμένοις δὲ ἐν 
ταῖς τῆς φιλίας κοινῇ κειμέναις ἡμῖν συνθήκαις. Καὶ ταῦτα συνετάχθη 
τῷ ναυάρχῳ ἄνευ μὲν τοῦ δήμου τοῦ ᾿Αθηναίων, ὑπὸ δέ τινων ἀρχόν- 
των καὶ ἑτέρων ἰδιωτῶν μὲν νῦν ὄντων, ἐκ παντὸς δὲ τρόπου βουλομέ- 
νων τὸν δῆμον ἀντὶ τῆς νῦν ὑπαρχούσης πρὸς ἐμὲ φιλίας τὸν πόλεμον 
ἀναλαβεῖν, πολλῷ μᾶλλον φιλοτιμουμένων τοῦτο συντετελέσθαι ἣ 
τοῖς Σηλυμβριανοῖς βοηθῆσαι. Καὶ ὑπολαμβάνουσιν αὑτοῖς τὸ τοιοῦ- 
to πρόσοδον ἔσεσθαι" οὐ μέντοι μοι δοκεῖ τοῦτο χρήσιμον ὑπάρχειν 
οὔθ᾽ ὑμῖν οὔτ᾽ ἐμοί. Διόπερ τά τε νῦν καταχθέντα πλοῖα πρὸς ἡμᾶς 
ἀφίημι ὑμῖν, καὶ τοῦ λοιποῦ, ἐὰν βούλησθε μὴ ἐπιτρέπειν τοῖς προε- 
στηκόσιν ὑμῶν κακοήθως πόλιτεύεσθαι, ἀλλ᾽ ἐπιτιμᾶτε, πειράσεμαι 
κἀγὼ διαφυλάττειν τὴν εἰρήνην. Evruxeire. 


3 


78 


77 





26 SHMOZSGENOYS i ΠΕΡῚ TOY STE®ANOY. 27 


+ | aA? > a , / iad ee x 
Ὁ ᾿Ενταῦθ᾽ οὐδαμοῦ Δημοσθένην γέγραφεν, οὐδ᾽ αἰτίαν δεῦρ᾽ ἀφικνούμενοι παρὰ σοὶ κατέλυον, Αισχίνη, καὶ σὺ 


> , Sim a > 4 ΙΝ 3 a a Ἢ Λ . 3 ‘ Ν Ν 
οὐδεμίαν κατ᾽ ἐμοῦ. Ti ποτ᾽ οὖν τοῖς ἄλλοις ἐγκαλῶν προὐξένεις αὐτῶν " ods ἡ μὲν πόλις ὡς ἐχθροὺς καὶ οὔτε 


"-φ a α , ιν» ’ ily i O a ad , Ν" , ͵ δ ἃ Ν ἢ 9 
τῶν ἐμοῖι “Π ἐπραγμενων ouxe μεμνηται ; Tt TMV t- δίκαια οὔτε συμφέροντα λεγοντῶς ἀπήλασε, σοι noav 
, Ἅ 


ας a ε A ΝΥ 5 Κη ὦ ’ , In ἡ bd 

κημάτων ἂν ἐμέμνητο τῶν αὑτοῦ, εἰ TL περὶ ἐμοῦ γε- φίλοι. Οὐ τοίνυν ἐπράχθη τούτων οὐδέν, ὦ βλασφη- 
’ὕ " ’ὔ hy. 4 

ypape* τούτων yap εἰχόμην ἐγὼ Kai τούτοις ἠναντιού- 


τ a ‘ , aad 
μῶν περὶ ἐμοῦ Kat λέγων ὡς σιωπῶ μεν λαβὼν, Bow ὃ 
Ν ~ ‘ . " , 
μην. Καὶ πρῶτον μεν τὴν εἰς Πελοπόννησον πρεσβείαν 2:4 


3 Ν a 4 Μ 
“3 ἀναλώσας ᾿Αλλ᾽ οὐ σύ γε, ἀλλὰ Boas μεν ἔχων, 


» A 7 > a 9 , + , e ,’ 3 , 
ἔγραψα, ὅτε πρῶτον ἐκεῖνος εἰς Πελοπόννησον παρε- παύσει δὲ οὐδέποτ᾽, ἐὰν μή σε οὗτοι παύσωσιν ἀτιμώ- 


΄, Ν ᾽ ¥ ΝΡ. ? ’ 4 9 
δύετο, εἶτα τὴν eis Εὔβοιαν, ἡνίκ Εὐβοίας ἥπτετο, εἶτα σαντες τήμερον. 


ἣν eS, £05 — Oe , + teal ? ’ὔ ; "“2ὥων ae eee Wh » , Ν 
ΤΡ ΕΓ peov ἐξο OV, OUKETE πρεσβείαν, Kat Τὴν εἰς Στεφανωσάντων τοίνυν υμων EME επί τουτοῖς ΤΟΤΕ, Kat 83 


᾽ E ’ > Sn / eal, > 4 “- ’ > , “Ἢ δι.) ‘ Ψ 
ρέτριαν, ἐπειδὴ τυράννους ἐκεῖνος ἐν ταῦταις ταῖς γράψαντος ᾿Αριστονίκου τὰς avTas συλλαβὰς ἅσπερ 


Λ ’ Ν a ‘ Ἂ 3 > 
80 πόλεσι κατέστησεν. Mera ταῦτα δὲ τοὺς ἀποστόλους ει ἃ πὰ ες ὦ δ ἡ 
οὑτοσὶ Κτησιφῶν νῦν γέγραφε, ppn ὦ 
a , A Ld 4 » 
θεάτρῳ τοῦ στεφάνου, καὶ δευτέρου κηρύγματος ἤδη μοι 


y Ν᾿ ? > a .] , a Μ 
τούτου γιγνομένου, OUT AVTELTTEV Avoywns παρὼν OUTE 


d 3 ’ > ἃ 96 π᾿ κα 
ἅπαντας ἀπέστειλα, καθ ovs Xeppovncos ἐσωθὴη καὶ 








’ Ν , 4 > a 
Βυζάντιον καὶ πάντες οἱ σύμμαχοι. “EE ὧν ὑμῖν μὲν 


‘ Λ » ’ ’ / 
Ta κάλλιστα, ἔπαινοι, δόξαι, τιμαί, στέφανοι, χάρι- 


’ ‘ n a 
Tov εἰπόντα ἐγράψατο. Καί μοι λέγε καὶ τοῦτο. τὸ 
’ 
ψήφισμα λαβων. 


. ΨΗΦΙΣΜΑ. 


Ν " φ ’ ¢ “A a > > 
τες Tapa τῶν ev πεπονθότων ὑπῆρχον" τῶν δ᾽ αδι- 
, a . rar , -“ - , 
κουμένων τοῖς μὲν ὑμῖν τότε πεισθεῖσιν ἡ σωτηρία 


’ a nN / me , e ¢ ΩΝ 
περιεγένετο, τοῖς δ᾽ ολυγωρήσασι τὸ πολλάκις ὧν ὑμεῖς 
id ~ ΄ > 
Ἐπὶ Χαιρώνδου Ἡγέμονος ἄρχοντος, Ταμηλιῶνος ἐκτῃ ἀπιόντος, 84 
’ soe 
φυλῆς πρυτανευούσης Λεοντίδος, ᾿Αριστόνικος Φρεάρριος εἰπεν" 
a >. , , ‘ ‘ 
ἑαυτοῖς, ἀλλὰ καὶ φρονίμους ἀνθρώπους καὶ μάντεις Ἐπειδὴ Δημοσθένης Δημοσθένους Παιανιεὺς πολλὰς καὶ μεγάλας 
| χρείας παρέαχηται τῷ δήμῳ τῷ ᾿Αθηναίων, καὶ πολλοῖς τῶν συμμά- 
» ” / Lo , 4 
| χων καὶ πρότερον καὶ ἐν τῷ παρόντι καιρῷ βεβοήθηκε διὰ τῶν ψη- 
’ 7 » ΄» » , > θέ a διατε- 
i μὴν ὅ᾽ ὰ μὲν ἃ μα ἔδωκ , φισμάτων καί τινας τῶν ἐν τῇ Εὐβοίᾳ πόλεων ἡλευ έρωκε, kal 
ee ee ree certs λεῖ εὔνους dv τῷ δήμῳ τῷ ᾿Αθηναίων, καὶ λέγει καὶ πράττει ὅ τι ἂν 
D sa Γ 4 “ [2 > ‘ e , » «“. , Ν “ «ε , 
ons ὥστ ἔχειν Npeor, πολλὰ δὲ Κλείταρχος ὥστ᾽ ἔχειν δύνηται ἀγαθὸν ὑπέρ τε αὑτῶν ᾿Αθηναίων καὶ τῶν ἄλλων Ἑλλήνων, 
δεδύχθαι τῇ βουλῇβκαὶ τῷ δήμῳ τῷ Αθηναίων ἐπαινέσαι Δημοσθένην 
Δημοσθένους Παιανιέα καὶ στεφανῶσαι χρυσῷ στεφάνῳ, καὶ ἀναγο- 
ὑπά ἐφ᾽ ὑμᾶ ITO ὶ it τῶν ἃ Σ ; v 5 é ἣν τῷ θεάτρῳ Διονυσίοις, τραγῳδοῖς καινοῖς " τῆς 
ὑπάρχειν eb υμᾶς αὐτῳ καὶ περὲ των ἄλλων μηδὲν oe τὸν στέφανον ΒΞ. θεά PS fs » TPaYS : > 
? : : δὲ dvayopevoews τοῦ στεφάνου ἐπιμεληξῆναι τὴν πρυτανεύουσαν Pu 
, > A “ , , > , rf , : va 
εἐξέλεγχεσθαι pnd ἃ ποιῶν ἠδίκει μηδένα ἐξετάξειν 254 Aj καὶ τὸν ἀγωνοθέτην. Εἶπεν ᾿Δριστόνικος Φρεάρριος. 


/ a / - Ν ¥ 
προείπατε μεμνῆσθαι, καὶ νομίζειν ὑμᾶς μὴ μόνον εὔνους 


4 , Ν ᾽ , A ’ 
εἶναι " πάντα yap ἐκβεβηκεν ἃ προείπατε. 





᾽Ερέτριαν, πολλὰ δ᾽ αὐτὸς ὁ Φίλιππος ὥστε ταῦθ᾽ 


κ΄ 5 Ν > e Ν ᾽ e , e Ν Υ 3 i a ao 7 > ’ὔ a , 
62 παντάχου, OVOELS AYVOEL, καὶ παντων ἠκίστα συ" Ob γὰρ Ἔστιν οὖν ὑστις ὑμὼν οἷδὲ τινα αἱἰσχυνὴν Τῇ πόλει 85 


a rat Ν Δ 
παρὰ του Κλειτώρχου καὶ τοῦ Φιλιστίδου τότε πρέσβεις συμβᾶσαν διὰ τοῦτο τὸ Wr, gic pa ἢ χλευασμον ἢ γέλῳ- 





28 AHMOSOENOYS 
MEPI TOY STE@ANOY. 29 


A a e ¥ 
Ta, ἃ νῦν οὗτος ἔφη συμβήσεσθαι, ἐὰν ἐγὼ στεφανῶ- δ᾽ ae ‘ ὶ Mice ὦ ἄνὲ 
χὰ co ναι KAT ἐκείνους TOUS “χρόνους ; εἷς, ὦ ἄνδρες 
μαι; Καὶ μὴν ὅταν ἢ νέα καὶ γνώριμα πᾶσι τὰ ; : . ee 4 , ἐ P i 
, 2» si ; P tual! 5s haga "A@nvaio. To δ᾽ ὑμεῖς ὅταν λέγω, THY πόλιν λέγω. 
πράγματα, ἐὰν TE κάλως ἔχη, χάριτος τυγχάνει, ἐν θ ἜΘ ΠΑ ΕΗ : ΐ ᾿ Ξ ᾿ 3 
Tis δ᾽ ὁ τῇ πόλει λέγων καὶ γράφων καὶ πράττων καὶ 





ε ae , 
ὡς ETEpws, τιμωρίας. Φαίνομαι τοίνυν ἐγὼ χάριτος πο μοι οἷ ge ae (ee Al sie πον Ee 
en iss = γον : ὡπλῶς ἑαυτὸν εἰς τὰ πράγματα ἀφειδῶς διδούς ; Evo. 
τετυχηκὼς τότε, καὶ οὐ μέμψεως οὐδὲ τιμωρίας. : ἘΝ Gia τ τῷ a senate 
“.232ϊ ᾿ ; Ν me : " πὰ a ἄλλα μὴν ἡλίκα TavTa ὠφέληϑεν ἅπαντας, ΟΥΚΕΤ 89 
ὑκοὺν MEXPL μὲν τῶν χρόνων ἐκείνων ἐν οἷς ταῦτ ois kairo κ᾿ ae / ve 

ay oe ee Α » : 4 ste. ἐκ τοῦ λόγου δεῖ μαθεῖν, ἀλλ᾽ ἔργῳ πεπείρασθε" ὁ yap 
ἐπραχὕη, πάντας ἀανωμολογημαι τους χρόνους τὰ ἄριστα ιν" , ¥ " -- om - ἐὲ- -ἢὦ 

τότε ἐνστὰς πόλεμος, ἄνευ τοῦ καλὴν δόξαν ἐνεγκεῖν, ἐν 


, A Λ a A ge? > 4 
πράττων Τῇ πόλει, τῷ νικᾶν, oT εἐβουλεύεσθε, λέγων 


a - ᾿ “ὦ , 2 ae ΟΝ μᾶς, “sf 
saad aoe . : : ; : πᾶσι τοῖς Kata τὸν βίον αφθονωτέροις Kat εὐωνοτέροις 
at ὦ apav, Τῷ καταπραχθὴν at τὰ γραφέντα και στε- διῦ "ἃ a an: Oo, A e δ ον 'δ 
, - να ae νυ τὶν x "γεν ὑμᾶς τῆς νὺν εἰρήνης, ἣν οὔτοι κατὰ τῆς TATPLOOS 
φάνους ἐξ αὐτῶν τῇ πόλει καὶ ἐμοὶ καὶ πᾶσιν ὑμῖν ᾿ ς νι ὦ ; ἢ ς 
τηροῦσιν οἱ χρηστοὶ ἐπὶ ταῖς μελλούσαις ελπίσιν, ὧν 


γενέσθαι, τῷ θυσίας τοῖς θεοῖς καὶ προσόδους ὡς ἀγα- . ἘΠ ἢ i τ ΩΣ co ae 
ae ae ee διαμάρτοιεν, καὶ μὴ μετάσχοιεν ὧν ὑμέις a τὰ βέλτιστα 

V TOUT@Y οντων υμας πεποιῆσθαι. . θ ‘ Φ a ε, μ 7 erad a cn φ δὲ nN on 
87 ᾽ ‘ , ᾽ ra ᾽ , ᾿ : τους ὕεους ALTELTE, μὴ μ Οὐ UPL ὧν οὐ ΤρΟῃ - 

Ἐπειδὴ τοίνυν ἐκ τῆς Εὐβοίας ὁ Φίλιππος ἐξηλάθη, ; " ae ae VM 2S : 
ee ἡ ἢ ηνται! Aéye δ᾽ αὑτοῖς καὶ τους τῶν Βυζαντίων στε- 

τοις μεν ὅπλοι 7 δὲ [ . p 

Μμ s up ὑμῶν, τῇ δε πολιτείᾳ καὶ τοῖς ψη- ᾿ oo ὡ ; era , . 
φί ὌΠ Ἢ eee 7 i i davovs καὶ τοὺς τῶν Περινθίων, οἷς ἐστεφάνουν ex 
ἰσμασε (κἂν διαῤῥαγῶσί τινες τούτων), ὑπ᾽ ἐμοῦ, ; a 
ieee he P ᾿ ὦ pith τούτων THY πολιν. 

pov Kata τῆς πόλεως ἐπιτειχισμὸν ἐζήτει. “Opav 
a / ’ ? , 
δ᾽ ὅτε σίτῳ πάντων ἀνθρώπων πλείστῳ xpapel” ἐπει- ΨΗΦΙΣΜΑ ΒΥΖΑΝΤΊΙΩΝ. 

, , a , , > ς , ’ , ? a , 5 
σάκτῳ, βουλόμενος τῆς σιτοπομπίας κυριος γενέσθαι, : Eni ἱερομνάμονος Βοσπορίχω Δαμάγητος ἐν τᾷ ἁλίᾳ ἔλεξεν, ἐκ 39 
δ. 25 δὼ " ᾿ ᾿ ras βωλᾶς λαβὼν ῥήτραν' ᾿Ἐπειδὴ ὁ δᾶμος ὁ ᾿Αθηναίων, ἔν τε τοῖς 

Peavey ἐπ ρᾷκης Β υξαντίους σ υὑμμάχους ὄντας προγενομένοις καιροῖς εὐνοέων διατελεῖ Βυζαντίοις καὶ τοῖς συμμάχοις 
καὶ συγγενέσι Περινθίοις καὶ πολλὰς καὶ μεγάλας χρείας παρέσχηται, 
᾿ ὅπ ἦν μον ᾿ ἔν τε τῷ παρεστακότι καιρῷ Φιλίππω τῶ Μακεδόνος ἐπιστρατεύσαντος 

> 3 ‘ 4 ’ ‘ > > A 
πόλεμον, ὡς δ᾽ οὐκ ἤθελον οὐδ᾽ ἐπὶ τούτοις ἔφασαν τὴν ἐπὶ τὰν χώραν καὶ τὰν πόλιν ἐπ᾿ ἀναστάσει Βυζαντίων καὶ Περινθίων 
, , 256 καὶ Τὰν χώραν δαίοντος καὶ δενδροκοπέοντος, βοηθήσας πλοίοις ἑκατὸν 
συμμαχία ΄ - - , ; : , ὡς 

μμαχιαν πεποιῆσθαι, λέγοντες αληθῆ, χαράκωμα καὶ εἴκοσι καὶ σίτῳ καὶ βέλεσι καὶ ὁπλίταις ἐξείλετο ἄμμε ἐκ τῶν 

μεγάλων κινδύνων καὶ ἀποκατέστασε τὰν πάτριον πολιτείαν καὶ τὼς 
oe ΒΝ Tot, ‘ ; ἦν : νόμως καὶ τὼς Tapas, δεδόχθαι τῷ δάμῳ τῷ Βυζαντίων καὶ Περινθίων 91 

oALopKet. οὕτων δε γιγνομένων, ὃ TL μὲν προσῆκε ᾿Αθηναίοις δόμεν ἐπιγαμίαν, πολιτείαν, ἔγκτασιν γᾶς καὶ οἰκιᾶν, προε- 

Se κ». , an δρίαν ἐν τοῖς ἀγῶσι, πόθοδον ποτὶ τὰν Boddy καὶ τὸν δᾶμον πράτοις 

ποιεῖν ὑμᾶς OUKET . ip € 4 Ar yo ae 

, ᾿ cee. ἐρωτήσω " δῆλον Yap ἐστίν ἀἾἼἸΤασΊν. ws μετὰ τὰ ἱερά, καὶ τοῖς κατοικεῖν ἐθέλουσι τὰν πόλιν ἀλειτουργήτοις 

Γ᾽ ὦ ξ , a , a “- Ν᾿ “ " > -~ ¢ 3 

Αλλα Tis HY ὁ βοηθήσας τοῖς Βυζαντίοις καὶ σώσας ἦμεν πασᾶν τᾶν λειτουργιᾶν στᾶσαι δὲ καὶ εἰκόνας τρεῖς ἑκκαιδεκα 
9 Tie ὁ ἘΠῚ ᾿ ‘ πήχεις ἐν τῷ Βοσπόρῳ, στεφανούμενον τὸν δᾶμον τὸν Αθηναίων ὑπὸ 
αὐτοὺς; Lis 0 κωλύσας τὸν Ελλήσποντον αλλοτριω- τῶ δάμω τῶ Βυζαντίων καὶ Περινθίων - ἀποστεῖλαι δὲ καὶ θεωρίας ἐς 

τὰς ἐν τᾷ Ἑλλάδι πανηγύριας, Ἴσθμια καὶ Νέμεα καὶ ᾿Ολύμπια καὶ 
8" 


¢ a“ A & a , ’ al ᾽ ~ 
αὐτῷ TO μὲν πρῶτον ἠξίου συμπολεμεῖν τὸν πρὸς ὑμᾶς 


, Ν - 
βαλόμενος πρὸς τῇ πόλει καὶ μηχανήματ' ἐπιστήσας 





30 AHMOSOGENOYS 


Πύθια, καὶ ἀνακαρῦξαι τὼς στεφάνως ὡς ἐστεφάνωται ὁ δᾶμος ὅ 
᾿Αθηναίων ὑφ᾽ ἡμῶν, ὅπως ἐπιστέωνται οἱ Ἕλλανες πάντες ᾿Αθηναίων 
ἀρετὰν καὶ τὰν Βυζαντίων καὶ Περινθίων εὐχαριστίαν. 


’ 4 ‘ ‘ o > »ε , , 
2 <Aéye καὶ τοὺς παρα τῶν ev Xeppovncw στεφανους. 


VH@IS@MA ΧΕΡΡΟΝΗΣΙΤΩΝ. 


Χεῤῥονησιτῶν of κατοικοῦντες Σηστόν, *EXcovrra, Mddvror, ᾿Αλω- 
πεκόννησον στεφανοῦσι» ᾿Αθηναίων τὴν βουλὴν καὶ τὸν δῆμον χρυσῷ 
στεφάνῳ ἀπὸ ταλάντων ἑξήκοντα, καὶ χάριτος βωμὸν ἱδρύονται καὶ 
δήμου ᾿Αθηναίων, ὅτι πάντων μεγίστου ἀγαθῶν παραίτιος γέγονε 
Χεῤῥονησίταις, ἐξελόμενος ἐκ τῆς Φιλίππου καὶ ἀποδοὺς τὰς πατρίδας, 


τοὺς νόμους, τὴν ἐλευθερίαν, τὰ ἱερά. Καὶ ἐν τῷ μετὰ ταῦτα αἰῶνι 257 


παντὶ οὐκ ἐλλείψει εὐχαριστῶν καὶ ποιῶν ὅ τι ἂν δύνηται ἀγαθόν 
“~ > ’ > - , 
Ταῦτα ἐψηφίσαντο ἐν κοινῷ βουλευτηρίῳ. 


᾽ a ᾽ / ‘ αν; \ , “ 
9. Οὐκοῦν οὐ μόνον τὸ Χερῥόνησον καὶ Βυζάντιον σῶ- 
Ia ‘ A Ν ε / Cal. / 
σαι, οὐδε TO κωλῦσαι Tov ᾿ Ελλήσποντον ὑπὸ Φιλίππῳ 
͵ , Ia ‘ a ‘ ΛΔ > , 
γενέσθαι τότε, οὐδὲ τὸ τιμᾶσθαι τὴν πόλιν ἐκ τούτων, 
e / ε “ὌΝ iy / / >. ἣν 
ἢ προαίρεσις ἢ ἐμὴ καὶ ἡ πολιτεία διεπράξατο, ἀλλὰ 


4 a” » > , - “a Λ 
καὶ πᾶσιν ἐδειξεν ἀνθρώποις τήν τε τῆς πόλεως καλο- 


> / Ν Mi. / / ε ‘ Ν 4 
καγαθίαν καὶ τὴν Φιλίππον κακίαν. ‘O μὲν yap σύμ- 


a a , a " ἢ ς a 
μαχος wv τοῖς Βυζαντίοις, πολιορκῶν αὐτοὺς €WPaTO 
eis , Φ / / 2 Ν aA , 
ὑπὸ πάντων, οὐ TL γένοιτ ἂν αἰσχιον ἢ μιαρωτερον ; 
ε a > e Ν ’ Ν Ν / A 
94 ὑμεῖς δ᾽, οἱ καὶ μεμψαμενοι πολλὰ καὶ δίκαια ἂν 
3 ’ ee 7 Φ " / > ¢ a > - 
ἐκείνοις ELKOTWS περὶ ὧν ἡγνωμονήκεσαν εἰς ὑμᾶς ἐν τοῖς 
»¥ ’ > , ? “a Fas 
ἔμπροσθε χρόνοις, ov μόνον ov μνησικακοῦντες οὐδὲ 
.-. ἢ ‘ 3 , > Ν Ν ἤ ? 
προϊέμενοι τοὺς ἀδικουμένους, ἀλλὰ καὶ σωΐζοντες ἐφαί- 
᾽ Ψ / ¥ Ν wel, ’ 
νεσθε". εξ ὧν δόξαν, εὔνοιαν, τιμὴν Tapa πάντων 
> A » ‘ “Ψ ‘ ‘ > , »»ν 
ἐκτᾶσθε. Καὶ μὴν ὅτι μὲν πολλοὺς ἐστεφανώκατ᾽ ἤδη 
a ’ σ Ν ϑιΨ ΝΌΟΝ 
τῶν πολιτευομένων ἅπαντες ἰσασι" δι ὅντινα δ᾽ ἄλλον 
φ 3 , ’ , Ν ’ 
ἡ πόλις ἐστεφάνωται, σύμβουλον λέγω καὶ ῥήτορα, 


‘ eS / Jar? A @ ᾽ »“ ¥ 
πλὴν δὲ ἐμέ, οὐδ᾽ ἂν εἷς εἰπεῖν ἔχοι. 


΄ 





ΠΈΡΙ TOY ΣΤΕΦΑΝΟΎ. 81 


‘ / A Ἀ “-“ Β΄ 
“Iva τοίνυν. καὶ τὰς βλασφημίας ἃς. κατὰ τῶν. Ev- % 
a / > ’ Ν s 
βοέων καὶ τῶν Βυζαντίων ἐποιήσατο, εἰ. Tt δυσχερες 
5 ‘ eam [ἡ : , τι 
αὐτοῖς ἐπέπρακτο πρὸς ὑμᾶς υπομιμνήσκῶων, συκοφαν 
Ν , “ e 9 a 
rias οὔσας ἐπιδείξω, μὴ μόνον τῷ Ψευδεῖς εἶναι, (τοῦτο 
ἐν γὰρ ὑπά “μᾶς εἰδότας ἡγοῦμαι), ἀλλὰ καὶ τῷ, 
μὲν γὰρ ὑπάρχειν ὑμᾶς εἰδότας ἡγουμαι), 
> »“" d ε ΠΕΣ ΑΝ / 
εἰ τὰ μάλιστ᾽ ἦσαν. ἀληθεῖς, οὕτως ws ἐγὼ κέχρημαι 
a. a Kx , Fo 
τοῖς πράγμασι συμφέρειν χρήσασθαι, ἕν ἢ δύο βοῦλο 


μαι τῶν καθ᾽ ὑμᾶς πεπραγμένων καλῶν τῇ πόλει διε- 


568 ξελθεῖν, καὶ ταῦτ᾽ ἐν βραχέσιν. Καὶ γὰρ ἄνδρα ἰδίᾳ 


καὶ πόλιν κοινῇ πρὸς τὰ κάλλιστα τῶν ὑπαρχόντων ἀεὶ 
δεῖ πειρᾶσθαι τὰ λοιπὰ πράττειν. Se 

᾿γμεῖς τοίνυν, ὦ ἄνδρες ᾿Αθηναῖοι, “Λακεδαιμονίων γῆς 98 
καὶ θαλάττης ἀρχόντων καὶ «τὰ κύκλῳ τῆς ᾿Αττικῆς 
κατεχόντων ὡρμοσταῖς καὶ φρουραῖς, Εὔβοιαν, Τάνα- 
Te. τὴν Βοιωτίαν ἅπασαν, Me ἐγαρα, Αἴγιναν, Κλεω- 
νάς, τὰς ἄλλας νήσους, οὐ ναῦς, οὐ τείχη τῆς πόλεως 
τότε κεκτημένης, ἐξήλθετε εἰς “Αλίαρτον καὶ πάλιν οὐ 
πολλαῖς ἡμέραις ὕστερον εἰς Κόρινθον, τῶν τότε ᾿Αθη- 
ναίων πόλλ᾽ ἂν ἐχόντων μνησικακῆσαι καὶ Κορινθίοις 
καὶ Θηβαίοις τῶν περὶ τὸν Δεκελεικὸν πόλεμον πρα- 
χθέντων * ἀλλ᾽ οὐκ ἐποίουν τοῦτο, οὐδ᾽ ἐγγύξ. Καίτοι 9 
τότε ταῦτα ἀμφότερα, Αἰσχίνη, οὔθ᾽ τ εὐεργετῶν 
ἐποίουν οὔτ᾽ ἀκίνδυνα ἑώρων. ᾿Αλλ᾽ οὐ διὰ ταῦτα 
προεῖντο τοὺς καταφεύγοντας ἐφ᾿ ἑαυτούς, ἀλλ᾽ ὑπὲρ 
εὐδοξίας καὶ τιμῆς ἤθελον τοῖς δεινοῖς αὑτοὺς διδόναι, 
ὀρθῶς καὶ καλῶς βουλευόμενοι. Πέ ερᾶς μὲν γὰρ ἅπασιν 


ἴσκῳ τις 
ἀνθρώποις ἐστὶ τοῦ βίου θάνατος, κἂν ἐν οἰκίσκῳ 





32 SHMOSOENOYSE 


~ πὶ 4 
αὑτὸν καθείρξας tpn δεῖ δὲ τοὺς ἀγαθοὺς ἄνδρας 
> "“" A ef > o a ~ A > ‘ 
ἐγχείρειν μὲν ἅπασιν ἀεὶ τοῖς καλοῖς, THY ἀγαθὴν προ- 
φ Ν A 
βαλλομένους ἐλπίδα, φέρειν δ᾽ ὅ τι ἂν ὃ θεὸς διδῷ 
γενναίως. 


Ὁ > / ἃ / ’ ay? ¢ a ¢ 
% Ταῦτ εποίουν οἱ ὑμέτεροι πρόγονοι, ταῦθ᾽ ὑμῶν οἱ 


ΝΜ Ia? 

πρεσβύτεροι, οἵ, Λακεδαιμονίους ov φίλους ὄντας οὐδ 
9 ͵ 3 ‘ ‘ ‘ , ae ’ , ‘ 
ευεργετας, ἀλλὰ πολλὰ THY πόλιν ἡμῶν ἠδικηκότας Kat 


μεγάλα, ἐπειδὴ Θηβαῖοι κρατήσαντες ἐν Λεύκτροις ave- 


ΠΕΡῚ TOY ΣΤΕΦΑΝΟΥΎ. 93 


ναυμαχίας, ἐξόδους πεζάς, στρατείας, καὶ πάλαι γεγο- 
νυίας καὶ νῦν ἐφ᾽ ὑμῶν αὐτῶν, ἃς ἁπάσας ἡ πόλις τῆς 
τῶν ἄλλων ἕνεχ᾽ “Ἑλλήνων ἐλευθερίας καὶ σωτηρίας 
πεποίηται. : : ᾿ 

Εἶτ᾽ ἐγὼ τεθεωρηκὼς ἐν τοσούτοις καὶ TOLOVTOLS τὴν 10 
πόλιν ὑπὲρ τῶν τοῖς ἄλλοις συμφερόντων ἐθέλουσαν 
ἀγωνίξεσθαι, ὑπὲρ αὐτῆς τρόπον τινὰ τῆς βουλῆς οὔσης 


/ 4 > r la Ε 
τί ἔμελλον κελεύσειν ἢ τί συμβουλεύσειν αὐτῃ ποιεῖν ; 


val ‘ ‘ / ’ 
ce ἃ q , ; , ie a Μνησικακεῖν νὴ Δία πρὸς τοὺς βουλομένους σώζεσθαι, 
λειν επέχειρουν, διεκωλύσατε, ου φοβηθέντες TH ΤΟΤΕ 358 


- ἃ red ’ Ν 
" er ‘ , , ὦ φυδιν ἃ e 260 καὶ προφάσεις ζητεῖν δι as atTravTa T pone ὁμεθα. Και 
Θηβαίοις ῥώμην καὶ δόξαν ὑπάρχουσαν, οὐδ ὕπερ οἷα 








/ > , 4 ’ 
πεποιηκότων ἀνθρώπων κινδυνεύσετε διαλογισάμενοι. 
Ν , A eo ©@¢ > / 3 ’ 
99 Καὶ yap τοι πᾶσι τοῖς “Ελλησιν ἐδείξατε ἐκ τούτων 
Ψ A e a > c¢ A > ’ , Ν " ‘ 
ὅτι, κἂν οτιοὺν TIS εἰς ὑμᾶς ἐξαμάρτῃ, τούτων τὴν opynv 
- 9 ¥ Δ ee , Δ / 
εἰς τἄλλα ἔχετε, ἂν δ᾽ ὑπὲρ σωτηρίας ἢ ἐλευθερίας 
’ ὃ ’ 3 ἃ x B / ¥ / 
κινόυνὸς τις αὑτοὺς ««αταλαμβάνη, οὔτε μνησικακήσετε 
ΜΔ) ς a κ᾿ 7 δ", ,ὕ , Ψ 
οὐθ᾽ ὑπολογιεῖσθε. Καὶ οὐκ ἐπὶ τούτων μόνον οὕτως 
> ᾽ὔ > ‘ Λ / / hs. 
ἐσχήκατε, ἀλλα πάλιν σφετεριζομένων Θηβαίων τὴν 
” > , 20> φ es , ‘ 
Εὐβοιαν ov περιείδετε, οὐδ᾽ ὧν ὑπὸ Θεμίσωνος καὶ 
, i ς, ‘ ‘ > / 3 > 
Θεοδώρου περὶ ᾿Ωρωπὸν ἠδίκησθε ἀνεμνήσθητε, ἀλλ 
3 / ‘ 4 ΕΝ > A , , 
ἐβοηθήσατε καὶ τούτοις, τῶν ἐθελοντῶν τότε τριηράρχων 
a , a , > ὥ ὦ . > ᾽ 
πρῶτον γενομένων τῇ πόλει, ὧν εἷς ἦν ἐγώ. ᾿Αλλ 
ΝΜ Ν 4 / ‘ Ἁ > / ‘ 
ὁ0 οὕπω tTept τούτων. Kairos καλὸν μὲν ἐποιήσατε καὶ 
hy. a Ν “.͵ a > # " Λ Ν 
τὸ σωσαε τὴν νῆσον, πολλῷ δ᾽ ἔτι τούτου κάλλιον τὸ 
’ 4 ‘ ω ’ Ν a Δ 
κατάσταντες κύριοι καὶ τῶν σωμάτων καὶ τῶν πόλεων 
»“»Ἥ a ’ 3 a a ? ’ > 
αποδοῦναι ταῦτα δικαίως αὐτοῖς τοῖς ἐξημαρτηκόσιν εἰς 
κα ν ἡ Ὁ. ᾽ ee ΄, ¢ 
ὑμᾶς, μηδὲν ὧν ἠδίκησθε ἐν οἷς ἐπιστεύθητε ὑπολογι- 


/ / / ¢ ? ae ’ 
σάμενοι. Mupia τοίνυν ἕτερα εἰπεῖν ἔχων παραλείπω, 


τίς οὐκ ἂν ἀπέκτεινέ με δικαίως, εἴ τι τῶν ὑπαρχόντων ° 
τῇ πόλει καλῶν λόγῳ μόνον καταισχύνειν ἐπεχείρησ᾽ 
6 γε ἔ 1K ἂν ἐποιήσαθ᾽ ὑμεῖς, ἀκρι- 
ἄν; ᾿Επεὶ τὸ γε ἔργον οὐκ ἂν ἐποιὴσ μεῖς, ρι 
Bas οἷδ᾽ ἐγώ" εἰ γὰρ ἠβούλεσθε, τί ἦν ἐμποδών ; Οὐκ 
ἐξῆν; Οὐχ ὑπῆρχον οἱ ταῦτ' ἐροῦντες οὗτοι ; 
Βούλομαι τοίνυν ἐπανελθεῖν ἐφ᾽ ἃ τούτων ἑξῆς ἐπο- 10a 
λιτευόμην " καὶ σκοπεῖτε ἐν τούτοις πάλιν αὖ τί τὸ τῇ 
πόλει βέλτιστον ἦν. Ὁρῶν γάρ, ὦ ἄνδρες ᾿Αθηναῖοι, 
τὸ ναυτικὸν ὑμῶν καταλυόμενον, καὶ τοὺς μὲν a 
ἀτελεῖς ἀπὸ μικρῶν ἀναλωμάτων γιγνομένους, τοὺς δὲ 
μέτρια ἢ μικρὰ κεκτημένους τῶν πολιτῶν τὰ ὄντα 
ἀπολλύντας, ἔτι δ᾽ ὑστερίζουσαν ἐκ τούτων τὴν πόλιν 
D pv, “0 ) θ᾽ ὃν. τοὺς μὲν τὰ δίκαια 
τῶν καιρῶν, ἔθηκα νόμον Ka | 
ποιεῖν ἠνάγκασα, τοὺς “πλουσίους, τοὺς δὲ πένητας 
ἔπαυσ᾽ ἀδικουμένους, τῇ πόλει δ᾽ ὅπερ ἦν χρησιμώτα- 


‘ > / 4 
τὸν, ἐν καιρῷ γίγνεσθαι Tas TapacKevas ἐποίησα. Καὶ το 


- ro > e¢ a > » Ff ‘a 
γραφεὶς τὸν ἀγῶνα τοῦτον εἰς ὑμᾶς εἰσῆλθον καὶ ἀπὲ 





34 AHMOSO@ENOYS | ΠΕΡῚ TOY STE@ANOY. . 835 


“ΠΝ , a , ε ,  »ν “ a 
φυγον, καὶ TO μερος τῶν ψηφων ὁ διωκων οὐκ ἔλαβεν. τοῖς λόχοις συντελειῶν, ἀπὸ εἴκοσι καὶ πέντε ἐτῶν εἷς τετταράκοντα, 


, ἢ , ᾿ ᾿ ᾿ ἐπὶ ἴ ῃ ‘ ένους. 
Καίτοι πόσα χρήματα τοὺς ἡγεμόνας TOV συμμορίων ἣ ἐπὶ ἰσὸν τῇ χορηγίᾳ χρωμ 


. , 4» " ‘ne δὴ a τοῦ ὃν ἐ > ἐμοῦ νόμου κατά- 
τοὺς δευτέρους καὶ τρίτους οἴεσθέ μοι διδόναι, ὥστε Φέρε δὴ παρὰ τοῦτον τὸν ἐκ τοῦ ἐμοῦ YOM 


Λ Ν ‘ ” “ 
μάλιστα μὲν μὴ θεῖναι τὸν νόμον τοῦτον, εἰ δὲ μή, ater 
/ dA > a 
(6. καταβαλόντα εᾶν ἐν ὑπωμοσίᾳ ; Τοσαῦτ᾽, ὦ ἄνδρες ΚΑΤΑΔΟΓῸΌΟΣ. 


3 - 

Αθηναῖοι, ὅσα ὀκνήσαιμ᾽ ἂν πρὸς ὑμᾶς εἰπεῖν. Καὶ 86), Τοὺς τριηράρχους αἱρεῖσθαι ἐπὶ τὴν τριήρη ἀπὸ τῆς οὐσίας κατὰ 
τίμησιν, ἀπὸ ταλάντων δέκα " ἐὰν δὲ πλειόνων ἡ οὐσία ἀποτετιμη- 
κ , , : μένη ἦ χρημάτων, κατὰ τὸν ἀναλογισμὸν ἕως τριῶν πλοίων καὶ ὑπ," 
τῶν προτέρων νόμων συνεκκαίδεκα λειτουργεῖν, αὐτοῖς ρετικοῦ ἡ λειτουργία ἔστω. Κατὰ τὴν αὐτὴν δὲ ἀναλογίαν ἔστω καὶ 
οἷς ἐλάττων οὐσία ἐστὶ τῶν δέκα ταλάντων, εἰς συντέλειαν συναγο- 
μένοις εἰς τὰ δέκα τάλαντα. : 


“a > » > »“ > an 
ταῦτ᾽ εἰκότως ἔπραττον ἐκεῖνοι. “Hy yap αὐτοῖς ἐκ μὲν 


% . 4 Fas > / τ 
μὲν μικρὰ καὶ οὐδὲν ἀναλίσκουσι, τοὺς δ᾽ ἀπόρους τῶν 
“ " , > ‘ ἌΝ ee ‘ " 
TONLT ° ) | n ὑμῶ 
ὧν ἐπιτρίβουσιν ex δὲ τοῦ ἐμοῦ νόμου τὸ γυγνό- 28 | "Apa γε μικρὰ βοηθῆσαι τοῖς πένησιν ὑμῶν δοκῶ, 107 


ἈΝ Ἁ > , Ψ ’ Ν ΄ > , 3 
μενον κατὰ τὴν οὐσίαν ἕκαστον τιθέναι, καὶ δυοῖν ἐφάνη ἢ μικρὰ ἀναλῶσαι ἂν τοῦ μὴ τὰ δίκαια ποιεῖν οἱ πλού- 


’ e ΕΟ »᾽»"» Ψ a , , a . - oe 
τριήραρχος ὁ τῆς μιᾶς ἕκτος Kat δέκατος πρότερον cit; Οὐ τοίνυν μόνον τῷ μὴ καθυφεῖναι ταῦτα 
Sh 79% Ν , ¥ ON ς , on : a a 
συντέλης " οὐδὲ γὰρ τριηράρχους. ETL ὠνόμαζον ἑαυτούς, σεμνύνομαι, οὐδὲ τῷ γραφεὶς ἀποφυγεῖν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῷ 


>. ‘ ~ @ x - 
a . A » ‘ ‘ | a os 9 ¥ 
Ἄλλα συντέλεῖς. “Dore δὴ ταῦτα λυθῆναι Kai μὴ τὰ συμφέροντα θεῖναι τὸν νόμον καὶ τῷ πεῖραν ἔργῳ δεδω- 


δίκαια ποιεῖν ἀναγκασθῆναι, οὐκ ἔσθ᾽ ὅ τι οὐκ ἐδίδοσαν. κέναι. Πάντα γὰρ τὸν πόλεμον τῶν ἀποστόλων γιγνο- 
105 Kai μοι λέγε πρῶτον μὲν τὸ ψήφισμα καθ᾽ ὃ εἰσῆλθον μένων κατὰ τὸν νόμον τὸν ἐμόν, οὐχ ἱκετηρίαν ἔθηκε 
τὴν γραφήν, εἶτα τοὺς καταλόγους, τόν T ἐκ τοῦ προ- τριήραρχος οὐδεὶς πώποθ᾽ ὡς ἀδικούμενος παρ᾽ ὑμῖν, 
τέρου νόμου καὶ τὸν κατὰ τὸν ἐμόν. Δέγε. οὐκ ἐν Μουνυχίᾳ ἐκαθέζετο, οὐχ ὑπὸ τῶν ἀποστολέων 


a > 4 - 

ΨΗΦΙΣΜΑ. ἐδέθη, ou τριήρης οὔτ᾽ ἔξω καταληφθεῖσα ἀπώλετο TH | 
a / 2. δ 

ΘΒ : πόλει, οὔτ᾽ αὐτοῦ ἀπελείφθη ov δυναμένη ἀνάγεσθαι. 

_ ἄρχοντος Πολυκλέους, μηνὸς Βοηδρομιῶνος ἕκτῃ ἐπὶ δέκα, , ‘ ‘ , , of “ 

φυλῆς πρυτανευούσης Ἱπποθοωντίδος, Δημοσθένης Δημοσθένους Παια- Καίτοι κατὰ τοὺς: προτεροὺυς νομοὺς ἀπᾶντα ταῦτα 108 


γιεὺς εἰσήνεγκε νόμον τριηραρχικὸν ἀντὶ τοῦ προτέρου, kad” ὃν αἱ ἐγίγνετο. Τὸ δ᾽ αἴτιον, ἐν τοῖς πένησιν ἦν τὸ λειτουρ- 
συντέλειαι ἦσαν τῶν τριηράρχων " καὶ ἐπεχειροτόνησεν ἡ βουλὴ καὶ ΣΤ ΣΝ Soe , ιν, 6. 3 
ὁ δῆμος " Καὶ ἀπήνεγκε παρανόμων Δημοσθένει Πατροκλῆς Φλυεύς, γεῖν " πολλὰ δη τὰ ἀδύνατα συνέβαινεν. ᾿Εγω δ᾽ ex 


᾿ ld ~ , > 4 , 
καὶ τὸ μέρος τῶν ψήφων οὐ λαβὼν ἀπέτισε τὰς πεντακοσίας δραχμάς μὰ» De ΓΝ ee ΞΕ atte οἷν ἐμάνω» 
’ x Ὺ a ᾿ 
05 Pepe δὴ καὶ τὸν καλὸν κατάλογον. , "αν ἂς. κ μἡ 2 we . 
χίας" πᾶντ οὖν τὰ δέοντα ἐγίγνετο. Καὶ μην Kat 


> ν 5, κ᾿ Ν ’ ᾽ > f - ee , 
KATAAOTOS. . ΚΑΤ αὑτὸ τοῦτο ἄξιος εἰμι ἐπαίνου τύυχειν, OTL παντᾶ 





- ’ 2.) Φ' -Ψ ΄ 
Τοὺς τριηράρχους καλεῖσθαι ἐπὶ τὴν τριήρη συνεκκαίδεκα εκ τῶν ἐν τὰ τοιαῦτα mponP οὐμ ἢν πολυσμανα ἀῷ bia δόξαι 











36 “AHMOSOENOY? 


A Ν 4 , / a Λ , 
καὶ τιμαὶ Kat δυνάμεις συνέβαινον τῇ πόλει: βάσκανον 968 


δὲ Ν A Ν / > / ? / > ͵ 
€ καὶ πικρὸν καὶ κακόηθες οὐδέν ἐστι πολίτευμα ἐμόν, 
Par , Iq* t ἡ > 
109 οὐδὲ ταπεινόν, οὐδὲ τῆς πόλεως ἀνάξιον. Ταὐτὸ τοίνυν 
ΕῚ θ ¥ ¥ a \ Ν 4 rs 
00S €X@v ἐν TE τοῖς KATA τὴν πολιν πολιτεύμασι καὶ 
3 a “ , κ᾿ ‘ > “ / 
ev τοῖς Ελληνικοῖς φανήσομαι" οὔτε yap εν τῇ πόλει 
Ν Ν a / ’ a a ‘ a 
Tas Tapa τῶν πλουσίων χάριτας μᾶλλον ἢ τὰ τῶν 
a / eae lit ? a ς ‘a Ν 
πολλὼν δικαία εἱλόμην, οὔτ᾽ ἐν τοῖς Ἑλληνικοῖς τὰ 
Φ x / ὃ a ‘ ‘ / . , b | 4 ~ “. 
ἐΛέππου Owpa καὶ τὴν ξενίαν ἠγάπησα ἀντὶ τῶν κοινῇ 
a @ / 
πᾶσι τοῖς λλησι συμφερόντων. 
ε Ὴ a / Ν 43 ’ 4 A 4 
γουμαι τοίνυν λούπον εἶναί μοι περὶ τοῦ κηρυγμα- 


κω ν᾿ ὦ ? - ‘ Ν ε δ νΨ ,ὕ 
TOS €L7TTEW καὶ τῶν εὐθυνῶν " ΤΟ yap ΟΦ Ta ρέστα ΤΕ 


¥ Ν +r ‘ ¥ νυ Ἀ , 
eT PaTTOV Kat Sta TaVTOS ευνους εἐμέ Kat 7 po-- 


32 a ς a e a > a > / 
θυμος ev ποιεῖν ὑμᾶς ἱκανῶς ἐκ τῶν εἰρημένων δε- 
“Ὁ ’ / ’ Ν , - 
᾿δηλῶσθαί μοι νομίζω. Καίτοι τὰ μέγιστᾷἅ γε τῶν 
/ Ν ’ > ~ 
πεπολιτευμένων καὶ πεπραγμένων ἐμαυτῷ παραλεΐπω, 
᾿ ’ - ‘ > 7 ‘ A > - 
ὑπολαμβάνων πρῶτον μὲν ἐφεξῆς τοὺς περί αὑτοῦ τοῦ 
’ ’ 3 “"ἅ ,ὔ a 
παρανόμου λόγους ἀποδοῦναί pe δεῖν, εἶτα, κἂν μηδὲν 
ΝΜ 4 ΙΝ 7 / e / ϑ αὶ » 
Tm TEpt τῶν λοίπὼν πολιτευμάτων, ὁμοίως παρ᾽ ὑμὼν 
e di “ Ν, ς 
ἐκάστῳ τὸ συνειδὸς ὑπάρχειν μοι. 
a Ἂ > / ἃ 2 ¥ ’ a“ 
Tov μεν οὖν λόγων ods οὗτος ἄνω καὶ κάτω διακυκῶν 
‘ a / / ¥ 
ἔλεγε περὶ τῶν παραγεγραμμένων νόμων, οὔτε μὰ τοὺς 
θ ‘ ? , ὦ θ ᾽’ ¥ Ὁ ΝΙΝ " , “ 
€ous οἶμαι ὑμᾶς μανθάνειν, ovr αὑτὸς ἠδυνάμην συνεῖ- 
Ἃ 4 e - ‘ ‘ 9 Ν “ 
vat τοὺς πολλοὺς" ἀἁπλως δὲ τὴν ὀρθὴν περὶ των 
/ 4 a ‘ 
δικαίων διαλέξομαι. Τοσούτου γὰρ δέω λέγειν ὡς οὐκ 
ν". ἡ / a a 2 / 
eit ὑπεύθυνος, ὃ viv οὗτος διέβαλλε καὶ διωρίζετο, 
ῃ an ‘ ’ ς ’ a 
ὥσθ᾽ ἅπαντα τὸν βίον ὑπεύθυνος εἶναι ὁμολογῶ ὧν ἢ 


’ A κ- 
112 διακεχείρικα ) πεπολίτευμαι Tap ὑμῖν. “Qu μέντοι γε 


ΠΈΡΙ TOY STE@ANOY. 37 


τ ' τι 
ἐκ τῆς ἰδίας οὐσίας ἐπαγγειλάμενος δέδωκα τῷ δημῳ, 


᾽, ae > , ’ Bi 
οὐδεμίαν ἡμέραν ὑπεύθυνος εἶναί φημι, (ἀκούεις Αισχι 


"δ᾽ ἃ "δεῖ δ᾽ ἂν τῶν ἐννέα ἀρχόντων 
964 νὴ ;) οὐδ᾽ ἄλλον οὐδένα, οὐδ ἂν τῶν ἐννέα apy 


τις ὧν τύχη. Τίς γάρ ἐστι νόμος τοσαὕτης ἀδικίας καὶ 
μισανθρωπίας μεστός, ὥστε τὸν δόντα τι τῶν ἰδίων καὶ 
/ Ν / ‘ A 
ποιήσαντα πρᾶγμα piravOpwrov καὶ φιλοδωρὸν τῆς 
χάριτος μὲν ἀποστερεῖν, εἰς τοὺς συκοφάντας δ᾽ ἄγειν, 
καὶ τούτους ἐπὶ τὰς εὐθύνας ὧν ἔδωκεν ἐφιστάναι ; 
Οὐδὲ εἷς. Εἰ δέ φησιν οὗτος, δειξάτω, κἀγὼ στέρξω 
καὶ σιωπήσομαι. 
᾿Αλλ᾽ οὐκ ἔστιν, ὦ ἄνδρες ᾿Αθηναῖοι, ἀλλ᾽ οὗτος 
συκοφαντῶν, ὅτι ἐπὶ τῷ θεωρικῷ τότε ὧν ἐπέδωκα τὰ 
χρήματα, ἐπήνεσεν αὐτὸν φησιν ἡ βουλὴ ὑπεύ- 
θυνον ὄντα. Οὐ περὶ τούτων γε οὐδενὸς ὧν ὑπεύθυνος 
ἦν, ἀλλ᾽ ἐφ᾽ οἷς ἐπέδωκα, ὦ συκοφάντα. ᾿Αλλὰ καὶ 
τειχοποιὸς ἦσθα, φησίν. Καὶ διά ye τοῦτο ὀρθῶς 
ἐπῃνούμην, ὅτε τἀνηλωμένα ἐπέδωκα. καὶ οὐκ ἐλογιζό- 
μην. Ὁ μὲν γὰρ λογισμὸς εὐθυνῷν καὶ τῶν ἐξετασόντων 
προσδεῖται, ἡ δὲ δωρεὰ χάριτος καὶ ἐπαίνου δικαία ἐστὶ 
τυγχώνειν " διόπερ ταῦτ᾽ ἔγραψεν ὁδὶ περὶ ἐμοῦ. “Ore τι 
ὃ οὕτω ταῦτα οὐ μόνον ἐν τοῖς νόμοις, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐν 
τοῖς ὑμετέροις ἤθεσιν ὥρισται, ἐγὼ ῥᾳδίως πολλαχόθεν 
δείξω. Πρῶτον μὲν yap Ναυσικλῆς στρατηγῶν, ἐφ᾽ οἷς 
ἀπὸ τῶν ἰδίων προεῖτο πολλάκις ἐστεφάνωται ὑφ᾽ ὑμῶν" 
εἶθ᾽ ὅτε τὰς ἀσπίδας Διότιμος ἔδωκε καὶ πάλιν Χαρίδη- 
μος, ἐστεφανοῦντο - εἶθ᾽ οὑτοσὶ Νεοπτόλεμος, πολλῶν 
ἔργων ἐπιστάτης ὦν, ἐφ᾽ οἷς ἐπέδωκε τετίμηται. Σχέ- 
4 











38 AHMOSCENOYS ΠΕΡῚ TOY STE®ANOY, 39 


9 %as * > \ ᾽ Ὡ a 
ἀλλ᾽ ἀδίκως ἦρξα" εἶτα παρων, ὅτε με εἰσῆγον οἵἱ λο- 


εἶ N ¥ “ , » a ‘ > ‘ Ν ἢ 
τλίον γὰρ ἂν εἴη τοῦτό γε, εἰ τῷ τινά ἀρχὴν ἄρχοντι 
, a , . »ν» a ὃ ‘ ‘ ᾽ ΝΥ ἥ ων / " P 
διδόναι τῇ πόλει τὰ ἑαυτοῦ Sia THY ἀρχὴν μὴ ἐξέσται, γισταί, οὐ κατηγόρεις ; 
ia ~ , 4 3." σ ’ Inn Ψ > A 2 
ἢ τῶν δοθέντων avti τοῦ κομίσασθαι χάριν εὐθύνας Iva τοίνυν εἰδῆτε ὅτι αὐτὸς οὗτός μοι μαρτυρεῖ ἐφ᾽ 118 
us ὑφέξε. Ὅτι τοίνυν ταῦτ᾽ ἀληθῆ λέγω, λέγε τῶ 266 οἷς οὐχ ὑπεύθυνος ἦν ἐστεφανῶσθαι, λαβὼν ἀνάγνωθι 


ψηφίσματά μοι τὰ τούτοις γεγενημένα αὐτὰ λαβών. ro ψήφισμα ὅλον τὸ γραφέν μοι. Οἷς γὰρ οὐκ ἐγρά- 


7 


Aeye. 
ΨΗΦΙΣΜΑ. 


ἤλρχων Δημόνικος Φλυεύς, Βοηδρομιῶνος ἕκτῃ per’ εἰκάδα, γνώμῃ 
βουλῆς καὶ δήμου, Καλλίας Φρεάῤῥιος εἶπεν, ὅτι δοκεῖ τῇ βουλῇ καὶ 
τῷ δήμῳ στεφανῶσαι Ναυσικλέα τὸν ἐπὶ τῶν ὅπλων, ὅτι ᾿Αθηναίων 
ὁπλιτῶν δισχιλίων ὄντων ἐν Ἴμβρῳ καὶ βοηθούντων τοῖς κατοικοῦσιν 
᾿Αθηναίων τὴν νῆσον, οὐ δυναμένου Φίλωνος τοῦ ἐπὶ τῆς διοικήσεως 
κεχειροτονημένου διὰ τοὺς χειμῶνας πλεῦσαι καὶ μισθοδοτῆσαι τοὺς 
ὁπλίτας, ἐκ τῆς ἰδίας οὐσίας ἔδωκε καὶ οὐκ εἰσέπραξε τὸν δῆμον, καὶ 
ἀναγορεῦσαι τὸν στέφανον Διονυσίοις τραγῳδοῖς καινοῖς. 


ἝΤΕΡΟΝ ΨΗΦΙΣΜΑ. 


Εἶπε Καλλίας Φρεάῤῥιος, πρυτάνεων λεγόντων βούλῆς γνωμῇ " 
Ἐπειδὴ Χαρίδημος ὁ ἐπὶ τῶν ὁπλιτῶν, ἀποσταλεὶς εἰς Σαλαμῖνα, καὶ 
Διότιμος ὁ ἐπὶ τῶν ἱππέων, ἐν τῇ ἐπὶ τοῦ ποτὰμοῦ μάχῃ τῶν στρα- 
τιωτῶν τινῶν ὑπὸ τῶν πολεμίων σκυλευθέντων, ἐκ τῶν ἰδίων ἀναλω- 
μάτων καθώπλισαν τοὺς νεανίσκους ἀσπίσιν ὀκτακοσίαις, δεδόχθαι τῇ 
βουλῇ καὶ τῷ δήμῳ στεφανῶσαι Χαρίδημον καὶ Διότιμον χρυσῷ 
στεφάνω καὶ ἀναγορεῦσαι Παναθηναίοις τοῖς μεγάλοις ἐν τῷ γυμνικῷ 
ἀγῶνι xa. Διονυσίοις τραγῳδοῖς καινοῖς tis δὲ ἀναγορεύσεως ἐπιμε- 
ληθῆναι θεσμοθέτας, πρυτάνεις, ἀγωνοθέτας. 


Τούτων ἕκαστος, Αἰσχίνη, τῆς μὲν ἀρχῆς ἧς ἦρχεν 
ὑπεύθυνος ἦν, ἐφ᾽ οἷς δ᾽ ἐστεφανοῦτο οὐχ ὑπεύθυνος. 
Οὐκοῦν οὐδ᾽ ἐγώ - ταὐτὰ γὰρ δίκαιά ἐστί μοι περὶ τῶν 
αὐτῶν τοῖς ἄλλοις δήπου. ᾿Επέδωκα " ἐπαινοῦμαι διὰ 
ταῦτα, οὐκ dv ὧν ἐπέδωκα ὑπεύθυνος. ἾΝρχον " καὶ 


Ν ,"» 
δέδωκώ γε εὐθύνας ἐκείνων, οὐχ ὧν ἐπέδωκα. Νὴ Mi, 


ato τοῦ προβουλεύματος, τούτοις ἃ διώκει συκοφαν- 
τῶν φανήσεται. Λέγε. 


ΨΗΦΙΣΜΑ. 


Ἐπὶ ἄρχοντος Εὐθυκλέους, Πυανεψιῶνος ἐνάτῃ ἀπιόντος, φυλῆς 119 


πρυτανευούσης Οἰνηΐδος, Κτησιφῶν Λεωσθένους ᾿Αναφλύστιος εἶπεν " 
Ἐπειδὴ Δημοσθένης Δημοσθένους Παιανιεὺς γενόμενος ἐπιμελητὴς 
τῆς τῶν τειχῶν ἐπισκευῆς καὶ προσαναλώσας εἰς τὰ ἔργα ἀπὸ τῆς 
ἰδίας οὐσίας τρία τάλαντα ἐπέδωκε ταῦτα τῷ δήμῳ, καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ θεω- 
ρικοῦ κατασταθεὶς ἐπέδωκε τοῖς ἐκ πασῶν τῶν φυλῶν θεωρικοῖς 
ἑκατὸν μνᾶς εἰς θυσίας, δεδόχθαι τῇ βουλῇ καὶ τῷ δήμῳ τῷ ᾿Αθηναίων 
ἐπαινέσαι Δημοσθένην Δημοσθένους Παιανιᾶ, ἀρετῆς ἕνεκα καὶ καλο- 
καγαθίας ἧς ἔχων διατελεῖ ἐν παντὶ καιρῷ εἰς τὸν δῆμον τὸν ᾿Αθη- 
ναίων, καὶ στεφανῶσαι χρυσῷ στεφάνῳ, καὶ ἀναγορεῦσαι τὸν στέφα- 


> τ , - a“ a 
167 νον ἐν τῷ θεάτρῳ Διονυσίοις τραγῳδοῖς καινοῖς " τῆς δὲ ἀναγορεύσεως 


ἐπιμεληθῆναι τὸν ἀγωνοθέτην. 

Οὐκοῦν ἃ μὲν ἐπέδωκα, ταῦτὶ ἐστίν, ὧν οὐδὲν σὺ 
γέγραψαι" ἃ δέ φησιν ἡ βουλὴ δεῖν ἀντὶ τούτων γε- 
νέσθαι μοι, ταῦτ᾽ ἔσθ᾽ ἃ διώκεις. Τὸ λαβεῖν οὖν τὰ 
διδόμενα ὁμολογῶν ἔννομον εἶναι, τὸ χάριν τούτων ἀπο- 

i ‘ 
δοῦναι παρανόμων γράφῃ. “O δὲ παμπόνηρος ἄνθρωπος 
καὶ θεοῖς ἐχθρὸς καὶ βάσκανος ὄντως ποῖός τις ἂν εἴη 
πρὸς θεῶν ; Οὐχ ὁ τοιοῦτος ; 

Καὶ μὴν περὶ τοῦ γ᾽ ἐν τῷ θεάτρῳ κηρύττεσθαι, τὸ 
μὲν μυριώκις μυρίους κεκηρῦχθαι παραλείπω καὶ τὸ 


, > 5, > a 
TWOANUKIS AUTOS ἐστεφανῶσθαι πρότερον. ᾿Αλλὰ πρὸς 








AHMOSGENOY? 
TIEPI TOY ZTE@AN OY. 41 


“ φ > 4 ΝᾺ." > , ee) : 
θεῶν οὕτω σκαιὸς εἶ καὶ ἀναίσθητος, Αἰϊσχίνη, WoT οὐ ge i cle ων, νὰ “ a er ἃ 
Boas ρητὰ καὶ appynta ὀνομάζων, ὥσπερ εξ ἁμάξης, ἃ 


’ ’ (vA a ‘ / ‘ lly. 
δύνασαι λογίσασθαι OTL τῷ μεν στεφανουμένῳ TOV αὑτὸν Beh i ee ee ee 
σού Καὶ Τῷ σῷ γένει TPOGEGTLVY, οὐκ εμοι. 


> oe a A ‘ A 
ἔχει ζῆλον ὁ στέφανος, ὅπου ἂν ἀναῤῥηθῇ, τοῦ δὲ τῶν ‘ i TRE : eat 
͵ “ 8: αἰῶ ἡ , Καίτοι καὶ τοῦτο, ὦ ἄνδρες ᾿Αθηναῖοι. ᾿Εγὼ λοιδο- 125 
στεφανούντων ἕνεκα συμφέροντος “ἐν τῷ θεάτρῳ χίγνε- ἦα τ ᾿ ; ᾿ τ τ Prarie 
‘ , ε ‘ ᾽ ΄, Ψ ’ ‘ plav KaTnyopias TOUT®@ διαφέρειν nyoupat, TO τὴν μεν 
ται τὸ κήρυγμα; οἱ γὰρ ἀκούσαντες ἅπαντες εἰς TO Sy) προ Ἰ ν Cee fat 
κατηγορίαν ἀδικήματ ἔχειν, ὧν ἐν τοῖς νόμοις εἰσὶν αἱ 


τιμωρίαι, τὴν δὲ λοιδορίαν βλασφημίας, ἃς κατὰ τὴν 


ιν ’ a > »“ >. 
αὐτῶν φύσιν τοῖς ἐχθροῖς περὶ ἀλλήλων συμβαίνει λέ- 


Ν ’ Ν ‘ 3 / 
ποιεῖν εὖ τὴν πόλιν προτρέπονται, καὶ Tous ἀποδιδόντας 
Ν , a > a - “ a ὃ ’ 
τὴν χάριν μᾶλλον ἐπαινοῦσι τοῦ στεφανουμένου" διόπερ 


ἣν ’ a «ε μ ‘ , > "κα 
τὸν νόμον τοῦτον ἡ πόλις γέγραφεν. Aeye δ᾽ αὑτὸν or 5 : are 

Γι; : yew. Οἰκοδομῆσαι δὲ τοὺς προγόνους ταυτὶ τὰ δικα- 
μοι τὸν νόμον λαβὼν. 


/ 3 a ~ 
στήρια ὑπείληφα, οὐχ ἵνα συλλέξαντες ὑμᾶς εἰς ταῦτα 
: ᾿ 2 
NOMOS. ἀπὺ τῶν ἰδίων κακῶς τὰ ἀπόῤῥητα λέγωμεν ἀλλήλους, 
ἀλλ᾽ ἵνα ἐξελέγχωμεν, ἐάν τις ἠδικηκώς τι avn τὴν 
Ὅσους στεφανοῦσί τινες τῶν δήμων, τὰς ἀναγορεύσεις τῶν στεφά- ᾽ τυγχανῇ τῇ 


» ᾽ » - δ. ΄ , Ul »" ’ A / aS ν ’ὔ Fars 
νων ποιεῖσθαι ἐν αὐτοῖς ἑκάστους τοῖς ἰδίοις δήμοις. ἐὰν py τινας 6 πόλιν. Ταῦτα τοίνυν εἰδὼς Αἰσχίνης οὐδεν ἧττον ἐμοῦ 124 
δῆμος ὁ τῶν ᾿Αθηναίων ἣ ἡ βουλὴ στεφανοῖ" τούτους δ᾽ ἐξεῖναι ἐν Ξ , “ton a -- “ἢ O02 un 39 
τῷ θεάτρῳ Διονυσίοις ἀναγορεύεσθαι. ομπεύειν AVTL TOU κατηγορεῖν εἰλετο. vu μὴν ov 
> 7 ¥. ¥ , , > > a” 
"Ὁ “ae ΣΝ a ἐνταῦθα ἔλαττον ἔχων Sixaws ἐστιν ἀπελθεῖν. Ἤδη 
Ἀκούεις, Αἰσχίνη, τοῦ νόμου λέγοντος σαφῶς, πλην δ᾽ ἐπὶ ; εἰ ΝΟ 
“a “ 
i! " ain . : , ἐπὶ ταῦτα πορεύσομαι, τοσοῦτον αὑτὸν ἐρωτήσας " 
ἐάν τινας ὁ δῆμος ἢ ἡ βουλὴ Ψηφίσηται" Tov- 208 ie : Se : : ? Ἢ rs 
πότερον σὲ τις, Αϊσχίνη, τῆς πόλεως ἐχθρὸν ἢ ἐμὸν 
- > ‘ Ψ - a : 
309 εἶναι φῇ; ᾿Ἐμὸν δῆλον ὅτι. Εἶτα οὗ μὲν ἣν παρ᾽ 


> a δέ 4 ‘ , ω.-.ἅ, 7 “ν᾿ Ν 
ἐμοῦ δίκην κατὰ TOUS νόμους ὑπερ TOUTWY λαβεῖν, εὐπτερ 


/ > > / 
τους δὲ avayopeveta. Ti οὖν, ὦ ταλαίπωρε, συκο- 
»“ / / , ’ Ν > 4 
φαντεῖς ; Tt λόγους πλάττεις ; Ti σαυτὸν οὐχ εἐλλε- 


> > Ia? > | / ’ / 
βορίζεις ἐπὶ τούτοις ; “Add οὐδ᾽ αἰσχύνῃ φθόνου δίκην ba ! ae 
a a 
. Nee ele νὰν των.» ὁ ἠδίκουν, ἐξέλιπες, ἐν ταῖς εὐθύναις, ἐν ταῖς γραφαῖς, ἐν 
εἰσάγων, οὐκ ἀδικήματος οὐδενὸς, καὶ νόμους μεταποιῶν, 


τ τι, ; Sil , ταῖς ἄλλαις κρίσεσιν " οὗ δ᾽ ἐγὼ μὲν ἀθῷος ἅπασι, τοῖς 125 
τῶν 5 ἀφαιρῶν μέρη, os ὅλους δίκαιον ἣν ἀναγιγνω- , Ἀ , . , - , . 
νόμοις, τῷ χρόνῳ, τῇ προθεσμίᾳ, τῷ κεκρίσθαι περὶ 
πάντων πολλάκις πρότερον, τῷ μηδεπώποτε ἐξελεγχθῆ- 
vat μηδὲν ὑμᾶς ἀδικῶν, τῇ πόλει δ᾽ ἢ πλέον ἢ ἔλαττον 


ἀνάγκη τῶν γε δημοσίᾳ πεπραγμένων μετεῖναι τῆς 


fal 3 ’ ‘ ‘ , “ 

σκεσθαι τοῖς γε ομωμοκόσι κατὰ τοὺς νόμους ψηφιει- 
~ “ / A « a 

22 σθαι. Ἔπειτα τοίαυτα ποίων λέγεις α δεῖ προσειναᾶΐι 


Ὁ ὃ 2, ὥ ἱνδριά ἐκδεδωκὼς KATA συγγρα- 
τῷ δημοτικῷ, ὥσπερ ἀνδριαντα ἐκδεδωκὼς Ὑγρ 


’ 9 > > » A aA > - - 
φην, εἶτ οὐκ ἔχοντα ἃ προσῆκεν ἐκ τῆς συγγραφὴς 
.Ψ 


F ἃ... . cae eee ee δόξης, ἐνταῦθα ἀπήντηκας ; Ὅρα μὴ τούτων μὲν 
κομιζόμενος, ἢ λογῳ τοὺς δημοτικοὺς ἀλλ wu τοῖς Eps A -ν ie 
Καὶ ἐχθρὸς ἧς, ἐμὸς δὲ προσποιῇ. 
᾿Επειδὴ τοίνυν ἡ μὲν εὐσεβὴς καὶ δικαία ψῆφος τε 
4 * 


° 4 / 
πράγμασ t καὶ τοις πολιτευμασ l γύγνωσ Κοόομέενοῦυς, 





42 AHMOSOENOY2 ΠΈΡΙ TOY STE@ANOY. 43 


ἅπασι δέδεικται, δεῖ δέ με, ὡς ἔοικε, καΐπερ ov φιλολοί- ἢ ὡς ἡ μήτηρ τοῖς μεθημερινοῖς γάμοις ἐν τῷ κλισίῳ 
δορον ὄντα φύσει, διὰ τὰς ὑπὸ τούτου βλασφημίας τῷ πρὸς τῷ καλαμέτῃ “Ηρωϊ χρωμένη τὸν καλὸν ἀν- 
εἰρημένας, ἀντὶ πολλῶν καὶ ψευδῶν αὐτὰ τἀναγκαιότατ᾽ δριώντα καὶ τριταγωνιστὴν ἄκρον ἐξέθρεψέ σε; ᾿Αλλὰ 
εἰπεῖν περὶ αὐτοῦ, καὶ δεῖξαι τίς ὧν καὶ τίνων ῥᾳδίως πάντες ἴσασι ταῦτα, κἂν ἐγὼ μὴ λέγω. ᾿Αλλ’ ὡς ὁ 


¢ ~ “ ‘ ’ ’ / , ς , ᾿Ξ πε 
οὕτως ἄρχει του KAKWS λέγειν, Kat λογοὺυς τινας διασύ- Tpinpavans Φορμίων, ὁ Δίωνος τοῦ Φρεαῤῥίου δοῦλος, 


> / > A 
ψ ἃ ᾽ eI , ἃ ” 5 / i. ΄ δ ἥξω ,Ξ5 
ρει, αὑτὸς εἰρηκὼς ἃ τίς οὐκ ἂν ὥκνησε τῶν μετρίων ἀνέστησεν αὑτὴν amo ταύτης τῆς καλῆς ἐργασίας ; 


> 4 ‘ A , ᾿ Ἢ ᾿ - ς 
= ἀνθρώπων φθέγξασθαι ; ---- Εἰ γὰρ Αἰακὸς ἢ “Ραδά- Adda νὴ τὸν Δία καὶ τοὺς θεοὺς ὀκνῶ μὴ περὶ σοῦ τὰ 


a ‘ , } , , “ply, > = 

μανθυς ἣ Μίνως ἦν ὁ κατηγορῶν, ἀλλὰ μὴ σπερμολὸ- 7 προσήκοντα λέγων αὑτὸς ov προσήκοντας ἐμαυτῷ δόξω 

a ,ὔ ? ay τ ’ 7 ‘ x 
γος, περίτριμμα ἀγορᾶς, ὄλεθρος γραμματεὺς, οὐκ ἂν προηρῆσθαι λόγους. Ταῦτα μὲν οὖν ἐάσω, ar αὐτῶν 13% 

-“Ὁ) a > ΄ ’ Ἂν 5" / Μ 
αὐτὸν οἶμαι τοιαῦτ᾽ εἰπεῖν οὐδ᾽ ἂν οὕτως ἐπαχθεῖς λό- : de wy αὑτὸς βεβίωκεν ἄρξομαι. Οὐδὲ γὰρ ὧν ἔτυχεν 
σασθαι, ὥ : Sia Boa » γῆ ἦν, ἀλλ᾽ οἷς ὁ δῆμος καταρᾶ "Owe ya, 

yous πορίσασθαι, ὥσπερ ἐν Tpaypoig βοώντα ὦ γῆ μο ρᾶται. we yap ποτε ----, 


 ιωΝ / ‘ 
ν᾿ ‘ 1% - ‘ rE ΄ . ‘ > ‘ ’ ι 
καὶ ἥλιε καὶ ἀρετὴ καὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα, καὶ πάλιν συ- oye λέγω; XOes μεν οὖν καὶ πρῴην ἅμ᾽ ᾿Αθηναῖος 





νεσιν καὶ παιδείαν ἐπικαλούμενον, ἡ τὰ καλὰ καὶ καὶ ῥήτ @p γέγονε, καὶ δύο συλλαβὰς προσθεὶς τὸν μὲν 

τὰ αἰσχρὰ διαγιγνώσκεται" ταῦτα γὰρ δήπουθεν πατέρα ἀντὶ Τρόμητος ἐποίησεν ᾿Ατρόμητον, τὴν δὲ 
128 ἠκούετ᾽ αὐτοῦ λέγοντος. Σοὶ δὲ ἀρετῆς, ὦ κάθαρμα, ἢ μητέρα σεμνῶς πάνυ Γλαυκοθέαν, ἣν ΓἜμπουσαν ἅπαν- 

τοῖς σοῖς τίς μετουσία ; Ἢ καλῶν ἣ μὴ τοιούτων τίς τες ἴσασι καλουμένην, ἐκ τοῦ πάντα ποιεῖν καὶ πάσχειν 

διάγνωσις ; Πόθεν ἢ πῶς ἀξιωθέντι; Ποῦ δὲ παι- | δηλονότι ταύτης τῆς ἐπωνυμίας τυχοῦσαν" πόθεν γὰρ 

δείας σοι θέμις μνησθῆναι, ἧς τῶν μὲν ὡς ἀληθῶς τετυ- . ἄλλοθεν; "AN ὅμως οὕτως ἀχάριστος εἶ καὶ πονηρὸς 131 

χηκότων οὐδ᾽ ἂν εἷς εἴποι περὶ αὑτοῦ τοιοῦτον οὐδέν, φύσει, ὥστ᾽ ἐλεύθερος ἐκ δούλου καὶ πλούσιος ἐκ πτω- 

ἀλλὰ κἂν ἑτέρου λέγοντος ἐρυθριάσειεν, τοῖς δ᾽ ἀπο- β τι χοῦ διὰ τουτουσὶ γεγονὼς οὐχ ὅπως χάριν αὐτοῖς ἔχεις, 

be . ’ ‘ 

λειφθεῖσι μέν, ὥσπερ σύ, προσποιουμένοις δ᾽ i ἄλλα μισθώσας σαυτὸν κατὰ τουτωνὶ πολιτεύῃ. Καὶ 

ἀναισθησίας, τὸ τοὺς ἀκούοντας ἀλγεῖν ποιεῖν, ὅταν ' περὶ ὧν μὲν ἐστί τις ἀμφισβήτησις, ὡς ἄρα ὑπὲρ τῆς 

λέγωσιν, οὐ τὸ δοκεῖν τοιούτοις εἶναι περίεστιν. πόλεως εἴρηκεν, ἐάσω. ἃ δ᾽ ὑπὲρ τῶν ἐχθρῶν φανερῶς 
39 Οὐκ ἀπορῶν δ 6 tt χρὴ περὶ σοῦ καὶ τῶν σῶν ἀπεδείχθη πράττων, ταῦτα ἀναμνήσω. 

εἰπεῖν, ἀπορῶ τοῦ πρώτου μνησθῶ, πότερ᾽ ὡς ὁ πατήρ Τίς γὰρ ὑμῶν οὐκ οἶδε -τὸν ἀποψηφισθέντα ᾿Αντι- 138 

σου Τρόμης ἐδούλευε παρ ᾿Ελπίᾳ τῷ πρὸς τῷ Θησείῳ φῶντα, ὃς ἐπαγγειλάμενος Φιλίππῳ τὰ νεώρια ἐμπρή- 


- δ , 9 i ἃ / > a , 
διδάσκοντι γρώμματα, χοίνικας παχείας ἔχων καὶ ξύλον, σειν εἰς τὴν πόλιν ἦλθεν ; ὃν λαβόντος ἐμοῦ κεκρυμμέ:- 








44 AHMOSOCENOYS 


> a 4 / ᾽ 4, > / 
νον ev Πειραιεῖ καὶ καταστήσαντος εἰς THY ἐκκλησίαν, 
i. , @ Ἢ , “. ἡ , 
βοῶν ὁ βάσκανος οὗτος καὶ κεκραγὼς, ὡς ev δημοκρατίᾳ 
- κι a ¢ / Ν 
δεινὰ ποιῶ τοὺς ἠτυχηκότας τῶν πολιτῶν ὑβρίξων καὶ 
3 “8 / ¥ / ? a ? / 
er οἰκίας βαδίζων ἄνευ ψηφίσματος, ἀφεθῆναι ἐποίη- 
" Ν ‘ 34? / ’ Ν a 
88 σεν. Kai εἰ μὴ ἡ βουλὴ ἡ ἐξ Apeiov πάγου τὸ πρᾶγμα 
᾽ ὃ ‘ a ¢ / ¥ > > / 
αἰσθομένη καὶ THY ὑμετέραν ἄγνοιαν ev ov δέοντι συμβε- 
a > A > , Ν Ν ‘ 
βηκυῖαν ἰδοῦσα ἐπεζητησε τὸν ἄνθρωπον Kai συλλα- 
"Ὁ ? , e Oe. 3 / 2 ae e a 
Bovca ἐπανήγαγεν ws ὑμᾶς, ἐξήρπαστ ἂν ὁ τοιοῦτος 
a ‘ > / > 4 > 
καὶ τὸ δίκην δοῦναι διαδυς ἐξεπέμπετ ἂν ὕπο τοῦ 
/ A > an a , - 
σεμνολόγου τουτουί" νῦν δ᾽ ὑμεῖς στρεβλωσαντες αὑτὸν 
> ’ ε 54 Ν A A > κ 
8ι ἀπεκτείνατε, ὡς ἔδει γε καὶ τοῦτον. Τοιγαροῦν εἰδυῖα 
a « ‘ € > > / , , ξ΄ 
ταῦτα ἡ βουλὴ ἡ ἐξ Αρείου πώγου τότε τούτῳ πε- 
’ “ΙΝ i ’ ‘ 
πραγμένα, χειροτονησάντων αὑτὸν ὑμῶν σύνδικον ὑπερ 
ae ~ A > 4 ii ~ | ae > ’ὔ 
τοῦ ἱεροῦ τοῦ ἐν Δήλῳ ἀπὸ τῆς αὐτῆς ἀγνοίας ἧσπερ 
Ἀ «ἃ a a ε " > / 
πολλὰ προΐεσθε τῶν κοινῶν, ὡς προείλεσθε κἀκείνην 


Ν “ν ’ ’ ? , . ᾿ ᾽ 
Kat τοῦ πραγματος κυρίαν εἐποίησατε, τοῦτον EV εὐθὺς 


ΠΕΡΙ TOY ΣΤΕΦΑΝΟΥ. 45 


4 
Βουλὴ καὶ προσέταξεν ἑτέρῳ, τότε καὶ προδότην εἶναι 
Ν ’ δ». > / 
καὶ κακόνουν ὑμῖν ἀπέφηνεν. 
Δ E ‘ / a a ’ A ’ 
ν μὲν τοίνυν τοῦτο τοιοῦτο πολίτευμα τοῦ νεανίου 138 
΄ “ , ᾽ , aa a 
τούτου, ὅμοιόν γε, (οὐ yap ;) οἷς ἐμοῦ κατηγορεῖ ἕτε- 
)» ? ’ “ / 
pov δὲ ἀναμιμνήσκεσθε. “Ore yap Πύθωνα Φίλιππος 
¥ ‘ , ‘ ‘ a - a , 
ἔπεμψε Tov Βυΐζξάντιον καὶ παρὰ τῶν αὑτοῦ συμμάχων 
’ / / e 3 b ] , 
πάντων συνέπεμψε πρέσβεις, ὡς ἐν αἰσχυνῃ ποιήσων 
> » —_, ‘ - ΄ 
τὴν πόλιν καὶ δείξων ἀδικοῦσαν, τότε eyw μὲν τῷ Πύ- 
Ν “ / > ra > 
θωνι θρασυνομένῳ καὶ πολλῷ ῥέοντι καθ᾽ ὑμῶν οὐκ εἶξα 
Ia? ς ; > > > A > la ‘4 ‘ A 
οὐδ ὑπεχώρησα, ἀλλ, ἀναστὰς ἀντεῖπον καὶ τὰ τῆς 
, / eh Ν 3 _ Bey κι 
πόλεως δίκαια οὐχὶ προὔδωκα, ἀλλ᾽ ἀδικοῦντα Φίλιππον 
ϑω ἡ a ad @ Ἁ > / , 
ἐξηλεγξα φανερῶς οὕτως ὥστε τοὺς ἐκείνου συμμάχους 
᾽ ‘ 3 ἤ ε a Φ Ν / 
αὑτοὺς ἀνισταμένους ὁμολογεῖν " οὗτος δὲ συνηγωνίζετο 
> / > ’ ~ A a 
καὶ τἀναντία ἐμαρτύρει TH πατρίδι, καὶ ταῦτα ψευδῆ. 
> > An >. a 
Kai οὐκ ἀπέχρη ταῦτα, ἀλλὰ πάλιν μετὰ ταῦθ᾽ 


ef > / - , Ν 9 x , 
ὕστερον Avativm τῷ κατασκόπῳ συνιὼν εἰς τὴν Opa- 


3 Λ ‘ / 
ἀπήλασεν ws προδότην, Ὑπερίδῃ δὲ λέγειν προσέταξεν" 
a + Maly, A a / * a 
καὶ ταῦτα ἀπὸ τοῦ βωμοῦ φέρουσα τὴν ψῆφον ἔπραξε, a7 


135 καὶ οὐδεμία ψῆφος ἠνέχθη τῷ μιαρῷ τούτῳ. Καὶ ὅτ 


4 ’ / «{ 7 4, & a” 
τ σωνος οἰκίαν ἐλήφθη. Καίτοι ὅστις τῷ ὑπὸ τῶν πολε- 
’ U , ’ / δι, ὁ = 
μίων πεμφθέντι μόνος μόνῳ ouryEer καὶ ἐκοινολογεῖτο, 


φΦ ν᾿.» , «ὦ εκ / , Ν , 
οὗτος αὑτὸς ὑπῆρχε TH φύσει κατάσκοπος καὶ πολέμιος 


ταῦτ᾽ ἀληθῆ λέγω, κάλει τούτων τοὺς μάρτυρας. 


ΜΑΡΤΥΡΕῈ Σ, 


Μαρτυροῦσι Δημοσθένει ὑπὲρ ἁπάντων οἵδε, Καλλίας Σουνιεύς, 
Ζήνων Φλυεύς, Κλέων Φαληρεύς, Δημόνικος Μαραθώνιος, ὅτι τοῦ 
δήμον ποτὲ χειροτονήσαντος Αἰσχίνην σύνδικον ὑπὲρ τοῦ ἱεροῦ τοῦ ἐν 
Δήλῳ εἰς τοὺς ᾿Αμφικτύονας συνεδρεύσαντες ἡμεῖς ἐκρίναμεν Ὑπερί- 
δην ἄξιον εἶναι μᾶλλον ὑπὲρ τῆς πόλεως λέγειν, καὶ ἀπεστάλη Ὕπε. 
νίδης. 


> a “ ; 4. / ε 
Ουκοῦν ὅτε, τούτου μέλλοντος λέγειν, ἀπήλασεν ἡ 


τῇ πατρίδι. Καὶ ὅτι ταῦτ᾽ ἀληθῆ λέγω, κάλει μοι τού- 
τῶν τοὺς μάρτυρας. 


MAPTYPE3S. 


Γελέδημος Κλέωνος, Ὑπερίδης Καλλαίσχρου, Νικόμαχος Διοφάν- 
του μαρτυροῦσι Δημοσθένει καὶ ἐπωμόσαντο ἐπὶ τῶν στρατηγῶν, 
εἰδέναι Αἰσχίνην ᾿Ατρομήτου Κοθωκίδην συνερχόμενον νυκτὸς εἰς τὴν 
Θράσωνος οἰκίαν καὶ κοινολογούμενον ᾿Αναξίνῳ, ὃς ἐκρίθη εἶναι κατά- 
σκοπος παρὰ Φιλίππουι Αὗται ἀπεδόθησαν αἱ μαρτυρίαι ἐπὶ Νικίου, 
Ἑκατομβαιῶνος τρίτῃ ἱσταμένου. 














46 AHMOSOENOY? 


133 M / ’ Ψ “ἊΝ - Μ Ν > a ’ 
υρία τοίνυν ἕτερ εἰπεῖν ἔχων περὶ αὑτοῦ Tapanet- 
‘ ‘ / ΧΝ Ν A a » 
πω. Καὶ γὰρ οὕτω πως eye. Πολλὰ ἂν ἐγὼ ett 
4 ΝΜ “ e e b > / ‘ ’ 
τούτων ἔχοιμι δεῖξαι ὧν οὗτος κατ᾽ ἐκείνους τοὺς χρὸ- 
a ‘ ? »“ἭἬ « An > A ᾽ > / 
vous τοῖς μὲν ἐχθροῖς ὑπηρετῶν ἐμοὶ ὃ ἐπηρεάζων 
φ / >. > > / “ ᾽ ¢ ΕἾ > = 
εὑρεθη" αλλ οὐ τίθεται ταῦτα παρ ὑμῖν εἰς ἀκριβῆ 
, ‘at A a > , ’ Ἢ , ¥ 
μνήμην ovd ἣν προσῆκεν ὀργὴν, ἀλλὰ Sedwxate εθει 
Ν 4 ‘ > / ΄“ ’’ ‘ / 
τινὶ φαύλῳ πολλὴν ἐξουσίαν τῷ βουλομένῳ τὸν λέγοντά 


a AE Ὁ / ς / ‘ a 
TL τὼν ὑμῖν συμφερόντων ὑποσκελίζειν καὶ συκοφαντεῖν, 


“a , - ’ e - » | / ‘ A / 
τῆς ἐπὶ ταῖς λοιδορίαις ἡδονῆς καὶ χάριτος TO τῆς πὸ 


Caf ᾽ 


Ke ‘pov ἀνταλλαττόμενοι " διόπε OV ἐστι καὶ 
ως συμφέρον ἅντα Om voTeEp pa 
3 ’ alley, “ ᾽ »Ἢ e ~ »“Ἥ 
ἀσφαλέστερον ἀεὶ τοῖς ἐχθροῖς ὑπηρετοῦντα μισθαρνεῖν 
a ἣν ¢ ‘ ξ a ¢ / 4 4 
ἢ THY ὑπερ ὑμῶν ἔλομενον τάξιν πολιτεύεσθαι. 
Ν Ν Ν i, A a “ 
19 Καὶ τὸ μὲν δὴ πρὸ τοῦ πολεμεῖν φανερῶς συναγω- 
’ Ν / > a ‘ / ~ 
νίζεσθαι Φιλίππῳ δεινὸν μέν, ὦ γῆ καὶ θεοί, ---- Tas yap 2% 
ΝΜ Ν 7 / / > > 4 
οὔ ; ---- κατὰ τῆς πατρίδος " δότε δ᾽ εἰ βούλεσθε, δότε 
᾽ » A > ae Ν a ΝΜ ‘ a 3 
αὑτῷ τοῦτο. ᾿Αλλ ἐπειδὴ φανερῶς ἤδη τὰ πλοῖα ἐσε- 
4. »ε, > ε΄ - ld. ‘ > ‘ > 
σύλητο, Xeppovncos εἐπορθεῖτο, ἐπὶ τὴν Αττικὴν ἐπο- 
’; > @ ? ea > ’ ‘ ’ 
ρεύεθ᾽ ἄνθρωπος, οὐκέτ᾽ ἐν αμφισβητησίμῳ τὰ πράγματα 
ς5ὖὸὁ 4. ἃ ὃ ’ " Ψ ‘ , .+ # 
ἣν αλλ ἐνεστήκει πόλεμος, ὃ TL μὲν TwTOT ἔπραξεν 
σι ιν tees. € / ¢ 5 ’ > x Ν 
ὕπερ ὑμῶν ὁ βάσκανος οὑτοσὶ ἰαμβειοφάγος οὐκ ἂν ἔχοι 
“ Νὰ 2 Μ a > » , 
δεῖξαι, οὐδ᾽ ἐστιν οὔτε μεῖζον ovr ἔλαττον ψήφισμα 
Ia’ ’ / a ‘ al / “Ὁ ΔΛ ᾽ ’ 
οὐδεν Αἰσχίνῃ ὕπερ τῶν συμφερόντων τῇ πόλει. Ex de 
a , ᾽ ee > > i) a 
φησι, viv δειξάτω ἐπὶ τῷ ἐμῷ ὕδατι. ᾿Αλλ᾽ οὐκ ἔστιν 
> / al 7 4 + Oy , ‘ 
οὐδέν. Καίτοι δυοῖν αὐτὸν ἀνάγκη θάτερον, ἢ μηδὲν 
ἴω ‘ "“Φ > a κι, 4 > > a x 
τοῖς πραττομένοις ὑπ ἐμοῦ TOT ἔχοντ ἐγκαλεῖν μὴ 
, ‘ ey? of ἂν a ; a 
γράφειν παρὰ ταῦθ᾽ ἕτερα, ἢ τὸ τῶν ἐχθρῶν συμφέρον 


a Ν ’ Ἵ ᾿ Ἀ 4 > , 
ἕητουντα μὴ φέρειν εἰς μέσον Ta τούτων ἀμείνω. 


ΠΕΡῚ TOY ΣΤΕΦΑΝΟΥ. 41 


᾿ 4 ee “ In? Κ 
*Ap οὖν οὐδ᾽ ἔλεγεν, ὥσπερ οὐδ᾽ ἔγραφεν, ἡνέκα 144 
- , , , , > . 2 - —_- 
ἐργάσασθαί τι δέοι κακὸν; Ov μεν οὖν ἦν εἰπεῖν 
Ἢ ‘ Υ. a / , a a, 
ἑτέρῳ. Καὶ ra μὲν ἄλλα καὶ φέρειν ἠδύναθ᾽, ws ἔοι- 
e , Ν Ὁ“ φ , A > > 
κεν, ἢ πόλις καὶ ποιῶν οὗτος λανθάνειν. ἕν δ᾽ ἐπε- 
, o ¥ > “ A + — ὦ a 
ξειργάσατο, ὦ ἄνδρες AOnvaior, τοιοῦτον ὃ Tact τοῖς 
/ 3 , Λ A e Ἁ ‘ 3 , 
προτέροις ἐπέθηκε τέλος " περὶ οὗ TOUS πολλοὺς ἀνά- 
, . A A > , A a a 
Awoe Aoyous, Ta τῶν ᾿Αμφισσέων τῶν Δοκρῶν SieEvov 
, ε ͵ 3 , ee ἢ ele 
δόγματα, ws διαστρέψων τἀληθές. To δ᾽ ov τοιοῦτον 
> ΓΙ > ’ > > , ‘ > a , 
ἐστι" πόθεν; Ovderot ἐκνίψη ov TaKel πεπραγμένα 
a > Φ . ii 
σαυτῳ " οὐχ οὕτω πολλα ἐρεις. 
a > > / ε ~ κυ ¥ > 4 
Καλῶ δ᾽ evaytiov ὑμῶν, ὦ ἄνδρες ᾿Αθηναῖοι, τους τὰ 
. @ ᾿ , Ψ ‘ , ¥ ‘ 
θεους ἅπαντας Kat πάσας, ὅσοι τὴν Ywpay ἔχουσι τὴν 
, Ν Ν 3 Λ ὧν ’ ἃ “ὔ 
᾿Αττικήν, καὶ tov ᾿Απόλλω τὸν Πύθιον, ὃς πατρῷος 
3 - ’ A > / ~ 7 > ‘ 
ἐστι TH πόλει, καὶ ἐπεύχομαι πᾶσι TOUTOLS, εἰ μὲν 


ΕἾ a ‘ ox. ” δ) οι ‘ | a ᾽ 
ἀληθῆ πρὸς ὑμᾶς εἰποιμὲ καὶ εἶπον καὶ ToT εὐθὺς ἐν 


a 5 , Ψ - ἴδ 4 x ‘ a 
275 T@ ἡμῷ, OTE πρῶτ ov Εἰ» TOVTOVL TOV μίαρον του 


Ἂ - , ς / + , > / 
Tov τοῦ πράγματος ἁπτόμενον (ἔγνων yap, εὐθέως 


» > , ΄“ A / ° ‘ a 
ἔγνων), εὐτυχίαν μοι δοῦναι «καὶ σωτηρίαν, εἰ δὲ πρὸς 
¥ a ’ γ.7 δι. ὦ δ τ > Es, , 
ἔχθραν ἢ φιλονεικίας ἰδίας ἕνεκ αἰτίαν ἐπάγω τούτῳ 
A , - > .“ ϑι. / ~ 
ψευδῆ, πάντων τῶν ὡγαθῶν ἀνονητὸν με ποιῆσαι. 
i ἡ παν , A ’ ¢ A 
Ti οὖν ταῦτ᾽ ἐπήραμαι καὶ διετεινάμην οὕτωσι σφο- 
“ “ , + > a 7 ᾽ 3 
δρῶς; Ὅτι γράμματ᾽ ἔχων ἐν τῷ δημοσίῳ κείμενα, εξ 
e 2 ͵ a a Ia N , 
ὧν ταῦτ᾽ ἐπιδείξω σαφῶς, καὶ ὑμᾶς εἰδὼς τὰ πεπραγμέ- 
’ > ta ~ ‘ a“ ᾿] ’ὔ 
va μνημονεύοντας, ἐκεῖνο φοβοῦμαι, μὴ τῶν εἰργασμέ- 
> - a ξ a ¢ >. , ad ’ 
νων αὐτῷ κακῶν ὑποληφθῃ οὗτος ἐλάττων, ὅπερ προ- 
’ a A , , > ᾽ὔ 
τερον συνέβη ὅτε τοὺς ταλαιπώρους Φωκέας ἐποίησεν 


ἀπολέσθαι τὰ ψευδῆ δεῦρ᾽ ἀπαγγείλας. Tov γὰρ ἐν us 








48 ΔΗΜΟΣΘΕΝΟΥΣ TIEPI TOY STE#ANOY. 49 


+ , , en ae , 5 ᾿ " - | δ..2 ιν ἃ ἢ ie " 
Apdicon πόλεμον, 8¢ ὃν εἰς ᾿Ελάτειαν ἦλθε Φίλιππος ; τοῦτό γε) αὐτῇ τῇ φύσει τοῦ τόπου καὶ τῶν ὑπαρχόν- 
νων ἃ ee wie , ε , ἃ 2 > 4 4 a ἢ 
καὶ δὶ ὃν ἠρέθη τῶν Αμφικτυόνων ἡγεμὼν, ὃς ἅπαντ των ἑκατέροις κακοπαθεῖν. Εἰ μὲν οὖν τῆς ἰδίας ἕνεκ᾽ τῷ 
wie Ν - / “- ΚΧ ? ε 
ἀνέτρεψε τὰ των “Ἑλλήνων, οὗτος ἐστιν ὁ συγκατα- 
/ ‘ ’ a dle. A / ¥ 
oKevacas καὶ πάντων εἷς ἀνὴρ τῶν μεγίστων ALTLOS 
a Ν ΓἊ 2 δδὺὴὺ 3 a / 4 
κακῶν. Καὶ ror εὐθὺς ἐμοῦ διαμαρτυρομένου Kat 
fal 3 a / ; ? Ν > 7 
βοῶντος ἐν τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ, πόλεμον εἰς THY Αττικὴν 
? , ᾽ / / ? 
εἰσάγεις, Αἰσχίνη, πόλεμον Αμφικτυονικον, ob 


he > ; ; > ΝΜ ’ 

ey ἐκ παρακλήσεως συγκαθήμενοι οὐκ εἰων με λε- 
ρακλη θημ 

3 4 ᾿ Ν Te ‘ ‘ Ia/ 4 / ᾿ ε 4 - 

γειν, οἱ δ᾽ ἐθαύμαξον καὶ κενὴν αἰτίαν διὰ τὴν ἰδίαν β ταραχὴν " εἰς γὰρ ταῦτ᾽ εὐθὺς αὐτοὺς ὑπελάμβανεν 


ἔχθρας ἣ τοὺς Θετταλοὺς ἢ τοὺς Θηβαίους συμπείθοι 
βαδίξειν ἐφ᾽ ὑμᾶς, οὐδένα ἡγεῖτο προσέξειν αὑτῷ τὸν 
νοῦν " ἂν δὲ τὰς ἐκείνων κοινὰς προφάσεις λαβὼν ἦγε- 
μὼν αἱρεθῇ, ῥᾷον ἤλπιζε τὰ μὲν παρακρούσεσθαι, τὰ δὲ 
πείσειν. Τί οὖν; ᾿Επιχειρεῖ, θεάσασθ᾽ ὡς εὖ, πόλε- 


μον ποιῆσαι τοῖς ᾿Α t b τὴ f 
μφικτύοσι καὶ περὶ THY πυλαίαν 


3 , > “ > . e - , ’ 
44 ἔχθραν ἐπάγειν με ὑπελάμβανον αὐτῷ: Ἥτις 8 ἡ αὑτοῦ δεήσεσθαι. Εἰ μὲν τοίνυν τοῦτο ἢ τῶν παρ᾽ 148 


᾽ > ¥ 3 - , 4 - , 4 “ , ε , is 

φύσις, ὦ ἄνδρες ᾿Αθηναῖοι, γέγονε τούτων τῶν πραγμᾶ- } εαυτοῦ πεμπομένων ἱερομνημόνων ἢ τῶν ἐκείνου συμμά- 
4 , a , ‘ A δ, Η ica κα ‘ in 

των, Kat τίνος ἕνεκα ταῦτα συνεσκευάσθη καὶ πῶς ἶ χὼν εἰσηγοιτὸ τις, ὑπόψεσθαι τὸ πρᾶγμα ἐνόμιζε καὶ 


3 ’ a ,“ ἡ ᾽ ‘ , > ΄ 4 . / \ ‘ 
ἐπράχθη, νῦν ἀκούσατε, ἐπειδὴ τότε ἐκωλύθητε" καὶ τοὺς Θηβαίους καὶ τοὺς Θετταλοὺς καὶ πάντας φυλά- 


‘ 9 a Ν ¥ a 4 3 , A δ᾽.» » 
γὰρ εὖ πρᾶγμα συντεθὲν ὄψεσθε, καὶ μεγάλα ὠφεέελη- ξεσθαι, ἂν δ᾽ ᾿Αθηναῖος ἦ καὶ Tap ὑμῶν τῶν ὑπεναν- 
N a a of , ? / e - - 
σεσθε πρὸς ἱστορίαν τῶν κοινῶν, καὶ ὅση δεινότης ἦν ἐν τίων ὁ τοῦτο ποιῶν, εὐπόρως λήσειν" ὅπερ συνέβη. τ᾿ 
-» , , “i > mate , εν 
τῷ Φιλίππῳ θεάσεσθε. Πὼς οὖν ταῦτ᾽ ἐποίησεν; Μισθοῦται τουτονί. Οὐδε- 
~ A / / 3a? 9 s 
45 Οὐκ ἦν τοῦ πρὸς ὑμᾶς πολέμου πέρας οὐδ᾽ ἀπαλλαγὴ 
, Ἵ ‘ , Ν ᾿ ‘ , ὥσπε Υ fal > a ν δ᾽ ας , 
Φιλίππῳ, εἰ μὴ Θηβαίους καὶ Θετταλους ἐχθροὺς ποιή- 270 p εἰωθε τὰ τοιαῦτα παρ᾽ ὑμῖν γίγνεσθαι, προβλη- 
a o's , ee ‘ a a . > , e A 
σειε τῇ πόλει, ἀλλὰ καΐπερ ἀθλίως καὶ κακὼς τῶν 217 θεὶς πυλαγόρας οὗτος καὶ τρίων ἢ τεττάρων χειροτονη- 


’ ΙΝ > ἢ af 
σάντων αὑτὸν aveppr On. 


" ‘ ‘ ΕΥ͵ > κ᾿ A 
vos δὲ προειδότος, οἶμαι, τὸ πρᾶγμα οὐδὲ φυλάττοντος, 


στρατηγῶν τῶν ὑμετέρων πολεμούντων αὐτῷ ὅμως ὑπ᾽ 
αὐτοῦ τοῦ πολέμου καὶ τῶν λῃστῶν μυρία ἔπασχε κακά. Ὥς δὲ τὸ τῆς πόλεως ἀξίωμα λαβὼν ἀφίκετο εἰς 
Οὔτε γὰρ ἐξήγετο τῶν ἐκ τῆς χώρας γιγνομένων οὐδέν, τοὺς ᾿Αμφικτύονας, πάντα τἄλλ ἀφεὶς καὶ παριδὼν 
> 

μ6 οὔτ᾽ εἰσήγετο ὧν ἐδεῖτ᾽ αὐτῷ " ἦν δὲ οὔτ᾽ ἐν τῇ θαλάττῃ : ἐπέραινεν ἐφ᾽ οἷς ἐμισθώθη, καὶ λόγους εὐπροσώπους 


Ν , Ψ ξ ε 
καὶ μύθους, ὅθεν ἡ Κιῤῥαία χώρα καθιερώθη, συνθεὶς 





’ / ς ~ y 59 " Ν Ε] ‘ ὅλ, εκ 
τότε κρείττων ὑμῶν, οὔτ᾽ εἰς τὴν Αττικὴν ε θεῖν δυ- 
x , a ᾽ , , : , ᾽ , 
vatos μήτε Θετταλῶν ἀκολουθούντων μήτε Θηβαίων καὶ διεξελθών, ἀνθρώπους ἀπείρους λόγων καὶ τὸ μέλλον 
> 
‘ ΄ ‘ . ὦ ,ὕ a ‘ f Bu 
Suevrwv: συνέβαινε δὲ αὐτῷ τῷ πολέμῳ κρατοῦντι TOUS β ov προορωμένους, τοὺς ἱερομνήμονας, πείθει ψηφίσασθαι 


ὁποιουσδήποθ᾽ ὑμεῖς ἐξεπέμπετε στρατηγοὺς (ἐῶ γὰρ περιελθεῖν τὴν χώραν, ἣν οἱ μὲν ᾿Αμφισσεῖς σφῶν ise 
δ 











- £3 AHMOZSCGENOY2 


αὐτῶν οὖσαν γεωργεῖν ἔφασαν, οὗτος δὲ τῆς ἱερᾶς χώρας 
ἡτιῶτο εἶναι, οὐδεμίαν δίκην τῶν Δοκρῶν ἐπαγόντων 
ἡμῖν, οὐδ᾽ ἃ νῦν οὗτος προφασίζεται, λέγων οὐκ ἀληθῆ. 
Γνώσεσθε δ᾽ ἐκεῖθεν. Οὐκ ἐνῆν ἄνευ τοῦ προσκαλέσα- 


“ Ν - Λ / 
σθαι δήπου τοῖς Λοκροῖς δίκην κατα τῆς πόλεως TEAE- 


¢ - ᾽ Ν / > 
σασθαι. Tis οὖν ἐκλήτευσεν ἡμᾶς; Emi ποίας ap- 


“ > > > A »” 
χῆς; Εἰπὲ τὸν εἰδότα, δεῖξον. ᾿Αλλ οὐκ ἂν ἐχοῖς, 


3 Ν A ’ 4 - ‘ a 
ἀλλὰ κενῇ προφάσει ταὔτῃ KATEXOW καὶ ψευδεῖ. 
’ὔ ’; x , “ "4 , 
1 Περιιόντων τοίνυν τὴν χώραν τῶν Apdictvovev 
Ν Dry. ς ’ ᾿ ’ ’; e A % 
κατὰ τὴν ὑφήγησιν THY τούτου, προσπεσόντες οἱ Δοκροί 
a , , ‘ Ν ‘ , 
μικροῦ κατηκόντισαν ἅπαντας, τινᾶς δε καὶ συνηρπάσαν 
Ὁ e , «ε Φ Ψ > 4 > , 
τῶν ἱερομνημόνων. “Qs 8 ἅπαξ ex τούτων ἐγκλήματα 
Ν Λ Ν ‘ 3 “ > / Ν ,,. 
καὶ πόλεμος πρὸς τους Ἀμφισσεῖς ἐταράχθη, τὸ μεν 
- , > a a > ’ ΝΜ 
πρῶτον ὁ Κόττυφος αὐτῶν τὼν «ἀμφικτυόνων ἤγαγε 
, > . ? e 9) / A 
στρατιάν " ὡς δ᾽ οἱ μὲν οὐκ ἦλθον, οἱ ὃ ἐλθόντες οὐδεν 
’ " x > aA ’ὔ "απ “ Λ 
ἐποίουν, εἰς τὴν ἐπιοῦσαν πυλαίαν ἐπὶ τὸν Φίλιππον 
"αὖ e , > ¢ , Ν Λ 
εὐθέως ἡγεμόνα ἦγον οἱ κατεσκευασμένοι καὶ πάλαι 
a κ ‘ A > κ ΜΝ. Λ 
πονηροὶ τῶν Θετταλῶν καὶ τὼν ἐν ταῖς ἄλλαις πόλεσιν. 
Ν , Ἀν. ὦ ἣν ἢ a ‘ Ae 
155 Kai προφάσεις εὐλόγους εἰλήφεσαν" ἢ yap αὑτοὺς 
> Ν / / ¥ a Ν a 
εἰσφέρειν καὶ ξένους τρέφειν ἐφασαν δεῖν καὶ ζημιοῦν 518 
Ά Ν a A a) Ὁ a ε a / “ 
τοὺς μὴ ταῦτα ποιοῦντας, ἣ ἐκεῖνον αἱρεῖσθαι. Ti δεῖ 
Ν A / / ‘ > 4 e / 
τὰ πολλὰ λέγειν ; Ηιρέθη yap εκ τουτων ἡγεέμων. 
a? +, Λ Ν ‘ 
Καὶ μετὰ ταῦτ᾽ εὐθὺς δυιαμιν συλλέξας καὶ παρελθὼν 
3 Ν de .>¢A , ‘ > I 
ws ἐπὶ τὴν Kippaiav, ἐρῤῥῶσθαι φράσας πολλὰ Κιρῥαίοις 
Ν - " 5 , , Taal EY 
183 καὶ Λοκροῖς, τὴν ᾿Ελάτειαν καταλαμβάνει. Ev μεν οὖν 
© / > / ε a. 4 ε κ a 
μὴ μετέγνωσαν εὐθέως ὡς τοῦτ᾽ εἶδον οἱ Θηβαῖοι καὶ 


θ᾽ e -“ ᾽ , Γ ἥϑυ Γ red ΓῚ 
μεθ᾽ nov ἐγένοντο, ὥσπερ χειμάρρους ay ἅπαν τοῦτο 


TIEPI TOY ZTE@ANOY. 51 


Ἢ a ᾽ ‘ / " / “ Ἁ ’ > 
τὸ πρᾶγμα εἰς τὴν πόλιν εἰσέπεσεν" νῦν δὲ TO ¥ 
᾽ / Νὰ να es Λ eS wr 
ἐξαίφνης ἐπέσχον αὑτὸν εκεῖνοι, μάλιστα μέν, ὦ ἄνδρες 
Ἶ4θ a 0 - ‘ > / Ν Φ δι 3 / QA 
nvaiot, θεῶν τινὸς εὐνοίᾳ πρὸς ὑμᾶς, εἶτα μέντοι, καὶ 
Φ . ὦ ” ‘ μ΄ , 
ὅσον καθ᾽ ἕνα ἄνδρα, καὶ δὶ ἐμέ. Δός δέ μοι τὰ 
κ Ἀ ‘ / 3 Ω Ψ / 
δογματα ταῦτα Kal τοὺς χρόνους ἐν οἷς ἕκαστα πέ- 
Ψ 3 IAA ¢ / , e ‘A x 
mpaxtat, ἵν εἰδῆτε ἡλίκα πράγματα ἢ μιαρὰ κεφαλή 
/ d / > 4 / A 4 
ταράξασα αὕτη δίκην οὐκ ἔδωκεν. “γε μοι τὰ Soy- in 


ματα. 


AOTMA ΑΜΦΙΚΤΥΟΝΩΝ, 


Ἐπὶ ἱερέως Κλειναγόρου, ἐαρινῆς πυλαίας, ἔδοξε τοῖς Πυλαγόροις 
καὶ τοῖς συνέδροις τῶν ᾿Αμφικτυόνων καὶ τῷ κοινῷ τῶν ᾿Αμφικτυόνων, 
ἐπειδὴ ᾿Αμφισσεῖς ἐπιβαίνουσιν ἐπὶ τὴν ἱερὰν χώραν καὶ σπείρουσι 
καὶ βοσκήμασι κατανέμουσιν, ἐπελθεῖν τοὺς Πυλαγόρους καὶ τοὺς 
συνέδρους καὶ στήλαις διαλαβεῖν τοὺς ὅρους, καὶ ἀπειπεῖν τοῖς 
᾿Αμφισσεῦσι τοῦ λοιποῦ μὴ ἐπιβαίνειν. 


‘ETEPON AOIrMA. 


Ἐπὶ ἱερέως Κλειναγόρου, ἐαρινῆς πυλαίας, ἔδοξε τοῖς Πυλαγόροις 158 
979 καὶ τοῖς συνέδροις τῶν ᾿Αμφικτυόνων καὶ τῷ κοινῷ τῶν ᾿Αμφικτυόνων, 


> ‘ e 3 » , ‘ ¢ 4 , , A“ 
ἐπειδὴ of ἐξ ᾿Αμφίσσης τὴν ἱερὰν χώραν κατανειμάμενοι γεωργοῦσι 
καὶ βοσκήματα νέμουσι, καὶ κωλυόμενοι τοῦτο ποιεῖν, ἐν τοῖς ὅπλοις 
παραγενόμενοι, τὸ κοινὸν τῶν Ἑλλήνων συνέδριον κεκωλύκασι μετὰ 
βίας, τινὰς δὲ καὶ τετραυματίκασι, τὸν στρατηγὸν τὸν ἡρημένον τῶν 
᾿Αμφικτυόνων Κόττυφον τὸν ᾿Αρκάδα πρεσβεῦσαι πρὸς Φίλιππον τὸν 
Μακεδόνα, καὶ ἀξιοῦν ἵνα βοηθήσῃ τῷ τε. ᾿Απόλλωνι καὶ τοῖς ᾿Αμ- 
, a 4 , ε ~ > ΄ > , 

φικτύοσιν, ὅπως μὴ περιίδῃ ὑπὸ τῶν ἀσεβῶν ᾿Αμφισσέων τὸν θεὸν 
πλημμελούμενον " καὶ διότι αὐτὸν στρατηγὸν αὐτοκράτορα αἱροῦνται 
«σ ε , a , 7 > 

οἱ Ἕλληνες οἱ μετέχοντες τοῦ συνεδρίου τῶν ᾿Αμφικτυόνων. 


: Ξ- - ᾽ * 
Λέγε δὴ καὶ τοὺς χρόνους ἐν οἷς ταῦτ᾽ ἐγίγνετο " εἰσὶ 


ap καθ᾽ ods ἐπυλαγόρησεν οὗτος. ᾿ Λέγε. 
γὰρ YP Y 


XPONOL 
“Apyav Μνησιθείδης, μηνὸς ᾿Ανθεστηριῶνος ἕκτῃ ἐπὶ δεκάτῃ. 





«ὔΡ-." ΔΗΜΟΣΘΕΝΟΥ͂Σ 


“ia ® a. Φ “ἤν. , 
αὐτῶν οὖσαν γεωργεῖν ἔφασαν, οὗτος δε τῆς ἱερᾶς χώρας 
ἡτιᾶτο εἶναι, οὐδεμίαν δίκην τῶν Δοκρῶν ἐπαγόντων 
ἡμῖν, οὐδ᾽ ἃ νῦν οὗτος προφασίζεται, λέγων οὐκ ἀληθῆ. 
Γνώσεσθε δ᾽ ἐκεῖθεν. Οὐκ ἐνῆν ἄνευ τοῦ προσκαλέσα- 
σθαι δήπου τοῖς Δοκροῖς δίκην κατὰ τῆς πόλεως τελέ- 


, lS , oe. Ϊ᾽ ᾷ ᾽ὔ > 
σασθαι. Tis οὖν ἐκλήτευσεν ἡμᾶς; Emi ποίας ap- 


»" > > > A ») 
χῆς; Εἰπὲ τὸν εἰδότα, δεῖξον. “AA οὐκ ἂν ἔχοις, 


3 Ν a ’ 4 - ‘ a 
ἀλλὰ κενῇ προφάσει ταύτῃ κατεχοῶ καὶ ψευδεῖ. 
/ ‘ , a > ’ 
Περιιόντων τοίνυν τὴν χώραν τῶν Αἀμφικτυόνων 
Ν ‘ ς ’ Ν 4 ’ e A A 
κατὰ τὴν ὑφήγησιν τὴν τούτου, προσπεσόντες οἱ Λοκροί 
“a / / Ν ‘ 4 ’ 
μικροῦ κατηκόντισαν ἅπαντας, τινὰς δὲ καὶ συνηρπάσαν 
Ὁ» e / € > oe > 4 > , 
τῶν ἱερομνημόνων. “Qs δ᾽ ἅπαξ ex τούτων ἐγκληματα 
Ν Λ “ s ᾽ a > , Ν Ν 
καὶ πόλεμος πρὸς τοὺς ᾿Αμφισσεῖς ἐταράχθη, τὸ μεν 
a [2 , > a e > ; Ν 
πρῶτον ὁ Κόττυφος αὐτῶν τῶν Apdixtvover ἤγαγε 
, ε Pm - 3 9 ε > / ἐπ 
στρατιάν " ὡς δ᾽ οἱ μὲν οὐκ ἦλθον, οἱ δ᾽ ἐλθόντες οὐδὲν 
> / b x > a ’ a % Ν Λ 
ἐποίουν, εἰς τὴν ἐπιοῦσαν πυλαίαν ἐπὶ τὸν Φίλιππον 
γα» - , 2 ε , ‘ Λ 
εὐθέως ἡγεμόνα ἦγον οἱ κατεσκευασμένοι καὶ πᾶλαι 
4 a “- 4 - > »"Ἥ Ν. Λ 
πονηροί τῶν Θετταλὼν καὶ τῶν ἐν ταῖς ἀλλαιῖς πόλεσιν. 


se Καὶ προφάσεις εὐλόγους εἰλήφεσαν" ἢ γὰρ αὐτοὺς 


εἰσφέρειν «αὶ ξένους τρέφειν ἔφασαν δεῖν Kai ξημιοῦν 5: 


τοὺς μὴ ταῦτα ποιοῦντας, ἢ ἐκεῖνον αἱρεῖσθαι. Ti δεῖ 
τὰ πολλὰ λέγειν; Ἠιρέθη γὰρ ἐκ τούτων ἡγεμών. 
Καὶ μετὰ ταῦτ᾽ εὐθὺς δυιαμιν συλλέξας καὶ παρελθὼν 
ὡς ἐπὶ τὴν Κιῤῥαίαν, ἐῤῥῶσθαι φράσας πολλὰ Κιῤῥαίοις 
153 καὶ Λοκροῖς, τὴν ᾿Ελάτειαν καταλαμβάνει. Ἑἰ μὲν οὖν 
μὴ μετέγνωσαν εὐθέως ὡς τοῦτ᾽ εἶδον οἱ Θηβαῖοι καὶ 


θ᾽ e a + tod 36 a de a 
pe μων eyevovTo, WOTTEp χειμαρροὺυς αν αἀπᾶν Τοῦυτο 


ΠΈΡΙ TOY STE@ANOY. 51 


‘ a ᾽ Ν / Pe lh a ‘ ’ 3 
τὸ πρᾶγμα εἰς τὴν πόλιν εἰσέπεσεν" νῦν δὲ TO ¥ 
δ... ἡ ἽΝ, ἽΝ νὼ , a 
ἐξαίφνης ἐπέσχον αὑτὸν εκεῖνοι, μάλιστα μὲν, ὦ avdpes 
> “ - Ν > / Ν ς a 3 / Ἀ 
᾿Αθηναῖοι, θεῶν τινὸς εὐνοίᾳ πρὸς ὑμᾶς, εἶτα μέντοι, καὶ 
oe . ὦ ” ‘ os , , 
ὅσον καθ᾽ ἕνα ἄνδρα, καὶ Sv ἐμέ. os δὲ μοι τὰ 
a 4 ‘ / > ? Υ 
δογματα ταῦτα καὶ τοὺς χρόνους ἐν οἷς ἕκαστα πέ- 
Ψ SAA δῶ ἢ , ε Ν Ν 
πρακται, ἵν εἰδῆτε ἡλίκα πράγματα ἡ μιαρὰ κεφαλὴ 
, d ’ ? ΝΜ / Ν cd 
ταράξασα αὕτη δίκην οὐκ ἔδωκεν. Aeye μοι ta δογ- 15 


ματα. 


ΔΟΙΓΜΑΑΜΦΙΚΤΥΟΝΩΝ,. 


Ἐπὶ ἱερέως Κλειναγόρου, ἐαρινῆς πυλαίας, ἔδοξε τοῖς Πυλαγόροις 
καὶ τοῖς συνέδροις τῶν ᾿Αμφικτυόνων καὶ τῷ κοινῷ τῶν ᾿Αμφικτυόνων, 
ἐπειδὴ ᾿Αμφισσεῖς ἐπιβαίνουσιν ἐπὶ τὴν ἱερὰν χώραν καὶ σπείρουσι 
καὶ βοσκήμασι κατανέμουσιν, ἐπελθεῖν τοὺς Πυλαγόρους καὶ τοὺς 
συνέδρους καὶ στήλαις διαλαβεῖν τοὺς ὅρους, καὶ ἀπειπεῖν τοῖς 
᾿Αμφισσεῦσι τοῦ λοιποῦ μὴ ἐπιβαίνειν. 


ἝΤΕΡΟΝ ΔΟΥ͂ΜΔ. 


Ἐπὶ ἱερέως Κλειναγόρου, ἐαρινῆς πυλαίας, ἔδοξε τοῖς υλαγόροις 158 
γ καὶ τοῖς συνέδροις τῶν ᾿Αμφικτυόνων καὶ τῷ κοινῷ τῶν ᾿Αμφικτυόνων, 


> 4 a > , 4 « 4 , Ul - 
ἐπειδὴ οἱ ἐξ ᾿Αμφίσσης τὴν ἱερὰν χώραν κατανειμάμενοι γεωργοῦσι 
καὶ βοσκήματα νέμουσι, καὶ κωλυόμενοι τοῦτο ποιεῖν, ἐν τοῖς ὅπλοις 
παραγενόμενοι, τὸ κοινὸν τῶν Ἑλλήνων συνέδριον κεκωλύκασι μετὰ 
βίας, τινὰς δὲ καὶ τετραυματίκασι, τὸν στρατηγὸν τὸν ἡρημένον τῶν 
᾿Αμφικτυόνων Κόττυφον τὸν ᾿Αρκάδα πρεσβεῦσαι πρὸς Φίλιππον τὸν 
Μακεδόνα, καὶ ἀξιοῦν ἵνα βοηθήσῃ τῷ τε. ᾿Απόλλωνι καὶ τοῖς ᾿Αμ- 
, “ 4 , Ae ~ > κ > , 
φικτύοσιν, ὅπως μὴ περιίδη ὑπὸ τῶν ἀσεβῶν ᾿Αμφισσέων τὸν θεὸν 
πλημμελούμενον - καὶ διότι αὐτὸν στρατηγὸν αὐτοκράτορα αἱροῦνται 
΄ ε , a , - > 
oi Ἕλληνες οἱ μετέχοντες τοῦ συνεδρίου τῶν ᾿Αμφικτυόνων. 


/ Ν Ν ‘ , > @ aD: ae 5 τῆς 
Λέγε δὴ καὶ Tous χρόνους ἐν οἷς ταῦτ ἐγίγνετο " εἰσι 
γὰρ καθ᾽ ods ἐπυλαγόρησεν οὗτος. ᾿ Λέγε. 


. 


ΧΡΟΝΟΙ. 
“Apyov Μνησιθείδης, μηνὸς ᾿Ανθεστηριῶνος ἕκτῃ ἐπὶ δεκάτῃ. 





52 AHMOZSGENOYS 


% , ‘ ᾽ Ν Ψ - ᾽ rae, ῃ 
Δὸς δὴ μοι την ἐπιστολὴν ἥν, ὡς οὐχ ὑπήκουον “" 
wn A ‘ > ’ 
Θηβαῖοι, πέμπει πρὸς τοὺς ἐν Πελοποννήσῳ συμμα- 
4 Λ v7) Ia Ν ᾽ 4 7 oe 
ous ὁ Φίλιππος, ἵν εἰδῆτε καὶ ἐκ ταύτης σαφὼς ὅτι 
by s 3 A / a /, ‘ ra TN AN 
τὴν μεν ἀληθῆ πρόφασιν τῶν πραγμάτων, TO ταῦτ επὶ 
Ἂ , ‘ 4 2.) / 
τὴν Ἑλλάδα καὶ τοὺς Θηβαίους καὶ ὑμᾶς πράττειν, 
> ’ ‘ Ν ἈΝ »“" > / / 
ἀπεκρύπτετο, κοινὰ δὲ καὶ τοῖς Ἀμφικτύοσι δοξαντα 
fe “ ε Ἁ ‘ > Ν ’ ‘ 
ποιεῖν προσεποιεῖτο. Ὃ δὲ τὰς ἀφορμὰς ταῦτας καὶ 
4 , > - Ν φΦ > A / 
Tas προφάσεις αὐτῷ παρασχὼν οὗτος ἦν. eye. 


EMNISTOAH ΦΙΛΙΠΠΟΥ. 


Βασιλεὺς Μακεδόνων Φίλιππος Πελοποννησίων τῶν ἐν τῇ συμμα- 
χίᾳ τοῖς δημιουργοῖς καὶ τοῖς συνέδροις καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις συμμάχοις 
΄- , > 4 4 ε ΄ > ~ 
πᾶσι χαίρειν. ᾿Ἐπειδὴ Λοκροὶ of καλούμενοι ᾿᾽Οζόλαι. κατοικοῦντες 
ἐν ᾿Αμφίσσῃ, πλημμελοῦσιν εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν τοῦ ᾿Απόλλωνος τοῦ ἐν 
Δελφοῖς καὶ τὴν ἱερὰν χώραν ἐρχόμενοι μεθ᾽ ὅπλων λεηλατοῦσι, 
βούλομαι τῷ θεῷ μεθ᾽ ὑμῶν βοηθεῖν καὶ ἀμύνασθαι τοὺς παραβαί- 
LA 3 . εἶ »" [ " τῷ σ μ ~ £4 
νοντάς τι τῶν ἐν ἀνθρώποις εὐσεβῶν. “Ὥστε συναντᾶτε μετὰ τῶν 
ὅπλων εἰς τὴν Φωκίδα, ἔχοντες ἐπισιτισμὸν ἡμερῶν τεσσαράκοντα, 
τοῦ ἐνεστῶτος μηνὸς Λῴου, ὡς ἡμεῖς ἄγομεν, ὡς δὲ ᾿Αθηναῖοι, Βοη- 
δρομιῶνος, ὡς δὲ Κορίνθιοι, Πανέμου. Τοῖς δὲ μὴ συναντήσασι 
πανδημεὶ χρησόμεθα, τοῖς δὲ συμβούλοις ἡμῖν κειμένοις ἐπιζημίοις. 
Εὐτυχεῖτε. 


€ an? @ ’ . ‘ "κα." ’ ᾽ ‘ 
Opa” ort φεύγει μὲν tas ἰδίας προφάσεις, εἰς δὲ 
7 4 ‘ , , 4 a 
τὰς Αμφικτυονικὰς καταφεύγει. Tis οὖν ὁ ταῦτα 
, “ὦ / e Ν ’ 4 
συμπαρασκευάσας αὐτῷ; Tis ὁ τὰς προφάσεις ταύτας 
᾽ 4 / ε a a a / Λ 
ἐνδοὺς; Tis ὁ τῶν κακῶν τῶν γεγενημένων μάλιστα 
Υ̓ > e Ν ’ > ¥ 
αἴτιος; Οὐχ οὗτος; Mn τοίνυν λέγετε, ὦ ἄνδρες 
> r / ε € ,? esr a , e 
AO@nvaiot, περιιόντες, ὡς Up ἐνὸς τοιαῦτα πέπονθεν ἡ 
e 4 > , > > ’ 3 a - 
Εχλας ἀνθρώπου. Οὐχ ud ἑνός, ἀλλ ὑπὸ πολλῶν 
a a - en Φ = a 4 ‘Ms ? 
199 καὶ πονήρων τῶν Tap εκαστοῖς, ὦ γῆ καὶ θεοί, ὧν εἷς 


ς "ὦ Ϊ᾿ x ν᾿ , 5 x . κα , 
οὑτοσὶ, Ov, εἰ μηδὲν εὐλαβηθέντα τάληθὲες εἰπεῖν δέοι 


ΠΕΡῚ TOY STE@®ANOY, 53 


᾽ 4 . , ¥ a 3 ’ a Ἢ 
οὐκ ἂν οκνησαιίμε ἔγωγε κοινὸν ἀλιτήριον τῶν μετὰ 

a > , c , " .- > , , 
ταῦτα ἀπολωλότων ἀπαντῶν εἰπειν, ἀνθρώπων, τόπων, 

Λ ε Ν Ν , , e a , 
πόλεων" O Yap TO σπέρμα παρασχὼν, οὗτος των φὺν- 


Ν a A Ἃ 3 5 δὴὺ 3a / > 4 
T@V ALTOS. Ov OTTMS ποτε οὐκ evOus ἰδόντες ΑἼΤΕΟΤ pa- 


/ ‘ / ’ ε ¥ > A 
φητε, θαυμαζω "πλὴν πολὺ τι σκότος, WS EOLKEV, ἐστι 


"ΠΝ Ν A > / 
Tap ὑμῖν πρὸ τῆς ἀληθείας. 
/ ’ a Ν A / 4 
Συμβέβηκε τοίνυν uot τῶν κατὰ τῆς πατρίδος τούτῳ : 
’ ¢ Ul > A 4 > ’ 
πεπραγμένων ἁψαμένῳ εἰς ἃ τούτοις εναντιούμενος 
a= / en A a ‘x oe > A 
αὑτὸς πεπολίτευμαι αφῖχθαι" ἃ πολλῶν μὲν ἕνεκ ἂν 
Ἂ. > 4 , Λ »" Ἢ > / ᾽ 
εἰκότως ἀκούσαιτέ μου, μάλιστα δ᾽ ὅτι αἰσχρὸν ἐστιν, 
Φν 3 rn ie -νΝΦη ‘ , y ΕΝ Ay ς a 
ὦ ἄνδρες ᾿Αθηναῖοι, εἰ ἐγὼ μὲν Ta ἔργα τῶν ὕπερ ὑμῶν 
, a ae” ‘ Ἂ A , “ow > + 
πόνων ὑπέμεινα, ὑμεῖς Se μηδὲ τοὺς λόγους αὑτῶν ave- 
ε a Ν ee” / Ν ‘ A - 
FerOe. “Opav yap ἐγὼ Θηβαίους σχεδὸν δε καὶ ὑμᾶς, 
“ι" a ‘ ’ 4 ‘ id 
ὑπὸ τῶν τὰ Φιλίππου φρονούντων καὶ διεφθαρμένων 
ΚΓ ’ A ‘ .} 3 / Ν A 
παρ ἑκατέροις, Ὁ μεν ἣν ἀμφοτέροις φοβερὸν Kai φυλα- 
a , Ν ‘ oA > , 
κῆς πολλῆς δεόμενον, τὸ τὸν Φίλιππον ἐᾶν αὐξάνεσθαι, 
~ 4 Ia > A / > ] »¥ 
παρορῶντας καὶ οὐδὲ καθ᾽ ἕν φυλαττομένους, εἰς ἔχθραν 
Ἃ Ν ‘ 4 > 4 e / ¥ ed 
δὲ καὶ τὸ προσκρούειν ἀλλήλοις ετοίμως ἔχοντας, ὅπως 
κ ‘ ‘ a 3 3ϑ, "ν ᾽Ν 
τοῦτο μὴ γένοιτο παρατηρῶν διετέλουν" οὐκ ἀπὸ τῆς 
> a , / al ’ ς ’ 
ἐμαυτοῦ γνώμης μόνον ταῦτα συμφέρειν ὑπολαμβάνων, 
>. b | 5a’ > a Ν Λ ¥ , 
αλλ, «dos Apictopavta καὶ πάλιν Εὔβουλον πάντα 
Ν / / a 4 ‘ , 
τὸν χρόνον βουλομένους πρᾶξαι ταύτην τὴν φιλίαν, καὶ 
A a Ν. , > , ~ co 
περὶ TOV ἄλλων πολλάκις ἀντιλέγοντας ἑαυτοῖς τοῦθ᾽ 


et a” ν ἢ Δ ‘ a , 3 ’ 
ὁμογνωμονοῦντας ἀεί. Οὺς συ ζῶντας μέν, ὦ κίναδος, 


΄ ’ , > 
κολακεύων παρηκολούθεις, τεθνεώτων δ᾽ οὐκ αἰσθάνει 


»“ Δ Ν A Θ ’ > f° 3 / > , 
κατηγορῶν " a yap περὶ Θηβαίων ἐπιτιμᾷς ἐμοί, ἐκεί- 
5* 





54 AHMOSOCENOYS 


νων πολὺ μᾶλλον ἢ ἐμοῦ κατηγορεῖς, τῶν πρότερον ἢ 
ἐγὼ ταύτην τὴν συμμαχίαν δοκιμασάντων. 

᾿Αλλ᾽ ἐκεῖσε ἐπάνειμι, ὅτι τὸν ἐν ᾿Αμφίσσῃ πόλεμον 
TOUTOU μὲν ποιήσαντος, συμπεραναμένων δὲ τῶν ἄλλων 


τῶν συνεργῶν αὐτῷ τὴν πρὸς Θηβαίους ἔχθραν, συνέβη 


Ν Δ -“ ΦὰΦ δ᾽)᾽ ὦ φ ἢ 
τὸν Φίλιππον ἐλθεῖν ἐφ᾽ ἡμᾶς, οὗπερ ἕνεκα τὰς πόλεις 228 


φΦ / > Ν 
οὗτοι συνέκρουον" καὶ εἰ μὴ προεξανέστημεν μικρόν, 
Io? 3 a XK / Ld 
οὐδ᾽ ἀναλαβεῖν ἂν ἠδυνήθημεν" οὕτω μέχρι πόῤῥω 
, φ Ν a > 
προήγαγον οὗτοι τὸ πρᾶγμα. ‘Ep οἷς δ᾽ ἦτε ἤδη τὰ 
Ν > 4 Ν an / 
πρὸς αλλήλους, τουτωνὶ τῶν ψηφισμάτων ἀκούσαντες 
4 a > / Ν 6 / ᾿ A 
kat τῶν ἀποκρίσεων εἰσεσθε. Καὶ poe λέγε ταῦτα 
, 
λαβων. 


ΨΗΦΙΣΜΑ. 


Ἐπὶ ἄρχοντος ἩἫἩ ροπύθου, μηνὸς ᾿Ελαφηβολιῶνος ἕκτῃ φθίνοντος, 
φυλῆς πρυτανευούσης ᾿Ἐρεχθηΐδος, βουλῆς καὶ στρατηγῶν γνώμῃ" 
Ἐπειδὴ Φίλιππος ἃς μὲν κατείληφε πόλεις τῶν ἀστυγειτόνῳν, τινὰς 
δὲ πορθεῖ, κεφαλαίῳ δὲ ἐπὶ τὴν ᾿Αττικὴν παρασκευάζεται παραγίγνε- 
σθαι, παρ᾽ οὐδὲν ἡγούμενος τὰς ἡμετέρας συνθήκας, καὶ τοὺς ὅρκους 
λύειν ἐπιβάλλεται καὶ τὴν εἰρήνην, παραβαίνων τὰς κοινὰς πίστεις, 
δεδόχθαι τῇ βουλῇ καὶ τῷ δήμῳ πέμπειν πρὸς αὐτὸν πρέσβεις, οἵτινες 
αὐτῷ διαλέξονται καὶ παρακαλέσουσιν αὐτὸν μάλιστα μὲν τὴν πρὸς 
ἡμᾶς ὁμόνοιαν διατηρεῖν καὶ τὰς συνθήκας, εἰ δὲ μή, πρὸς τὸ βουλεύ- 
σασθαι δοῦναι χρόνον τῇ πόλει καὶ τὰς ἀνοχὰς ποιήσασθαι μέχρι τοῦ 
Θαργηλιῶνος μηνός. Ἡιρέθησαν ἐκ τῆς βουλῆς Σῖμος ᾿Αναγυράσιος 
Εὐθύδημος Φλυάσιος, Βουλαγόρας ᾿Αλωπεκῆθεν. 


ἝΤΕΡΟΝ ΨΗΦΙΣΜΑ. 


» ἊΝ ε ΄ “ ΄΄ 4 , 

Ἐπὶ ἄρχοντος “Hporvéov, μηνὸς Μουνυχιῶνος ἕνῃ καὶ νέᾳ, mode 
μάρχου γνώμῃ, ἐπειδὴ Φίλιππος εἰς ἀλλοτριότητα Θηβαίους προς 
ἡμᾶς ἐπιβάλλεται καταστῆσαι, παρεσκεύασται δὲ καὶ παντὶ τῷ στρα- 


τεύματι πρὸς τοὺς ἔγγιστα τῆς ᾿Αττικῆς παραγίγνεσθαι τόπους, παρα- 253 


βαίνων τὰς πρὸς ἡμᾶς ὑπαρχούσας αὐτῷ συνθήκας, δεδόχθαι τῇ βουλῇ 
καὶ τῷ δήμῳ πέμψαι πρὸς αὐτὸν κήρυκα καὶ πρέσβεις, οἵτινες ἀξιώ- 
σουσι καὶ παρακαλέσουσιν αὐτὶν ποιήσασθαι τὰς ἀνοχάς, ὅπως ἐνδε- 





ΠΈΡΙ TOY STE@ANOY. 55 


χομένως ὃ δῆμος βουλεύσηται " καὶ γὰρ viv οὐ κέκρικε βοηθεῖν ἐν 
οὐδενὶ τῶν μετρίων. Ἡιρέθησαν ἐκ τῆς βουλῆς Νέαρχος Σωσινόμου, 
Πολυκράτης ᾿πίφρονος, καὶ κήρυξ Ἑὔνομος ᾿Αναφλύστιος ἐκ τοῦ 
δήμου. 


͵ Ν A 4 b / 
Λέγε δὴ καὶ τὰς ἀποκρίσεις. 


ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ ΑΘΗΝΑΙΟΙΣ. 


Βασιλεὺς Μακεδόνων Φίλιππος ᾿Αθηναίων τῇ βουλῇ καὶ τῷ δήμῳ 
χαίρειν. Ἣν μὲν ἀπ᾽ ἀρχῆς εἴχετε πρὸς ἡμᾶς αἵρεσιν οὐκ ἀγνοῶ, 
καὶ τίνα σπουδὴν ποιεῖσθε προσκαλέσασθαι βουλόμενοι Θετταλοὺς 

4 , »~ ‘ 4 , , > > «A ΄ 
καὶ Θηβαίους, ἔτι δὲ καὶ Βοιωτούς " Βέλτιον δ᾽ αὐτῶν φρονούντων 
καὶ μὴ βουλομένων ἐφ᾽ ὑμῖν ποιήσασθαι τὴν ἑαυτῶν αἵρεσιν, ἀλλὰ 
κατὰ τὸ συμφέρον ἱσταμένων, νῦν ἐξ ὑποστροφῆς ἀποστεΐλαντες 

»"Ἥ , ~ ΄ 
ὑμεῖς πρός με πρέσβεις καὶ κήρυκα συνθηκῶν μνημονεύετε καὶ τὰς 
> ‘ >. © > > © 49 ¢ «a ’, » 4 
ἀνοχὰς αἰτεῖσθε, κατ᾽ οὐδὲν ὑφ᾽ ἡμῶν πεπλημμελημένοι. Ἐγὼ 
μέντοι ἀκούσας τῶν πρεσβευτῶν συγκατατίθεμαι τοῖς παρακαλουμέ- 
νοις καὶ ἕτοιμός εἶμι ποιεῖσθαι τὰς ἀνοχάς, ἄν περ τοὺς οὐκ ὀρθῶς 

- - ’ 
συμβουλεύοντας ὑμῖν παραπέμψαντες τῆς προσηκούσης ἀτιμίας ἀξιώ- 
σητε. "Ἔῤῥωσθε. 


ἈΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ ΘΗΒΑΙΟΙΣ. 


Βασιλεὺς Μακεδόνων Φίλιππος Θηβαίων τῇ βουλῇ καὶ τῷ δήμῳ 
χαίρειν. Ἔκομισάμην τὴν παρ᾽ ὑμῶν ἐπιστολήν, δι’ ἧς μοι τὴν 
ὁμόνοιαν καὶ τὴν εἰρήνην ἀνανεοῦσθε. Πυνθάνομαι μέντοι διότι πᾶσαν 
ὑμῖν ᾿Αθηναῖοι προσφέρονται φιλοτιμίαν βουλόμενοι ὑμᾶς συγκαταί- 
νους γενέσθαι τοῖς ὑπ᾽ αὐτῶν παρακαλουμένοις. Πρότερον μὲν οὖν 
ὑμῶν κατεγίγνωσκον ἐπὶ τῷ μέλλειν πείθεσθαι ταῖς ἐκείνων ἐλπίσι 
καὶ ἐπακολουθεῖν αὐτῶν τῇ προαιρέσει" νῦν δ᾽ ἐπιγνοὺς ὑμᾶς τὰ πρὸς 
ἡμᾶς ἐζητηκότας ἔχειν εἰρήνην μᾶλλον ἣ ταῖς ἑτέρων ἐπακολουθεῖν 
γνώμαις, ἥσθην καὶ μᾶλλον ὑμᾶς ἐπαινῶ κατὰ πολλά, μάλιστα δ᾽ ἐπὶ 
τῷ βουλεύσασθαι περὶ τούτων ἀσφαλέστερον καὶ τὰ πρὸς ἡμᾶς ἔχειν 
ἐν εὐνοίᾳ " ὅπερ οὐ μικρὰν ὑμῖν οἴσειν ἐλπίζω ῥοπήν, ἐάν περ ἐπὶ 
ταύτης μένητε τῆς προθέσεως. "Ἐῤῥωσθε. 


Οὕτω διαθεὶς ὁ Φίλιππος τὰς πόλεις πρὸς ἀλλήλας 


’ Ν 4 ᾽ Ν a ’ ‘ 
διὰ τούτων, καὶ τούτοις ἐπαρθεὶς τοῖς ψηφίσμασι Kat 


a ΝΜ ‘ 4 A ‘ > , 
ταῖς ἀποκρίσεσιν, ἧκεν ἔχων τὴν δύναμιν καὶ THY Ελά- 


φιν ἃ κἡ , ¥ 
τειαν κατέλαβεν, ὡς οὐδ᾽ ἂν εἰ τι γένοιτο Ere συμπνεν- 





56 AHMOSC@ENOYS ΠΈΡΙ TOY STE@ANOY. 57 


, A Ψ -ὦ Ὕ a , ᾽ Ἢ “ a a ‘ A a δ, Ν x / € a 
covTayv ἂν ἡμῶν καὶ τῶν Θηβαίων. ᾿Αλλὰ μὴν Tov ταῦτα, καὶ εὔνους τῇ πόλει καὶ πλουσίους, οἱ μετὰ 


, , b a A , ¥ ‘ “ a ‘ Xr, 2 ὃ / 3 ὃ , Ἢ a ‘ 
TOTE συμβαντα εν τῇ πόλει θόρυβον ὑστεέ μεν ATTAVTES, TaUTa τὰς μεγάλας επιθόσεις ETTLOOVTES* καὶ Yap 


? / Ν ΄ a > > / ᾽ , « 4 
μικρὰ 8 ἀκούσατε ὅμως, αὐτὰ τ ἀναγκαιότατα. εὐνοίᾳ καί πλούτῳ τοῦτ ἐποίησαν. Αλλ,, ὡς ἔοικεν, 





ε , . ‘ > e 2S Δ ς ‘ fA ¢ Ν ᾿ς σ΄ ΒΕ. ἡ NA ? ’ 4 
169 Ἐσπέρα μὲν yap Ἦν,. ἧκε ὃ ἀγγέλλων τις ὡς TOUS ἐκέίνος ὁ KALPOS καὶ ἢ Ἡμέρα EKELYH οὐ μονον εὔνουν 


, - ‘ 4 ΓΝ νὰ 8 Ν \ 
πρυτάνεις ws ᾿Ελάτεια κατείληπται. Καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα καὶ πλούσιον ἄνδρα ἐκάλει, ἀλλὰ καὶ παρηκολου- 
ε ‘ 77% b , ‘ a , >» , a , > ᾽ A A , 
οἱ μὲν evOus ἐξαναστάντες μεταξὺ δειπνοῦντες τούς T ἐκ θηκότα τοῖς πρώγμασιν εξ ἀρχῆς, καὶ σ υλλελογισμέ- 
a “-" a ‘ ‘ ? ‘ 9, A Ν Ν se > θῶ / Ψ ae ae e Φιλ Ν 
τῶν σκήνων τῶν κατὰ τὴν wyopay ἐξεῖίργον καὶ Ta γέρῥα 10ν opUws τινος ἕνεκα ταὺτ ἔπραττεν ὁ Φίλιππος καὶ 
3 ’ ε Ν ‘ ‘ ‘ ‘ / rx , ." Ν Ν a > 3 δὼ 8" 3 Ν 
ἐνεπίμπρασαν, οἱ δὲ τοὺς στρατηγους μετεπέμποντο Kat τέ βουλόμενος " ὁ yap μὴ ταῦτ᾽ εἰδὼς μηδ᾽ ἐξητακὼς 


Ν Ν ae , sve ? a — Ὁ 4 ὡ ΜΝ... / 
τὸν σαλπιγκτὴν ἐκάλουν, καὶ θορύβου πλήρης ἣν ἡ πόρῥωθεν επιμελῶς, OUT εἰ εὔνους ἦν OUT εἰ πλούσιος, 





me “νυ Per a ” Ψ Ν a ” 2a? 
πόλις. Τῇ δ᾽ ὑστεραίᾳ ἅμα τῇ ἡμέρᾳ οἱ μὲν πρυτάνεις οὐδὲν μᾶλλον ἤμέλλεν 6 τε χρὴ ποιεῖν εἴσεσθαι οὐδ 


Ὺ ‘ ee ? κι Ca ae ’ 
τὴν βουλὴν ἐκάλουν εἰς τὸ βουλευτήριον, ὑμεῖς δ᾽ εἰς 298 ὑμῖν ἕξειν συμβουλεύειν. 


Ἕ , / Φ > > , a e ’ 3 , x 
pavnv τοίνυν OUTOS EV EKELVN ΤΏ ἡμέρᾳ EYwW, Kat 173 


‘ 3 ’ 3 ’ Ν »: 3 ’ ’ 
τὴν ἐκκλησίαν ἐπορεύεσθε, καὶ πρὶν ἐκείνην χρηματίσαι 


A A A A Ν 4 > ς » ed κ d > α , 
τὸ καὶ προβουλεῦσαι πᾶς ὃ δῆμος ἄνω καθῆτο. Καὶ μετὰ παρέλθων εἶπον εἰς ὑμᾶς, ἅ μου δυοῖν ἕνεκ᾽ ἀκούσατε 





᾽ὔ Ν an “ον / “» γΔα Ψ ’ 
86 προσέχοντες τὸν νοῦν" ἐνὸς μὲν, ἵν εἰδῆτε OTL μόνος 








a ε 3 ¢ ’ Ν 3 ’ 
ταῦτα ὡς εἰσῆλθεν ἡ βουλή, καὶ ἀπηγγεῖλαν οἱ πρυ- 
; Ν ’ ξ a Ν Ν 
τάνεις τὰ προσηγγέλμένα ἑαυτοῖς καὶ τὸν ἥκοντα πα- 
’ > »"Ἥ 9 > , Ἁ ε ’ὔ / > 
ρήγαγον κακεῖνος εἶπεν, ἠρώτα μὲν ὁ κήρυξ, τίς ayo- 
4 4 > > 
ρεύειν βούλεται; ITlapyec δ᾽ οὐδείς. Πολλάκις δὲ 
A , > ~ Ia’ A “)}ν > > / 
TOU κήρυκος ἐρωτῶντος οὐδὲν μᾶλλον ἀνίστατ᾽ οὐδείς, 
ς ὔ ‘ a a / 
ἁπάντων μὲν τῶν στρατηγῶν παρόντων, ἁπάντων δὲ 
- ΄ , 4 ‘ A / a a 7 
τῶν ρητόρων, καλούσης δὲ τῆς πατρίδος TH κοινῇ φωνῇ 
“ » a θ᾽ “ΙΝ / A 4 [ἢ ’ Ν Ἁ 
Tov ἐρουνθ ὑπὲρ σωτηρίας " ἣν γὰρ ὁ κήρυξ κατὰ τοὺς 
, ‘ 5. ἡ , ‘ a , , 
νόμους φωνὴν ἀφίησι, ταύτην κοινὴν τῆς πατρίδος δί- 
’ 3 ¢ ~ ’ > ‘ ‘ A . 
καιὸν ἐστιν ἡγεῖσθαι. Καίτοι εἰ μὲν τοὺς σωθῆναι τὴν 
Λ ’ “ Ν , a 
πόλιν βουλομένους παρελθεῖν ἔδει, πάντες ἂν ὑμεῖς καὶ 
ΦΝ., > a ? , > A 
vt ἄλλοι AOnvaion ἀναστάντες ἐπὶ τὸ βῆμα ἐβαδίζετε " 
’ , 90) of - “ιν 
πάντες yap, οἷδ ὅτι, σωθῆναι αὐτὴν ἠβούλεσθε " εἰ δὲ 


Ἁ , 4 ’; > ‘ ἐν > ’ 
Tous πλουσιωτάτους, οἱ τριακόσιοι" εἰ δὲ τοὺς ἀμφότερα 





a , ἈΝ ’ coe ‘ a > / 
τῶν λεγόντων καὶ πολιτευομένων EY THY τῆς εὐνοίας 
᾽ “ co b 2. >. . A / Ν 
τάξιν εν τοῖς δεινοῖς οὐκ ἔλιπον, ἀλλὰ καὶ λέγων και 
; 3 ’ὔ Ν / “ΤΩΝ a > > κ 
γράφων ἐξηταζόμην τὰ δέονθ᾽ ὑπερ ὑμῶν ἐν αὑτοῖς τοῖς 
A MEME ’ @ Ν > , ’ 
φοβεροῖς " ἑτέρου δε, OTL μικρὸν ἀναλώσαντες χρόνον 
a Ν Ν Ν A , ’ » 3 
πολλῳ πρὸς τὰ λοιπὰ τῆς πάσης πολιτείας ἔσεσθ 
> , τ 
εὠπειροτεροί. 
E?. / Ψ ‘ ‘ e e ’ Θ 
ἵπον τοίνυν, OTL τοὺς μεν ὡς ὑπαρχόντων On- 1% 
/ / ’ / > - 
βαίων Φιλίππῳ λίαν θορυβουμένους ἀγνοεῖν 
‘ , , "»" κ᾿ a 3 Ν 4.0.» 
τὰ παρόντα πράγμαθ᾽ ἡγοῦμαι. Εὖ γὰρ οἷδ 
Ψ 3 - Δ᾽ «“ . 2m ¥ ὅτ a ᾽ 
ὅτι, εἰ τοῦθ᾽ οὕτως ἐτύγχανεν ἔχον, οὐκ ἂν αὖ- 
‘ , > > / v > > > ᾿ a 
τὸν ἠκούομεν ἐν Ἐλατείᾳ ὄντα, αλλ ἐπὶ τοῖς 
ς ΄ ε ’ “ / Cg 3.@ , 
ἡμετέροις ὁρίοις. Οτιμέντοι ἵν ἕτοιμα ποιή- 


=~ > ] f 
ontas ta ἐν Θήβαις ἥκει, σαφὼς επίσταμαι.: 























58 AHMOSOENOY? 


€ ee ¥ A ᾽ ὔ , > 
175 sg δ᾽ ἔχει, ἔφην, ταῦτα axovcarté pov. Exei- 
μή KA , / κ᾿ 
νος ὅσους ἢ πεῖσαι χρήμασε Θηβαίων ἣ efa- 
A > ~ ed > / ‘ > 
πατῆσαι ἐνῆν, ἅπαντας ηὐτρέπισται, Tous ὃ 
amine ME a > ’ > a Ν al > 
ἀπ᾿ ἀρχῆς ἀνθεστηκότας αὑτῷ καὶ viv ἐναντι- 
’ὔ > - a ah / =< 
ουμένους οὐδαμῶς πεῖσαι δύναται Ti οὖν 
/ Ν ’ Ψ Ν > , , 
βούλεται καὶ τίνος ἕνεκα τὴν Ελάτειαν κατεί- 
/ / / Ν 
ληφεν; Πλησίον δύναμιν δείξας καὶ παρα- 
’ Ἦν Ἃ ‘ ¢ a / > a 
στῆσας TA ὅπλα TOUS μεν ἑαυτοῦ φίλους ἐπᾶραι 
Ν a »ὉἭ Ἃ > ? ’ 
καὶ θρασεῖς ποιῆσαι, tovs ὃ ἐναντιουμένους 
a “νυ Δ , / 4 
καταπλῆξαι, ἐν ἢ cvyxopnowaot φοβηθέντες ἃ 
a > > 4. XN - " x , 
16 vuv οὐκ ἐθέλουσιν, ἢ βιασθῶσιν. Ei μὲν roi- 
’ An. a Μ > a , 
νυν προαιρησόμεθ᾽ ἡμεῖς, edny, ἐν τῷ παρόντι, 
Ν 4 / / Ν € Ὥ, 
εἰ Te δύσκολον πέπρακται Θηβαίοις πρὸς ἡμᾶς, 
΄ ~ Ν 3 - > a ε > - 
τούτου μεμνῆσθαι καὶ ἀπιστεῖν αὑτοῖς ws ἐν TH 
a ᾽ - - ͵ e ‘ Bi ¥ 
τῶν ἐχθρῶν οὖσι μερίδι, πρῶτον μεν ἃ ἂν ev- 
, ’ > a ‘ 
ξαιτο Φίλιππος ποιήσομεν, εἶτα φοβοῦμαι py 
͵ὔ τ “ > , > - 4 
προσδεξαμένων τῶν νῦν ἀνθεστηκότων αὑτῷ καὶ 
»“ ’ , / > Ἂ > 
μιᾷ γνώμῃ πάντων φιλιππισάντων eis THY Α4τ- 
Ν Ψ. > ’ nN ’ ~ 2 
τικὴν ἔλθωσιν ἀμφότεροι. Ἢν μέντοι πεισθῆτ 
3 Ν Ν Ν a a ? > Hist,” a 
ἐμοὶ καὶ πρὸς τῷ σκοπεῖν ἀλλὰ μὴ φιλονεικεῖν 
>, ΚΨῃ x / / Ν Ν ΄ 
περὶ ὧν ἂν λέγω γένησθε, οἶμαι καὶ τὰ δέοντα 
’ ’ Ν Ν 3 ’ὔ / a 
λέγειν δόξειν καὶ τὸν ἐφεστηκότα κίνδυνον τῇ 
/ 4 
πόλει διαλύσειν. 
,ὔ φ " - »“"ν 4 εν 
πὶ Τιοῦν φημὶ δεῖν; Πρῶτον μὲν τὸν παρόντα 
3 a ’ 3 ’ 
ἐπανεῖναι φόβον, εἶτα μεταθέσθαι καὶ φοβεῖ- 
’ ς ‘ / ‘ 4 A 
σθαι πάντας ὑπερ Θηβαίων" πολὺ yap τῶν δει- 


“ > ‘ e a 3 / Ν / ? 
νὼν εἰσὶν ἡμῶν ἐγγυτέρω, καὶ προτέροις αὑτοῖς 





ΠΈΡΙ TOY STE@ANOY. 59 


wee ¢ , ¥ ae m 
ἐστὶν ὁ κίνδυνος" ἔπειτ᾽ ἐξελθόντας ᾿Ελευσῖ- 
, ‘ ᾽ ε , ‘ \ ε , a a 
νάδε τοὺς ἐν ἡλικίᾳ καὶ TOUS ἱππέας δεῖξαι πᾶ- 
¢ A 2 ‘ > a Ψ Μ a 
σιν ὑμᾶς AUTOUS EV τοῖς ὅπλοις ὄντας, ἵνα τοῖς 
> / a A ¢ ΄ > ν 
ἐν Θηβαις φρονοῦσι τὰ ὑμέτερα ἐξ ἴσου γέ- 
Ν 4 / Ν a , 
vntat τὸ παρῥησιάζεσθαι περὶ τῶν δικαίων, 
9 a Ψ [ἡ A 
ἰδοῦσιν ὅτι, ὥσπερ τοῖς πωλοῦσι Φιλίππῳ THY 
/ , > ¢ ’ 4 3 
πατρίδα πάρεσθ᾽ ἡ βοηθήσουσα δύναμις ἐν 
> / ed ¢ ‘ - > 
Ἐλατείᾳ, οὕτω τοῖς ὑπερ τῆς ἐλευθερίας ἀγω- 
/ ΄ ς , > “ 
νίζξεσθαι βουλομένοις ὑπαρχεθ᾽ ὑμεῖς ἕτοιμοι 


‘ ’ ᾿ ee = ᾽ “ts 
καὶ βοηθήσετ, ἐάν τις ἐπ᾿ αὑτοὺς iy, Mera 


a ΩΝ ’; / ’, 
ταῦτα χειροτονῆααι κελεύω δέκα πρέσβεις, 


Ἃ Aa 4 a 

καὶ ποιῆσαι τούτους κυρίους μετὰ τῶν στρα- 

- A a , “ 3 

τηγῶν καὶ τοῦ πότε δεῖ βαδίξειν ἐκεῖσε kat τῆς 

3 ’ > 4 a. a 

ἐξόδου. Ἐπειδὰν δ᾽ ἔλθωσιν ot πρέσβεις eis 
’ὔ “ ’ - , 

Θηβας, πῶς χρήσασθαι τῷ πράγματι παραι- 
-“ ’ , / ‘ a x 

vo; Τούτῳ πάνυ μοι προσέχετε Tov νοῦν. Μὴ 
a / ‘ 

δεῖσθαι Θηβαίων μηδὲν (αἰσχρὸς yap ὁ και- 
’ 3 > > /. ’ 3 

pos), GAN ἐπαγγέλλεσθαι βοηθήσειν, ἐὰν κε- 
͵ « > / ¥ > a 3 / 

λεύωσιν, WS ἐκείνων ὄντων ἐν τοῖς ἐσχάτοις, 

e a \ δ Ὁ a Ν , id 

ἡμῶν δε ἄμεινον ἢ κεῖνοι TO μέλλον προορωμέ- 


7? 34 ‘ ld A A 7 
νων" tv ἐὰν μεν δέξωνται ταῦτα καὶ πεισθῶσιν 


δὲ ἡμῖν, καὶ ἃ βουλόμεθα ὧμεν διῳκημένοι καὶ 


‘ , 9g ἢ a / a 
μετὰ προσχήματος ἀξίου τῆς πόλεως ταῦτα 
, 2s δ᾽ Υ̓ Νὰ a σι 
πράξωμεν, ἐᾶν apa μὴ δυμβῃ κατατυχεῖν, 

᾽ "»" ‘ e a b - Μ a > 

ἐκεῖνοι μεν EAUTOLS EYKAAWCLY, ἂν TL νῦν ἐξα- 
᾽ e ~ δὲ ‘ ᾽ a As 

μαρτάνωσιν, ἡμῖν δὲ μηδὲν αἰσχρὸν μηδὲ ταπει- 


Ν ? 
νὸν ἢ πεπραγμένον. 





























179 


80 


181 


60 ΔΗΜΟΣΘΕΝΟΥΣ 


- A ’ ’ ᾿] Ν ’ 
Ταῦτα καὶ παραπλήσια τοῦτοις εἰπὼν κατέβην. 


, ‘ , ‘ ? ‘ ΝΣ ᾽ 
Συνεπαινεσάντων δὲ πάντων καὶ οὐδενὸς εἰπόντος ἐναν- 


, Ins > > Ne ae ᾽ ” , Ia? 
τίον οὐδέν, οὐκ εἶπον μεν ταῦτα, οὐκ ἐγραψα δέ, ovo 


> > ad > / / 
ἔγραψα μέν, οὐκ ἐπρέσβευσα δέ, οὐδ᾽ ἐπρέσβευσα μεν, 
Ν 3 > “ΝᾺ a > As 
οὐκ ἔπεισα δὲ Θηβαίους" ἀλλ᾽ ἀπὸ τῆς ἀρχῆς διὰ 
, ΝΜ A A - 4 eo Ν 
πάντων ἄχρι τῆς τελευτῆς διεξῆλθον, καὶ ἔδωκ᾽ ἐμαυτὸν 
¢ »“" ¢ Ὁ > ‘ / ΄ SY ͵ 
ὑμῖν ἁπλὼς εἰς τους περιεστηκότας TH πόλει KLYOUVOUS. 
) Ν ’; Ν / / 
Kai μοι φέρε τὸ ψήφισμα τὸ τότε γενόμενον. ---- 
’ / / / , / ‘ / > Ν 
Kasra τίνα βούλει σέ, Αισχίνη, καὶ τίνα ἐμαυτὸν 
. ἡ ‘ - > a , > ‘ ae 
ἐκείνην τὴν ἡμέραν eivat Ow; Βούλει ἐμαυτὸν μέν, ov 
A ἣν ‘ / / ? / 
ἂν σὺ λοιδορούμενος καὶ διασύρων καλέσαις Βάταλον, 
‘ ‘ Ἂν ‘ , 3 ‘ , ‘ a 
σὲ δὲ μηδ ἥρω τὸν τυχόντα, adda τούτων τινὰ τῶν 
Φ ἊΝ 5 A / x Δ ἃ... 
ἀπὸ τῆφ σκηνῆς, Κρεσφόντην ἢ Κρέοντα ἢ ὃν ἐν Κο- 
ο' ἐμ. σιν Ν “ 4 / > ’ 
λυττῷ ποτε Οἰνόμαον κακὸς κακῶς ὑποκρινόμενος ἐπέ- 
/ / ae - Ν Ν e 
τρίψας; Tote τοίνυν Kat ἐκεῖνον τὸν καίρον ὃ Παια- 
‘ ΝΙΝ , ᾽ ’ ω 
νιεὺς ἐγὼ Βάταλος Οἰνομάου τοῦ Κοθωκίδου σου 
, ΜΝ ἃ > ’ ’ ‘ / > 
πλείονος ἄξιος ὧν ἐφάνην τῇ πατρίδι. Σὺ μέν ye οὐδὲν 
> - , 3 > 4 ‘ , ΄ a" 
οὐδαμοῦ χρήσιμος ἦσθα" ἐγὼ δὲ πάντα ὅσα προσῆκε 
a > Ν ’ »ν 
τὸν ἀγαθὸν πολίτην ἔπραττον. 


Aéye τὸ ψήφισμα. 


ΨΗΦΙΣΜΑ ΔΗΜΟΣΘΕΝΟΥΣ, 


Ἐπὶ ἄρχοντος Ναυσικλέους, φυλῆς πρυτανευούσης Αἰαντίδος, Σκι- 
ροφοοιῶνος ἕκτῃ ἐπὶ δέκα, Δημοσθένης Δημοσθένους Παιανιεὺς εἶπεν " 


᾿Επειδὴ Φίλιππος ὁ Μακεδόνων βασιλεὺς ἔν τε τῷ παρεληλυθότι χρόνῳ φ68ς 


παραβαίνων φαίνεται τὰς γεγενημένας αὑτῷ συνθήκας πρὸς τὸν ᾿Αθη- 
ναίων δῆμον περὶ τῆς εἰρήνης, ὑπεριδὼν τοὺς ὅρκους καὶ τὰ παρὰ 
~ o “ ᾿ ~~ 
πᾶσι τοῖς" Ἕλλησι νομιζόμενα εἶναι δίκαια, καὶ πόλεις παραιρεῖται 
γῶν" LAB e ‘ ‘ i. , » ᾿ 
οὐδὲν αὑτῷ προσηκούσας, τινὰς δὲ καὶ ᾿Αθηναίων οὔσας δοριαλώτους 
, ὑδὲ ὃ 6. ‘ ΄ ὸ “- δή = 9% , μ᾿ ΄- 
πεποίηκεν οὐδὲν προαδικηθεὶς ὑπὸ τοῦ δήμου τοῦ ᾿Αθηναίων, ἕν τε τῷ 


TIEPI TOY STE@PAN OY. 61 


παρόντι ἐπὶ πολὺ προάγει τῇ ὠμότητι" καὶ γὰρ Ἑλληνίδας πόλεις 182 


ἃς μὲν ἐμφρούρους ποιεῖ καὶ τὰς πολιτείας καταλύει, τινὰς δὲ καὶ 
ἐξανδραποδιζόμενος κατασκάπτει, εἰς ἐνίας δὲ καὶ ἀντὶ Ἑλλήνων βαρ- 
βάρους κατοικίζει ἐπὶ τὰ ἱερὰ καὶ τοὺς τάφους ἐπάγων, οὐδὲν ἀλλό- 
τριον ποιῶν οὔτε τῆς ἑαυτοῦ πατρίδος οὔτε τοῦ τρόπου, καὶ τῇ νῦν 
αὑτῷ παρούσῃ τύχῃ κατακόρως χρώμενος, ἐπιλελησμένος ἑαυτοῦ ὅτι 
ἐκ μικροῦ καὶ τοῦ τυχόντος γέγονεν ἀνελπίστως μέγας. — Καὶ ἕως 
μὲν πόλεις ἑώρα παραιρούμενον αὐτὸν βαρβάρους καὶ ἰδίας, ὑπελάμ- 
βανεν ἔλαττον εἶναι ὁ δῆμος ὁ ᾿Αθηναίων τὸ εἰς αὑτὸν πλημμελεῖσθαι" 
νῦν δὲ ὁρῶν Ἑλληνίδας πόλεις τὰς μὲν ὑβριζομένας, τὰς δὲ ἀναστά- 
τους γιγνομένας, δεινὸν ἡγεῖται εἶναι καὶ ἀνάξιον τῆς τῶν προγόνων 
δόξης τὸ περιορᾶν τοὺς Ἕλληνας καταδουλουμένους. Διὸ δέδοκται 
τῇ βουλῇ καὶ τῷ δήμῳ τῷ ᾿Αθηναίων, εὐξαμένους καὶ θύσαντας τοῖς 
θεοῖς καὶ ἥρωσι τοῖς κατέχουσι τὴν πόλιν καὶ τὴν χώραν τὴν ᾿Αθη- 
ναίων, καὶ ἐνθυμηθέντας τῆς τῶν προγόνων ἀρετῆς (διότι περὶ πλείο- 


190 vos ἐποιοῦντο τὴν τῶν Ἑλλήνων ἐλευθερίαν διατηρεῖν ἢ τὴν ἰδίαν 


πατρίδα), διακοσίας vais καθέλκειν εἰς τὴν θάλατταν καὶ τὸν ναύαρχον 
ἀναπλεῖν ἐντὸς Πυλῶν, καὶ τὸν στρατηγὸν καὶ τὸν ἵππαρχον τὰς πεζὰς 
καὶ τὰς ἱππικὰς δυνάμεις ᾿Ελευσῖνάδε ἐξάγειν + πέμψαι δὲ καὶ πρέ- 
σβεις πρὸς τοὺς ἄλλους Ἕλληνας, πρῶτον δὲ πάντων πρὸς Θηβαίους 
διὰ τὸ ἐγγυτάτω εἶναι τὸν Φίλιππον τῆς ἐκείνων χώρας, παρακαλεῖν 
δὲ αὐτοὺς μηδὲν καταπλαγέντας τὸν Φίλιππον ἀντέχεσθαι τῆς ἑαυτῶν 
καὶ τῆς τῶν ἄλλων Ἑλλήνων ἐλευθερίας . καὶ ὅτι ὁ ᾿Αθηναίων δῆμος, 
οὐδὲν μνησικακῶν εἴ τι πρότερον γέγονεν. ἀλλότριον ταῖς πόλεσι πρὸς 
ἀλλήλας, βοηθήσει καὶ δυνάμεσι καὶ χρήμασι καὶ βέλεσι καὶ ὅπλοις, 
εἰδὼς ὅτι αὐτοῖς μὲν πρὸς ἀλλήλους διαμφισβητεῖν περὶ τῆς ἥγεμο- 
νίας οὖσιν Ἕλλησι καλόν, ὑπὸ δὲ ἀλλοφύλου ἀνθρώπου ἄρχεσθαι καὶ 
τῆς ἡγεμονίας ἀποστερεῖσθαι ἀνάξιον εἶναι καὶ τῆς τῶν Ἑλλήνων 
δόξης καὶ τῆς τῶν προγόνων ἀρετῆς. "Ἔτι δὲ οὐδὲ ἀλλότριον ἡ ἡγεῖται 
εἶναι ὁ ᾿Αθηναίων δῆμος" τὸν Θηβαίων δῆμον οὔτε τῇ συγγενείᾳ οὔτε 
τῷ ὁμοφύλῳ. ᾿Αναμιμνήσκεται δὲ καὶ τὰς τῶν προγόνων τῶν ἑαυτοῦ 
εἰς τοὺς Θηβαίων προγόνους εὐεργεσίας " καὶ γὰρ τοὺς Ἡρακλέους 
παῖδας ἀποστερουμέδους ὑπὸ Πελοποννησίων τῆς πατρῴας ἀρχῆς 
κατήγαγον, τοῖς ὅπλοις κρατήσαντες τοὺς ἀντιβαίνειν πειρωμένους τοῖς 
Ἡρακλέους ἐγγόνοις, καὶ τὸν Οἰδίπουν καὶ τοὺς μετ᾽ ἐκείνου ἐκπε- 
σόντας ὑπεδεξάμεθα, καὶ ἕτερα πολλὰ ἡμῖν ὑπάρχει φιλάνθρωπα καὶ 
ἔνδοξα πρὸς Θηβαίους. Διόπερ οὐδὲ νῦν ἀποστήσεται ὁ ᾿Αθηναίων 
δῆμος τῶν Θηβαίοις τε καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις Ἕλλησι συμφερόντων. Συν- 
θέσθαι δὲ πρὸς αὐτοὺς καὶ συμμαχίαν καὶ ἐπιγαμίαν ποιήσασθαι καὶ 
ὅρκους δοῦναι καὶ λαβεῖν. --- Πρέσβεις Δημοσθένης Δημοσθένους 
Παιανιεύς, Ὑπερίδης Κλεάνδρου Σφήττιος, Μνησιθείδης ᾿Αντιφάνους 
Φρεάῤῥιος, Δημοκράτης Σωφίλου Φλυεύς, Κάλλαισχρος Διοτίμου 
Κοθωκίδης. 


6 











62 AHMOZSOENOY?2 


ed a 4 ’ ιν , , ‘ a 
Αὕτη τῶν περὶ OnBas ἐγίγνετο πραγμάτων ἀρχῇ καὶ 
κατάστασις πρώτη, τὰ πρὸ τούτων εἰς per καὶ μῖσος 
καὶ ἀπιστίαν τῶν πόλεων ὑπηγμένων ὑπὸ τούτων. 
Τοῦτο τὸ ψήφισμα τὸν τότε τῇ πόλει περιστάντα κίνδυ- 
νον παρελθεῖν ἐποίησεν ὥσπερ νέφος. ἮΝν μὲν τοίνυν 
“ / / , » a 
τοῦ δικαίου πολίτου τότε δεῖξαι πασιν, εἴ τι τούτων 
‘ a > A ε ‘ ’ 
199 εἶχεν ἄμεινον, μὴ νῦν ἐπιτιμᾶν. Ο γὰρ σύμβουλος 


> 
καὶ ὁ συκοφάντης, οὐδὲ τῶν ἄλλων οὐδὲν ἐοικότες, ἐν 


τούτῳ πλεῖστον ἀλλήλων διαφέρουσιν" ὁ μέν γε πρὸ 
τῶν πραγμάτων γνώμην ἀποφαίνεται, καὶ δίδωσιν αὑτὸν 
ὑπεύθυνον τοῖς πεισθεῖσι, τῇ τύχη, τοῖς καιροῖς, τῷ 
βουλομένῳ " 6 δὲ συγήσας ἡνίκ᾽ ἔδει λέγειν, ἄν τι δύσκο- 
a A ’ 9 * > ef 

190 λον συμβῇ, τοῦτο βασκαίνει. Hy μὲν οὖν, ὅπερ εἶπον, 
3 a € “ “Ὁ / > Ν al , 

ἐκεῖνας 6 καιρὸς τοῦ γε φροντίζοντος ἀνδρὸς τῆς πόλεως 

Ν “Ὁ / / “ἊΝ Ν 4 ¢ ® 
καὶ τῶν δικαίων λόγων" ἐγὼ δὲ τοσαύτην ὑπερβολὴν 
a Ψ “A a ¥ ὃ ».» ’ > A of. 

ποιοῦμαι ὥστε ἂν νὺν EXD TUS εἴξαί τι βέλτιον, ἢ ὅλως 
¥ 7 A Ν φ “ὮΝ ’ὔ > = 

εἴ τι ἄλλο ἐνῆν πλὴν ὧν eyo προείλομην, ἀδικεῖν ὁμο- 

A > ‘ ¥ 7 a e7 A , 
λογῶ. Εἰ yap ἔσθ᾽ ὃ τι τις νὺν ewpaer, ὃ συνήνεγκεν 
»Ἥ Fs s a 

ἂν τότε πραχθέν, τοῦτ᾽ ἐγὼ ἣν: δεῖν ἐμὲ μὴ λαθεῖν. 
Εἰ δὲ μήτ᾽ ἔστι μήτε ἦν μήτ᾽ ἂν εἰπεῖν ἔχοι μηδεὶς 
μηδέπω καὶ τήμερον, τί τὸν ΜΕΤ ΣΝ, ἐδ ἐχρῆν ποιεῖν ; 
Οὐ τῶν φαινομένων καὶ ἐνόντων τὰ κράτιστα ἑλέσθαι ; 
ιϑ Τοῦτο τοίνυν ἐποίησα ἐγώ, τοῦ κήρυκος paren 
Αἰσχίνη, τίς ἀγορεύειν βούλεται, οὐ, τίς αἰτιᾶ- 
σθαι περὶ τῶν παρεληλυθότων, οὐδὲ τίς sa 
ἄσθαι τὰ μέλλοντ᾽ ἔσεσθαι. Σοῦ δ᾽ ἀφώνου κατ᾽ 


> ’ ‘ , > “ > 
ἐκείνους τους χρόνους ἐν ταῖς ἐκκλησίαις καθημένου, 


ΠΕΡῚ TOY STE@ANOY. 63 


. ‘ ¥. 3 
ὡ παριω ἡ δ᾽ οὐ τό 
ey prov ἔλεγον. Επειδὴ δ᾽ ov τότε, ἀλλὰ νῦν 


- 5 / a ’ oe b > A 
δείξον, εἰπε τίς ἢ λόγος, ὅντιν᾽ ἐχρῆν εὑρεῖν, ἢ καιρὸς 


συμφέρων ὑπ᾽ ἐμοῦ παρελείφθη τῇ πόλει; Τίς δὲ 
συμμαχία, τίς πρᾶξις, ἐφ᾽ ἣν μᾶλλον ἔδει με ἀγαγεῖν 
τουτουσί; 

᾿Αλλὰ μὴν τὸ μὲν παρεληλυθὸς ἀεὶ παρὰ πᾶσιν 198 
ἀφεῖται, καὶ οὐδεὶς περὶ τούτου προτίθησιν οὐδαμοῦ 
βουλήν " τὸ δὲ μέλλον ἢ τὸ παρὸν τὴν τοῦ συμβούλου 
τάξιν ἀπαιτεῖ. Τότε τοίνυν τὰ μὲν ἤμελλεν, ὡς ἐδόκει, 
τῶν δεινῶν, τὰ δ᾽ ἤδη παρῆν, ἐν οἷς τὴν προαίρεσίν μου 
σκόπει τῆς πολιτείας, μὴ τὰ συμβάντα συκοφάντει. 
Τὸ μὲν γὰρ πέρας ὡς ἂν ὁ δαίμων βουληθῇ πάντων 
γίγνεται, ἡ δὲ προαίρεσις αὐτὴ τὴν τοῦ συμβούλου 
διάνοιαν δηλοῖ. Μὴ δὴ τοῦτο ὡς ἀδίκημα ἐμὸν Ons, εἰ 193 
κρατῆσαι συνέβη Φιλίππῳ τῇ μάχη" ἐν γὰρ τῷ θεῷ τὸ 
τούτου τέλος ἦν, οὐκ ἐν ἐμοί" ἀλλ᾽ ὡς οὐχ χρό θδς 
ἐνῆν κατ᾽ ἀνθρώπινον λογισμὸν εἱλόμην, καὶ δικαίως 
ταῦτα καὶ ἐπιμελῶς ἔπραξα καὶ φιλοπόνως ὑπὲρ δύνα- 
μιν, ἢ ὡς οὐ καλὰ καὶ τῆς πόλεως ἄξια πρώγματα 
ἐνεστησάμην καὶ ἀναγκαῖα, ταῦτά μοι δεῖξον, καὶ τότ᾽ 
ἤδη κατηγόρει pov. Εἰ δ᾽ ὁ συμβὰς σκηπτὸς [ἢ χει- 194 


‘ ‘ , ae. 3 ᾿ A 
μων] μὴ μόνον ἡμῶν, ἀλλὰ καὶ πάντων τῶν ἄλλων 


3 , / / / vad 
2 Ελλήνων μείζων γέγονε, τί χρὴ ποίειν ; “Ὥσπερ ἂν 


¥ ΄ 
€ , > 
t τις ναύκληρον πάντ᾽ ἐπὶ σωτηρίᾳ πράξαντα καὶ πᾶσι 
/ Ν a > 
κατασκευάσαντα τὸ πλοῖον ad ὧν ὑπελάμβανε σωθή- 
3 a 
σ ; 
εσθαι, εἶτα χειμῶνι χρησάμενον καὶ πονησώντων αὐτῷ 


τῶν an aA A ’ a 
σκεύων ἢ Καὶ σ υντριβέντων ὅλως, Τῆς ναυαγίας 














95 


196 


αἰτιῷτο. ΜΝ 
ἂν ον οὐδ᾽ ἐστρατήγουν ἐγώ), οὔτε τῆς TUX 


a A 
197 ἐγὼ σου; 


AHMOZSOENOY? 


᾿ οὔτ᾽ ἐ [ ὴν ναῦν, φήσειεν 
"AXN οὔτ᾽ ἐεκυβέρνων TH 


κύριος ἣν, ἀλλ᾽ ἐκείνη τῶν πάντων. 
. Lov 
Arr ἐκεῖνο λογίζου καὶ ὅρα εἰ μετὰ Θηβαί 

Ἵ τί ν 

ἡμῖν ἀγωνιζομένοις οὕτως εἴμαρτο πρᾶξαι, χρῆν 

τ i € τού ἔσχομεν συμμάχους, ἀλλα 
ποοσδοκᾶν, εἰ μηδὲ τούτους ἐσχομ 

Φιλίππῳ ew ὑπὲρ οὗ TOT 


᾿᾽Αττι- 
ἀφῆκε φωνάς ; καὶ εἰ νῦν τριῶν ἡμερῶν ἀπὸ τῆς 


ἸῸΝ τοσοῦτος κίνδυνος καὶ 


ΓΟ , 
EKELVOS Tacas 


κῆς ὁδὸν τῆς μάχης i 
— περιέστη τὴν πόλιν, τί ἂν, εἴ που τῆς χώρ 


4 > 
A 
ταὐτὸ τοῦτο πάθος συνέβη, προσδοκῆσαι χρῆν ; ρ 


εῦσαι 
ὅτι νῦν μὲν στῆναι, συνελθεῖν, ἀναπν : 


οἷσθ᾽ ' 
εἷς ἔδοσαν τῶν εἰς 


πολλὰ μία ἡμέρα καὶ δύο καὶ τρ 
dre: τότε δ᾽ --- οὐκ ἄξιον εἰπεῖν ἅ γε 


π 
saci PE ροβαλέσθαι 


μηδὲ πεῖραν ἔδωκε θεῶν τινὸς εὔνοια καὶ τὸ π 
ορεῖς. 
τὴν πόλιν ταύτην τὴν συμμαχίαν, ἧς σὺ κατηγορ 


Ἔστι δὲ ταυτὶ πάντα μοι τὰ πολλὰ πρὸς ὑμᾶς, 


θεν καὶ 
περιεστηκότας ἔξω 
ἄνδρες δικασταί, καὶ τοὺς περ 


ὃν κατάπτ voTOV 
ἐπεὶ πρός γε τοῦτον T 


ἀεροωμένονν; " 
βραχὺς καὶ σαφὴς ἐξήρκει λόγος. Εἰ μὲν γὰρ ἦν σ 
πρόδηλα τὰ μέλλοντα, Αἰσχίνη, ages τῶν ἄλλων, ὅτ᾽ 


ἔδει προλέγειν. 
ἐβουλεύεθ᾽ ἡ πόλις περὶ τούτων, TOT ponrey 


Εἰ δὲ μὴ mpopterr τῆς αὐτῆς ἀγνοία ὑπεύθυνος εἷ τοῖς 


ἄλλοις" ὥστε τί μᾶλλον ἐμοῦ σὺ ταῦτα κατηγορεῖς ἢ om 
ᾶ 


Τοσοῦτον 1p ἀμείνων ἐγὼ σοῦ πολίτης 
Ν Ν Ν 7 
ὡν 

γέγονα εἰς αὐτὰ ταῦθ᾽ ἃ λόγο (καὶ οὕπω περὶ τ 


ἄλλων διαλέγομαι), ὅσον ἐγὼ μὲν ἔδωκα ἐμαυτὸν εἰς τὰ 


TEPI TOY STE@ANOY. 65 


a a , > / / ᾽ , εἰ 
πᾶσι δοκοῦντα συμφέρειν, οὐδένα κίνδυνον ὀκνήσας ἴδιον 
, es 24) of Ξ 
οὐδ᾽ ὑπολογισώμενος, σὺ δὲ οὔθ ἕτερα εἶπες βελτίω 
ἤ ᾽ Ν A , > a ¥ 3 .] - 
τούτων (οὐ γὰρ ἂν τούτοις ἐχρῶντο), οὔτ᾽ εἰς ταῦτα 
, Ia’ ‘ / Ψ > ἃ e / 
χρήσιμον οὐδὲν σαυτὸν παρέσχες, ὅπερ δ᾽ ἂν ὁ φαυλό- 
Ν / 4 a }. a 
TaTos καὶ δυσμενέστατος ἄνθρωπος τῇ πόλει, τοῦτο 
Ν “Φ,ὰᾺ “ A 3», ἢ Ν ῳΨ ᾽ / 
πεποιηκὼς ἐπί τοῖς συμβᾶσιν εξήτασαι " καὶ ἅμα Api- 
3 ’ . > Λ > , ε , 
otpatos ev Νάξῳ καὶ ᾿Αριστόλεως ἐν Θάσῳ, οἱ καθαπαξ 
, Ν A Λ ‘ » / / A 
ἐχθροὶ τῆς πόλεως, τοὺς ᾿Αθηναίων κρίνουσι φίλους, καὶ 
> , ν / / 6 / 
Αθηνησιν Αἰσχίνης Δημοσθένους Κατηγορει. ΚΚαίτοι iss 
faa ‘ ~ « ’ 3 ’ > ω > , 
ory Ta τῶν Ελλήνων ἀτυχήματα ἐνευδοκιμεῖν améxecro, 
> , a @ > , 4a a 
ἀπολωλέναι μᾶλλον οὗτός ἐστι δίκαιος ἢ κατηγορεῖν 
ΝΠ “ΙΝ / e > A A κ 
ἑτέρου" καὶ ὅτῳ συνενηνόχασιν οἱ αὐτοὶ καιροὶ καὶ τοῖς 
~ Λ " - > ¥ ~ ΕΣ 4 = 
τῆς πόλεως ἐχθροῖς, οὐκ ἕνι τοῦτον εὔνουν εἶναι τῇ 
ἢ a ‘ 4. δὼ ὦ a \ a N 
πατριδι. 4ηλοῖς δὲ καὶ ἐξ ὧν ths καὶ ποιεῖς καὶ πολι- 
’ 4 Λ > 4 dl ’ a ea 
Τευῃ καὶ πάλιν ov πολιτεύῃ. TIparterai τι τῶν ὑμῖν 
’ td ¥ > / 
δοκούντων συμφέρειν " ἄφωνος Δισχίνης. 


τι καὶ γέγονεν οἷον οὐκ ἔδει ° πάρεστιν Αἰσχίνης. 


3 , , 
Avrexpouce 


“Ὥσπερ τὰ ῥήγματα καὶ τὰ σπάσματα, ὅταν τι κακὺν 
τὸ σῶμα λάβη, τότε κινεῖται. 

᾿Επειδὴ δὲ πολὺς τοῖς συμβεβηκόσιν ἔγκειται, Bov- 19° 
λομαΐ τι καὶ παράδοξον εἰπεῖν. Καί μου, πρὸς Διὸς 
καὶ θεῶν, μηδεὶς τὴν ὑπερβολὴν θαυμάση, ἀλλὰ μετ᾽ 
εὐνοίας ὃ λέγω θεωρησάτω. Εἰ γὰρ ἦν ἅπασι πρόδηλα 
τὰ μέλλοντα γενήσεσθαι, καὶ προήδεσαν πάντες, καὶ 


σὺ προὔλεγες, Αἰσχίνη, καὶ διεμαρτύρου βοῶν καὶ κε- 


5ὸ κραγώς, ὃς οὐδ᾽ ἐφθέγξω, οὐδ᾽ οὕτως ἀποστατέον τῇ 


πόλει τούτων ἦν, εἴπερ ἢ δόξης ἢ προγόνων ἢ τοῦ 
6 . 








TIEPI TOY STE@ANOY. 67 
66 AHMOZSOENOY2 


4 ay? φΨ 4 4 , “ , 
ee ‘ ety 96 Καὶ ταῦθ᾽ οὕτω σεμνὰ καὶ προσήκοντα τοῖς ὑμετέ- 204 
Νῦν μέν γε ἀποτυχ 


“κα 9 4 ov. Ν “. ἃ ς , δι: ὦ « Ν a 
200 μέλλοντος αιωνος εἴχε ταν aie ρ ποις, ροις ἤθεσιν ὑμεῖς ὑπολαμβάνετ᾽ εἶναι, ὥστε καὶ τῶν 
, ασι κοινὸν €o 
Py al ατῶν, Oo Tact 
δοκεῖ τῶν πραγμ 


, ‘ an , Λ > > a 
oa 
a μι 2 ξιοῦσα προεστάναι προγόνων τοὺς tavTa πράξαντας μαλιστ ἐπαινεῖτε 
Ψ ᾧ θεῷ ταῦτα δοκῇ" τότε ὃ ὦ εἰκότως. Τίς γὰρ οὐκ ἂν ἀγάσαιτο τῶν ἀνδρῶν ἐκείνων 
ὅταν τῳ ὕες οὐδ -  eovrov, Φιλίππῳ προδεδω- : γὰρ γΎ Pp 
των ἄλλων, εἰτ 
, a Ν ἱτίαν. ἰ , ᾽ ‘ , ᾽ , \ a oo’ 
κέναι πάντας ἂν ἐσχεν αἱ 4, a? οὖν ὑπέμειναν ὑπέμειναν εἰς τὰς τριήρεις ἐμβάντες ὑπερ τοῦ μὴ τὸ 
, ο 
, ν = DE] κίνδυνον ὄντιν οὐχ ’ ‘ ‘ a , 
ἀκονιτί, περὶ ὧν οὐδένα : 5. δ yap κελευόμενον ποιῆσαι, τὸν μὲν ταῦτα συμβουλεύσαντα 
ὶ κατέπτυσεν ἂν σὸν; 7 s ‘ 4. ἢ ‘ ae , 
x ‘at δ᾽ ὀφθαλμοῖς πρὺς Θεμιστοκλέα στρατηγὸν ἑλόμενοι, τὸν δ᾽ ὑπακούειν 
Τισι οφύαλμ ᾿ 


> / a b / 
; _ ᾿. φ . ἀποφηνάμενον TOU ἐπιταττομένοις Κυρσίλον καταλι- 
a 
av pot 
nv πολιν 


a > A A Ἢ . ’ - ‘ : 5 
. . τῆς ἀρετῆς, Ob καὶ τὴν χώραν καὶ τὴν πόλιν ἐκλιπεῖν 
Εἰ γὰρ ταῦτα προεῖτο ρετῆ ἣν χώρ S 


. , | 
of πρόγονοι, τίς οὐ 
᾽ > ΕΝ 
‘ . 
201 τῆς πόλεως γέ; pnd ἐμοῦ 
Ν 9 
Δὼς ἑωρῶμεν ἂν τοὺς εἰς τ 
Ψ 
ὰ μὲ Ἵ ᾿ εἰς Or ᾿ 
pti πρός Sean μον ἑπάντων, τὸν δ᾽ ὑμέτεραι τὴν γυναῖκα αὐτοῦ. Οὐ γὰρ ἐζήτουν οἱ τότ᾽ 90ς 
ee ee ae posegtentier ἡμῶ | ᾿Αθηναῖοι οὔτε ῥήτορα οὔτε στρατηγὸν δι’ ὅτου δουλεύ- 
ἡγεμὼν 9 or ἀγῶνα ἕτεροι χωρὶς ἡμῶν Ἶ ἢ € ῥήτορ silt 
ὑπὲ Ὁ μὴ γενέσθαι ταῦτ 4 
ὑπὲρ τοῦ μὴ Ὑ 


᾿ > a Ar’ de ~ 9a/ > ‘ > ὅλ, 
ae δεπώποτε τῆς πόλεως : σουσιν €vTuxws, ἀλλ, οὐδὲ ξζὴν ἠξίουν εἰ μὴ per ἐλευ- 
καὶ ταῦτα μηθεπ 


, > ’ “ >. ‘ ‘ e a e 
. , 4 θώσαντες, ov μόνον αὐτόν, ἀλλὰ καὶ αἱ γυναῖκες αἱ 
ep νυνὶ TEPLETTN, 


, . 
ἦσαν πεποιημένοι 








A an ae 
, ἰσφάλειαν ἄδοξον μᾶλλον ἢ [ θερίας ἐξέσται τοῦτο ποιεῖν. ᾿Ἡγεῖτο γὰρ αὐτῶν ἕκα- 
θε χρόνοις ἀσφᾶλε | 


ee i. a 4 4 - A / “ 
ἐν τοῖς ἐμπροσ ἡ Τίς γὰρ δὰ 7 στος οὐχί τῷ πατρὶ καὶ TH μητρὶ μόνον γεγενῆσθαι, 
a / Ss. 
‘ a υνον Ὠρημενη 2 - , ΒΕ, “ ‘ 
22 τὸν ὑπὲρ τῶν καλὼν κινδ ; δὰ ᾿ + παρὰ Θη- ἀλλὰ καὶ τῇ πατρίδι. Διαφέρει δὲ τί; Ὅτι ὃ μεν 
, ΄ς δὲ BapBapwv, οτι Kab 7 " se P " - Ξ oe 
οἷδεν Ἑλλήνων, tis δὲ βαρ B Ρ brepov ἰσχυρῶν ἱ τοὺς γονευσι μόνον γεγενῆσθαι νομίζων τὸν τῆς εἷμαρ- 
a OT 
‘ a €TL τούτων TP , et , ‘ ‘ 
βαίων Kat παρὰ τῶν saat Μονῶν ων" β μένης καὶ τὸν αὐτόματον θάνατον περιμένει, ὁ δὲ καὶ 
; A dat ονίων καὶ παρα του ἐρσῶ ’ “ , "“,, 4 n ‘ 4 > a 4 
γενομένων Aaxcoatp εὖ ἃ, er eee τὸ | Τῇ πατρίδι ὑπερ τοῦ μὴ ταύτην ἐπιδεῖν δουλεύουσαν 
> ολλῆς χάριτος τοῦτ ἂν ασμε i ‘ > , ᾽ , ‘ , ¢ -τῷ Ν 
λεως μετὰ π . κα λα ἀποθνήσκειν ἐθελήσει, καὶ φοβερωτέρας ἡγήσεται τὰς 
, son καὶ TA EAUTNS ἐχουσῃ 
πόλει, 8 τι βούλεται λαβουσῃ 
? 


vB 1 4 ‘ ? 1 ti A ? ὃ 4 a / 4 
- % Sa: "γ᾽ ν τῶν Ἑλλήνων προε- υ Pe $ Kat 17 as aT μ ας, ας εν ουλευούσῃ TH WOKE 
, at €av eTEpO 

ενον “ποίειν K 
κέλευομ 


/ > , ᾿ i 
a ee Se ἐρειν ἂν τοῦ θανάτου. 
Ἵ > Arr? οὐκ ἦν ταῦθ᾽, ὡς ἔοικε, τοῖς TOT Αθη φέρ ἄγκη, 
ο 
m3 στάναι. 


, 4 , . ὦ ὼ - ; κ᾿ > ¥ Δ» 
τρία . : 
ναίοις TWATP : »δεὶς ἐκ παντὸς τοῦ χρόνου πεῖσαι ἢ προήγαγον ὑμᾶς ἄξια τῶν προγόνων φρονεῖν, οὐκ ἔσθ 
, be ALY ovoEs € v1 ( 
“πώποτε τὴν πὸ 


θεμέ ὅστις οὐκ ἂν εἰκότως ἐπιτιμήσειέ μοι. Νῦν δ᾽ ἀνὰ μὰ 
& πρά οσθεμένην | : 
δίκαια δὲ πράττουσι προσϑεμενη 


᾽ A / a? 5 ’ ’ e Ε Pc 
207 9m 0 Et μὲν τοίνυν τοῦτ᾽ ἐπεχείρουν λέγειν, ὡς ἄρα ἐγὼ 206 
ina. » ν eae ἔμφυτα, ovo ἠδυνὴ | 
οὐδ᾽ ἀνεκτὰ ov 


> , f 7 ε ͵ Ν , ἢ + , 4 , 
- ουσι μὲν μὴ 3 
τοις LoXU μ "ὦ ἡγωνιζομέ περὶ πρωτείων ὑμετέρας τας τοιαῦτας προαιρέσεις ἀποφαίνω, καὶ δεί 
᾽ ας δουλεύειν, α @ 
ἀσφαλως 


᾿ ἀεὶ o . . 2 a a> 9 . ‘ é ς om 

5 δόξ δυνεύουσα πάντα τὸν αἰῶνα κνυμι OTL καὶ πρὸ ἐμοῦ TOUT εἶχε τὸ φρόνημα ἡ πόλιες, 
᾿ . ὶ δόξης κιν 

καὶ τιμῆς Κα 


διατετέλεκεν. 























68 AHMOSOENOYS 


δ᾽ / A oo ee - , 
τῆς μέντοι διακονίας τῆς ep ἑκάστοις τῶν πεπραγμένων 


φ x al e. iM 
207 καὶ ἐμαυτῷ μετεῖναί φημι" οὗτος δὲ τὼν ὅλων κατήγο- 297 


ρῶν, κελεύων ὑμᾶς ἐμοὶ πικρῶς ἣν ὡς φόβων καὶ 
κινδύνων αἰτίῳ τῇ πόλει, τῆς μὲν εἰς τὸ παρὸν τιμῆς 
ἐμὲ ἀποστερῆσαι γλίχεται, τὰ δ᾽ εἰς ἅπαντα τὸν λοιπὸν 
χρόνον “ere ὑμῶν ἀφαιρεῖται. Εἰ γὰρ ὡς οὐ τὰ 
βέλτιστα ἐμοῦ πολιτευσαμένου τουδὲ καταψηφιεῖσθε, 
ἡμαρτηκέναι δόξετε, οὐ τῇ τῆς τύχης ayrmponiny τὰ 
203 συμβάντα παθεῖν. "AX οὐκ ἔστιν, οὐκ ἔστιν ὅπως 
ἡμάρτετε, ἄνδρες ᾿Αθηναῖοι, τὸν ὑπὲρ τῆς ἁπάντων 
ἐλευθερίας καὶ σωτηρίας κίνδυνον cea pa TOUS 
Μαραθῶνι προκινδυνεύσαντας τῶν mpeyiver καὶ τοὺς 
ἐν Πλαταιαῖς παραταξαμένου: καὶ τοὺς ἐν Σαλαμῖνι 
νευμοχήσαστοι καὶ τοὺς em Αρτεμισίῳ καὶ πολλοὺς 
ἑτέρους τοὺς ἐν τοῖς δημοσίοις μνήμασι κειμένους ἀγα- 
θοὺς ἄνδρας, οὗς ἅπαντας ὁμοίως ἡ πόλις τῆς αὐτῆς 
ἀξιώσασα τιμῆς ἔθαψεν, Αἰσχίνη, οὐχὶ τοὺς κατορθώ- 
σαντας αὐτῶν οὐδὲ τοὺς κρατήσαντας μόνους. Δικαίως" 
ὃ μὲν γὰρ ἦν ἀγαθῶν ἀνδρῶν ἔργον, ἅπασι ἜΣ 
τῇ τύχη δ᾽, ἣν ὁ δαίμων ἔνειμεν ἑκάστοις, ταύτῃ κέ- 
χρήνται. 
wo Ἔπειτ᾽, ὦ κατάρατε καὶ Ἰρυμρονύψαν, σὺ μὲν τῆς 
παρὰ τουτωνὶ τιμῆς καὶ suns canes ἔμ᾽ ἀποστεῤῆσαι 
βουλόμενος, τρόπαια καὶ μάχας καὶ παλαιὰ ἔργα ἔλεγες, 
ὧν τίνος μβδφι ὁ παρὼν ἀγὼν οὑτοσί; ἜΕμὲ δέ, 
ὦ τριταγωνιστά, τὸν περὶ τῶν πὴ σύμβουλον τῇ 


πόλει παριόντα τὸ τίνος φρόνημά λαβόντ᾽ ἀναβαίνειν 


ΠΈΡΙ ΤΟΥ STE@®ANOY. 69 


> «A ‘ a? r+ Tt A 4 9 , 3 a 
ἐπὶ τὸ βὴμ ede; 0 τοῦ τούτων ἀνάξια εροῦντος ; 


/ , A > / > . Ind e “a ΝΜ 
Δικαίως μέντὰν ἀπέθανον. ᾿Επεὶ οὐδ᾽ ὑμᾶς, ἄνδρες 26 
ρ 


a > A a > a a 
» ᾿Αθηναῖοι, ἀπὸ τῆς αὐτῆς διανοίας δεῖ τάς τε ἰδίας δίκας 


4 ‘ / / 3 A Ν ‘ a e / 
καὶ τὰς δημοσίας κρίνειν, ἀλλὰ τὰ μὲν τοῦ καθ ἡμέραν 

/ Λ >; 8, a“ a7 ’ ἢ, ae 
βίου συμβόλαια ἐπὶ τῶν ἰδίων νόμων καὶ ἔργων σκο 

Ὁ ‘ ‘ ‘ ’ 5 Ν lal ’ 
ποῦντας, τὰς δὲ κοινὰς προαιρέσεις εἰς TA τῶν προγόνων 
᾽ , > , ᾿ , ¢ 
ἀξιώματα ἀποβλέποντας " Kat παραλαμβάνειν ye ἅμα 

a ; ‘ a , Ν ’ Ν a ’ 
τῇ βακτηρίᾳ καὶ τῷ συμβόλῳ τὸ φρόνημα τὸ τῆς πὸ- 


/ “ € val a ψΨ A ’ 
ews νομίζειν ἕκαστον ὑμῶν Sei, ὅταν τὰ δημοσια 


ν αὶ -» Ν ΝΜ > / , 5 
εἰσίητε κρινοῦντες, εἴπερ ἄξια ἐκείνων πράττειν οἴεσθε 
χρῆναι. 


> Ν ‘ 3 Ν ᾽ 4 / a ’ 
Αλλα yap ἐμπεσὼν εἰς TA πεπραγμενα τοὺς προγο- Al 


n ¥ A a’ , 5 U Ν nm 
yous ὑμῶν, ἔστιν ἃ τῶν ψηφισμάτων παρέβην καὶ τῶν 
/ 3 Φ ’ 3 An? %/ 
πραχθέντων. ᾿Επανελθεῖν οὖν ὁπόθεν ἐνταῦθ᾽ ἐξέβην 
Λ ε Ν 3 ’ »". τ Ν , 
βούλομαι. ‘As yap ἀφικόμεθ᾽ εἰς tas Θηβας, κατε- 
, , ᾿ Ν a Ν a ΜΝ. 
λαμβάνομεν Φιλίππου καὶ Θετταλῶν καὶ τῶν ἄλλων 
, ’ / Ν ‘ ‘ ¢e / 
συμμάχων παρόντας πρέσβεις, καὶ τοὺς μὲν ἡμετέρους 
> ’ ‘ > > / » “ > > 
φίλους ἐν φόβῳ, τοὺς δ᾽ ἐκείνου θρασεῖς. “Ori δ᾽ ov 
a a / Aa Ul “ 3 a / 
νῦν ταῦτα λέγω TOU συμφέροντος ἕνεκα ἐμαυτῳ, λέγε 
‘ >  - oe Oe 27% ε , 
μοι τὴν ἐπιστολὴν ἣν TOT ἐπέμψαμεν evOus οἱ πρέ- 
/ , > ς a / 
oBes. Καίτοι τοσαύτῃ y ὑπερβολῇ συκοφαντίας 2a 
@ / ef 3 > Ud a , > , 
οὗτος κέχρηται, ὥστ᾽ εἰ μέν τι τῶν δεόντων ἐπράχθη, 
Ν , > > ͵ Ν ~ a “. Φ 
τὸν καιρόν, οὐκ ἐμέ φησιν αἴτιον γεγενῆσθαι, τῶν δ᾽ ὡς 
΄ ’ , e 7 > *® 4 ‘ 3 x 4 
ἑτέρως συμβάντων amavTwv ewe καὶ THY ἐμὴν τύχην 
ν ὦ > ne ¥ ς , δ. oe 
αἰτίαν εἶναι" καὶ ws ἔοικεν, ὁ σύμβουλος καὶ ρητωρ 
be) a > Ν 4 / 
εγὼ τῶν μὲν ἐκ λόγου καὶ τοῦ βουλεύσασθαι πραχθέν- 


“ oO r 5 ᾽ “-“" 
των οὐδὲν αὐτῷ συναίτιος εἶναι δοκῶ, τῶν δ᾽ ἐν τοῖς 





AHMOZSOENOY? ΠΈΡΙ TOY STE*@ANOY. 


ὅπλοις καὶ κατὰ THY στρατηγίαν ἀτυχηθέντων μόνος . 
αἴτιος εἶναι. Πῶς ἂν ὠμότερος συκοφάντης γένοιτ᾽ ἢ AMTIOKPISIS ΘΗ ΒΆΣΙΝ. 215 


’ ’ ‘ > , 
T ; . a , ane con N , 
ors hope τὴν ἐπιστολὴν Mera ταῦτα τοίνυν ἐκάλουν ὑμᾶς καὶ μετεπέμποντο. 


Ἔξῇτε, ἐβοηθεῖτε, (ἵνα τάν μέσῳ παραλείπω) οὕτως 


ἘΠΙΣΤΟ ΛΗ. 


? / δ τ In / ef 3 Ν ‘al ε - ἐν “ 
οἰκείως ὑμᾶς ἐδέχοντο, ὥστ᾽, ἔξω THY ὁπλιτῶν καὶ τῶν 








3 Ν ’ > / hs 3 ’ A 
Επειδὴ τοίνυν ἐποιήσαντο τὴν ἐκκλησίαν, προσῆγον 290 


== 


t , Ν 3 ᾿ δον 1 ee ee Sd 6 Ἀ 
πεν OVTWY, εις TAS οἰκίας Καὶ TO αστυ EXET αι την 


> / ‘ Ν Ν Ν a , , 
b ‘ a a ‘ , 
ee ee διὰ τὸ τὴν τῶν συμμάχων τάξιν στρατιὰν ἐπὶ παῖδας καὶ γυναίκας καὶ τὰ τιμιωτατα. 


ἐκείνους ἔχειν. Καὶ παρελθόντες ἐδημηγόρουν, πολλὰ 


͵ “Ὁ » 5 κ᾿ 3 θ , ἫΝ i 
Καίτοι τρια εν EXELVI) Τῇ ἡμέρᾳ πασιν av ρωποῖς E€0EL 


x k ? , ἈΝ ,Ψ φ'΄. ἃ, 
- - A Λ A 4A 
μὲν Φίλιππον ἐγκωμιαζοντ ες, πολλὰ ὃ ὑμῶν κατηγο . fav ἐγκώμια Θηβαῖοι καθ᾽ ὑμῶν Ta κώλλιστα, ἕν μεν 


a "Ἢ 39 Ψ ’ , > / > , , ~ , 
ροῦντες, πάνθ᾽ ὅσα πώποτ᾽ ἐναντία ἐπράξατε Θηβαίοις ἀνδρίας, ἕτερον δὲ δικαιοσύνης, τρίτον δὲ σωφροσύνης. 
> , > ᾿] a ἷ" “ἢ - ‘ M 5: 
ἀναμιμνήσκοντες. Τὸ δ᾽ οὖν κεφαλαῖον, ἠξίουν ὧν μεν Καὶ γὰρ τὸν ἀγῶνα μᾶλλον μοθ᾽ ὑμῶν. 4 πρὸς ὑμᾶς 
9 , 4“ " , > re a 

’ s 
εὖ πεπόνθεσαν ὑπὸ Φιλίππου χάριν αὐτοὺς ἀποδοῦναι, ἑλόμενοι ποιήσασθαι, καὶ ἀμείνους εἶναι καὶ δικαιότερ 
ὧν δ᾽ ὑφ᾽ ὑμῶν ἠδίκηντο δίκην λαβεῖν ὁποτέρως βού- “4. ee ee , Ἀν ἃ ΡῈ ἘΞ ὙΜττ. 

μ»" Ὁ KN ? P ἀξιοῦν ὑμᾶς ἔκριναν Φιλίππου" καὶ τὰ Tap avo. καὶ 
λονται, ἢ διέντας αὑτοὺ ἐφ᾽ ὑμᾶς ἢ συνεμβαλόντα εἰ we >? , gee . . 
bares ν or. " os Tapa Tact δ᾽ ἐν πλείστῃ φυλακῇ, παῖδας καὶ γυναῖκας, 
ate , ds ) ε ” ? ‘ ° . an. 
τὴν ᾿Αττικήν. Kai ἐδείκνυσαν, ws movTo, ἐκ μὲν ὧν δ᾽ ὧν κὼ ἥσαντες, σωφροσύνης π lore περὶ ὑμῶν 
> Ν 4 a ~ > a , ‘ 
A κ , 
αὐτοὶ συνεβούλευον τὰ ἐκ τῆς Αττικῆς βοσκήματα Kat ἔχοντες ἔδειξαν. ᾿Εν οἷς πᾶσιν, ἄνδρες ᾿Αθηναῖοι, κατὰ 216 
> ’ % 9 > > ‘ > Ν ’ ad 
ἀνδράποδα καὶ τἄλλ᾽ ἀγαθὰ εἰς τὴν Βοιωτίαν ἥξοντα, γ᾽ υμὰς ὀρθῶς ἐφάνησαν ἐγνωκότες. Οὔτε γὰρ εἰς τὴν 
3 a > ~ > a“ / 
ἐκ δὲ ὧν ἡμᾶς ἐρεῖν ἔφασαν τὰ ev TH Βοιωτίᾳ διαρπα- 





»" Jat Ia 
πόλιν εἰσελθόντος τοῦ στρατοπέδου οὐδεὶς οὐδὲν οὐδὲ 


/ ei “ / i NE ‘ ‘ 
σθησόμενα ὑπὸ τοῦ πολέμου. Καὶ ἄλλα πολλὰ προς ἀδίκως ὑμῖν ἐνεκάλεσεν" οὕτω σώφρονας παρέσχετε 
o14 TOUTOLS, εἰς ταὐτὰ δὲ πάντα συντείνοντ᾽ ἔλεγον. “A ὃ ὑμᾶς αὐτούς " δίς τε συμπαραταξάμενοι τὰς πρώτας 
ἡμεῖς πρὸς ταῦτα ἀντείπομεν, τὰ μὲν καθ᾽ ἕκαστα ἐγὼ μάχας, τήν τ᾽ ἐπὶ τοῦ ποτα μοῦ καὶ τὴν χειμερινήν, acne 
μὲν ἀντὶ παντὸς ἂν τιμησαίμην εἰπεῖν τοῦ βίου, ὑμᾶς ἀμέμπτους μόνον ὑμᾶς αὐτούς, ἀλλὰ καὶ θαυμαστοὺς 
δὲ δέδοικα, μὴ παρεληλυθότων τῶν καιρῶν, ὥσπερ ἂν ἐδείξατε τῷ κόσμῳ, ταῖς παρασκευαῖς, τῇ προθυμίᾳ. 
εἰ κατακλυσμὸν γεγενῆσθαι τῶν πραγμάτων ἡγούμενοι, "Ed οἷς παρὰ μὲν τῶν ἄλλων ὑμῖν ἐγίγνοντο ἔπαινοι, 
μάταιον ὄχλον τοὺς περὶ TOUT@Y λόγους νομέσητε" ὅ τι παρὰ δ᾽. Sabie θυσίαι καὶ πομπαὶ τοῖς θεοῖς. Kai 217 
δ᾽ ~ oe ἡμεῖς καὶ ἡμῖν ἀπεκρίναντο ἀκούσατε. ἔγωγε ἡδέως ἂν ἐροίμην Αἰσχίνην, ὅτε ταῦτ᾽ ἐπράττετο 
Aye ταυτὶ λαβων. καὶ ζήλου καὶ χαρᾶς καὶ ἐπαίνων ἡ πόλις ἦν μὲσ τή, 


























72 AHMOSOENOYS 


, / ΙΝ ’ “ ΄ 
πότερον συνέθυε καὶ συνευφραίνετο τοῖς πολλοῖς, ἢ 
4 Ἀ ’ ‘ ͵ - ~ 
λυπούμενος καὶ στένων Kai δυσμεναίνων τοῖς κοίνοις 
> a ” a > i. Ν - 4 ‘ 
ἀγαθοῖς οἴκοι καθῆτος. Et μὲν yap παρῆν καὶ peta 
- ΜΝ. > / a > Ν rn a > 
τῶν ἄλλων ἐξητάζετο, mas ov δεινὰ ποιεῖ, μᾶλλον ὃ 

In? ὦ +. @ > a " oh ‘ a , 
οὐδ᾽ ὅσια, εἰ ὧν ὡς ἀρίστων αὑτὸς Tous Beous ἐποιήσατο 


μάρτυρας, ταῦθ᾽ ὡς οὐκ ἄριστα νῦν ὑμᾶς ἀξιοῖ ψηφί- 


σασθαι τοὺς ὀμωμοκότας τοὺς θεούς; Εἰ δὲ μὴ παρῆν, 80. 


“ > > ’ > A ’ ϑ Bee @ 
πῶς οὐκ ἀπολωλέναι πολλάκις ἐστὶ δίκαιος, εἰ ep οἷς 
¥ c ἊΝ A ων / ‘ A 
ἔχαιρον οἱ ἄλλοι, TavTa ἐλυπεῖτο opm ; Aeye δὴ καὶ 


ταῦτα τὰ ψηφίσματά μοι. 


ΨΗΦΙΣΜΑΤΑ ΘΥΣΙΩΝ. 


a e Ν 3 / a > 
Οὐκοῦν ἡμεῖς μὲν ἐν θυσίαις ἦμεν τότε, Θηβαῖοι ὃ 
3 a + ARIE... a / Ν ’ a 
ἐν τῷ δὶ ἡμᾶς σεσῶσθαι νομίζειν, καὶ περιειστήκει τοῖς 
’ a > 
βοηθείας δεήσεσθαι δοκοῦσιν ad ὧν ἔπραττον οὗτοι, 
a > e > 
αὐτοὺς βοηθεῖν ἑτέροις ἐξ ὧν ἐπείσθητ᾽ ἐμοί. ᾿Αλλὰ 
μὴν οἵας τότ᾽ ἠφίει φωνὰς ὁ Φίλιππος καὶ ἐν οἵαις ἦν 
al > 4 > a “ “ 
σαραχαῖς ἐπὶ TovTos, ἐκ τῶν ἐπιστολῶν τῶν ἐκείνου 
b | 
μαθήσεσθε, ὧν eis Πελοπόννησον ἔπεμπεν. Kai μοι 
, »» San rai, 
λέγε ταύτας λαβών, iv’ εἰδῆτε ἡ ἐμὴ συνέχεια καὶ πλά- 
νοι καὶ ταλαιπωρίαι καὶ τὰ πολλὰ ψηφίσματα, ἃ νῦν 
φ ’ ᾿ ΞΕ , 
οὗτος διέσυρε, τί atreipyacato. — 
‘ ¥ ? 
Καίτοι πολλοὶ παρ᾽ ὑμῖν, ἄνδρες ᾿Αθηναῖοι, γεγόνασι 
> A 
ῥήτορες ἔνδοξοι καὶ μεγάλοι πρὸ ἐμοῦ, Καλλίστρατος 
3 > a / 
ἐκεῖνος, ᾿Αριστοφῶν, Κέφαλος, Θρασύβουλος, ἕτεροι 
’ 3 > σ΄ > Ν ΄ ’ ‘ 4 
μυρίοι " add ὅμως οὐδεὶς πώποτε τούτων Sia παντὸς 
¢ Ν 5 Ia’ a >. ‘ 
ἔδωκεν ἑαυτὸν εἰς οὐδὲν TN πόλει, ἀλλ᾽ ὁ μὲν γράφων 





ΠΈΡΙ TOY STE@ANOY. 73 


2) » ’ ς «a. 
οὐκ ἂν ἐπρέσβευσεν, ὁ δὲ πρεσβεύων οὐκ ἂν ἔγραψεν. 


ὧς Ὁ 4 > 7 σ΄ " ¢ Loe: A e ’ 
TEAELTTE yp αὐτῶν EXACTOS cavT@ αμα μεν βᾷστ @V7V, 


Ψ ᾽ν ‘ ,» ’ , 
ἅμα δ᾽ εἰ τι γένοιτ᾽, ἀναφοράν. Ti οὖν; -τ-- εἴποι τις ἄν, 20 


— σὺ τοσοῦτον ὑπερῆρας τοὺς ἄλλους ῥώμῃ καὶ τόλμῃ, 
ὥστε πάντα ποιεῖν αὐτός; Οὐ ταῦτα λέγω, GAN 
οὕτως ἐπεπείσμην μέγαν εἶναι τὸν κατειληφότα κίνδυ- 
νον τὴν πόλεν, ὥστ᾽ οὐκ ἐδόκει μοι χώραν οὐδὲ πρόνοιαν 


οὐδεμίαν τῆς ἰδίας ἀσφαλείας διδόναι, ἀλλ᾽ ἀγαπητὸν 


πείσμην δ᾽ ὑπὲρ ἐμαυτοῦ, τυχὸν μὲν ἀναισθητῶν, ὅμως 
δ᾽ ἐπεπείσμην, μήτε γράφοντ᾽ ἂν ἐμοῦ γράψαι βέλτιον 
μηδένα, μήτε πράττοντα πρᾶξαι, μήτε πρεσβεύοντα 
πρεσβεῦσαι προθυμότερον μηδὲ δικαιότερον. Διὰ ταῦτὰ 
ἐν πᾶσιν ἐμαυτὸν ἔταττον. ---- Δέγε τὰς ἐπιστολὰς τὰς 
τοῦ Φιλίππου. 


ἘΠΙΣΤΟΛΑΙ. 


Εἰς ταῦτα κατέ Dire ἡ ἐμὴ f 
oTnce Pikiwrov ἢ ἐμὴ πολιτεία, 298 


Aico ἔ " ‘A ‘ ‘ > a Lar ie! > 3 ’ 
χίνη" ταύτην τὴν φωνὴν ἐκεῖνος ἀφῆκε 8: ἐμέ, 


πολλοὺς καὶ θρασεῖς τὰ πρὸ τούτων τῇ πόλει ἐπαιρό- 
μενος λόγους. ᾿Ανθ᾽ ὧν δικαίως ἐστεφανούμην ὑπὸ 
τουτωνί, καὶ σὺ παρὼν οὐκ ἀντέλεγες, ὁ δὲ γραψάμενος 
Διώνδας τὸ μέρος τῶν ψήφων οὐκ ἔλαβεν. Καί pes 
λέγε ταῦτα τὰ ψηφίσματα τὰ τότε μὲν ἀποπεφευγότα, 
ὑπὸ τούτου δ᾽ οὐδὲ γραφέντα. 


ἘΗΦΙΣΜΑΊΤΑ. 


x2 εἶναι, εἰ μηδὲν παραλείπων τις ἃ δεῖ mod : 
p is ἃ Oe. πράξειεν. ᾿Επε- 21 


~ 
; 


4 4 a > 
Ταυτὶ τὰ ψηφίσματ᾽, ὦ ἄνδρες ᾿Αθηναῖοι, τὰς αὐτὰς 223 


7 














74 AHMOSGENOY? 


* Ν , .“» ν ae ῳ , Ν 
συλλαβὰς καὶ ταὐτὰ ῥήματ ἔχει ἅπερ πρότερον μὲν 
3 ’ ~ ‘ a / e ’ Ν 
Ἀριστόνικος, νῦν δὲ Κτησιφῶν γέγραφεν οὑτοσί. Kai 
al ΝΜ 39.) ΔΝ, ¥ a 
ταῦτ᾽ Αἰσχίνης οὔτ᾽ ἐδίωξεν αὑτὸς οὔτε τῷ γραψαμένῳ 
, ‘ Ν 
συγκατηγόρησεν. Καίτοι τότε τὸν Anpopedn τὸν 
A / ‘ ‘ ε / Ν ? a 
ταῦτα γράφοντα καὶ τον Υπερίδην, εἴπερ ἀληθῆ μου 
a a “" Δ “ ὃ a ’ > Ia/ 
νῦν KaTnyopel, μᾶλλον ἂν ELKOTWS ἢ TOVS ἐδίωκεν. 
- > > | ° δι Ἑ ’ A 
τι Διὰ τί; Ὅτι τῷ μὲν ἔστ᾽ ἀνενεγκεῖν ἐπ᾿ ἐκείνους Kab 
‘ n / ’ Ν ‘ A Ml. > , 
τὰς τῶν δικαστηρίων γνώσεις καὶ TO τοῦτον αὑτὸν EKEL~ 
᾿ Ud fal, , ed ? 
νων μὴ κατηγορηκέναι TavTa γραψάντων ἅπερ OUTOS 
ΟΝ 4 » Ἁ ’ e? ja ‘ - e 
νῦν, καὶ τὸ TOUS νόμους μηκέτ ἐαν περὶ τῶν οὕτω 38 
’ὔ “ ‘ Ἃ ὦ ’ > “ιν 
πραχθέντων κατηγορεῖν, Kat πολλὰ ἕτερα" τότε δ᾽ αὑτὸ 
Ν lal "Δ 3 / ων ¢ A / 4 
τὸ πρᾶγμ ἂν ἐκρίνετο ep αὑτοῦ, πρίν TL τούτων προ- 
= > , A ‘ ra > 
2s λαβεῖν. ᾿Αλλ᾽ οὐκ ἦν, οἶμαι, τότε, ὃ VvUYE ποιεῖ, ἐκ 
“ . ὅ “Ἢ 9 4 
παλαιῶν χρόνων καὶ ψηφισμάτων πολλὼν ἐκλέξαντα, 
ἃ ’ ’ Ν ἀν ν᾿. / e “Ὁ 
ἃ μήτε προήδει μηδεὶς pnt ἂν @nOn τήμερον ῥηθῆναι, 
Λ Ν ld ‘ / ἈΝ ; 
διαβάλλειν, καὶ μετενεγκόντα τοὺς χρόνους καὶ προφα- 
᾿ A 3 a a / a 
σεις ἀντὶ τῶν ἀληθῶν ψευδεῖς μεταθέντα τοῖς πε- 
» ’ ? = ’ a 3 > 
226 πραγμένοις, δοκεῖν τι λέγειν. Ove ἣν τότε ταῦτα, αλλ 
“ΙΝ, A 3 / > ‘ a ¥ ¥ / 
ἐπὶ τῆς ἀληθείας, eyyus τῶν ἔργων, ETL μεμνημένων 
ΕΝ , > > “ 4 > , 
ὑμῶν καὶ μόνον οὐκ ἐν ταῖς χερσιν ἕκαστα ἐχόντων, 
’ " ἢ 7 ἅ Φ ’ ’ Ἃ > atl. 
πάντες ἐγίγνοντ᾽ ἂν ot λόγοι. “Διόπερ τοὺς παρ αὐτὰ 
᾿ ’ 4 ‘ an ee 2 
τὰ πρώγματ᾽ ἐλέγχους φυγὼν νῦν ἥκει, pyTOpwY aywva 
/ [ἡ ΨΥ Ν -“ 4 ΜΝ n / 
νομίζων, ὥς γ᾽ ἐμοὶ δοκεῖ, καὶ οὐχὶ τὼν πεπολιτευμένων 
᾽ Ud ’ ες A » , ͵ ? - “ 
ἐξέτασιν ποιήσειν ὑμᾶς, καὶ λόγου κρίσιν, οὐ TOU τῇ 
, ¥ 
πόλει συμφέροντος ἔσεσθαι. 


27 Εἶτα σοφίζεται, καὶ φησὶ προσήκειν ἧς μὲν οἴκοθεν 


ἥκετ᾽ ἔχοντες δόξης περὶ ἡμῶν ἀμελῆσαι" ὥσπερ δ᾽, 





ΠΈΡΙ ΤΟΥ STE@ANOY. 15 


Ψ 7? , 
ὅταν οἰόμενοι περιεῖναι χρήματά τῳ λογίζησθε, ἂν κα- 
ἈΦ ε ΩΝ Ν Ν tal - 

θαραὶ ὦσιν αἱ ψῆφοι καὶ μηδὲν περιῇ, συγχωρεῖτε, οὕτω 
Ν A “ > “ ᾽ 

καὶ νῦν τοῖς ἐκ τοῦ λόγου φαινομένοις προσθέσθαι. 
’ ͵’ e A Εν 

Θεάσασθε τοίνυν ὡς σαθρὸν, ὡς ἔοικεν, ἐστὶ φύσει πᾶν 

ef Ἅ i. ὃ / / ᾽ Ν 3 a 

ὅ τι ἂν μὴ δικαίως ἢ πεπραγμένον. Ex yap avtov 8 
a n 4 a“ 

τοῦ σοφοῦ τούτου παραδείγματος ὡμολόγηκε νῦν Υ 


ιν ε ’ ᾽ / + ster ‘ / σιν - 
ὑμᾶς ὑπάρχειν ἐγνωσμένους ἐμὲ μὲν λέγειν ὑπερ τῆς 


, “. 5, ΟΝ > 
94 πατρίδος, αὐτὸν δ ὑπὲρ Φιλίππου" ov yap ἂν μετα- 


/ δ᾽ ἃ »ω ἢ ‘ 4 ¥ a ε 4 
πείθειν ὑμᾶς ἐζήτει μὴ τοιαύτης οὔσης τῆς ὑπαρχούσης 
[ ’ A 
ὑπολήψεως περὶ ἑκατέρου. Kai μὴν ὅτι ye ov δίκαια 29 
“ἢ ’ ᾽, a N 
λέγει μεταθέσθαι ταύτην τὴν δόξαν ἀξιῶν, ἐγὼ διδάξω 
΄ / > A / > , > fal 
ῥᾳδίως, ov τιθεὶς ψήφους (ov γάρ ἐστιν ὁ τῶν πραγμάτων 
φ ’ >. δ. , 
οὗτος λογισμός), ἀλλ᾽ ἀναμιμνήσκων ἕκαστα ev βραχέσι, 
- κ Ν , ω a” 
λογισταῖς ἅμα καὶ μάρτυσι τοῖς ἀκούουσιν ὑμῖν χρώμενος. 
ε ‘ “ΙΝ / @ a 
H yap ἐμὴ πολιτεία, ἧς οὗτος κατηγορεῖ, ἀντὶ μὲν 
~ / ‘ / “- 
τοῦ Θηβαίους μετὰ Φιλίππου συνεμβαλεῖν εἰς τὴν 
, A , ” θ᾽ ea , 
χώραν, ὃ πάντες ῴοντο, μεθ ἡμῶν παραταξαμένους 
> a ’ 3 / > ‘ ‘ n > - 9 a 
ἐκεῖνον κωλύειν ἐποίησεν" ἀντὶ δὲ τοῦ ἐν τῇ ATTLKH 23 
μ “ 
τὸν πόλεμον εἶναι, ἑπτακόσια στάδια ἀπὸ τῆς πόλεως 
“ " r a a 
ἐπὶ τοῖς Βοιωτῶν ὁρίοις γενέσθαι" ἀντὶ δὲ τοῦ τοὺς 
4 AMI / oa > - > ᾽ὔ; 
λῃστὰς ἡμᾶς φέρειν καὶ ἄγειν ex τῆς Ευβοίαφ; ἐν εἰρήνῃ 
‘ > ‘ > , 
τὴν ᾿Αττικὴν ἐκ θαλάττης εἶναι πάντα τὸν πόλεμον " 
> ‘4 ‘ a a , 
wrt δὲ τοῦ τὸν Ελλήσποντον ἔχειν Φίλιππον, λαβόντα 
, . 
Βυζάντιον, συμπολεμεῖν τοὺς Βυζαντίους μεθ᾽ ἡμῶν 
A > a” 9 , ’ A 
πρὸς ἐκεῖνον. "Apa σοι ψήφοις ὅμοιος ὁ τῶν ἔργων ax 


Ν ’ wv κ > - 
λογισμὸς φαίνεται ; Ὴ δεῖν αντανέλεῖν ταῦτα, ἀλλ᾽ 


> Ψ 4 “ , 
οὐχ ὅπως TOY ἅπαντα χρόνον μνημονευθήσεται σκέψα- 





76 AHMOSOCGENOY® TIEPI TOY STE@ANOY. 77 


ie al , ee) ee ee καὶ μάλισθ᾽ ὑπὲρ τῶν ἐχθρῶν, ov Ἵ 
σθαι; ΚΚαὶ οὐκέτι προστίθημι, ὅτι τῆς μὲν ὠμότητος, μα ρ τῶν εχῦρων, οὗτοι ππαρεσκευακεισαν.. 
a Ν A , ΝΜ XA / > 
ἣν ἐν οἷς καθάπαξ τινῶν κύριος κατέστη Φίλιππος τοὺς περιχώρους πάντας ἔχθρας ἢ φιλίας ἐγγυτέρω, 
- a 7 / ? / ‘ ‘ - 
ἔστιν ἰδεῖν, ἑτέροις πειραθῆναι συνέβη, τῆς δὲ φιλαν- Μ εγαρεις, Θηβαίους, Εὐβοέας. Ta μεν τῆς πόλεως 235 


. a ,  κ"» . am. 4 Ν as ἃ ¥ N a» 
θρωπίας, ἣν τὰ λοιπὰ τῶν πραγμώτων EKELVOS περιβαλ- οὕτως υπηρχέν ἔχοντα, Και ovdeis ἂν ἔχοι Tapa ταῦτ 


" - Ν. Ia ἡ A Ἂ 
’ > , ¢ “ a “- Ν ‘ . “ / a A ® 
λόμενος ἐπλάττετο, ὑμεῖς καλῶς ποιοῦντες TOUS καρπους εἰπεῖν ἄλλο οὐδέν" τὰ δὲ τοῦ Φιλίππου, πρὸς ὃν ἦν 


, > 9 3a - ξ iv ὃ a / θ a Π a a. ᾿Ξ 
κεκόμισθε. “AX εῷὦ ταῦτα. ἽΝ ἀγὼν, σκέψασθε πῶς. Ἰίρωτον μεν ἤρχε τῶν 


> 7 | κα, > , y¥ ἃ 4 " A 
Ν “ Ia mS > a Φ , 7 e Ν ev” 
wo Kai μὴν οὐδὲ τοῦτ᾽ εἰπεῖν ὀκνήσω, ὅτι ὁ τὸν ρητορᾶ ἀκολουθούντων αὑτὸς αὐτοκράτωρ ὧν, 0 τῶν εἰς τὸν 





Λ / ’ 3 ς , 
’ ’ > / Ν Ν > - 929 φ δ Νἶ 
βουλόμενος δικαίως ἐξετάζειν καὶ μὴ συκοφαντεῖν οὐκ πόλεμον μέγιστον ἐστιν ἀπαντῶν εἶθ᾽ οὗτοι τὰ ὅπλα 


> 3 - ν os ¥ , ᾽ 
a ‘ a a ’ ’ Ἂ / 
ἄν, ola σὺ νῦν ἔλεγες, τοιαῦτα κατηγόρει, παραδείγματα 308 εἴχον ἐν TALS χέρσιν ἀεί" ἐπειτῶ χρημώτῶν εὐπόρει, 


, 2" \ , ΄ , ‘ Σ Ἂ A / OE: > / > a 
πλάττων καὶ ῥήματα καὶ σχήματα μιμούμενος (avy yap m6 καὶ ἔπραττεν ἃ δόξειεν αὐτῷ, οὐ προλέγων ἐν τοῖς 


“" > an e / Ind 9 ° * . / Ind © NK 
mapa τοῦτο, ---- οὐχ ὁρᾷς sli γέγονε τὰ τῶν Ἑλλήνων, ψηφίσμασιν, οὐδ᾽ ἐν τῷ φανερῳ βουλευόμενος, οὐδ᾽ ὑπὸ 


" . a 4 ’ Fas 4 4 
εἰ τουτὶ τὸ ῥῆμα, ἀλλὰ μὴ τουτὶ διελέχθην ἐγώ, ἢ δευρὶ τῶν συκοφαντούντων κρινόμενος, οὐδὲ γραφὰς φεύγων 


. " ’; Pad κ᾿ 7 XK > 4 > ΑΙ ᾿ “ > & 
mel ie Δλλδ μὴ Beupl παρ weve), δ Ἀδιωνα παρανόμων, οὐδ᾽ ὑπεύθυνος wy οὐδενί, ἀλλ ἁπλῶς αὑτὸς 


i ’ ΄ “ 4 , > Ν 3 e a 
τῶν ἔργων ἂν ἐσκόπει τίνας εἶχεν ἀφορμὰς ἡ πόλις καὶ δεσπότης, ἡγεμών, κύριος πάντων. Ἐγω δ᾽ ὁ προς 938 


a > / Ν ‘ σι 9 , , 
/ , ῳ " ν ‘ , > ᾽ ’ ‘A / 
river δυνάμεις, ὅτ᾽ εἰς τὰ πράγματ᾽ εἰσήειν, καὶ τίνας τοῦτον ἀντιτεταγμένος, καὶ γὰρ TOUT ἐξετάσαι δίκαιον, 


4 
συνήγαγον αὐτῇ μετὰ ταῦτ᾽ ἐπιστὰς ἐγώ, καὶ πῶς εἶχε τίνος κύριος ἦν; Οὐδενός- ΑΑὐτὸ γὰρ τὸ δημηγορεῖν 
τὰ τῶν ἐναντίων. Εἶτ᾽ εἰ μὲν ἐλάττους ἐποίησα τὰς πρῶτον, οὗ μόνου μετεῖχον ἐγώ, ἐξ ἴσου προὐτίθεθ᾽ 
δυνάμεις, παρ᾽ ἐμοὶ τἀδίκημ᾽ ἂν ἐδείκνυεν ὅν, εἰ δὲ ὑμεῖς τοῖς παρ᾽ ἐκείνου μισθαρνοῦσι καὶ ἐμοί, καὶ ὅσα 
πολλῷ μείζους, οὐκ ἂν ἐσυκοφάντει. ᾿Επειδὴ δὲ σὺ οὗτοι περιγένοιντο ἐμοῦ (πολλὰ δ᾽ ἐγίγνετο ταῦτα, δὲ 
P ἣν ἕκαστον τύχοι πρόφασων), ταῦθ᾽ ὑπὲρ τῶν ἐχθρῶν 
ἀπῇτε βεβουλευμένοι. ᾿Αλλ᾽ ὅμως ἐκ τοιούτων édaT- 337 


/ 2 , , a 
τωμάτων ἐγὼ συμμάχους μὲν ὑμῖν ἐποίησα Εὐβοέας, 


“" 7) ""» , s ὃ » ᾽ , 
TOUTO mepevyas, ey@ TTOLN|T® * καὶ GOKOTTELTE EL δικαίως 


χρήσομαι τῷ λόγῳ. 
/ ‘ ’ e ‘ , > 
21 Avvapyw μεν τοίνυν εἶχεν ἡ πόλις TOUS νησιωτας, οὐχ 


᾿Αχαιούς, Κορινθίους, Θηβαίους, Μεγαρέας, Aevxa- 


8 Ἂ > , ἢ 4 
ἅπαντας, ἀλλὰ τοὺς ἀσθενεστάτους " οὔτε yup Χίος 
/ , >.>? @ 4 A 
Sious, Κερκυραίους, ἀφ᾽ ὧν μύριοι μὲν καὶ πεντακισχί- 


οὔτε Ῥόδος οὔτε Κέρκυρα μεθ᾽ ἡμῶν ἦν " χρημάτων δὲ 


/ TE: - yy ~ ἄν." 
4 > / A , Λ Ν 
σύνταξιν εἰς πέντε καὶ τετταράκοντα τάλαντα, καὶ Moe ξένοι, δισχίλιοι δ᾽ ἱππεῖς ἄνευ τῶν πολιτικῶν 


ταῦτ᾽ ἦν προεξειλεγμένα " ὁπλίτην δ᾽ ἢ ἱππέα πλὴν δυνάμεων συνήχθησαν" χρημάτων δὲ ὅσων ἠδυνήθην 





> , 
ἐγὼ πλείστην συντέλειαν ἐποίησα. 
7 e 


r / 
τῶν οἰκείων οὐδένα. “Ὃ δὲ πάντων καὶ φοβερώτατον 

















78 AHMOSOENOYS 


5:6 Εἰ δὲ λέγεις ἢ τὰ πρὸς Θηβαίους δίκαια, Αἰσχίνη, 


BN Ν A ‘ 8, , ‘ ‘ a 
ἢ τα πρὸς Βυζαντίους ἢ τὰ πρὸς EvBoeas, ἢ περὶ τῶν 
ἔσων νυνὶ διαλέγη, πρῶτον μὲν ἀγνοεῖς ὅτι καὶ πρό 
¢ YI, πρῶτον μὲν ἄγνοεις OTL καὶ πρότερον 
“ eo A ε ’ > ,’ 3 / / 
τῶν ὑπὲρ τῶν Ἑλλήνων exewov ἀγωνισαμένων τρίη- 
’ ἘΝ a a Ν , 
ρων, τριακοσίων οὐσὼν τῶν πάσων, TAS διακοσίας ἡ 
’ Ν > A / Ia’ 
πόλις παρέσχετο, καὶ οὐκ ἐλαττοῦσθαι νομίζουσα οὐδε 
’ὔ ® “ 4 Ia’ > 
κρίνουσα τοὺς ταῦτα συμβουλεύσαντας ovde ἀγανα- 
“ > rl « A > A ’ >. ‘ ~ 
κτοῦσα ἐπὶ τούτοις ἑωρᾶτο, αἰσχρὸν γάρ, ἀλλα τοις 
a“ Μ , > “Ἢ / eo @ 
θεοῖς ἔχουσα yaptv, εἰ Kowou κινδύνου τοῖς Ελλησι 
, 4» ae ‘i = ? ie. ἡ 
περίσταντος αὐτὴ διπλασια τῶν ἄλλων εἰς τὴν ἀπταντων 
/ / ν᾿ / / , 
239 σωτηρίαν παρέσχετο. Εἶτα κενάς γε χαρίζῃ χάριτας 
4 “ “- Ἑ ’ Ν a / φΦ > A 
τουτοισὶ συκοφαντων ELE. Ti yap vuv λέγεις ova ἐχρῆν 307 


’ b | > > oe Ψᾳ > 
πραττεῖν, αλλ ov TOT ὧν εν 


a Ν " a > 
τῇ πόλει καὶ παρὼν ταῦτ 
» Ν > / ‘ % ’ 4 
ἔγραφες, εἴπερ ἐνεδέχετο παρὰ τοὺς παρόντας καιροὺς, 
ἐν οἷς οὐχ ὅσα ἠβουλόμεθα, ἀλλ᾽ ὅσα δοίη τὰ πράγματ᾽ 
” e Ἢ 5 , ‘ . Ἢ > 
ἔδει δεχεσθαι " ὁ yap ἀντωνούμενος καὶ ταχὺ τοὺς Tap 
ee 3 ’ , Ν / 
ἡμῶν ἀπελαυνομένους προσδεξόμενος καὶ χρήματα 
προσθήσων ὑπῆρχεν ἕτοιμος. 
0 ᾿᾿Αλλ᾽ εἰ νῦν ἐπὶ τοῖς πεπραγμένοις κατηγορίας ἔχω, 
δὰ Υ ; ἡ". α ‘ , ᾽ , 
τί ἂν οἴεσθε, εἰ TOT ἐμοῦ περὶ τούτων ἀκριβολογουμέ- 
νου ἀπῆλθον αἱ πόλεις καὶ προσέθεντο Φιλίππῳ, καὶ 
ἅμα Εὐβοίας καὶ Θηβῶν καὶ Βυζαντίου κύριος κατέστη 
’ » oN Ὁ ’ / » > x > , 
—ri ποιεῖν ἂν ἢ τί λέγειν τοὺς ἀσεβεῖς ἀνθρώπους 
> 
i τουτουσί; Οὐχ ὡς ἐξεδόθησαν; Οὐχ ὡς ἀπηλάθη- 
σαν βουλόμενοι μεθ᾽ ἡμῶν εἶναι; Εἶτα τοῦ μὲν “EX- 
, Ἢ ’ ᾽ ‘ , Ν᾿ ὦ 
λησπόντου διὰ Βυζαντίων ἐγκρατὴς καθέστηκε καὶ τῆς 


σιτοπομπίας τῆς τῶν ᾿Ἑλλήνων κύριος, πόλεμος δ᾽ 


ΠΕΡῚ ΤΟΥ ΣΤΕΦΆΝΟΥ. 79 


ὅμορος καὶ βαρὺς eis τὴν ᾿Αττικὴν διὰ Θηβαίων κεκό- 
μισται, ἄπλους δ᾽ ἡ θάλαττα ὑπὸ τῶν ἐκ τῆς Εὐβοίας 
ὁρμωμένων λῃστῶν γέγονεν; Οὐκ ἂν ταῦτ᾽ ἔλεγον 
καὶ πολλά γε πρὸς τούτοις ἕτερα ; Πονηρόν, ὦ ἄνδρες 218 
᾿Αθηναῖοι, πονηρὸν ὁ συκοφάντης ἀεὶ καὶ πανταχόθεν 
βάσκανον καὶ φιλαίτιον " τοῦτο δὲ καὶ φύσει κίναδος 
τἀνθρώπιόν ἐστιν, οὐδὲν ἐξ ἀρχῆς ὑγιὲς πεποιηκὸς οὐδ᾽ 
ἐλεύθερον, αὐτοτραγικὸς πίθηκος, ἀρουραῖος Οἰνόμαος, 
παράσημος ῥήτωρ. Τί γὰρ ἡ σὴ δεινότης εἰς ὄνησιν 
ἥκει τῇ πατρίδι; Νῦν ἡμῖν λέγεις περὶ τῶν παρέλη- 243 
λυθότων; “Ὥσπερ ἂν εἴ τις ἰατρὸς ἀσθενοῦσι μὲν τοῖς 
κάμνουσιν εἰσιὼν μὴ λέγοι μηδὲ δεικνύοι δ ὧν ἀποφεύ- 

108 ἕονται τὴν νόσον, ἐπειδὴ δὲ τελευτήσειέ τις αὐτῶν καὶ 
τὰ νομιζόμενα αὐτῷ φέροιτο, ἀκολουθῶν ἐπὶ τὸ μνῆμα 
διεξίοι, εἰ τὸ καὶ τὸ ἐποίησεν ἅνθρωπος οὗτο- 
ci, οὐκ ἂν ἀπέθανεν. ᾿Εμβρόντητε, εἶτα νῦν λέ- 
γεις ; 

Οὐ τοίνυν οὐδὲ τὴν ἧτταν (εἰ ταύτῃ γαυριᾷς ἐφ᾽ 7 5! 
στένειν σε ὦ κατάρατε προσῆκεν), ἐν οὐδενὶ τῶν παρ᾽ : 
ἐμοῦ γεγονυῖαν εὑρήσετε TH πόλει. Οὑτωσὶ δὲ λογί- 
tecbe. Οὐδαμοῦ πώποθ᾽, ὅποι πρεσβευτὴς ἐπέμφθην 
ὑφ᾽ ὑμῶν ἐγώ, ἡττηθεὶς ἀπῆλθον τῶν παρὰ Φιλίππου 
πρέσβεων, οὐκ ἐκ Θετταλίας, οὐκ ἐξ ᾿Αμβρακίας, οὐκ 
ἐξ ᾿Ιλλυριῶν, οὐ παρὰ τῶν Θρᾳκῶν βασιλέων, οὐκ ἐκ 
Βυζαντίου, οὐκ ἄλλοθεν οὐδαμόθεν, οὐ τὰ τελευταῖα ἐκ 
Θηβῶν, ἀλλ᾽ ἐν οἷς κρατηθεῖεν οἱ πρέσβεις αὐτοῦ τῷ 


’ a Ψ i , a? 
λόγῳ, ταῦτα τοῖς ὅπλοις ἐπιὼν κατεστρέφετο. Ταῦτ᾽ a 











80 ΔΗΜΟΣΘΕΝΟΥ͂Σ 


> > “ ιν... a 4 > > / Ν ἥν" Ν 
οὖν ἁπαιτεῖς παρ ἐμοῦ, καὶ οὐκ αἰσχύνει TOV αὑτὸν εἰς 
’ ’ “ - / , 
τε μαλακίαν σκώπτων καὶ τῆς Φιλίππου δυνάμεως 
3 a σ ΝΜ / ’ Ν “" a 
ἀξιῶν ἕνα ὄντα κρείττω γενέσθαι; Kai ταῦτα τοῖς 
, , ‘ Υ , 2 a a ae 
λόγοις; Tivos yap ἄλλου κύριος qv eyw; Ov yap 
A i ae “A Ia “ 4 “ 
τῆς γε ἑκάστου ψυχῆς, οὐδὲ τῆς τύχης τῶν παραταξα- 
, ΟῚ a ‘ . eS - γ.7 
μένων, οὐδὲ τῆς στρατηγίας, ἧς ἐμ ἀπαιτεῖς εὐθύνας " 
e Ν 3 > ‘ Ν φ Φ ἀ ἡ κα e , 
16 οὕτω σκαιὸς ci. Adda μὴν ὧν Y ἂν ὁ ρήτωρ vVTrEU- 
ΝΜ - > , / > Ἴ a 
@uvos evn πᾶσαν ἐξέτασιν λάμβανε" ov παραιτοῦμαι. 
f “3 > Ν a > la ‘ , > , 
Tiva οὖν ἐστὶ ταῦτα; dew ta πράγματα ἀρχόμενα 
Ν ’ Ν - »"Ἥ Ν. ~ 
καὶ προαισθέσθαι καὶ προειπεῖν τοῖς ἄλλοις. Ταῦτα 
; ’ in ANd 4 ξ΄ a ~ 
πέπρακταί μοι. Καὶ ἔτι tas ἑκασταχοῦ βραδυτῆτας, 
¥ ? ’ ’ ἃ ‘ λ 
Oxvous, ἀγνοίας, φιλονεικίας, ἃ πολιτικὰ ταις πολέσι WS 
ε / Ν »“ ς / an? 6 
πρόσεστιν ἁπάσαις καὶ ἀναγκαῖα ἁμαρτήματα, ταῦθ᾽ ὡς 
᾽ =r, ry r ‘ ᾽ ’ " e ’ A 
εἰς ἐλάχιστα συστεῖλαι, καὶ τοὐναντίον εἰς ὁμόνοιαν καὶ 
/ A a ‘ ’ - ε ‘ ’ 
φιλίαν καὶ τοῦ τὰ δέοντα ποιεῖν ὅρμην προτρέψαι. 
Ν - , , / ‘ > 4 , : > 
Kai ταῦτά μοι πάντα πεποίηται, καὶ οὐδεὶς μήποθ 
a κ᾿ +) 5." Jar 3 ’ 
εὕρῃ τὸ KaT ἐμὲ οὐδὲν ἐλλειφθεέν. 
>] ’ ¥ e A ’ ‘ a / 
Μ = Ex. τοίνυν τις ἔροιτο ὁντινόῦν, τίσι Ta πλεῖστα Φι- 
φΦ , , , a ἡ a 
λέίππος av κατέπραξε διῳκήσατο, πάντες ἂν εἴποιεν, τῷ 
a ’ Ν / 
στρατοπέδῳ καὶ τῷ διδόναι καὶ διαφθεέρειν 
Ἃ > ‘ a , ? a an Ν , 
TOUS ἐπὶ τῶν πραγμάτων. Ουκοῦν τῶν μεν duva- 
¥ 4 ΜΔ) ε ‘ = > , τ Ind ε 
μεων οὔτε κύριος οὐθ ἡγεμὼν ἣν ἐγὼ, ὥστε ovd ὁ 
, A ‘ a , ‘ , 2 ‘ 
λόγος τῶν κατὰ ταῦτα πραχθέντων πρὸς ἐμέ. Καὶ 
‘ a ‘ a , , ; 
μὴν τῷ ye μὴ διαφθαρῆναι χρήμασι κεκρώτηκα Φιλίπ- 
e ‘ ΄ > / , ‘ γ᾽ 
που" ὥσπερ yap ὁ ὠνούμενος νενίκηκε τὸν λαβόντα, 
38 , , ‘ ‘ ‘ ‘ , 
ἐὰν πρίηται, οὕτως ὁ μὴ λαβὼν μηδὲ διαφθαρεὶς vevi- 
bt > 4 @ 7a € 4 ‘ 8 
Knke τὸν ὠνοΐμενον. ὥστε αήττητος ἢ πόλις τὸ κατ 


a, 
εμε. 


ΠΈΡΙ ΤΟΥ ΣΤΕΦΑΝΟΥ. 81 


a mi, , “". 5 ’ 93 a , a 
A μεν τοίνυν eyo παρεσχόμην εἰς τὸ δικαίως τοιαῦτα 28 
, A oe - ‘ A“ =e. ” 
γράφειν τουτονί περὶ ἐμοῦ, πρὸς πολλοῖς ἑτέροις ταῦτα 
‘ , ’ 3 ’ Δ > e , e a ; 
καὶ παραπλήσια τούτοις ἐστίν" ἃ δ᾽ οἱ πάντες ὑμεῖς, 
,υν 4 4 ‘ A 
ταῦτ ἤδη λέξω. Mera yap τὴν μάχην εὐθὺς ὁ δῆμος, 
δὰ . ¢ he ’ Ψ " > , 3 > a 
ELOWS καὶ EWPAKwWS πάντα ὅσα ἔπραττον ἐγώ, ἐν αὑτοῖς 
a a Ἀ a 3 
τοῖς δεινοῖς καὶ φοβεροῖς ἐμβεβηκώς, ἡνίκ᾽ οὐδ᾽ ἄγνω- 
a ’ ΠΩΣ ἢ ‘ N i. ow ~ 
povnca Tt θαυμαστὸν ἦν Tous πολλοὺς προς ELE, πρω- 
‘ A 
TOV μὲν περὶ σωτηρίας τῆς πόλεως τὰς ἐμὰς γνώμας 


3 ’ , 3. a A 
ἐχειροτόνει, καὶ πάνθ᾽ ὅσα τῆς φυλακῆς ἕνεκα ἐπράτ- 


e , a ’ ε ’ 
aio τετο, ἢ διάταξις τῶν φυλάκων, ai τάφροι, τὰ εἰς τὰ 


τείχη χρήματα, διὰ τῶν ἐμῶν ψηφισμάτων ἐγίγνετο" 


¥ θ᾽ ε , , ᾽ , i ἢ , 
€7TTEL ALPOULEVOS σιτωνὴν EX TAVT@V ELE EX ELPOTOVIG: Εν 


e a ν᾿ ‘ a 
ὁ δῆμος. Kai μετὰ ταῦτα συστάντων οἷς ἦν ἐπιμελξς 248 


A ιν “ 4 , > 4 > | Ὁ 
κακὼς ἐμὲ ποιεῖν, καὶ γραφάς, εὐθύνας, cicaryyedias, 
, ind a , > > e - ’ a 
πάντα ταῦτ ἐπαγόντων μοι, ov δι' ἑαυτῶν TO γε πρῶτον, 

> ‘ γ»φ , > ἢ , ᾽ , 
ἀλλὰ dv ὧν μάλισθ᾽ ὑπελάμβανον ἀγνοήσεσθαι, (ἴστε 
‘ ὃ ’ A ’ .“ ‘ ’ ’ 
yap δήπου καὶ μέμνησθε ὅτι τοὺς πρώτους χρόνους 
“ον λὺὰὼ cr ? , > + . 2 6 
κατὰ THY ἡμέραν ἑκάστην ἐκρινόμην ἐγώ, καὶ οὔτ᾽ ἀπό- 
’ ¥ / 
vous Σωσικλέους οὔτε συκοφαντία Φιλοκράτους οὔτε 
, A ld / ¥ > ¥. ? > > 
Διωνδου καὶ Medavrov μανία ovr ἄλλ᾽ οὐδὲν ἀπείρατον 
> ’ > 2 a 3 ’ A A Λ 
ἦν τούτοις κατ᾽ ἐμοῦ), ἐν τοίνυν τούτοις πᾶσι μάλιστα 
‘ + ‘ 7 ΄ ‘ > ὃ 2a A Ἃ 
μεν διὰ τοὺς θεούς, δεύτερον δὲ δι’ ὑμᾶς καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους 
> / > , / a a 2 
Αθηναίους ἐσωζόμην. Δικαίως" τοῦτο yap καὶ ἀληθές 
> π ιν .« > / ‘ ’ 4 
ἐστι καὶ ὑπὲρ τῶν ὀμωμοκότων καὶ γνόντων τὰ εὔορκα 
δικαστῶν. 
Sc ‘ is ’ Ψφν» , ’ 
Οὐκοῦν ἐν μεν οἷς εἰσηγγεέλλόμην, ὅτ᾽ ἀπεψηφίζεσθε 350 


Ν ‘ , a 4 a , > 
μου καὶ TO μέρος τῶν Ψήφων τοῖς διωκουσιν οὐ μετε- 








82 AHMOSOCENOY®? 


: , . ὦ 

δίδοτε, tor ἐψηφίζεσθε τὰ ἄριστά με πράττειν " ἐν οἷς 

Ν / A 

δὲ τὰς γραφὰς ἀπέφευγον, ἔννομα καὶ γράφειν καὶ 

, > ᾿ ? 2 ae, »δή > ’ 

λέγειν ἀπεδεικνύμην " ἐν οἷς δὲ τὰς εὐθύνας ἐπεσημαί- 
’ a / 

νεσθε, δικαίως καὶ ἀδωροδοκήτως πάντα πεπρᾶχθαι pot 


“ ’ Φ d > , / 
προσωμολογεῖτε. Τούτων οὖν οὕτως ἐχόντων, τέ προσ- 


- / , > - “μιν ἃ,» , 
nee ἢ τί δίκαιον ἦν τοῖς ὑπ εἐμοὺ πεπραγμένοις. 


᾿ a ¥- > A ‘ a 
θέσθαι τὸν Κτησιφῶντα ὄνομα; Οὐχ ὃ τὸν δῆμον 
7 , "ἃ oe , 5 , > 
ἑώρα τιθέμενον, οὐχ ὃ τοὺς OmwpoKoTas δικαστάς, οὐχ 
ὃ τὴν ἀλήθειαν παρὰ πᾶσι βεβαιοῦσαν ; 

“Ὁ Λ ’ Ν 
Ναί, φησιν, ἀλλὰ τὸ τοῦ Κεφάλου καλὸν, τὸ μηδε- 


μίαν γραφὴν φυγεῖν. Καὶ νὴ Δἴ εὔδαιμόν γε. ᾿Αλλὰ 31. 


a , , “ ae : 
τί μᾶλλον ὁ πολλάκις μὲν φυγων, μηδεπώποτε δ᾽ εξε- 
Ι A > @ a 
λεγχθεὶς ἀδικῶν ἐν ἐγκλήματι γίγνοιτ᾽ ἂν διὰ τοῦτο 
A Ν > κ 
δικαίως; Καίτοι πρός γε τοῦτον, ἄνδρες AOnvaior, 
τὶ a > / 
καὶ τὸ τοῦ Κεφάλου καλὸν εἰπεῖν ἔστι μοι" οὐδεμίαν 
γὰρ πώποτ᾽ ἐγράψατό με οὐδ᾽ ἐδίωξε γραφήν, ὥστε 
ὑπὸ σοῦ γε ὡμολόγημαι μηδὲν εἶναι τοῦ Κεφάλου 
’ / 
χείρων πολίτης. 
» ἢ, > A 
Ὧ) Πολλαχόθεν μὲν τοίνυν ἄν τις ἴδοι THY ἀγνωμοσύνην 
- ¢ " ΠΣ Ν 
αὐτοῦ καὶ τὴν βασκανίαν, οὐχ ἥκιστα δ᾽ ἀφ ὧν περὶ 
- ᾿ Ψ ¥ 
τῆς τύχης διελέχθη. ᾿Εγὼ δ᾽ ὅλως μέν, ὅστις ἄνθρω- 
a > / 4 ’ ae e “ 
mos ὧν ἀνθρώπῳ τύχην προφέρει, ἀνόητον ἡγοῦμαι" 
a ae , ; ν ἃ. ¥ 
ἣν γὰρ ὁ βέλτιστα πράττειν νομίζων καὶ ἀρίστην ἔχειν 
Lal 4 a / 
οἰόμενος, οὐκ oldey εἰ μενεῖ τοιαύτη μέχρι τῆς ἑσπέρας, 
ΠῚ ‘ ‘ 4 / “Ὁ a > / os καὶ 
πῶς χρὴ περὶ ταύτης λέγειν ἢ πῶς overdiCew ἑτέρῳ ; 
᾿Επειδὴ δ᾽ οὗτος πρὸς πολλοῖς ἄλλοις καὶ περὶ τούτων 


ὑπερηφάνως χρῆται τῷ λόγῳ, σκέψασθ᾽, ὦ ἄνδρες 


ΠΕΡΙ TOY STE@ANOY. 83 


> - 
᾿Αθηναῖοι, καὶ θεωρήσατε ὅσῳ καὶ ἀληθέστερον καὶ 


> , “" Ν A 4 4 7 
ἀνθρωπινώτερον ἐγὼ περὶ τῆς τύχης τούτου διαλεχθή- 
> Ν Ν Ν A /. 4 > ‘ e A 
copa. ᾿Ἐγὼ τὴν μεν τῆς πόλεως τύχην ἀγαθὴν ἡγοῦ- 253 
‘ “Δ᾽ ce A ‘ Ν ’ ῃ, a i a 
μαι, καὶ ταῦθ᾽ ὁρῶ Kai τὸν Δία τὸν Awdwvaiov ἡμῖν 
A ‘ > ΔΛ ‘ / ’ ‘ ’ 
καὶ τὸν Απόλλω τὸν Πύθιον μαντευόμενον" τὴν μέντοι 
a , ᾽ , A a oo a ‘ N 
τῶν πάντων ἀνθρώπων, ἣ νῦν ἐπέχει, χαλεπὴν καὶ 
, ’ Rei ict , ἂν , 3 n 
δεινὴν " tis yap “Eddnvev ἢ tis βαρβάρων ov πολλῶν 
7 > - , / a“ A / 
κακῶν ἐν τῷ παρόντι πεπείραται; To μεν τοίνυν 254 
/ Ν Λ 4 Ν Γι > 4 e , 
προελέσθαι τὰ κάλλιστα καὶ TO τῶν οἰηθέντων ᾿Ελλη- 
> lal « A > > / , 4 
νων, εἰ προεῖντο ἡμᾶς, ἐν εὐδαιμονίᾳ διάξειν, τούτων 
ιν Ν , a > om ΄ “-- ΔΛ 
αὑτῶν ἄμεινον πράττειν τῆς ὠγαθῆς τυχῆς τῆς πόλεως 


Άᾶ2 " S gt a ‘ ‘ sa? .ἃ 
εἶναι τίθημι" τὸ δὲ προσκροῦσαι καὶ μὴ πάνθ᾽ ὡς 


9 te 
8:12 ἠβουλόμεθ᾽ ἡμῖν συμβῆναι, τῆς τῶν ἄλλων ἀνθρώπων 


τύχης τὸ ἐπιβάλλον ἐφ᾽ ἡμᾶς μέρος μετειληφέναι νο- 
, Ν , ‘ > tear 4 ‘ ahem a 
μίξω τὴν πόλιν. Την δ᾽ ἰδίαν τύχην τὴν ἐμὴν καὶ τὴν 355 
“Ἴν € a [ , > a να) > , / 
ἑνὸς ἡμῶν ἑκάστου ἐν τοῖς ἰδίοις ἐξετάζειν δίκαιον εἶναι 
ἢ ᾽ ‘ ‘ - ‘ —_— ΄ % a Ὁ A 
νομίζω. ᾿Εγὼ μεν οὑτωσὶ περὶ τῆς τύχης ἀξιῶ, ορθῶς 
Ν / e > a ~ / ‘ So . αὦ e ‘ 
καὶ δικαίως, ὡς ἐμαυτῷ δοκῶ, νομίζω Se καὶ ὑμῖν" ὁ δε 
‘ a7 , Ν > a - a , 
τὴν ἰδίαν τύχην τὴν ἐμὴν τῆς κοινῆς τῆς πόλεως κυριω- 
A > 
τέραν εἶναί φησι, τὴν μικρὰν καὶ φαύλην τῆς ἀγαθῆς 
Ν Λ Ν κ ν “ / 
καὶ μεγάλης. Kai πῶς en τοῦτο γενέσθαι ; 
Καὶ μὴν εἴ γε τὴν ἐμὴν τύχην πάντως ἐξετάζειν, 358 
, ’ “ 4 ‘ a , x ε 
Αἰσχίνη, προαιρεῖ, πρὸς τὴν σαυτοῦ σκόπει, κἂν εὕρῃς 
Ν a an a 4 > «A 
τὴν ἐμὴν βελτίω τῆς σῆς, παῦσαι λοιδορούμενος αὑτῇ. 
- ᾽ ‘ 
Σκόπει τοίνυν εὐθὺς ἐξ ἀρχῆς. Kai pov πρὸς Διὸς 
κ᾿ Ν ¥ 3 
μηδεμίαν ψυχρότητα καταγνῷ μηδείς. ᾿Εγὼ yap ovr 


Ν ’ / ao ΒΩ e a” Μ᾿ Ν 
εἰ τις πενίαν προπηλακίζει, νοῦν ἔχειν ἡγοῦμαι, οὔτ εἰ 





84 ΔΗΜΟΣΘΕΝΟΥΣ 
MEPI TOY ΧΥΚΦΆΝΟΥ. 85 


τις ἐν ἀφθόνοις τραφεὶς ἐπὶ τούτῳ σεμνύνεται" ἀλλ᾽ , : 
ὑπὸ τῆς τουτουὶ τοῦ χαλεποῦ βλασφημίας καὶ συκο- "πὲ: τς arnpitin καὶ καθαίρων τ: saris = 
φαντίας εἰς τοιούτους λόγους ἐμπίπτειν ἀναγκάζομαε, ἀπομάττων i πηλῷ καὶ τοῖς πιτύροις, Kal ἀνιστὰς ἀπὸ 
οἷς ἐκ τῶν ἐνόντων ὡς ἂν δύνωμαι μετριώτατα ΕΞ τοῦ καθαρμοῦ κελεύων λέγειν ἔφυγον κακόν, εὗρον 
σομαι. a μεινον, ἐπὶ τῷ μηδένα πώποτε τηλικοῦτ᾽ ὀλολύξαι 


σεμνυνόμενος, (καὶ ἔγωγε νομέξω * μὴ γὰρ οἴεσθ᾽ αὐτὸν 
φθέγγεσθαι μὲν οὕτω μέγα, drorvtew δ᾽ οὐχ ὑπέρ- 


λαμπρον, ἐν δὲ ταῖς ἡ ἔραις τοὺς καλοὺς θιίσους ἄγων 266 
μπρ μερ 7 


ὡ > 4 ‘ ’ ς - ? / 
257 Ἐμοὶ μεν toivuv ὑπῆρξεν, Αισχίνη, παιδὶ μὲν ὕντι 

a ’ Ν ’ Ὁ 
φοιτᾶν εἰς τὰ προσήκοντα διδασκαλεῖα, καὶ ἔχει: ὅσα 


‘ ‘ > Ν , ; 
χρὴ Tov μηδεν αἰσχρὸν ποιήσοντα δι᾿ ἔνδειαν" ἐξελθόντι 
Ν a a s ᾽ / a / A “Ὁ 
διὰ τῶν ὁδῶν, τοὺς ἐστεφανωμένους τῷ μαραάθῳ καὶ τῇ 


dl ‘ ‘ / ’ὔ A ¢ ‘ a 
Leven, Tous ὄφεις τοὺς παρείας θλίβων καὶ ὑπερ τῆς 
a > »-»" 4 a > «a a <2 4 
κεφαλῆς aiwpav, καὶ βοῶν evot σαβοῖ, καὶ ἐπορχοὺ- 


μενος ὕης ἄττης ἄττης ὕης, ἔξαρχος καὶ προηγε- 


Ν ? / > 
δὲ ex παίδων ἀκόλουθα τούτοις πράττειν, χορηγεῖν, 
a. > ’ “ 
τριηραρχεῖν, εἰσφέρειν, μηδεμιᾶς φιλοτιμίας μήτε ἰδίας 
/ ᾽ “Ἴ 
μὴτε δημοσίας ἀπολείπεσθαι, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῇ πόλει καὶ 


τοῖς φίλοις χρήσιμον εἶναι" ἐπειδὴ δὲ πρὸς τὰ κοινὰ ; i : : a Ar ἐδ 

mpoceleiy Bokd pos, τωρῦτα. wodsrespara δώδι 314 μὼν καὶ κιστοφόρος καὶ st ts καὶ ΜΕΝ = 

ὥστε καὶ ὑπὸ τῆς πατρίδος καὶ ὑπ᾽ ἄλλων Ἑλλήνων 313 = ve oo = ΜΝ ΡΟΝ Ἴσον. 

πολλῶν πολλάκις ἐστεφανῶσθαι, καὶ μηδὲ τοὺς ἐχθροὺς ice angle gi sameness a eee ? pits 

ὑμᾶς ὡς οὐ καλά γ᾽ ἦν ἃ προειλόμην ἐπιχειρεῖν λέγειν. οἷς ἂν ἐς igh δὴν Se 
τύχην ; 

᾿Επειδὴ δ᾽ εἰς τοὺς δημότας ἐνεγράφης ὁπωσδήποτε 261 


In ‘ a ? ‘ i.) e ᾽ , 2A? ‘ 
(ἐῶ yap τοῦτο), ἐπειδὴ δ᾽ οὖν eveypadns, εὐθέως τὸ 


> Ν ‘ ‘ 
258 E 4 ’ / ‘ Λ » 
γω μεν δὴ τοιαυτῃ συμβεβίωκα TUX), καὶ πόλλ, ἂν 
» ted > > -“" A 7, /- / 
ἔχων ETE εἰπεῖν περὶ αὑτῆς παραλείπω, φυλαττόμενος 


Ἃ a , > 2 
TO λυπῆσαί τινα ἐν οἷς σεμνύνομαι. 
_— niles Λ > 4 a ¥ ’ x 6 
κώλλιστον ἐξελέξω τῶν ἔργων, γραμματεύειν καὶ vTN- 


> ὺ δ. ἃ ᾿ Cae a , ee 
» 0 σεμνὸς ἀνὴρ καὶ διαπτύων τοὺς ἄλλους, : pest ; : τῆς ἢ ‘ a3 
ρετεῖν τοῖς apxidios. Qs δ᾽ ἀπηλλάγης ποτε Kat 


, ‘ ΄, , ‘ 
σκοίτεν προς TAaVTHV ποίᾳ τινι κέχρησ αι τύχη" δι ἣν 
ι 





’, , ". ἃ a Υ. - δ. κα , 
n χω ἃ . “Ὁ τούτου. πανθ ἃ τῶν ἄλλων κατήηγορεις AUTOS ποιησας 
παῖς μὲν ὧν μετὰ πολλῆς ἐνδείας ἐτράφης, ἅμα TH ᾿ : , = nyoP case ησας, 
° > ἤ ‘ > lal “ : a 

ov κατῃσχυνᾶς μα Δί᾽ οὐδὲν τῶν προὔπηργμενων τῷ 568 


Ν Ν a / 
πατρὶ πρὸς τῷ διδασκαλείῳ προσεδρεύων, τὸ μέλαν 


“A , rn - 
f \ os Uae , oe eee eta ταῦτα βίῳ, ἀλλὰ μισθώσας αὑτον τοῖς βαρυστο- 
τρίβων καὶ ta βαθρα σπογγίζων - καὶ τὸ παιδαγωγεῖον μ ' β . ᾿ st Ἔ : 
A ated. , ἀπ ις ἐκείνοις ὑποκριταῖ ιμύλῳ καὶ 
κορῶν, οἰκέτου τάξιν, οὐκ ἐλευθέρου παιδὸς ἔχων - ἀνὴ Ἀ VOLS ἐπικαλουμένοις ς ριταῖς, Φιμυλᾳ 


ui Ν , “ 4 4 4 
860 δὲ γενόμενος τῇ μητρὶ τέλούσῃ τὰς βίβλους aveyiyve- 


‘ 9 pa 
σκες καὶ τἄλλα συνεσκευωροῦ, THY μὲν νύκτα νεβρίζων 


ἢ > / a Ν , Ny Ἔ , 
Σωκράτει, ETPLTAYWVLOTELS, TUKA καὶ Botpus Kas ἐλάας 


/ Ψ " , > r >. / ; 
συλλέγων ὥσπερ οπωρωνὴς EK τῶν ἀλλοτρίων χωρίων, - 





ἢ , eke , a a > ἢ A ¢ a 
πλείω λαμβάνων ἀπὸ τούτων ἢ τὼν ἀγώνων; οὖς ὑμεις 
8 














86 AHMOZOENOYS 


A = Ν ¥ 
περὶ τῆς ψυχῆς ἠγωνίζεσθε" ἦν yap ἄσπονδος Kat 
“ιν δ. Ν ‘ Ν Λ ς,»Ἀ e 
ἀκήρυκτος ὑμῖν πρὸς τοὺς θεατὰς πόλεμος, vp wv 
4, , > ‘ ? ’ ‘ > / κ 
πολλὰ τραῦματ εἰληῴφως ELKOTWS τοὺς ἀπείρους τῶν 
, > Ν Ν ‘\ e 
363 τοιούτων ws δειλοὺς σκώπτεις. Adda yap παρεὶς wv 
‘ “.. Ν a / 
τὴν πενίαν αἱτιάσαιτ᾽ ἄν τις, πρὸς αὐτὰ τὰ TOU τρόπου 
a / ’ Ν of. 
σου βαδιοῦμαι κατηγορήματα. Τοιαύτην yap εἰλου 
i a , ~ 
πολιτείαν, ἐπειδή ποτε καὶ τοῦτ᾽ ἐπῆλθέ σοι ποιῆσαι, 
A Ν ’ Ν 
δ ἣν εὐτυχούσης μὲν τῆς πατρίδος λαγὼ Biov ἐξης, 
> / a >,? 
δεδιὼς καὶ τρέμων καὶ ἀεὶ πληγήσεσθαι προσδοκῶν ep 
- a > @ > / e 
ols σαυτῷ συνήδεις ἀδικοῦντι, ἐν οἷς ὃ ἠτύχησαν οἱ 
/ ad 
304 ἄλλοι, θρασὺς ὧν vp ἁπάντων ὦψαι. Καίτοι ὅστις 


- > ’ 2. 52 δ Ἂν » 
χιλίων πολιτῶν ἀποθανόντων ἐθάρῥησε, τί οὗτος παθεῖΐν 


a , / / > Ν / A > 
ὑπὸ τῶν ζώντων δίκαιος ἐστιν; ΠΠολλα τοίνυν ἕτερ 30 


᾽ A ¥ Ν 3 a / ? Ν ce ἃ 
εἰπεῖν ἔχων περὶ αὐτοῦ παραλείψω" οὐ yap oo ἂν 
! ee ‘ ᾽ ἂν 4 δ νΝ ὦ 
δείξαιμι. προσόντ᾽ αἰσχρὰ TovT®@ καὶ ὀνείδη, πάντ᾽ οἶμαι 
ὑλλύλλου νὰ ‘ ? ae 
δεῖν εὐχερῶς λέγειν, GAN ὅσα μηδὲν αἰσχρὸν ἐστιν 

> a > , 

εἰπεῖν ἐμοί. 

3 ’ Φ ᾿΄ ‘ A > ‘ 
2s Εξέτασον τοίνυν παρ ἄλληλα τὰ σοὶ καμοὶ βεβιω- 
, , 4 ‘ a ᾽ , —s oe 
μένα, πράως Kat μὴ πικρῶς, Αισχίνη " εἶτ ἐρωτησον 
’ by. , id x , @ “ιν 

τουτουσί, τὴν ποτέρου τύχην ἂν ἕλοιθ᾽ ἕκαστος αὑτῶν. 


᾿Εδίδασκες γράμματα, ἐγὼ δ᾽ ἐφοίτων. ᾿Ετέλεις, ἐγὼ 


δ᾽ ἐτελούμην. ᾿Εχόρευες, ἐγὼ δ᾽ ἐχορήγουν. ᾿Εγραμ- 


; + π > > / > ᾽’ th. 
ματευες, ey δ᾽ ἠκκλησίαζον. ᾿Ετριταγωνίστεις, eyo 


δ᾽ ἐθεώρουν. ᾿Εξέπιπτες, ἐγὼ δ᾽ ἐσύριττον. Ὑπὲρ 


ΠΈΡΙ TOY ΣΤΕΦΑΝΟΥ. 87 


> » 3 4 Ἂ ‘ 

ἀδικεῖν ἀνωμολόγημαι, σοὶ δὲ συκοφάντῃ μὲν εἶναι 
“ e Ud ‘ ω a 

δοκεῖν ὑπάρχει, κινδυνεύεις δὲ εἴτε δεῖ σ᾽ ἔτι τοῦτο 
“ eo: »"ΨὮἤ a 

ποιεῖν, et ἤδη πεπαῦσθαι μὴ μεταλαβόντα τὸ [πέμ- 

/ a ’ > A - 
πτον] μέρος τῶν ψήφων. ᾿Αγαθῇ γε (οὐχ ὁρᾷς ;) τύχη 
Ν a > «A τ .. “ 3 
συμβεβιωκὼς τῆς ἐμῆς [ὡς φαύλης] κατηγορεῖς. 


/ » » ‘ a a 
Φέρε δὴ καὶ τὰς τῶν λειτουργιῶν μαρτυρίας ὧν λε- 267 


’ tc «a ᾽ “Ὁ > A 
λειτούργηκα ὑμῖν ἀναγνῶ" Tap ἃς παρανάγνωθι, καὶ 
’ ‘ , A 
σὺ μοι τὰς ῥήσεις ἃς ἐλυμήνω, 


σ ‘ a Ν , 
Hkw λιπὼν κευθμῶνα καὶ σκότου πύλας 


“ x Ν A 
Κακαγγελεῖν μὲν ἰσθι μὴ θέλοντώ pe, 
‘ 4 a Λ ‘ δ so” ᾿ 
καὶ κακὸν κακὼς σε μάλιστα μεν οἱ θεοί, ἔπειτα οὗτοι 
, > , ‘ » 
πάντες ἀπολέσειαν πονηρὸν ὄντα καὶ πολίτην καὶ τρι- 
ταγωνιστήν. 


Aéye τὰς μαρτυρίας. 


MAPTTPIAI. 


> ‘ , a Ν “ 
Ev μεν τοίνυν τοῖς πρὸς τὴν πόλιν. τοιοῦτος " ἐν δὲ 268 


.“ ἰδί > ‘ ’ Ν Ψ Ν ‘ , 
B16 TOUS LOLOLS EL μὴ πάντες ἔστε OTL KoLVOS καὶ φιλανθρω- 


‘ a / ? a a 
πος Kat τοῖς δεομένοις ἐπαρκῶν, σιωπῶ καὶ οὐδὲν ἂν 
ΕΣ > δὲ ’ Ν ’ ? / 
ELTTOLLL οὐδε παρασχοίμην περὶ τούτων οὐδεμίαν μαρτυ- 
/ ΠΑΝ δ ιν ς 3 a / : 
ρίαν, οὔτ᾽ εἰ τινας EK τῶν πολεμίων ἐλυσάμην, οὔτ᾽ εἴ 


/ ¥ ~ 
τισι θυγατέρας συνεξέδωκα, οὔτε τῶν τοιούτων οὐδέν. 


᾿ N Ψ 
Καὶ γὰρ οὕτω πως ὑπείληφα. ᾿Εγὼ νομίζω τὸν μὲν 269 


| 


a“ 3 a , , el > hasty. > ’ ral 
τῶν ἐχθρῶν πεπολίτευσαι πάντα, ἐγὼ δ᾽ ὑπὲρ τῆς εὖ παθόντα δεῖν μεμνῆσθαι τὸν πάντα χρόνον», τὸν δὲ 


sss πατρίδος. Ἐῶ τἄλλα, ἀλλὰ νυνὶ τήμερον ἐγὼ μὲν ποιήσαντα εὐθὺς ἐπιλελῆσθαι, εἰ δεῖ τὸν μὲν χρηστοῦ 


ὑπὲρ τοῦ στεφανωθῆναι δοκιμάξομαι, τὸ δὲ μηδ᾽ ὁτιοῦν τὸν δὲ μὴ μικροψύχου ποιεῖν ἔργον ἀνβρώπου. To δὲ 





ΠΈΡΙ TOY STE®@ANOY. 89 
88 ΔΗΜΟΣΘΕΝΟΥΣ 


Δ ’ A »“ , , “AA a >. a 
ee eee os) , . ae ‘ ἃ πάντα προσῆν τοῖς τότε πραττομένοις UT ἐμοῦ, ἀλλα 
τὰς ἰδίας εὐεργεσίας ὑπομιμνήσκειν καὶ λέγειν μικρου Μ : cibliesiids ss ᾽ν" , ταν πος 
οὐ δι mann ᾽ , " τῆς ἀληθείας ἡττώμενος δηλονότι καὶ TH ἐν ἔχειν 
δεῖν ὅμοιόν ἐστι τῷ ὀνειδίζειν. Οὐ δὴ ποιήσω τοιοῦτον τ " Ἷ es ε Ἶ : ΣΡ " ᾿' “x 
eee , ὧν ἃ "ὦ εἰπεῖν βέλτιον,) πῶς οὐκ ἀδικεῖς καὶ Sewa ποιεῖς τούτοις 
οὐδέν, οὐδὲ προαχθήσομαι, add ὅπως ποθ᾽ ὑπείλημμαι ng EE one sg , ‘ 
ey Saran om viv ἐγκαλῶν ὧν TOT οὐκ εἶχες λέγειν βελτίω ; 
περὶ τούτων, ἀρκεῖ μοι. sass ἐν ! τ ΣΈ 
* ~~ A 

im , ν a: See ᾽ Ὧν Ν τ. Παρὰ μεν τοίνυν τοὺς ἄλλοις eywy opw πασιν 374 
πὴ Βούλομαι δε τῶν ἰδίων ἀπαλλαγεὶς ETL μικρὰ προς eee ; ἱ : : 

ee ve com ᾿ en oe ἀνθρώποις διωρισμένα καὶ τεταγμένα πὼς TA τοιαῦτα. 

ὑμᾶς εἰπεῖν περὶ τῶν κοινῶν. Ei μὲν γάρ ἔχεις, : 

» “" "Ἡῇ 9 ‘ 4 / i. 4 

Αδικεῖ τις ἑκὼν " ὀργὴν καὶ τιμωρίαν κατὰ TOUTCU. 


> , / ¥ , > a “ ’ 
Ἑξήμαρτέ τις ἄκων" συγγνώμην ἀντί τῆς τιμωρίκια 
’ ee ee ΄ ie NM , : 3 Ν - 
τούτῳ. Our ἀδικῶν τις οὔτ᾽ ἐξαμαρτάνων εἰς Ta πᾶσι 
κα LAF aed 
“ Ν ‘ > 7 "= ν᾽ 
δοκοῦντα συμφέρειν ἑαυτὸν δοὺς οὐ κατώρθωσε μεθ 


᾽ ’ ~ ei A Ν ef. ᾽ r > ’ 
Αἰσχίνη, τῶν ὑπὸ τοῦτον τὸν ἥλιον εἰπεῖν ἀνθρωπων 
ad Δ“ ’ ’ Ν a A > 
ὅστις ἀθῶος τῆς Φιλίππου πρότερον καὶ νῦν τῆς Αλε- 

, / / A “, ε / A 7 
Euvdpov δυναστείας γέγονεν, ἢ τῶν Ελληνων ἢ τὼν 


, ell a Ν ν" ἃ Υ̓ ᾽, 
βαρβάρων, ἔστω, συγχωρῶ σοι τὴν ἐμὴν, εἰτε τύχην εν See ate iis “ : 
y aN. Taine , , ν ἢ ἁπάντων" οὐκ ὀνειδίζειν οὐδὲ λοιδορεῖσθαι τῷ τοιούτῳ 
εἴτε δυστυχίαν ὀνομάζειν βούλει, πάντων αἰτίαν γεγε- : ἘΣ : i 

‘ a ee ae ais > \ . δίκαιον, ἀλλὰ συνάχθεσθαι. Φανήσεται ταῦτα πάντα 918 
νῆσθαι. Εἰ δὲ καὶ τῶν μηδεπώποτ᾽ ἰδόντων ἐμὲ μηδε ἕ “Τὰν ἶ ; ee we 
5 , ae . Cee . , οὕτως οὐ μόνον ἐν τοῖς νομίμοις, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἡ φύσις 
φωνὴν ἀκηκοότων ἐμοῦ πολλοὶ πολλὰ καὶ δεινὰ πεπὸν- Tis i i a ee ω 
ς΄ > ¥ νὰν τ} “ αὐτὴ τοῖς ἀγράφοις νόμοις καὶ τοῖς ἀνθρωπίνοις ἤθεσι 
θασι, μὴ μόνον κατ᾽ ἄνδρα ἀλλὰ καὶ πόλεις ὅλαι καὶ ὙΡ ἀῷ 5 P E ; 
¥ , , “oe eer προ" διώρικεν. «ΑΑισχίνης τοίνυν τοσοῦτον ὑπερβέβληκεν 
ἔθνη, πόσῳ δικαιότερον καὶ ἀληθέστερον τὴν ἁπάντων, - ΣΤ ἢ γα τι : ope 
ὦ > Bod, , . . ; ἅπαντας ἀνθρώπους ὠμότητι καὶ συκοφαντίᾳ, ὥστε 
ὡς ἔοικεν, ἀνθρώπων τύχην κοινὴν καὶ φορὰν τινα ἘΝ ον ἢ : Ἐπ re τὶ 
, . ae! ee ἢ , ..} καὶ ὧν αὐτὸς ὡς ατυχημάτων ἐμέμνητο, καὶ ταῦτ ἐμοῦ 
πραγμάτων χαλεπὴν καὶ οὐχ οἵαν ἔδει τούτων αἰτίαν i 
oo ‘ ͵ ee “καὶ Ν ᾿ ΚαΤΉΎορει. 
215 ἡγεῖσθαι. Σὺ τοίνυν ταῦτ᾽ ἀφεὶς ewe τὸν Tapa του- ΡΥ 
» a « Ν. Ψ + e “ . > 

‘ ; i a Ἢ ον ων oe Ka προς TOW ἄλλοις, ὥσπερ AUTOS ATAWS καὶ MET 278 
τοισὶ πεπολιτευμένον αἰτιᾷ, καὶ ταῦτ᾽ εἰδὼς ὅτι, καὶ εἰ τ ς ΠῚ sae : ρα, 59. 
ee ae , eee om εὐνοίας πάντας εἰρηκὼς τοὺς λόγους, φυλάττειν EWE καὶ 
μὴ τὸ ὅλον, μέρος y ἐπιβάλλει τῆς βλασφημίας ἅπασι, ῬΨ 





a + ἃ Ψ ‘ ’ | ania 9 9 
the , νιν πὶ.» 4: Man nis τηρεῖν ἐκέλευεν, ὅπως wy παρακρούσομαι μηδ ἐξαπα- 
καὶ μάλιστα σοί. Εἰ μὲν γὰρ ἐγὼ κατ ἐμαυτὸν αὑτο- : : Tis ¥ : 3 <3 
, λ ει , : , “ie τήσω, δεινὸν καὶ γόητα καὶ σοφιστην καὶ τὰ τοιαῦτ 
κράτωρ ὧν περὶ τῶν πραγμάτων εβουλευόμην, ἣν ἂν egies Ἧ ok mets 2 . eo 
“ἢ 7 cel. ee. ete τ Ὁ : ὀνομάζων, ὡς, ἐὰν πρότερός τις εἴπῃ τὰ προσόνθ ἑαυτῷ 
75} τοῖς ἄλλοις ῥήτορσιν ὑμῖν ἐμὲ αἰτιᾶσθαι " εἰ δὲ παρῆτε sigrar, Se al ing ci Pte , 
as mah , ἐν εἰν ἡ or ead Wo περὶ ἄλλου, καὶ δὴ ταῦθ᾽ οὕτως ἔχοντα, καὶ οὐκέτι τοὺς 
μὲν ἐν ταῖς ἐκκλησίαις ἁπάσαις ἀεί, ἐν κοινῷ δὲ τὸ i : OF τὸς ee 
ἀκούοντας σκεψομένους τίς TOT αὑτὸς ἐστιν ὁ ταῦτα 





/ e δ > ‘6 a a δὲ ,“ὋΨἢΨ 
συμφερον ἢ TOALS προῦυτι ει GOKOTTELY, πασί € Ταῦτ. 


Se ἐς Ὁ IEEE ne 


λέγων. Ἐγὼ δ᾽ οἶδ᾽ ὅτι γυγνώσκετε τοῦτον ἅπαντες, 
καὶ πολὺ τούτῳ μᾶλλον ἢ ἐμοὶ νομίζετε ταῦτα προσεῖ- 
Φ ἂν 


5. ἡ δ κ >» ὦ ‘ Λ , yee. > 3 
ἐδόκει TOT ἄριστ᾽ εἶναι, καὶ μάλιστα σοί, (οὐ γὰρ er 
‘ | 


oe ἂν" ὁ κα ’ Ἂ. "δ Y GiXo ie a 
ευνοίᾳ 7 εμοι παρέχωρεις EATTLOW@Y καὶ ςλου Kat τίμων, 








AHMOSOENOY?S ΠΕΡΙ TOY STE@ANOY,. 91 


mae ’ Ν > Ὁ > 4 om 27 “δ. 9? 
277 vat. Kaxeivo δ᾽ εὖ οἶδ᾽, ὅτι τὴν ἐμὴν δεινότητα TOUS πρὸς ἐμὲ αὑτὸν ἀγῶνας ἐάσαντα νῦν ἐπὶ τόνδ 
4 . 

al A “ / ὃ af Ψ ~ » , 
4 4 f ἔγωγ᾽ ὁρῶ τῆς τῶν λεγόντων δυνά ἥκειν πᾶσαν ἔχει κακίαν. 

ap* (Katto. eywy op 

sii 7 Ρ ( , si Ν 4 / ‘i. a ἂν 
pews τοὺς ἀκούοντας τὸ πλείστον κυρίους " ὡς Yap, 


od Υ a “ 
ὑμεῖς ἀποδέξησθε καὶ προς ἕκαστον ἔχητ εὐνοίας, οὕτως 


Kai μοι δοκεῖς ἐκ τούτων, 20° 
Αἰσχίνη, λόγων ἐπίδειξίν τινα καὶ φωνασκίας βουλό- 
μενος ποιήσασθαι τοῦτον προέλέσθαι τὸν ἀγῶνα, οὐκ 
ὁ λέγων ἔδοξε φρονεῖν). Εἰ δ᾽ οὖν Ψῃ καὶ ~~ wii ἀδικήματος οὐδενὸς λαβεῖν τιμωρίαν. 
τις ἐμπειρία τοιαύτη, ταύτην μὲν ΜΝ περ ὦ - 
τοῖς κοινοῖς ἐξεταξομένην ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν ἀεὶ καὶ οὐδαμοῦ 


> ’ὔ > 
δ᾽ ἰδία" τὴ Ὲ ὕἤὕτου τοὐναντίον, οὐ 
καθ᾽ ὑμῶν οὐδ ἰδίᾳ τὴν δὲ τοῦτ 


Ἔστι δ᾽ οὐχ ὁ 
λόγος τοῦ ῥήτορος, Αἰσχίνη, τίμιον, οὐδ᾽ ὁ τόνος τῆς 
φωνῆς, ἀλλὰ τὸ ταὐτὰ προαιρεῖσθαι τοῖς πολλοῖς καὶ 
τὸ τοὺς αὐτοὺς μισεῖν καὶ φιλεῖν ae ἂν ἡ πατρίς. 
‘O γὰρ οὕτως ἔχων τὴν ψυχήν, οὗτος ἐπ᾽ εὐνοίᾳ πάντ᾽ 98ι 


ἐρεῖ" ὁ δ᾽ ἀφ᾽ ὧν ἡ πόλις vite σξώτο τινα κίνδυνον 
Οὐ γὰρ αὐτῇ δικαίως, οὐδ᾽ ἐφ᾽ a vorbis τῇ — ἑαυτῇ, τούτους θεραπεύων οὐκ ἐπὶ τῆς αὐτῆς ὁρμεῖ τοῖς 

he ~ 

278 χρῆται. Οὔτε γὰρ τὴν ὀργὴν cure ve" ἐχθρ = ai ποόλλοις, 
ἄλλο οὐδὲν τῶν τοιούτων τὸν καλὸν κάγαθον πολίτην 





a ? a > ‘ 4 ¥ 
μόνον τῷ λέγειν ὑπὲρ τῶν ἐχθρῶν, ἀλλὰ καὶ εἰ τις 
Φ 


/ / ‘ ΄ 
ἐλύπησέ τι τοῦτον ἢ προσέκρουσέ που, κατὰ τούτων. 


οὔκουν οὐδὲ τῆς ἀσφαλείας τὴν αὐτὴν ἔχει 
προσδοκίαν. ᾿Αλλ᾽, ὁρᾷς; ᾿Εγώ" ταὐτὰ γὰρ συμ- 
φέρονθ᾽ εἱλόμην τουτοισί, καὶ οὐδὲν ἐξαίρετον οὐδ᾽ ἴδιον 
πεποίημαι. "Ap οὖν οὐδὲ σύ; Καὶ Tas; “Os ev- 292 


θέως μετὰ τὴν μάχην ec ἐπορεύου πρὸς Φί. 
λύίππον, ὃς ἦν τῶν ἐν ἐκείνοις τοῖς χρόνοις θεν 


- > , ‘ > ΄»“-ὄ 
δεῖ τοὺς ὑπὲρ τῶν κοινῶν εἰσεληλυθότας δικαστὰς ἀξιοῦν 


7 a 3 A Pa , > 
ἀλλὰ μάλιστα μὲν μὴ ἔχειν ταῦτ᾽ ἐν τῇ φύσει, εἰ ὃ 
’ ’ > & 
ap ἀνάγκη, πράως καὶ μετρίως διακείμεν ἔχειν. 


Φ Ν / Ν 
Ἐν τίσιν οὖν σφοδρὸν εἶναι τὸν πολιτευόμενον καὶ Pe. Ἢ πατρίδι aaa” ΤῊΣ pate 


΄ - 
τὸν ῥήτορα δεῖ ; Ἔν οἷς τῶν ὅλων τι κινδυνεύεται τῇ ἕμπροσ Νὰ ὠς, ἣν ρῶν δὲ ὩΣ ΩΣ 
‘ > / > - , > q XP v7 ”) 
πόλει, καὶ ἐν οἷς πρὸς τοὺς ἐναντίους ἐστὶ τῷ δήμῳ, ἐν Bere a 


’ 4 b | A , 
τούτοις" ταῦτα γὰρ γενναίου καὶ ἀγαθοῦ πολίτου. 


Καίτοι τίς ὁ τὴν πόλιν ἐξαπατῶν ; Οὐχ ὁ μὴ 
λέγων ἃ φρονεῖ ; Τῷ δ᾽ ὁ κήρυξ καταρᾶται δικαίως ;. 
Οὐ τῷ τοιούτῳ; Τί δὲ μεῖζον ἔχοι τις ἂν εἰπεῖν ἀδί- 

ac xnua κατ᾽ ἀνδρὸς ῥήτορος ἢ εἰ μὴ ταὐτὰ φρονεῖ καὶ 
λέγει; Σὺ τοίνυν οὗτος εὑρέθης. Εἶτα σὺ φθέγγῃ 23 


καὶ βλέπειν εἰς τὰ τούτων πρόσωπα τολμᾷς; Πότερ᾽ 


οὐχ ἡγεῖ γιγνώσκειν αὐτοὺς ὅστις ef; ; Ἢ τοσοῦτον 


279 Μηδενὸς δὲ ἀδικήματος πώποτε δημοσίου, πνέων δὲ 
μηδ᾽ ἰδίου, δίκην ἀξιώσαντα λαβεῖν “ _ μήθ 
ὑπὲρ τῆς πόλεως μήθ᾽ ὑπὲρ αὑτοῦ, shi καὶ es? 
vou κατηγορίαν ἥκειν συνεσκευασμένον, καὶ ΝΣ 
λόγους ἀνηλωκέναι ἰδίας ἔχθρας καὶ φθόνου ΜΞ pene 
ψυχίας ἐστὶ σημεῖον, οὐδενὸς χρηστοῦ. To δὲ δὴ καὶ 











92 ΔΗΜΟΣΘΕΝΟΥΣ 


od > ? a * 
ὕπνον καὶ λήθην ἅπαντας. ἔχειν ὥστ᾽ ov μεμνῆσθαϊ 


> > a ’ Υ 
τοὺς λόγους ods ἐδημηγόρεις ἐν τῷ δήμῳ, καταρώμενος 
“ ᾽ ‘ τ ᾿ ‘ , a 
καὶ διομνύμενος μηδὲν εἶναι σοὶ καὶ Φιλίππῳ πρᾶγμα, 
a νὰν A > 
ἀλλ᾽ ἐμὲ τὴν αἰτίαν σοι ταύτην ἐπάγειν τῆς ἰδίας ἕνεκ 
»" > , > 
ἔχθρας, οὐκ οὖσαν ἀληθῆ ; ‘As δ᾽ ἀπηγγέλθη τάχισθ 
’ Ν 
ἡ μάχη, οὐδὲν τούτων φροντίσας εὐθέως ὡμολόγεις καὶ 
a ’ ‘ ’ "ὁ Ν δ, ἃ a 
προσεποιοῦ φιλίαν καὶ ξενίαν εἶναί σοι πρὸς αὑτὸν, TH 
” ? / 
μισθαρνίᾳ ταῦτα μετατιθέμενος τὰ ὀνόματα" ἐκ ποίας 
ω / 
yap tons, ἣ δικαίας προφάσεως Aicyivn τῷ Γλαυκοθέας 
᾿ 
- “A ; a , Φ / 
τῆς τυμπανιστρίας ξένος ἢ φίλος 7) γνώριμος ἦν Φί- 
- > > A 
λιππὸος; Ἐγὼ μὲν οὐχ ὁρῶ, ἀλλ᾽ ἐμισθώθης ἐπὶ τῷ 
? 7 LA 
Ta τουτωνὶ συμφέροντα διαφθείρειν. ‘Arr ὅμως οὕτω 
φανερῶς αὐτὸς εἰλημμένος προδότης καὶ κατὰ σαυτοῦ 
μηνυτὴς ἐπὶ τοῖς συμβᾶσι γεγονὼς ἐμοὶ λοιδορεῖ καὶ 
A Ὶ a / 
ὀνειδίζεις ταῦτα, ὧν πάντας μᾶλλον αἰτίους εὑρήσεις. 
ws Πολλὰ καὶ καλὰ καὶ μεγάλα ἡ πόλις, Αἰσχίνη, καὶ 
, Oe a e > > / 
προεΐλετο καὶ κατώρθωσε Si ἐμοῦ, ὧν οὐκ ἠμνημόνησεν. 
- ’ “ ‘ € Ν ᾽ a 2) ἀν," 
Σημεῖον δέ" χειροτονῶν yap ὁ δημος τὸν ἐροῦντ᾽ ἐπὶ 
a ͵ ‘+ a ‘ , ννν» 
τοῖς τετελευτηκόσι παρ αὑτὰ Ta συμβαντα οὐ σε ἐχει- 
¥ 
ροτόνησε προβληθέντα, καΐπερ εὔφωνον ὄντα, οὐδὲ 4η- 
/ ¥ ’ ‘ “..κ 7a) ὃ ’ 
μάδην, ἄρτε πεποιηκότα τὴν εἰρήνην, ovd ᾿Ηγήμονα, 
οὐδ᾽ ἄλλον ὑμῶν οὐδένα, ἀλλ᾽ ἐμέ. Καὶ παρελθόντος 
σοῦ καὶ Πυθοκλέους ὠμῶς καὶ ἀναιδῶς, ὦ Ζεῦ καὶ θεοί, 
᾿ , ἌΝ" ιν ἃ ae ͵ Ἀ 
καὶ κατηγορούντων ἐμοῦ ταῦτα ἃ καὶ GU νυνί, καὶ λοι- 
’ ¥ ¥ 3 / “ἊΨ > 
2.6 δορουμένων, ἐτ ἄμεινον ἐχειροτόνησεν ἐμέ. To ὃ 
¥ > 5 » ͵ Ψ ‘ , “κ᾽ 
αἱτιον οὐκ ἀγνοεῖς μέν,“ ὅμως δὲ φράσω σοι Kayo. 


? ’ 2 i= ? / / roe, Ra ¥ ‘ 
Apdotep ἤδεσαν avtoi, τὴν T ἐμὴν εὔνοιαν καὶ προ- 


ΠΕΡῚ TOY ΣΤΕΦΑΝΟΥ. 93 


θυμίαν, μεθ᾽ ἧς τὰ πράγματ᾽ ἔπραττον, καὶ τὴν ὑμετέ- 


, eee τ ὦ. ih 
pav Κα" a yap ευσενουντῶν των πραγμάτων ἤρβρνει» 


Ἀ21 


θ ὃ 4 a > > 2 2 εξ Λ ε 
σῦε ὀιομνυμενοι, ταῦτ ἐν OLS ἔπταίσεν ἢ πόλις ὠμολο- 
, Τ' ‘ * 4 a a > , » 
γήσατες Tous οὖν ἐπὶ τοῖς κοινοῖς ἀτυχήμασιν ὧν 
? / , ¥ 3 ‘ “ Λ 
ἐφρόνουν λαβόντας ἀδειαν ἐχθροὺς μὲν πάλαι, φανεροὺς 
‘ 4a? ¢ , ς a “- ‘ 
δὲ τόθ᾽ ἡγήσαντο αὑτοῖς γεγενῆσθαι. Εἶτα καὶ προσή- 257 
e , a > ~ S Φ. & ~ , 
Kew ὑπολαμβάνοντες τὸν ἐροῦντ᾽ ἐπὶ τοῖς τετελευτηκόσι 
4 ‘ > ‘ > ‘ , δ" e ’ 
καὶ τὴν ἐκείνων ἀρετὴν κοσμήσοντα μήθ᾽ ὁμωρόφιον 
’ θ᾽ ε ’ So / 93 “ A > / 
Hn? ομόσπονδον γεγενημένον εἶναι τοῖς πρὸς ἐκείνους 
ay > lal % , 4 / 
παραταξαμένοις, μηδ᾽ ἐκεῖ μὲν κωμάζειν καὶ mavovitew 
9 Α a - ε 4 a ; a 
emt ταῖς τῶν Ελλήνων συμφοραῖς μετὰ τῶν αὐτοχείρων 
a ’ὔ; > , n a 
τοῦ φόνου, δεῦρο δ᾽ ἐλθόντα τιμᾶσθαι, μηδὲ τῇ φωνῇ 
δα ’ e , ‘ > / 4 >. A a 
κρυειν ὑποκρινόμενον τὴν EKELYWY τύχην, ἀλλα TH 
a A a > , = 
vuxn συναλγεῖν. Τοῦτο δ᾽ ἑώρων παρ᾽ ἑαυτοῖς καὶ 
Φ, 2 ’ ‘ > “ιν ΝΜ ». a 
map ἐμοί, mapa ὃ ὑμῖν ov. Διὰ ταῦτ᾽ ἐμὲ ἐχειροτό- 
‘ > a 
γησαν καὶ οὐχ ὑμᾶς. 
Ν > τς ‘ a ee ε ‘ a ¢ 
Kai οὐχ ὁ μὲν δῆμος οὕτως, οἱ δὲ τῶν τετεέλευτηκό- 4259 
/ 4 > A ω 
των πατέρες καὶ ἀδελφοὶ οἱ ὑπὸ τοῦ δήμου τόθ᾽ αἷρε- 
‘al θ᾿ ‘ ‘ ¥. 3 Ν a 
θέντες ἐπὶ τὰς ταφὰς ἄλλως πως, ἀλλὰ δέον ποιεῖν 
> ‘ » / ᾿ ᾽ > r 
αὑτοὺς TO περίδευπνον ὡς παρ᾽ οἰκειοτώτῳ τῶν τετελευ- 
, σ΄ > » Ν / a 
τηκότων, ὥσπερ τἄλλ, εἰωθε γίγνεσθαι, τοῦτ᾽ ἐποίη- 
> 3 ’ Ej , , Ἃ 4 
σαν Tap ἐμοί. ἱκότως " γένει μὲν γὰρ ἕκαστος 
“. κ“ ΡΈΕΙ > 3 a a ‘ - 
ἐκάστῳ μᾶλλον οἰκεῖος HY ἐμοῦ, κοινῇ δὲ πᾶσιν οὐδεὶς 


? ‘ ᾿ φ ‘ ? / a Ν a 
ἐγγυτέρω" ᾧ yap εκείνους σωθῆναι καὶ κατορθῶσαι 


Λ / e \ ’ 
Κὰ μάλιστα διέφερεν, οὗτος καὶ παθόντων, ἃ μη ποτ᾽ 


ὥφελον, τῆς ὑπὲρ ἁπάντων λύπης πλεῖστον per εἶχεν. 
Acye δ᾽ αὐτῷ τουτὶ τὸ ἐπίγραμμα, ὃ δημοσίᾳ προεί- 299 





94 AHMOSCENOY? ΠΕΡῚ TOY STE@®ANOY. 95 


λετο ἡ πόλις αὐτοῖς ἐπιγράψαι, ἵν᾽ εἰδῇς, Αἰσχίνη, καὶ 83 ἀλλ᾽ ἐπάρας τὴν φωνὴν καὶ γεγηθὼς καὶ Aapuyyivov 
ἐν αὐτῷ τούτῳ σαυτὸν ἀγνώμονα καὶ συκοφάντην ὄντα @ETO μὲν ἐμοῦ κατηγορεῖν δηλονότι, δεῖγμα δ᾽ ἐξέφερε 
‘ ‘y. Aleve. καθ᾽ ἑαυτοῦ ὅτι τοῖς γε ἕνοις a is οὐδὲν ὁμοί 
καὶ μιαρόν Ὕ γεγενημένοις ἀνιαροῖς οὐδὲν ὁμοίως 
ἔσχε τοῖς ἄλλοις. Καίτοι τὸν τῶν νόμων καὶ τῆς πο- 292 
ἘΠΙΓΡΑΜΜΑ. : λιτείας φάσκοντα φροντίζειν, ὥσπερ οὗτος νυνί, καὶ εἰ 
Oise πάτρας ἕνεκα σφετέρας εἰς δῆριν ἔθεντο μηδὲν ἄλλο, τοῦτό γ᾽ ἔχειν δεῖ, ταὐτὰ λυπεῖσθαι καὶ 
“Onna, καὶ ἀντιπάλων ὕβριν ἀπεσκέδασαν. ταὐτὰ χαίρειν τοῖς πολλοῖς, καὶ μὴ τῇ προαιρέσει τῶν 
Μαρνάμενοι δ᾽ ἀρετῆς καὶ δείματος οὐκ ἐσάωσαν κοινῶν ἐν τῷ τῶν ἐναντίων μέρει τετάχθαι. Ὃ σὺ 
ψυχάς, ἀλλ᾽ ᾽Αἴδην κοινὸν Wevro βράβην, νυνὶ πεποιηκὼς εἶ φανερός, ἐμὲ πάντων αἴτιον καὶ Be 
Οὕνεκεν ᾿Ἑλλήνων, ὡς μὴ ζυγὸν αὐχένι θέντες ἐμὲ εἰς πράγματα φάσκων ἐμπεσεῖν τὴν πόλιν, οὐκ ἀπὸ ι 
Δουλοσύνης στυγερὰν ἀμφὶς ἔχωσιν ὕβριν. τῆς ἐμῆς πολιτείας οὐδὲ προαιρέσεως ἀρξαμένων ὑμῶν᾽ 
Γαῖα δὲ πατρὶς ἔχει κόλητοὶς τῶν πλεῖστα καμόντων τοῖς Ἕλλησι βοηθεῖν. ᾿Επεὶ ἔμοιγ᾽ εἰ τοῦτο δοθείη 293 
Σώματ᾽, ἐπεὶ θνητοῖς ἐκ Διὸς ἥδε κρίσις. map ὑμῶν, δὲ ἐμὲ ὑμᾶς ἠναντιῶσθαι τῇ κατὰ τῶν 
Μηδὲν ἁμαρτεῖν ἐστὶ θεῶν καὶ πάντα κατορθοῦν Ἑλλήνων ἀρχῇ πραττομένῃ, μείζων ἂν δοθείη δωρεὰ 


-» a a a 2 a ¥ ’ 
"Ev βιοτῇ, μοῖραν δ᾽ οὔ τι φυγεῖν ἔπορεν. συμπασὼν ὧν τοῖς ἄλλοις Sedwxate. “AAD οὔτ᾽ ἂν 














: ἐγὼ ταῦτα φήσαιμι, ἀδικοίην γὰρ ἂν ὑμᾶς, οὔτ᾽ ἂν 

290 ᾿Ακούεις, Αἰσχίνη, καὶ ἐν αὐτῷ τούτῳ ὡς τὸ μηδὲν 4 ὑμεῖς εὖ O18? ὅτι σ υγχωρήσαιτε" οὗτός τ᾽ εἰ δίκαια 
ἁμαρτεῖν ἐστὶ θεῶν καὶ πάντα κατορθοῦν; οὐ Ἷ ἐποίει, οὐκ ἂν ἕνεκα τῆς πρὸς ἐμὲ ἔχθρας τὰ μέγιστα 
τῷ συμβούλῳ τὴν τοῦ κατορθοῦν τοὺς ἀγωνιζομένους υ τῶν ὑμετέρων καλῶν ἔβλαπτε καὶ διέβαλλεν. 
ἀνέθηκε δύναμιν, ἀλλὰ τοῖς θεοῖς. Τί οὖν, Bxatdpar’, i ᾿Αλλὰ τί ταῦτ᾽ ἐπιτιμῶ, πολλῷ σχετλιώτερα ἄλλα 2 
ἐμοὶ περὶ τούτων λοιδορεῖ, καὶ λέγεις ἃ σοὶ καὶ τοῖς | κατηγορηκότος αὐτοῦ καὶ κατεψευσμένου; Ὃς γὰρ 
σοῖς οἱ θεοὶ τρέψειαν εἰς κεφαλήν ; ἐμοῦ φιλιππισμόν, . ὦ γῆ καὶ θεοί, κατηγορεῖ, τί οὗτος 

3) Πολλὰ τοίνυν, ὦ ἄνδρες ᾿Αθηναῖοι, καὶ ἄλλα κατη- οὐκ ἂν εἴποι; Καίτοι, νὴ τὸν Ἡρακλέα καὶ πάντας 
γορηκότος αὐτοῦ καὶ κατεψευσμένου, μάλιστ᾽ ἐθαύμασα θεούς, εἴ γ᾽ ἐπ’ ἀχηθείας δέοι σκοπ' εἶσθαι, τὸ καταψεύ- 
πάντων, ὅτι τῶν συμβεβηκότων τότε τῇ πόλει μνησθεὶς δεσθαι καὶ δι᾿ ἔχθραν τι λέγειν ἀνελόντας ἐκ μέσου, 
οὐχ ὧν ἃ ν εὔνους καὶ δίκαιος πολίτης ἔσχε τὴν γνώμην, τίνες ὡς ἀληθῶς εἰσὶν οἷς ἂν εἰκότως καὶ δικαίως τὴν 


οὐδ᾽ ἐδάκρυσεν, οὐδ᾽ ἔπαθε τοιοῦτον οὐδὲν τῇ ψυχῇ, τῶν γεγενημένων αἰτίαν ἐπὶ τὴν κεφαλὴν ἀναθεῖεν 











96 SHMOZSOENOYS ~ ΠΕΡῚ TOY ΣΤΕΦΑΝΟΥ͂, C7 


if μη ε / ’ ΝΥ a , . 

K TOV TOXNEWY 32 υ ᾿ 

ee ee ee ee ee ee ὁ ; 55 συστάσεως καὶ κακίας, μᾶλλον δ᾽, ὦ ἄνδρες ᾿Αθηναῖοι, 
. »" ’ “΄,) Ὁ ? - 

295 εὕροι τις ἄν, οὐ τοὺς ἐμοί" dd ὅτ ἦν ἀσθενῆ ta Φιλίπ- 

- , ’ 

που πράγματα καὶ κομιδῇ μικρά, πολλάκις προλεγον- 

a 4 Ν / he 

των ἡμῶν καὶ παρακαλούντων καὶ διδασκόντων τὰ 


, » ‘ - ~ a ’ὔ >. 
“προδοσίας, εἰ δεῖ μὴ ληρεῖν, τῆς τῶν ᾿ΕἙλλήνων ἐλευ- 
΄ Υ̓͂ , * a“ > 7 2 en 9 
Oepias, ἥ τε πόλις παρὰ πᾶσιν ἀνθρώποις αναΐτιος 


' ; : i γέγονεν ἐκ τῶν ἐμῶν πολιτευμάτων καὶ ἐγὼ παρ᾽ ὑμῖν. 
βέλτιστα, τῆς ἰδίας ἕνεκ᾽ αἰσχροκερδείας τὰ κοινῇ Eira pw’ ἐρωτᾷς ἀντὶ ποίας ἀρετῆς ἀξιῶ τιμᾶσθαι; 
συμφέροντα προΐεντο, τοὺς ὑπάρχοντας ἕκαστοι πολίτας ᾿Εγὼ δή σοι λέγω, ὅτι τῶν πολιτευομένων παρὰ τοῖς 
ἐξαπατῶντες καὶ διαφθείροντες, ἕως δούλους ἐποίησαν, Ἕλλησι διαφθαρέντων ἁπάντων, ἀρξαμένων ὠπὸ σοῦ, 
Θετταλοὺς Δάοχος, Κινέας, Θρασύλαος" ᾿Αρκάδας πρότερον μὲν ὑπὸ Φιλίππου, νῦν δ᾽ ὑπ᾽ ᾿Αλεξάνδρου, 


Κερκιδᾶς, ‘Iepwvupos, Εὐκαμπίδας " ᾿Αργείους Μύρτις, 
Τελέδαμος, Μνασέας" ᾿Ηλείους Εὐξίθεος, Κλεότιμος, 
᾿Αρίσταιχμος " Μεσσηνίους οἱ Φιλιάδου τοῦ θεοῖς 


ἐμὲ οὔτε καιρὸς οὔτε φιλανθρωπία λόγων οὔτ᾽ ἐπαγγε- 298 
λιῶν μέγεθος ovr’ ἐλπὶς οὔτε φόβος οὔτ᾽ ἄλλο οὐδὲν 

oe ὧὦ Ia’ , φ ¥ ’ Ν 

ἐπῆρεν οὐδὲ προηγάγετο ὧν ἔκρινα δικαίων καὶ συμφε- 

3 an a / 4. ’ 

ἐχθροῦ aides, Νέων καὶ Θρασύλοχος - Σικυωνίους ρόντων τῇ πατρίδι οὐδὲν προδοῦναι" οὐδ᾽ ὅσα συμβε- 


᾿Αρίστρατος, ᾿Επιχάρης" Κορινθίους Δείναρχος, 4η- 
μάρατος" Μεγαρέας Πτοιόδωρος, “Ἕλιξος, Περίλαος " 


? κ Ψ > 
βούλευκα πώποτε τουτοισί, ὁμοίως ὑμῖν, ὥσπερ ἐν τρυ- 
τάνῃ ῥέπων ἐπὶ τὸ λῆμμα συμβεβούλευκα, ἀλλ᾽ dar 

a Ν > an A 
ὀρθῆς καὶ δικαίας καὶ ἀδιαφθόρου τῆς ψυχῆς τὰ πάντα 


Θηβαίους Τιμόλας, Θεογείτων, ᾿Ανέμοΐτας " Εὐβοέας 





296 Ἵππαρχος, Κλείταρχος, Σωσίστρατος » ἐπιλείψει με , , , . , P > 
ἄρχον, ρχος, ee Hot πέπρακται, καὶ μεγίστων δὴ πραγμάτων τῶν Kat 

3 e e ’ Ν - “ oe φ 

λέγοντα ἡ ἡμέρα τὰ τῶν προδοτῶν ὀνόματα. Οὗτοι ἐμαυτὸν ἀνθρώπων προστὰς πάντα ταῦτα ὑγιῶς καὶ 

“ 5. 

πάντες εἰσίν, ἄνδρες ᾿Αθηναῖοι, τῶν αὐτῶν βουλευμάτωι 





Sixgiws πεπολέτευμαι. Διὰ ταῦτ᾽ ἀξιῶ τιμᾶσθαι. 
ἐν ταῖς αὑτῶν πατρίσιν ὧνπερ οὗτοι παρ᾽ ὑμῖν, ἄνθρω- Τὸν δὲ τειχισμὸν τοῦτον, ὃν σύ μου διέσυρες, καὶ τὴν 2:9 
ποι μιαροὶ καὶ κόλακες καὶ ἀλάστορες, ἠκρωτηριασμένοι fk ταφρείαν ἄξια μὲν χάριτος καὶ ἐπαίνου κρίνω (πῶς γὰρ 
τὰς ἑαυτῶν ἕκαστοι πατρίδας, τὴν ἐλευθερίαν προπε- οὔ ;) πόῤῥω μέντοι που τῶ» ἐμαυτῷ πεπολιτευμένων 
πωκότες πρότερον μὲν Φιλέππῳ, νῦν δὲ ᾿Αλεξάνδρῳ, τῇ τίθεμαι. Οὐ λίθοις ἐτείχισα τὴν πόλιν οὐδὲ πλίνθοις 
γαστρὶ μετροῦντες καὶ τοῖς αἰσχίστοις τὴν εὐδαιμονίαν, ἐγώ, οὐδ᾽ ἐπὶ τούτοις μέγιστον τῶν ἐμαυτοῦ φρονῶ " 
τὴν δ᾽ ἐλευθερίαν καὶ τὸ μηδένα ἔχειν δεσπότην αὑτῶν, ἀλλ᾽ ἐὰν τὸν ἐμὸν τειχισμὸν βούλῃ δικαίως σκοπεῖν, 
ἃ τοῖς προτέροις Ἕλλησιν ὅροι τῶν ἀγαθῶν ἦσαν καὶ εὑρήσεις ὅπλα καὶ πόλεις καὶ τόπους καὶ λιμένας καὶ 
κανόνες, ἀνατετραφότες. ναῦς καὶ [πολλοὺς] ἵππους καὶ τοὺς ὑπὲρ τούτων ἀμυ- 
“Ταύτης τοίνυν τῆς οὕτως αἰσχρᾶς καὶ περιβοήτον νουμένους. Ταῦτα προὐβαλόμην ἐγὼ πρὸ τῆς ᾿Αττικῆς, 309 
2 





98 AHMOZSGENOY3 


ὅ > , a , ι 4 > , 
σὸν ἦν ἀνθρωπίνῳ λογισμῷ δυνατόν, Kat τούτοις ἐτεΐ- 


My. ’ 3" ‘ i ΩΝ “ Ia’ 
χίσα THY χωραν, οὐχὲ Tov κύκλον Tov Πειραιῶς οὐδὲ 36 


ἊΨ > / > , ie a κ 
τοῦ ἄστεος. Οὐδὲ γ᾽ ἡττήθην ἐγὼ τοῖς λογισμοῖς Φι- 
’ a Ν - Ia “ κ >. > 
λίππου, πολλοῦ γε καὶ Set, οὐδε ταῖς παρασκευαῖς, ἀλλ 
»" , a Ud 
οἱ TOV συμμάχων στρατηγοὶ καὶ ai δυνώμεις τῇ τύχη. 
’ὔ ἐ ’ > > 7 / 
Τίνες αἱ τούτων ἀποδείξεις ; ᾿Εναργεῖς καὶ φανεραί. 
“" / 
Σκοπεῖτε δέ. 
’ A “ ¥ ’ »“" 5 Ν 
Tt χρῆν τὸν εὔνουν πολίτην ποιεῖν, τί τὸν μετὰ 
; , ‘ / ‘ 4 ity, 
πάσης προνοίας καὶ προθυμίας καὶ δικαιοσύνης ὑπὲρ 
“ / ’ 3 ᾽ ‘ , 
τῆς πατρίδος πολιτευόμενον; Οὐκ ἐκ μὲν θαλάττης 
Ν ¥ 4 πὴ A ΄-΄" 
τὴν Εύυβοιαν προβαλέσθαι πρὸ τῆς ᾿Αττικῆς, ἐκ δὲ τῆς 
/ “ ’ > Ν “ Ν 
μεσογείαξ τὴν Βοιωτιαν, ἐκ δὲ τῶν πρὸς Πελοπόννησον 
, ‘ δ᾽ κ᾿ ’ a ’ Ψ 
τόπων τοὺς ὁμόρους ταύτῃ ; Ov τὴν σιτοπομπίαν, ὅπως 
Ν “ ’ὔ Ν “- a , 
Tapa πᾶσαν φιλίαν ἄχρι τοῦ Πειραιῶς κομισθήσεται, 
et ἢ Ν Ν Ν a »" 
sa προΐδεσθαι; Καὶ τὰ μὲν σῶσαι τῶν ὑπαρχόντων 
? ΄ / ‘ ‘ , 7” 
ἐκπέμποντα βοηθείας καὶ λέγοντα καὶ γράφοντα τοιαῦ- 
“ , ‘ 9} . " 
ta, τὴν Προκόννησον, τὴν Χεῤῥόνησον, τὴν Τένεδον, τὰ 
2 ae N , i Ἂν a ‘ , 
δ᾽ ὅπως οἰκεῖα καὶ σύμμαχ᾽ ὑπάρξει πρᾶξαι, ro Butay- 
Ν Ν Ν ¥ ΠῚ - 
τιον, τὴν Αβυδον, τὴν Εὔβοιαν; Kai τῶν μὲν τοῖς 
3 fal ς “Ὁ , ‘ ’ > »“"Ἅ 
ἐχθροῖς ὑπαρχουσῶν δυνάμεων τὰς μεγίστας αφελεῖν, 
φ i - Λ ΕΝ a 
ὧν δ᾽ ἐνέλειπε TH πόλει, ταῦτα προσθεῖναι ; 
a“ / Ψ ’ »“Ν a 
85 Ταῦτα τοίνυν ἅπαντα πέπρακται τοῖς ἐμοῖς ψη- 
’ ‘ “- ἃ ’ ἃ 
φίσμασι καὶ τοῖς ἐμοῖς πολιτεύμασιν, ἃ καὶ βεβουλευ- 
,’ὔ > > » bY ΝΜ , 
μένα, ὦ ἄνδρες ᾿Αθηναῖοι, ἐὰν ἄνευ φθόνου τις βούλητα; 
- ι a e ’ Ν ld ’ 
σκοπεῖν, ὀρθῶς εὑρήσει καὶ πεπραγμένα πάσῃ δικαιο- 
td i ' ‘ e , Ν 3 ’ Iad > 
συνῃ, Kat τὸν ἐκάστου καιρὸν ov παρεθέντα οὐδ᾽ ayvon- 


θέντα οὐδὲ προεθέντα ὑπ᾽ ἐμοῦ, καὶ ὅσα εἰς ἑνὸς avdpoe 








ΠΈΡΙ TOY STESANOY. 99 


δύναμιν καὶ λογισμὸν ἧκεν, οὐδὲν ἐλλειφθέν. Ei δὲ ἢ 
δαίμονός τινος ἢ τύχης ἰσχὺς ἢ στρατηγῶν φαυλότης 


Δ a ’ ‘ , con a , 
ἢ τῶν προδιδόντων τὰς πόλεις ὑμὼν κακία ἢ πάντα 


»“»Ἥ ’ “ f. d ae. ͵ὔ 
8] ταῦτα ἅμα ἐλυμαίνετο τοῖς ὅλοις, ἕως ἀνέτρεψε, τί 


΄ : >. & > ec an A 
Δημοσθένη, ἀδικεῖ; Ei δ᾽ οἷος eyw παρ ὑμῖν κατα 304 
, a e ’ 
τὴν ἐμαυτοῦ τάξιν, εἷς ἐν ἑκάστῃ τῶν ᾿Ελληνίδων 
“- > 2 ΝΜ , 
πόλεων ἀνὴρ ἐγένετο, μᾶλλον δ᾽ εἰ ἕνα avdpa μόνον 
/ πε ἣν a 
Θετταλία καὶ ἕνα audpa ᾿Αρκαδία ταὐτὰ φρονοῦντα 
-» Ν a e ᾽ ¥ 
ἔσχεν ἐμοί, οὐδεὶς οὔτε τῶν ἔξω Πυλῶν ᾿ Ἑλλήνων οὔτε 
»“ Ν - a a > / ἿνΝν ἰλλὰ ’ 308 
τῶν εἴσω τοῖς παροῦσι κακοῖς EXEXPNT ἂν, ἀλλα πάντες 
, ἈΝ , > ’ 
ἂν ὄντες ἐλεύθεροι καὶ αὐτόνομοι μετὰ πάσης ἀδείας 
a ’ Ν e oa Ν / 
ἀσφαλῶς ἐν εὐδαιμονίᾳ tas ἑαυτῶν ᾧκουν πατρίδας, 
» - en ‘ “ ¥. 
τῶν τοσούτων καὶ τοιούτων ἀγαθῶν ὑμῖν καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις 
, > > ’ “ > IAA a7 
᾿Αθηναίοις ἔχοντες χάριν δὶ ἐμέ. “Iva δ᾽ εἰδῆτε ὅτι 
~ , ~ - »y > 
πολλῷ τοῖς λόγοις ἐλάττοσι χρῶμαι τῶν ἔργων, εὐλα- 
7 “ , 3 4 ὶ > , a 
Bovpevos τὸν φθόνον, λέγε μοι ταυτὶ καὶ ἀναγνωθὲ 
᾽ a “ a A b. ψ΄ ἂς 
λαβών [τὸν ἀριθμὸν τῶν βοηθειῶν κατὰ τὰ ἐμὰ ψη- 
’ 
φίσματα]. 


ΑΡΙΘΜΟΣ ΒΟΗΘΕΙΩΝ. 


Ταῦτα καὶ τοιαῦτα πράττειν, Αἰσχίνη, τὸν καλὸν Ὁ 
κἀγαθὸν πολίτην δεῖ, ὧν κατορθουμένων μὲν [ὦ γῆ καὶ 
θεοὶ] μεγίστοις ἀναμφισβητήτως ὑπῆρχεν εἶναι καὶ To 
δικαίως προσῆν, ὡς ἑτέρως δὲ συμβάντων τὸ γοῦν εὐδο- 
κιμεῖν περίεστι καὶ τὸ μηδένα μέμφεσθαι τὴν πόλιν : 
μηδὲ τὴν προαίρεσιν αὐτῆς, ἀλλὰ τὴν τύχην KaKifew 


» 


4 , / . > A > > 2 
Τὴν οὕτω τὰ πράγματα κρίνασαν" οὐ μὰ At ove 











100 AHMOZSOENOY? 


> , a , a / , ᾽ 
ἀποστάντα τῶν συμφερόντων τῇ πόλει, μισθώσαντα ὃ 
it - » ’ ‘ ¢ ‘ a > a ‘ 
αὐτὸν τοῖς ἐναντίοις, τους ὑπερ Τῶν ἐχθρῶν καιροὺς 
> ‘ a” A / ’ Ia Ν Ν , 
ἄντι τῶν τῆς πατρίδος θεραπεύειν ovde τὸν μὲν mpd- 
¥ a , ς ’ ‘ Ν ’ 
γματα ἄξια τῆς πόλεως ὑποστάντα λέγειν καὶ γράφειν 
Ἁ, ’ bint 4 , / >’ / 
Kal μένειν ἐπὶ τούτων προέλομενον βασκαίνειν, ἐὰν δέ 
i. / x ’ a A 6 ‘ .ο ᾿ 15 / 
TU wld TL λυπησῃ, τοῦτο μεμνῆσθαι καὶ τηρεῖν " οὐδέ 


΄ / » ΝΜ Ν ῃ A ‘ al 
Y ἡσυχίαν ἄγειν ἄδικον καὶ ὕπουλον, ὃ ov ποίεις 


΄ Ν ὔ 
805 πολλάκις. Korte yap, ἔστιν ἡσυχία δικαία καὶ συμφέ- 328 


- ΛΑ A € Ν » κα rf a 
povea τῇ πόλει ἣν οἱ πολλοὶ τῶν πολιτῶν ὑμεῖς ὡπλῶς 
¥ > > > ΄ φ Ν Ν ἐξ , 
ἄγετε. AXX οὐ ταύτην οὗτος ἄγει τὴν ἡσυχίαν, πολ- 
n ‘ a > "ΚΝ > a A 

λοῦ γε καὶ δεῖ, GAN ἀποστὰς ὅταν αὐτῷ δόξῃ τῆς πολι- 
’ a Ν lal , a ‘ 

τείας (πολλάκις δὲ δοκεῖ) φυλάττει πηνίκ᾽ ἐστὲ μεστοὶ 
A a ’ δ Ν ~ ’ ’ 

τοῦ συνέχως λέγοντος, ἢ παρα τῆς τύχης TL συμβέ- 

> / A ¥. 4 
βηκεν ἐναντίωμα, ἢ ἄλλο τι δύσκολον γέγονε (πολλὰ 
δὲ ᾽ θ , ae Ie es, ΄ a a ee > / 

€ τανθρωπινα)" εἶτ᾽ ἐπὶ τούτῳ τῷ Kaipw ρήτωρ εξαΐ- 

> “- ς ’ ἉΨ eae ’ Ν 

guys εκ τῆς ἡσυχίας ὥσπερ πνεῦμ ἐφάνη, καὶ πεφω- 
Ν 4 Ν ΠΑΝ ἡ ‘ ’ / 

VATKNKWS καὶ συνειλοχὼς ρήματα καὶ λόγους συνείρει 

’ - ‘ > / ¥ x ? ’ ’ 

τούτους σαφὼς καὶ ἀπνευστί, ὄνησιν μὲν οὐδεμίαν φε- 

> > “ > ’ ‘ ‘ A 

povras 00S ἀγαθοῦ κτῆσιν οὐδενός, συμφορὰν δὲ τῷ 
, a a ‘ Ν ᾽ ᾽ , 

τυχόντι τῶν πολιτὼν καὶ κοινὴν αἰσχύνην. Kairos 
rd ~ ’ 4 ~ > ’ > ’ Ν 

809 ταύτης τῆς μελέτης καὶ τῆς ἐπιμελείας, Αἰσχίνη, εἴπερ 

3 - ’ faa ‘ * “ / ’ 

ἐκ ψυχῆς δικαίας ἐγίγνετο καὶ τὰ τῆς πατρίδος συμφέ- 

,ὕ ‘ Ἁ »” / . 

povTa προῃρημένης, τοὺς καρποὺς ἐδει γενναίους καὶ 

‘ Ν “Ὁ ᾽ ’ 4 / / 
κάλους καὶ πᾶσιν ὠφελίμους εἶναι, συμμαχίας πόλεων, 
, , 3 / , ’ 
πόρους χρημάτων, ἐμπορίου κατασκευὴν, νόμων συμφε- 


’ / “ > “ > “ 
ρόντων θέσεις, τοῖς ἀποδειχθεῖσιν ἐχθροῖς ἐναντιώ- 


ματα. 





DMEPI ΤΟΥ STE@ANOY. 101 


Τούτων yap ἁπάντων ἦν ἐν τοῖς ἄνω χρόνοις εξέ- 310 
τασις, καὶ ἔδωκεν ὃ παρελθὼν χρόνος πολλὰς ἀποδείξεις 
ἀνδρὶ καλῷ τε κἀγαθῷ, ἐν οἷς οὐδαμοῦ σὺ φανήσει 
γεγονώς, οὐ πρῶτος, οὐ δεύτερος, οὐ τρίτος, οὐ τέταρτος, 
οὐ πέμπτος, οὐχ ἕκτος, οὐχ ὁποστοσοῦν, οὔκουν ἐπί 
γε οἷς ἡ πατρὶς ηὐξάνετο. Tis γὰρ συμμαχία σοῦ an 


- ‘ XN A 
πράξαντος γέγονε τῇ πόλει; Tis δὲ βοήθεια ἢ κτῆσις 


/ ͵ 3 
mo εὐνοίας ἢ δόξης; Τίς δὲ πρεσβεία; Tis διακονία δι 


ἣν ἡ πόχις ἐντιμοτέρα γέγονεν; Τί τῶν οἰκείων ἢ 
τῶν Ἑλληνικῶν καὶ ξενικῶν, οἷς ἐπέστης, ἐπηνώρθωται 
διὰ σέ; Ποῖαι τριήρεις; Ποῖα βέλη; Toto νε- 
wooo. ; Τίς ἐπισκευὴ τειχῶν ; Ποῖον ἱππικόν; Τί 
τῶν ἁπάντων σὺ χρήσιμος εἶ; Tis ἢ τοῖς εὐπόροις 
ἢ τοῖς ἀπόροις πολιτικὴ καὶ κοινὴ βοήθεια χρημάτων 
παρὰ σοῦ; Οὐδεμία. ᾿Αλλ’, ὦ τᾶν, εἰ μηδὲν τούτων, 312 
εὔνοιά γε καὶ προθυμία ; Ποῦ; Πότε; Ὅστις, ὦ 
πάντων ἀδικώτατε, οὐδ᾽ ὅτε ἅπαντες ὅσοι πώποτ᾽ 
ἐφθέγξαντο ἐπὶ τοῦ βήματος εἰς σωτηρίαν ἐπεδίδοσαν, 
καὶ τὸ τελευταῖον ᾿Αριστόνικος τὸ συνειλεγμένον εἰς τὴν 
ἐπιτιμίαν ἀργύριον, οὐδὲ τότε οὔτε παρῆλθες οὔτ᾽ ἐπέ- 
Swxas οὐδέν, οὐκ ἀπορῶν, --- πῶς yap ;— ὅς γε κεκλη- 
ρονόμηκας μὲν τῶν Φίλωνος τοῦ κηδεστοῦ χρημάτων 
πλειόνων ἢ πεντεταλάντων, διτάλαντον δ᾽ εἶχες ἔρανον 


“ ’ al ω >,? 2 >. 
δωρεὰν παρὰ των ἡγεμόνων τῶν συμμοριὼν Eh οἷς ἐλυ- 


μήνω τὸν τριηραρχικὸν νόμον. ᾿Αλλ ἵνα μὴ λόγον ἐκ B18 


a , 3 Ν ? a πρὶ a2 
λόγου λέγων τοῦ παρόντος ἐμαυτὸν εἐκκρούσω, παρᾶλει 
> ¥ ? 3 Λ 
Yo ταῦτα. "AN ὅτι γ᾽ οὐχὶ δ ἔνδειαν οὐκ ἐπέδωκας, 
ο" 











102 AHMOSOENOYS 


ἐκ τούτων δῆλον, ἀλλὰ φυλά a ἐν ἐναντί 
ν, a φυλάττων τὸ μηδὲν ἐναντίον 
γενέσθαι παρὰ σοῦ τούτοις οἷς ἅπαντα πολιτεύῃ. Ἔν 
τίσιν οὖν σὺ νεανίας καὶ πηνίκα lin sad : ‘“Hvik ἂν 
εἰπεῖν κατὰ τούτων τι δέῃ, ἐν τούτοις λαμπροφωνότα- 
’ e ‘ ¥ 
TOS, μνημονικώτατος, ὑποκριτὴς ἄριστος, τραγικὸς Θε- 
/ 
οκρίνης. 
δι Εἶτα τῶν Ἵ Ἵ ἱγαθῶν ἀνδρῶ 
πρότερον γεγενημένων ἀγαθῶν ἀνδρῶν 
’ 4 a κα 
μέμνησαι. Καὶ καλῶς ποιεῖς. Οὐ μώντοι δίκαιόν 
3 » b lal ‘ a‘ ‘ 
ἐστιν, ἄνδρες ᾿Αθηναῖοι, τὴν πρὸς τοὺς τετελευτηκότας 
εὔνοιαν ὑπάρχο λαβό ᾿ ὑμῶ ὃς ἐκεί 
ρχουσαν προλαβόντα παρ᾽ ὑμῶν, πρὸς ἐκεί- 320 

3 ’ A Λ “ἃ ‘ A a ᾽ 
vous ἐξετάζειν καὶ παραβάλλειν ἐμὲ τὸν νῦν ἕωντα μεθ 
¢ A / A > > a / wn “Ὁ 

a5 ὑμων. Tis yap οὐκ οἷδε τῶν πάντων ὅτι τοῖς μὲν ζῶσι 
a ef ’ a / 
πᾶσιν ὕπεστι τις ἢ πλείων ἢ ἐλάττων φθόνος, τοὺς 

- Ν Ia’ A > a 
τεθνεῶτας δὲ οὐδὲ τῶν ἐχθρῶν οὐδεὶς ἔτι μισεῖ; Οὕτως 
οἷν Ν᾿ ᾽, a , ‘ ‘ 8 

ὕν ἐχόντων τούτων τῇ φύσει, πρὸς τοὺς πρὸ ἐμαυτοῦ 
- ΙΝ , 4 “ - 
vuv eyo paspaing καὶ θεωρῶμαι ; Μηδαμῶς. οὔτε γὰρ 
δίκαιον οὔτ᾽ ἴσον, Αἰσχίνη, ἀλλὰ πρὸς σὲ καὶ ἄλλον 
εἴ τινα βοὔλει τῶν ταὐτά σοι προῃρημένων καὶ ζώντων. 
81 6 Kaxez ὔ υ ’ Λ ἌΝ ΄ / 

WO σκόπει" πότερον κάλλιον καὶ ἄμεινον τῇ "πόλει 
διὰ τὰς τῶν oe «πργοσίοι, οὔσας ὑπερμεγέθεις, 
οὐ μὲν οὖν εἴποι τις ἂν ἡλέκας, τὰς ἐπὶ τὸν παρόντα 
βίον enim εἰς ἀχαριστίαν καὶ προπηλακισμὸν 
ἄγειν, ἢ πᾶσιν ὅσοι τι μετ᾽ εὐνοίας πράττουσι, τῆς 

Ν 4 - 4 a 
Tapa τούτων τιμῆς καὶ φιλανθρωπίας μετεῖναι. 
4 ‘ ᾿ A a 3 ¥ rn 
"7 Kai μην εἰ καὶ τοῦτ᾽ ἄρα δεῖ pe εἰπεῖν, ἡ μὲν ἐμὴ 


’ 4 ’ Ν ᾽ a - 
πολιτεία καὶ προαίρεσις, ἄν τις ὀρθῶς σκοπῇ, ταῖς τῶν 


ΙΒ ᾿. ‘ > a 
ToT ἐπαινουμένων ἀνδρῶν ὁμοία καὶ ταὐτὰ βουλομένη 





ΠΕΡῚ ΤΟΥ͂ STE®ANOY. 103 


φανήσεται, ἡ δὲ σὴ ταῖς τῶν τοὺς τοιούτους τότε συ- 
κοφαντούντων " δῆλον γὰρ ὅτε καὶ Kat ἐκείνους ἦσάν 
τινες, οἱ δοδήρωνο τοὺς ὄντας τότε, τοὺς δὲ Ἂν" 
2 ani ἐπήνουν, βάσκανον πρᾶγμα καὶ ταὐτὸ 
ποιοῦντες got. Εἶτα λέγεις ὡς οὐδὲν ὅμοιός εἰμε ἐκεί- 318 
νοις ἐγώ; Σὺ δ᾽ ὅμοιος, Αἰσχίνη ; Ὃ δ᾽ ἀδελφὺς ὁ 
σός; "άλλος δέ τις τῶν νῦν ῥητόρων ; ᾿Εγὼ μὲν γὰρ 
οὐδένα φημί. ᾿Αλλὰ πρὸς τοὺς ζῶντας, ὦ χρηστέ, ἵνα 
μηδὲν ἄλλ᾽ εἴπω, τὸν ζῶντα ἐξέταζε καὶ τοὺς καθ᾽ 
τι αὑτόν, ὥσπερ τἄλλα πάντα, τοὺς ποιητάς, τοὺς χορούς, 
τοὺς ἀγωνιστάς" ὁ Φιλάμμων οὐχ ὅτι Γλαύκου τοῦ 318 
Καρυστίου καί τινων ἑτέρων πρότερον γεγενημένων 
ἀθλητῶν ἀσθενέστερος ἦν, ἀστεφάνωτος ἐκ τῆς Ολυμ-. 
πίας ἀπήει, GAN ὅτι τῶν εἰσελθόντων πρὸς αὑτὸν 
ἄριστα ἐμάχετο, ἐστεφανοῦτο καὶ νικῶν ἀνηγορεύετο. 
Καὶ σὺ πρὸς τοὺς νῦν ὅρα με ῥήτορας, πρὸς σαυτόν, 
mpos ὅντινα βούλέι τῶν ἁπάντων " οὐδένα ἐξίσταμαι. 328 
“fv, ὅτε μὲν τῇ πόλει τὰ βέλτιστα ἑλέσθαι παρῆν, 
ἐφαμέλλου τῆς εἰς τὴν πατρίδα εὐνοίας ἐν κοινῷ πᾶσι 
κειμένης, ἐγὼ κράτιστα λέγων ἐφαινόμην, καὶ τοῖς ἐμοῖς 
ψηφίσμασι καὶ νόμοις καὶ πρεσβείαις ἅπαντα διῳκεῖτο, 
ὑμῶν δὲ οὐδεὶς ἦν οὐδαμοῦ, πλὴν εἰ τούτοις ἐπηρεάσαε 
τι δέοι " ἐπειδὴ δὲ ἃ μή ποτ᾽ ὥφελε. συνέβη, καὶ οὐκέτι 
συμβούλων, ἀλλὰ τῶν τοῖς ἐπιταττομένοις ὑπηρετούν- 
των καὶ τῶν κατὰ τῆς πατρίδος μισθαρνεῖν ἑτοίμων καὶ 
τῶν κολακεύειν ἑτέρους βουλομένων ἐξέτασις ἦν, THY 


, Ψ 3 / pr / a 
καῦτα ov καὶ τούτων ἕκαστος ἐν τάξει καὶ μεγᾶς Kat 

















104 AHMOSCENOY? 


Manges ἱπποτρόφος, ἐ γὼ δ᾽ ἀσθενής, ὁμολογῶ, ἀλλ᾽ 
εὔνους μᾶλλον ὑμῶν τουτοισί. 

21 ἥν ἄνδρες ᾿Αθηναῖοι, τὸν wn μέτριον πολίτην 
ἔχειν δεῖ (οὕτω γώρ μοι περὶ ἐμαυτοῦ λέγοντε ave- 
πιφθονώτατον εἰπεῖν), ἐν μὲν ταῖς ἐξουσίαις τὴν τοῦ 
γενναίου καὶ τοῦ πρωτείου τῇ πόλει προαίρεσιν διαφυ- 
λώττειν, ἐν παντὶ δὲ καιρῷ καὶ πράξει τὴν εὔνοιαν - 
τούτου γὰρ ἡ φύσις κυρία, τοῦ δύνασθαι δὲ καὶ ἰσχύειν 
ἕτερα. Ταύτην τοίνυν Tap ἐμοὶ μεμενηκυῖαν εὑρήσετε 

82 ἡπλῶς. Ὁρᾶτε δέ, Οὐκ ἐξαιτούμενος, οὐκ "Audu- 
κτυονικὰς δίκας ἐ παγέντων, οὐκ ἀπειλούντων, οὐκ σοι 
γελλομένων, οὐχὶ τοὺς καταράτους ToUTOUS ὥσπερ 
θηρία μοι προσβαλλόντων, οὐδαμῶς ἐγὼ προδέδωκα 
τὴν εἰς ὑμᾶς εὔνοιαν. Td γὰρ ἐξ ἀρχῆς εὐθὺς ὀρθὴν 
καὶ δικαίαν τὴν ὁδὸν τῆς πολιτείας εἱλόμην, τὰς τιμᾶς, 
τὰς δυναστείας, τὰς εὐδοξίας τὰς τῆς πατρίδος θερα- 

8:3 πεύειν, ταύτας αὔξειν, μετὰ τούτων εἶναι. Οὐκ ἐπὶ 
μὲν τοῖς ἑτέρων εὐτυχήμασι φαιδρὸς ἐγὼ καὶ γεγηθὼς 
κατὰ τὴν ἀγορὰν περιέρχομαι, τὴν δεξιὰν προτείνων 
καὶ εὐαγγελιζόμενος τούτοις ods ἂν ἐκεῖσε ἀπαγγέλλειν 
οἴωμαι, τῶν δὲ τῆς πόλεως ἀγαθῶν πόῤρωντ ἃ ἀκούω καὶ 
στένων καὶ κύπτων εἰς τὴν γῆν, ὥσπερ οἱ δυσσεβεὶς 
οὗτοι, δὲ τὴν μὲν πόλιν διασύρουσιν, ὥ ὥσπερ οὐχ αὑτοὺς 
διασύροντες, ὅταν τοῦτο ποιῶσιν, ἔξω δὲ θλέπουσι, καὶ 
ἐν οἷς ἀτυχησάντων τῶν Ἑλλήνων εὐτύχησεν ἕτερος, 


? 
ταῦτ᾽ ἐπαινοῦσι καὶ ὅπως τὸν ἥπαντα χρόνον μενεῖ 


φασὶ δεῖν τηρεῖν. 








ΠΈΡΙ TOY ΣΤΕΦΑΝΟΎ. 105 


, A Colts ted e a > 
Μὴ δῆτ᾽, ὦ πάντες θεοί, μηδεὶς ταῦθ᾽ ὑμῶν emer x4 


νευσειεν, ἀλλὰ μέλιστα μὲν καὶ τούτοις βελτίω τινὰ 
νοῦν καὶ φρένας ἐνθείητε" εἰ δ᾽ ἄρ᾽ ἔχουσιν ἀνιάτως, 
τούτους μὲν αὐτοὺς καθ᾽ ἑαυτοὺς ἐξώλεις καὶ "ΟΝ 
ἐν γῇ καὶ θαλάττῃ ποιήσατε, ἡμῖν δὲ τοῖς een ~~ 
ταχίστην ἀπαλλαγὴν τῶν ἐπηρτημένων φόβων Sire καὶ 
σωτηρίαν ἀσφαλῆ. 























futs speech of Demosthenes is a defence of himself 
against the attacks of Aéschines, a personal and political 
enemy, made in his prosecution of Ctesiphon fer propos- 
ing to bestow an honorary crown upon Demosthenes. It 
was delivered by the orator, as associate advocate with 
Ctesiphon, about six years after the indictment was 
moved by Aschines,—B. C. 330. The followirg may 
be taken as an outline of the course of thought :—. 


I. PLan oF THE ORATION. 


Exordium, §§ 1-8. | 

Refutation of charges foreign from the indictment, 9 -- 52. 
a. Of a private nature, 10, 11. 
Ὁ. Of a public nature, 12-52. 

Reply to the charges contained in the indictment, 59 -- 125, 

Strictures upon the character and course of his antagonist, 
compared with his own, 126 -- 929, 

Peroration, 324. 


Il. Topics ΙΝ Succession. 


1. The orator calls upon the gods to dispose his judges 
to exercise as much kind feeling towards him as he contin 
ually has towards the city and all its inhabiants, and, ea 

10 











NOTES. 


pecially, to hear him impartially, as the laws and their oath 
of office require, δ 1, 2. 

2. He reminds his judges of two disadvantages which he 
labored under in replying to A&schines ; — (1.) The vastly 
greater interest which he had at stake than his antagonist ; 
(2.) The unwelcome task which was imposed upon him, of 
speaking in defence of his own character and conduct, 3, 4. 

3. That he evidently was equally interested in this tral 
with Ctesiphon, 5. 

4. He again reminds his judges of their obligations to 
hear him impartially, 6, 7. 

5. He again calls upon the gods to enable them to do so, 8. 

6. That it was necessary for him, before entering upon 
a refutation of the charges in the indictment, to reply briefly 
to certain charges foreign from the indictment, which s- 
chines had brought against him, relating both to his private 
and public life, 9. 

7. That he would not attempt to refute the charges brought 
against his private life, but would leave his judges to decide 
whether they were true or not, from the acquaintance which 
they had with him, 10, 11. 

8. That it was obvious at the outset, from the very course 
which his antagonist had taken to bring him to trial, that the 
charges against his public character and course were sug- 
gested by enmity, and were therefore without foundation, 
12-16. 

9. That he would show them to be so on one point which 
had been much insisted upon by his opponent, — the peace 
with Philip, 17. 

10. That the divided state of Greece, not he, led to the 
peace referred to, 18 -- 90. 

11. That, in point of fact, he did not propose the peace 
first, but certain friends of AEschines. Much less did he 
prevent a general combination of the tribes of Greece to 


treat with Philip, as both facts and the nature of the case 
showed, 91 -- 94, 





NOTES. 111 


12. That the part which he acted in making the peace 
was highly useful, by urging its completion with all despatch, 
25 — 29. Ἢ 

13. That A&schines and his accomplices gave Philip an 
opportunity of gaining great advantages over Athens, by 
loitering an unreasonable length of time on their embassy, 
before they made an application to him to ratify the treaty 
on his part, 30. 

14. That, besides this, they were bribed by Philip to de- 
lay their return from Macedonia, till he had got in readiness 
his expedition against Phocis, and had actually passed the 
straits of Thermopyle, 31, 32. 

15. And to crown the whole, that Zschines, apart from 
his associates, was bribed to make, on his return, a very 
favorable report of the designs and disposition of Philip to- 
wards the Athenians, by which they were blinded to his true 
character, and led to abandon to him Phocis, their ally 
without a struggle, 33-39. 

16. That Philip, by the destruction of Phocis, gained 
credit with Thebes, her rival, and was thus enabled to ac- 
quire an ascendency in that city, 40, 41. 

17. That from this he went on increasing his power, by 
subduing one place after another, among which were many 
Grecian cities, and employing traitors in every state to ac- 
complish his purposes, which he then cast aside, as they 
deserved to be, 42 -- 49, 

18. That more might be said upon this point, but that, 
undoubtedly, more than enough had already been said ; 
which, if it was the case, should be charged to the account 
of A&schines, who had compelled him to enter upon these 
extraneous matters in self-defence, 50 — 52. , 

19. That he would now enter upon a refutation of the 
charges in the indictment, which he proceeds to have read 
before the court, 58 -- 55. 

20. That he would reply to the charges contained in it, 
in the order in which they there stood ; and should do this 

















112 


by first reviewing his public life and measures, to which, in 
fact, they all alike pertained, and then by producing laws in 
their refutation, 56 -- 59. 

21. Passing over their relations with Philip previous to 
his devoting himself to the foreign policy of the city, he 
states, in defence of his policy in renewing the war with 
him ; — First, that Philip was obviously taking advantage 
of the corrupt and divided state of the different tribes of 
Greece, to establish himself upon their ruins, 60, 61. 

92. Second, that Athens could not, consistently with the 
character and position which she had always maintained, 
have taken any other course than to resist him, 62-68. 

23. Third, that Philip first violated the peace, by seizing 
certain allied cities of Athens, 69-72. 

24. Fourth, that he had violated it, also, by seizing cer- 
tain vessels belonging to Athens, 73-75. 

25. Fifth, that Philip himself had virtually acquitted him 
of any blame in the matter by a letter which he addressed 
to the Athenians at that time, 76-78. 

26. Sixth, that his first measures of hostility towards 
Philip were in resisting his unjust encroachments ; especial- 
ly, in dispossessing him of Eubea, for which he was 
crowned under precisely the same circumstances under 
which the decree of Ctesiphon proposed to crown him, 
79 -86. 

ΟἽ. Seventh, that the same might be said of the succor 
which he sent to the Byzantians and Perinthians, 87 - 94. 

28. Eighth, that it was no valid objection to these meas- 
ures, tha ‘hey were devised for the relief of those who had 
sometimes :njured Athens, as is shown from other instances 
in her history, 95-101. 

99. That the modification which he introduced during 
this struggle into the system of equipping vessels was of 
great service to his country, and required great mora! cour- 
age ard integrity in himself to push it through, against the 
opposition and bribes of the rich, whom the change most 

affected, 102 -- 109, 








NOTES. 113 


30. That it remained for him now to speak concerning 
the lawfulness of the proposed mode of proclaimimg the 
crowning, and the obligation which he was under to render 
up an account of his public offices before it was lawful for 
him to be crowned, 110. 

31. That he was under no obligation to give in an account 
of the money which he had contributed from his private for- 
tune, and that it was for this for which it was proposed to 
crown him, 111-113. 

32. He produces several decrees to show that others had 

.been crowned under similar circumstances, 114-117. 

33. That AEschines himself had virtually acknowledged 
that he was to be crowned for what he had given from his 
own purse, and was not therefore accountable for, by not 
cbjecting to the preamble of the decree of Ctesiphon, which 
expressly recommended the crowning upom this ground, 
118, 119. 

34. That while it was a matter of indifference to the one 
crowned where it was proclaimed, it was greatly for the 
interest of the state to have it proclaimed in the most public 
manner; which, in fact, was expressly provided for by law, 
120 — 122. ν 

35. That, as he conceived, courts were not constituted to 
furnish an arena for personal invective and abuse ; but yet 
that he was compelled, in self-defence, to return some of 
the invective which had been thrown out so freely against 
him, which he should proceed to do, having first asked his 
opponent one question, 123 -- 125. 

36. That it was a matter of some interest to know who 
this was that had taken it upon himself to ridicule his lan- 
guage, and at the same time had himself used such lan- 
guage as no respectable man would have ventured to use, 
126 — 128. 

37. The origin of /Eschines, and his late appearance in 
public life, 129-131. 

38. That, even before the breaking out of the war, he 

10° 

















had given proof of a treasonable connection with Philip ,-- 
First, by the attention and favor which he showed to Anti- 
phon, one of his emissaries, 132 -- 1395. 

39. Second, by his codperation with Python, another 
agent of Philip, 136. 

40. Third, by his connection with Anaxinus, also engaged 
in the service of Philip, 137. 

41. That numerous other instances of his treasonable 
practices in those times might be mentioned, were it neces- 
sary, 138. : 

42. That he still continued in the service of Philip after 
his designs were plainly manifested, and he had virtually” 
made war upon Attica, 139. 

43. That especially deserving of attention and reproba- 
tion was the aid which he had given Philip, in getting up 
the Amphictyonic War against Amphissa, and securing to 
him the conduct of it, 140 -- 144. 

44. That Philip, prevented from bringing his contest with 
Athens to a close by intervening Grecian tribes, sought 
some pretext of common interest, which should open a way 
for him into the heart of Greece ; and, thinking that he dis- 
covered such a pretext in the desecration of the sacred re- 
gion of Cirrha by the Amphissians, hired A®schines to pro- 
cure a vote of the Amphictyons to make war upon them on 
that account, 149 -- 150. 

45. That the Amphictyons, undertaking the war, soon felt 
their need of the aid of Philip, as he anticipated they would, 
and applied to him to take the lead of the forces. But that 
he, being thus intrusted with carrying on the war, instead 
of proceeding against the Amphissians, turned aside and 
took Elatea, as a most favorable position from which to 
operate in his designs upon Greece, and especially upon 
Athens, 151-157. 

46. That ZEschines had furnished him with the opportu- 
nity for doing all this, and thus was the guilty cause of all 
the evils which had befallen his country, 158, 159. 











NOTES. 115 


47. That, while his opponent was thus engaged in the 
service of Philip, he was steadily resisting him; and, es- 
pec.c!ly, watched to prevent a rupture between Aihioes: and 
Thebes, and a union of the latter with Philip, 160 -- 162. 

48. That, by the intrigues of Philip and his accomplices 
these cities were very near an open rupture, as is hewn 
from various documents, 163 — 168. 

49. That, amidst the trepidation and confusion occasioned 
by the arrival of the news of the capture of Elatea, he 
alone appeared as counsellor, and proposed such a siete 
mac inges og secure the confidence and alliance of 

50. The course which he advised to be taken, 174 -- 178 

51. That he not only proposed an embassy to Thebes, 
but afterwards went upon it himself, and succeeded in ΜΝ 
curing the object proposed to be effected by it, 179 -- 187 

52. That, although the time when these measures was 
proposed was the proper time for making objections to them 
still, as /Eschines did not do it then, he would call wee 
him to do it now, if he could, but not to blame him for the 
— = this, in all cases, was in the hands of the Deity 

p3. But that, even if the issue should be taken into the 
account, it ought to be considered how much lighter the 
stroke was rendereq by his policy than it otherwise would 
have been, though it did not succeed in averting it, 195 

54. Furthermore, that if AZschines foresaw the ΡΝ i? 
was his duty to have pointed it out at the time of the ἂν» 
liberations ; but if he did not foresee it, he was as much 
accountable for this as himself, or any other one. That, in 
truth, #Eschines had never given any timely and useful ἜΝ 
ta on any ——_ a only appeared in times of trouble, 
o augment the evil, like frac i 
i ee στργτε tures and sprains when the 

55. Besides, that, even if the issue had been distinctly 
foreseen, the city could not, consistently with the position 























116 NOTES. 


which she had always occupied among the powers of 
Greece, and the example of their ancestors, have taken 
any other course than the one which he advised, 199 — 205. 


56. That, if Ctesiphon should be condemned according ᾿ 


to the demand of schines, it would be saying, in effect, 
that they had done wrong in following his advice, and not 
that they had been frowned upon by fortune ; and, at the 
same time, would be showing a spirit unworthy of their 
ancestors, 206 — 210. 

57. A resumption of the account of his proceedings at 
Thebes while on his embassy at that place, 211, 212. 

58. The opposition which he encountered there, but his 
success against it all, 213, 214. 

59. The cordiality and confidence with which the Athe- 
nian troops were received at Thebes, when at length they 
marched thither to unite with her against Philip, and the 
success which they met with in two different battles, 218 -- 
217. 

60. The change which is produced in the tone and bear- 
ing of Philip, 218-221. 

61. That he himself was crowned on the occasion, in 
consequence of the success of his measures, by a decree 
of precisely the same nature as that for which Ctesiphon 
was now arraigned; and that Eschines might with more 
justice have prosecuted the proposersgof this decree, than 
he now prosecutes Ctesiphon, 222-226. 

62. That the reasoning of schines, in which he con- 
tends that these services are more than offset by his own 
and ought to leave no impression in his favor, is sophistical, 
227 -- 231. 

63. That the proper view to take of the matter was to 
consider the resources which he had at his command, com. 
pared with the difficulties to be overcome, which he pro- 
ceeds to do, 232 — 237. 

64. That it was no objection to his policy, that he had 
made the burden light upon some of the allies, in order to 





NOTES. 117 


secure their alliance ; since their ancestors had done so in 
a memorable instance, and since the circumstances of the 
case rendered it necessary, and he and his friends would 
have been sure to assail him for it, if he had let the oppor- 
tunity of securing their alliance pass, 238 -- 243. 

65. That, in fact, the city had not been defeated in any 
thing coming under his charge, 244 -- 247. 

66. That the people and courts of justice had, by their 
conduct towards him since the unhappy issue of the strug- 
gle, warranted such a decree as that of Ctesiphon, 248 - 251. 

67. That, as he was aware, it was no way to judge of a 
man by his fortune, especially with such unworthy views 
of fortune as his opponent had expressed ; but yet, that, in 
self-defence, he was compelled to draw a comparison be- 
tween his own fortune and that of A¢schines, 252-256. 

68. A comparison of their respective fortunes at the dif- 
ferent periods of life, 297 -- 264. 

69. A recapitulation of the points of contrast in their 
fortunes, with some additional particulars, 265 — 267. 

70. That, in disproving the charge of being attended by 
an ill-fortune, he did not consider it proper to speak of his 
private good deeds, 268, 269. 

71. But of his public course it should be further observed, 
that, if any one had been freed from the power of Philip, 
it ought to be ascribed to him ; but that their misfortunes, 
since they had been shared by all Greece, should be con- 
sidered as a consequence of the evil fortune.of all, or, at 
least, could not be charged to him, any more than to his 
countrymen generally, and especially to his adversary, 
270 — 275. 

"2. That the caution given the judges by his adversary, 
to be on their guard against the influence of his artful ora- 
tory, was unnecessary ; since whatever of that he possessed 
had always been employed for the good of his country, and 
on proper occasions, which was more than could be said of 
his antagonist, 276 -- 284. 








118 NOTES. 


73. That the people had manifested their confidence in 
him, and their distrust of his adversary, by choosing him, 
in preference to all others, to deliver the funeral oration over 
the dead bodies of those who fell at Cheronea, 285 -- 290. 

74. That it was a very suspicious circumstance in JEschi- 
nes, that he was not at all affected at the mention of the 
calamities which had befallen his country, but could recount 
them, for the purpose of charging them upon him, with per- 
fect indifference, 291 — 293. 

75. That nothing could be more malicious than the charge 
which his adversary had attempted to fix upon him, of acting 
for Philip, when it was notorious that he himself, and a band 
of others like him in every state, had been the busy pro- 
moters of his interest in Greece, 294 — 296. 

76. That if then it be asked, why he deserved to be hon- 
ored with a crown, he would reply, — First, because that, 
of all the public men of his time, he alone had shown him- 
self proof against bribes, 297, 298. 

77. Second, because of the protection which he had se- 
cured to Attica, not merely by repairing her fortifications, 
but, more especially, by the alliances and defence which he 
had gained for her by his measures, 299 -- 305. 

78. That these were the proper works of a statesman, and 
very different from those of his adversary, 806 -- 318, 

79. That the comparison which his antagonist had made 
between him and some of their predecessors was unjust, for 
various reasons ; but, if he pleased, that he would stand a 
comparison with him, or any of his contemporaries, 314 - 
320. 
80. That at leasMit must be acknowledged that he had 
uniformly pursued a patriotic course, 391 -- 3923. 

81. The peroration, containing a simple prayer to the 
gods to dispose these enemies of their country to . better 
things, or, if they were incurable, to pursue them with de- 
struction over sea and land, 324, 











NOTES. 119 


§.1-9. Exorprum. This exordium has been justly ad- 
mired. The style is flowing and graceful, and the spirit 
solemn and earnest. We are introduced immediately to 
the scene of the trial, and find ourselves in the presence, 
not only of the eager multitude of Athens, but of the gaz- 
ing divinities of Olympus. We feel the fervor of the 
speaker, the first sentence he pronounces, and anticipate” 
the solemn interests which he has at stake. As the cir. 
cumstances of the case were sufficiently well known to 
his hearers, from the speech of his opponent and from 
general notoriety, the orator very properly employs his in- 
troductory remarks in preparing the way for a favorable 
hearing with his judges. This kind of introduction was 
called by the Greeks ἔφοδος, while those employed in ex- 
plaining the cause, etc. were called προοίμια. As to its 
substance, it expresses a desire that his judges may hear 
him impartially, the reasons for that desire, and then a 
repetition of the desire; or, as Dissen has expressed it, a 
wish, the grounds of the wish, and a return to the wish. 

. Gvdpes ᾿Αθηναῖοι | “* men of Athens, Athenians.” 
was generally joined by the Greeks to the names of na- 
tions ; also to titles, professions, etc. This is not uncom- 
mon in English ; as, Englishman, policeman, etc. By this 
title he addresses his hearers generally, but especially the 
judges. The cause was tried before one of the tribunals 
of the Heliasts. These were the popular courts, and took 
cognizance of the greater part of the causes which were 
tried at Athens. The Heliasts were six thousand in all, and 
were divided into sections, varying at different periods and 
on different occasions from two hundred to one thousand 
or fifteen hundred. Besides, these courts were open to and 
thronged by the people (see as evidence of this, among 
other passages, § 196, init.), and hence differed but little 
from the popular assemblies. — τοῖς θεοῖς εὔχομαι, x. τ. A.] 
This was the most solemn form of invocation used by the 
Greeks, it being substantially the same as that uttered by 


> Ψ 











120 NOTES. 


the crier at the opening of the meetings of the assembly. 
See Schém. Assembl. of Athenians, § 92. The importance 
of the cause justifies the earnestness of the appeal, and 
perhaps prompted it; though many have supposed that it 
was resorted to by the orator in order to remove from the 
minds of his hearers the suspicion of his impiety, which 
the speech of Eschines was calculated to leave upon them. 
— ὅσην εὔνοιαν . . . . τοσαύτην Perhaps a mere oratorical 
inversion of the members of the sentence for the sake of 
emphasis ; but more probably, as Dissen suggests, for the 
purpose of stating the reason for the request he was about 
to make before the request itself. If he had always been 
well disposed to them, he certainly might ask or 
should be kindly disposed to him on this occasion. πῆρμνν ἀεὶ. 
Not simply “to be,” but “ to begin to be,” “το spring up, 

“to be ready at hand,” ‘to be afforded.” The aor. is used 
like the aorists below, παραστῆσαι, ποιήσασθαι, etc., because 
the act referred to is independent of circumstances and mo- 
mentary in its nature. The request is simply for the pres- 
ent trial. K.* ὁ 257,1; C. § 63,1. Both the meaning of 
the word and its tense contribute to bring out the opposition 
designed to be expressed to ἔχων ἐγὼ διατελῶ, “ I continually 


have.” — τουτονὶ] The i adds to the demonstrative power Ὁ 


of the pronoun, same as the adverb here does in English - 
hence, “this here,” =“ this present.” C. § 28, = 
ἔπειθ᾽ ] This marks the succession indicated by πρῶτον μέ» 
in the first line, and hence is equivalent to δεύτερον δέ. The 
δέ, which regularly follows μέν in the adversative clause, is 
generally omitted with ἔπειτα, since this particle expresses 
the contrast sufficiently of itself. K. § 322, R.4. This 
second reason, he says, has reference to them instead of 


himself, bearing alike upon their obligation to the gods te 
preserve their oath of office, and upon their reputation 





* Κ᾿ stands for Kuhner’s Greek School Grammar (1st American ed.) 
end C. for Champlin's Greek Grammar. 


NOTES 12] 


among men. Observe the connectives, cat.... τε καὶ. re 
καὶ refer, one to εὐσεβείας and the other to δόξης, while καὶ 
connects both of these with ὑμῶν (“for you, and indeed 
both for your piety and honor.) — σύμβουλον] * counsellor,” 
“‘adviser.” Eschines, in his oration ($$ 205, 206), had 
urged the judges to confine Demosthenes, in his reply, to 
the same order which he himself had pursued. This is 
further alluded to in § 2. — τοῦ πῶς ἀκούειν, x. τ. A.] This 
is an infinitive clause used as a noun. Such clauses are 
found in all Greek authors, but abound in Demosthenes 
more, perhaps, than in any other. The infinitive used as a 
noun expresses action divested of all its accidents and cir- 
cumstances,—the very soul and essence of action, there- 
fore. It possesses great energy and vivacity, and is favora- 
ble to condensation. It is natural, therefore, that it should 
be a favorite construction with a mind of such force and 
vehemence as that of Demosthenes. 

2. τῇ τάξει καὶ τῇ ἀπολογίᾳ] “the order and the defence.” 
Alluding to the restriction in this respect which Aéschines 
($$ 203-205) had urged the judges to lay upon him. 
These words are governed by χβήσασθαι, and form a part 
of the infinitive clause introduced by τό. The article which 
precedes each of them has a kind of possessive sense, = 
““the order and the defence which each party is properly 
entitled to.” Comp. τὸ μέρος τῶν ψήφων, “ thesrequired or 
legal part of the votes,” ¢ 222, et alias. It is also to be 
observed, with Dissen, that logical strictnéss would require 
8 word of more general meaning than ἀπολογίᾳ in this place, 
as ἀποδείξει, for instance, which would apply to both parties 
in a suit ; since ἀπολογία properly refers only to the defend- 
ant. But a special term was very naturally adopted in 
making a general remark with reference to a particular 
Case.— ὡς βεβούληται καὶ προήρηται)] The relative clause 
here being placed before the demonstrative clause, makes 
the arrangement emphatic, as was observed in a similar 
case above,§ 1. Of the two verbs, the former properly 

1] 








122 NOTES. 


means “has desired,” and the latter “ has preferred” of 
‘fixed upon.” They are.not synonymous, but cumulative, 
in their meaning. 

3. οὐ περὶ . . . . ἀγωνίζομαι] “1 do not contend concerning 
things of equal value,” or “I have more at stake.” All 
that /Eschines had at stake was the fine of a thousand 
drachmas imposed upon the accuser in such causes, if he 
failed to obtain a fifth part of the votes of. the judges in his 
favor, and the inability to institute similar prosecutions af- 
terwards. Comp. Herm. Polit. Antiq. § 144. Demosthe- 
nes, on the contrary, had been charged with so weighty 
accusations by éschines, that, had the cause been decided 
against Ctesiphon, he must have fallen with him, and lost 
all character with his fellow-citizens, both for wisdom and 
virtue. As he states at the commencement of ᾧ 8, his 
whole public and private life was involved in the cause. 
And this is what makes this, of all the orations of Demos- 
thenes, the most valuable. It is a profound and statesman- 
like discussion of his long course of public and private la- 
bors in the service of his country,—a discussion which 
involved every thing whith he held dear, and to which he 
brought the experience and reflection of his ripest years. — 
ἑλεῖν τὴν γραφήν] A technical expression, meaning “ to gain 
the cause.”.— ἀλλ᾽ ἐμοὶ μὲν, x. τ. A.] A case of aposiopesis. 
The thought suppressed after ἐμοὶ μὲν may be best supplied, 
I think, as follows: “ but while to me every thing is αἱ 
stake.” ‘To this clause, the clause after the parenthesis cor- 
responds. The only difficulty here is in ἐκ περιουσίας. mepi- 
ovgia properly means “ superfluity,” ‘* excess,” and hence 
may mean “advantage,” as it evidently does in Orat. de 
F. L., p. 366, init. ris οὖν ἡ ταύτης περιουσία... . ; “ what 
then is the advantage of this?” ἐκ περιουσίας, then, would 
mean “ from a vantage ground,” or “ with the advantage,” 
which is the meaning given in the first edition. Upon more 
reflection, however, I am now inclined to the more common 
meaning of the phrase, “" superfluously,” “ wantonly,” 


NOTES. 123 


We may transiate, therefore: “ but while to me every thing 
ts at stake (but I am unwilling to express any unpleasant 
forebodings at the commencement of my speech), he ac- 
cuses me from mere wantonness,” i. e. without any just 
cause, evidently without any apprehension of serious conse- 
quences to himself. —“Erepov δ᾽ He here states the second 
point of the disadvantage he labors under in comparison 
with his adversary, viz. the natural love in man for slander 
and crimination, and his disgust at self-commendation. 

4. ὡς ἔπος εἰπεῖν) “50 to speak.” Denoting a limitation. 
K. § 341, R. 3; C. § 70, 15. — ἔχειν] “to have,” “ have 
wherewith,” “ be able.” It governs ἀπολύσασθαι and δεικνύ- 
vat, — the first in the aor., because the charges to be refuted 
were a definite thing, and the refuting of them was con- 
ceived of as a single act; the second in the pres., because 
designed to describe a continued attempt to set forth his 
merits, extending through the whole oration, and bearing 
upon an indefinite number of particulars. — πεποίηκα καὶ πε- 
πολίτευμα] Theedifference in meaning between these 
words, as here applied, is not obvious, and perhaps none 
exists, but they are to be regarded as substantially synony- 
mous, and joined together for the purpose of oratorical ful- 
ness and emphasis. We find each of them, in different 
places, joined with the verb πράττω ; as, § 45, ἐν τῷ πολιτεύ- 
εσθαι καὶ πράττειν, and, § 62, πράττειν καὶ ποιεῖν ; also, Εἰ. L., 
Ρ. 373, fin., ὅτι πράξει ταῦτα καὶ ποιήσει. πολιτεύεσθαι prop- 
erly means “to act as ἃ citizen of a free state,” i. 6. * to 
take part in the public deliberations of the government,” 
**to suggest measures of government,” and hence, “ to act 
the part of a statesman,” “ to effect as a statesman,” “ to 
manage,” very like the Latin gerere. But πράττειν, as ap- 
plied to public affairs, seems to refer to acting as a regularly 
appointed public officer, or as a regular business and for a 
livelihood, and hence with selfish and ambitious views, like 
the Latin agere. See § 45. ποιεῖν properly means “ to 
make,” like facere in Latin, But it often has a meaning 








124 NOTES. 


rery similar to πράττειν, “to do,” “perform.” Probably, 
nowever, ποιεῖν in all its meanings retains some allusion to 
its primitive meaning of producing a result, creating or 
bringing about something. It may be rendered, therefore, 
in these cases, “to carry through,” “ bring about,” “* make 
good.” — ὡς μετριώτατα] ““ as moderately or briefly as possi- 
ble.” K.§ 239, R. 2, (d); Ὁ. ὁ 50, R. 5.— τὸ πρᾶγμα αὐτὸ] 
“ the cause itself,” i. 6. without any seeking of his own. — 
ἐστὶ δίκαιος] Instead of ἐστὶ δίκαιον, ---- [8 personal instead 
of the impersonal construction, which is very common with 
δίκαιος, ἄξιος, etc. K. § 307, R. 6, (d). 

5. καὶ ovdév .... ἐμοί] This seems to be said in allusion 
to the assertion of A’schines (ᾧ 210), that all his interest in 
the case had reference merely to the crown and the procla- 
mation. We have seen, § 3, how Demosthenes was equal- 
ly interested in the cause with Ctesiphon, who, as the one 
formally prosecuted, had first replied to ZEschines, and now 
Demosthenes replies as equally implicated. — ἄλλως re κἂν 
«+++ συμβαίνῃ] “ especially if this happens to one by an 
enemy.” κἂν, it will be perceived, is a crasis for καὶ dy; 
hence ἄλλως τε κἄν means, literally, “as in other cases, so 
particularly if” (καί being stronger than τέ, and making the 
last member prominent = and especially. K. 321, 1, c). 
Observe that the intransitive verb συμβαίνῃ takes the agent 
or author after it in the gen., with ὑπό, like the passive verb. 
K. 299, 11. 2, (a). — εὐνοίας καὶ φιλανθρωπίας] “ favorable re- 
gard and kindness.” Which of course he would lose if 
the cause was decided in favor of AXschines, who had occu- 
pied nearly his whole speech in decrying Demosthenes. <A 
decision in his adversary’s favor, therefore, would be allow- 
ing the charges against himself. This high appreciation,of 
their kindness and humanity must have. been very grateful 
to his judges, since the Athenians prided themselves upon 
-his virtue. See Orat. adv. Leptin., p. 490 - μεῖζον, ὦ ἄνδρες 
᾿Αθηναῖοι, Θηβαῖοι φρονοῦσι ἐπ᾿ ὠμότητι κα. wovnpia ἣ ὑμεῖς ἐπὶ 
Φιλανθρωπίᾳ καὶ τῷ τὰ δίκαια βούλεσθαι. 





NOTES. 125 


6. This and the following section, as Dissen observes, 
with his usual insight into the oratorical structure of sen- 
tences, are distinguishable into three parts, of which each 
succeeding part confirms and more fully explains the pre- 
ceding. The first ends with δικαίως, the second with ὀμω- 
μοκέναι, and the third concludes the period. —ots ὁ τιθεὶς 

- ὀμωμοκέναι] “ which Solon, their original framer, being 
kindly disposed to you and a friend of the people, thought 
should be controlling (supreme), not only by proposing them - 
for enactment, but also by the fact, that you who sit in 
judgment have taken an oath to make them so.” Solon, 
the frarner of the democratic constitution of Athens, was 
regarded by the Athenians as eminently a friend of the 
people, and is often described as such by writers of all classes. 
He is alluded to in this character here, because the orator 
is about to assert the supremacy of the laws which he made ; 
— he was highly democratic, it is confessed, but neverthe- 
less he designed his law to be superior in authority to every 
thing else. The laws brought before the assembly of the 
people for enactment were always to be written down, and 
hence γράφειν in such case means “ to propose.” Logical 
strictness seems to require that ὀμωμοκέναι should mean “ to 
place under oath,” but the act. never has this meaning. 
The causative verb “to swear” is ὁρκοῦν or dpxitew. See 
§ 30. The word was probably used as having a softer 
meaning ; since it implied less control of the lawgiver over 
the judges. 

7. ras αἰτίας καὶ ras διαβολάς] These two words are often 
found joined in Demosthenes, and instead of the last we 
frequently find λοιδορίᾳ. See § 15. αἰτία, as defined by 
Demosthenes, Orat. adv. Androt., p. 600, means * charges,” 
i. 6. mef® accusations where no proof is given ; διαβολή 
means “a false accusation,” “ slander.” — ὁ διώκων ἰσχύει] 
“the prosecutor is strong, or has the advantage.” ὁ διώκων 
proverly means “‘one who pursues or follows up,” just as 
prosecutor does with us ; but the Greeks had a correspond. 

11* 











126 NOTES. 


ing term for defendant, ὁ φεύγων (see τῷ φεύγοντι in the next 
clause), which we have not. — παρελθεῖν] “to pass by,” 
“‘to escape.” A word adopted, evidently, to keep up the 
figure contained in διώκων and φεύγοντι. ---- ὑστέρου] I retain 
this in preference to ὕστερον, the other reading, since it cor- 
responds better to πρότερος above. See Hom. Il. V. 15-17: 
Φηγεύς pa mpdrepos....6 8 ὕστερος ὥρνυτο χαλκῷ Tv- 
deidns. And if it be said that πρότερον is also found instead 
- Of πρότερος in some MSS.., it may be replied, that this read- 
ing is undoubtedly wrong, as πρότερον means “ formerly.” 
See δῷ 10, 142, 223, 238, 316.— ai... . καὶ] * both” 
-..+. and,” connect not only their respective verbs, but 
also the participial clauses standing in connection with them. 
- οὕτω τὴν διάγνωσιν, x. τ. λ.} “ shall thus make the decision 
concerning every particular” (i. e. in view of all the cir- 
cumstances of the case). 

8. ὡς ἔοικε] This is thrown in by way of limitation or 
abatement of the comprehensiveness of the assertion implied 
in παντός. Such limitations are common in Demosthenes, 
as in every cautious and accurate thinker. — ἔποιθ᾽, x. τ. λ.] 
‘* then, whatever is destined to contribute to the public honor 
and your individual piety, that this the gods may grant to 
you all to decide concerning the present indictment.” μέλλει 
συνοίσειν forms a periphrastic future of very much the same 
nature as the Latin periphrastic future, consisting of the fut. 
part. and the verb sum; it does not indicate an action as 
simply future, but as incomplete, — what is on the point of 
taking place, or is destined to take place. κοινῇ properly 
means “in common,” “ collectively,” “as a body”; but 
as these introductory remarks were addressed not exc. usive- 
ly to the judges, but to the citizens generally, who thronged 
the court, and with whom equally with the judges le wished 
to gain an acquittal, it may very properly here be taken in 
the sense of “ publicly,” as above. The decision of this 
cause would bear upon their public honor, inasmuch as the 
measures of Demosthenes had been adopted and acted upun 


NOTES. 127 


so extensively by the city, that a condemnation of him 
would be a condemnation of the public policy. This idea 
he more fully develops in subsequent parts of the speech. 
Jt would bear upon the individual piety of those who sat in 
judgment upon him, since they were religiously bound as 
judges to give just decisions according to the laws. 

9. The orator, having completed his exordium, now pro- 
ceeds to reply to the speech of his opponent. And, first, to 
certain charges foreign to the indictment, relating both to . 
his public and private life. — Εἰ μὲν οὖν, x. τ. A.] “ If, there- 
fore, A.schines had accused me only for those things on 
account of which he brought the prosecution,” etc. The 
points for which the prosecution was brought are those con- 
“ined in the indictment (γραφή), δῷ 54 and 55. It will be 
apparent from examining this, that all charges brought 
against his private life were foreign to the cause. Certain 
éublic measures, also, especially the peace with Philip, he 
zonsiders foreign to the cause ; since he then acted only a 
secondary part,— the peace having been proposed and 
brought about by others, while he merely proposed a decree 
for obtaining the ratification of it on the part of Philip as 
toon as possible. — προβουλεύματος] ‘ preliminary decree.” 
teferring to the decree of Ctesiphan to crown Demosthe- 
nes, which éschines, in his indictment of its author for 
»roposing it, had represented as illegal on several grounds, 
snd which, therefore, it was the business of Demosthenes 
τὸ defend. This oration, therefore, may be, and indeed is, 
by its author, considered, at different times, as a defence of 
himself, as a defence of Ctesiphon, or of the decree which 
Ctesiphon had proposed ; since they were all, in fact, ar- 
raigned by the indictment. ‘This will be seen, if it be stated 
under what circumstances the prosecution arose. It was 
what was called, in Athenian, law, γραφὴ παρανόμων, or an 
indictment for proposing illegal decrees, or such as were 
supposed to violate any law still in force. Any one on 
proposing such a decree was liable to be impeached for its 




















1928 NOTES. 


illegality, before the popular tribunals, by any of his fellow 
citizens. Now, in the present case, Ctesiphon, a friend of 
Demosthenes, had proposed a decree in the Senate to crown 


him on account of his eminent public services, which s- 


chines asserted was illegal, and commenced a public prose- 
cution of its author for proposing it, and indirectly of De- 
mosthenes, as unworthy of the praise bestowed upon him 
by it. It is called a preliminary decree, because it had 
never been ratified by the assembly of the people, and con- 
sequently was but a partial decree, expressing only the 
opinion of the Senate. Had it been sanctioned by the peo- 
ple, it would have become a ψήφισμα ; but this was prevented 
by the indictment of its author, lodged by AEschines with 
the archon before it was acted upon by the assembly. — 
διεξιὼν} “rehearsing,” “setting forth in detail.” For the 
acc. of the thing, and the gen. of the author or cause, with 
κατεψευσάτο, see K. § 292, R; C. § 53, R.11.— ἵνα μηδεὶς, 
x. τ᾿ .] “that no one of you, influenced by words foreign 
from the cause, may hear with more estrangement (aver- 
sion) my just remarks upon the indictment” ὑπέρ, which, 
like the Latin super, properly means “ over,” “ above,” 
comes to mean, when transferred to the relations of thought, 
“upon,” “concerning,” very much like περί; since, for 
instance, a dispute over a thing is substantially the same as 
a dispute about a thing ; but the first implies a closer end 
more essential relation. 

10. βεβλασφήμηκε] For the construction of this verb, see 
§ 11, π. --- ἀνάσχησθε The aor. subj. used as imperat., as 
is generally the case in prohibitive expressions with μή, K. 


§ 259, 5. — ὑπέρευ] “ over well,” “ὁ ever so well.”? — καὶ μῆ- 
δενὸς . . . . χείρονα] “and (that I may say nothing offensive) 
inferior to none of the middling or respectable sort of peo- 
pie.” — jv] When placed thus in the same clause with its 
noun, it has the force of an adjective pronoun, as what often 
has in Engtish (“what favor”). K. § 332, 8. — ἐνδέδειχθε] 
* you have shown forth,” “ exhibited,” like the Latin pre 


NOTES. 129 


se ferre. The middle voice, but not used in the strictest 
sense of the middle. K. ᾧ 250, 1, (b). 

11, Κακοήθης δ᾽ dy.... τρέψεσθαι)] “ But, Eschines, 
being evil-minded, you altogether weak-mindedly minded 
(thought) this, that I, having passed by the account of my 
public acts [see ᾧ 4, note], should turn (i. 6. to reply) to 
the slanders uttered by you” (as a malicious man like him- 
self naturally would). There is a play upon the words 
κακοήθης, εὔηθες, ὠήθης, which 1 have attempted to imitate in 
the translation. — τετύφωμαι] lit, “* have become stupefied,” 
“am a dunce.” For the perf. here, as often, expresses 
rather the result of the action than the act itself, K. § 255, 
R. 5. — ὑπὲρ] = περί nearly ; see ᾧ 9, note, and K. § 293, 
I. (2), (6). --- ἃ κατεψεύδου καὶ διέβαλλες} “ which you invent- 
ed and slanderously stated,” = made out by falsehood_and 
slander. The acc. here denotes the effect or result, and 
the verbs are to be taken in the pregnant meaning. C., 
§ 57, R.1. The same is the case with dca... . βεβλασφή- 
μηκε (ᾧ 10), “ which reviling he has stated slanderously 
concerning me,” = made out by slander. In the sense 
“ falsely charge upon,” καταψεύδεσθαι governs the gen. of 
person and acc. of thing. See §{§9and24. But διαβάλλειν, 
in the simple sense “ to slander,” governs the acc. of the 
person. Ste ᾧ 24 (πόλιν being viewed a¥a person). These 
two usages being kept in view, these verbs will give the 
student no further difficulty. — τῆς δὲ πομπείας, x. τ. d.] * but 
this invective, so freely indulged in, I will afterwards call 
up, if there remain in these (i. e. his judges, etc.) a dispo- 
sition to hear.” πομπεία properly means “a procession,” 
but as in the Dionysiac processions ribaldry and abuse were 
indulged in, it came to have the meaning here given to it. 
See § 122, note. Observe the Greek idiom with verbs of 
willing, desiring, and the contrary, in the phrase ἂν βουλο- 
μένοις ἀκούειν ἦ τουτοισί, lit. ‘if it may be to these willing to 
hear.” (Ο. ᾧ 59, R. 3.—It will be observed from this and 
the preceding paragraphs, that the orator proposes to arrange 




















130 NOTES. 


what he has to say under three general heads: Ist, to reply 
to the charges brought against him foreign to the indict 
ment ; 2d, to those contained in the indictment; and, 3d, 
to return some of the invective which his adversary had 
heaped upon him. 

12. περὶ ὧν ἐνίων] ““ concerning which, some of them, at 
least.” That Sv does not depend upon ἐνίων is evident from 
the similar case in Dem. Aphob. 11., § 23, where both words 
are in the acc. — διδόασε τιμωρίας] ““ give punishments.” 
τιμωρία, then, was the regular punishment ordained by the 
laws in specific cases ; but τίμημα was the arbitrary damage 
or penalty awarded by the judge. See τιμωρίαι, § 14, and 
τίμημα, § 55. In defence of the reading διδόασι, instead of 
the other reading τάττουσι, I refer, with Dissen, to Orat. adv. 
Leptin., p. 504+ of (νόμοι) re τοῖς ἀγαθόν τι ποιοῦσι τὰς τιμὰς 
διδόντες καὶ οἱ τοῖς τἀναντία πράττουσι τὰς τιμωρίας. -- 
τοῦ δὲ παρόντος ἀγῶνος... . . τοιαῦτα] “ but the very aim of 
the present trial has in view, at the same time, abuse, and 
insult, and reviling, and contumely, and all such things of 
anenemy.” That is to say, it had in view the venting of 
his enmity upon Demosthenes, and not the vindication of 
justice to the city ; it was, as he calls it in a subsequent 
part of the oration (ὃ 121), φθόνου δίκην, * a cause instituted 
from enmity.” This he proceeds to substantiate. — οὐκ ἔνι 
τῇ πόλει] “ it is not possible to the city.” The city could 
not inflict punishment for such crimes, according to Dissen, 
because committed so long before, and not presented indi- 
vidually, but in a mass. 

13. Οὐ yap....éorw] “For it is not proper to take 
away from me the privilege of appearing before the people 
and addressing them ; nor from abusiveness and envy to do 
this, — by the gods, — is it either right, or lawful, or just.” 
That is to say, it was not proper thus to attack him in the 
the name of another (instead of bringing him to trial sepa- 
rately), with the hope of depriving him of the privilege of 
replying (see Asch. adv. Ctes., p. 82), and especially when 


NOTES 131 


done from inalice and envy. The negatives οὔτε... .. οὔτε 
. ++. οὔτε are merely an emphatic repetition, in the severai 
clauses, of the general negation contained in οὐδ᾽ (see 
§ 186, n.). πολιτικὸν, “ consistent with the laws of the 
state,” = lawful. According to this view (which is sub- 
stantially that of Dissen), yap, of course, does not refer to 
the clause immediately preceding, but, as is often the case, 
to the leading subject of the whole preceding sentence, viz. 
the personal character and injustice of the cause. — érpa- 
γῴδει] “* set forth pompously.” Alluding, as also by ὑπο- 
κρίνεται below, to the former profession of A&schines as an 
actor. — παρ᾽ αὐτὰ τἀδικήματα] ““ immediately upon the com- 
mission of the crimes themselves.” The infinitive im- 
mediately following these words depends on ἔδει, to be sup- 
plied from the previous sentence. The orator is here stat- 
ing what course his opponent ought to have pursued. — 
εἰσαγγελίας] A term in Athenian law, descriptive of a kind 
of impeachment or information against any one deemed 
dangerous to the staté, in cases not expressly provided for 
by the laws. Comp. Herm. Polit. Antiq. § 133. — εἰσαγγέλ- 
Aovra] A participle belonging to the subject of χρῆσθαι, and 
expressing the manner in which A®schines should have 
availed himself of the various processes for bringing him 
to justice, ——a usage entirely parallel to that of the Eng- 
lish in similar cases. K. ᾧ 312, 4, (e). — γράφοντα. ... 
γραφόμενον] Observe the difference between the act. and 
mid. of this verb; the act. part. means “ proposing,” the 
mid. “ indicting.”” The latter, like other verbs of accusing, 
governs the gen. of the crime or charge (παρανόμων, “ ille- 
gal measures”), K. ὃ 274, 2; Ὁ. ᾧ 53, 12.— οὐ yap δήπου 
.... ἐγράψατο] “ for surely it cannot be that he prosecutes 
Ctesiphon on my account, and that he would not have in- 
dicted me myself (ἐμὲ . . . . αὐτὸν), had he supposed that 
he should convict me.” This is said to show that there 
must have been sufficient hostility to him on the part of 
ZEschines to prompt a prosecution of him, had he seen any 




















132 NOTES. 


chance of success. The relation between the protasis and — 


apodosis here is such as to deny the reality both of the con- 
dition and the thing conditioned. K. ᾧ 339, 1. (b); C. καὶ 74, 
2. For eyé.... αὐτόν, see § 279. 

14. Kai μὴν] “and indeed,” “ furthermore.” Often em- 
ployed to introduce a new thought by way of confirmation. 
K. § 316, 1, (c). — εἰσὶ vouor.... χρῆσθαι] ** there are laws 
concerning all cases, and punishments, and actions, and tri- 
als, having severe and heavy damages, and it was lawful to 
avail himself of all these.” “ra ἐπιτίμια Sunt omnino que 
quis luere debet, sive debeat παθεῖν sive drorica.” Dissen. 
This is the definition which Demosthenes gives of τίμημα, 
Orat. adv. Mid., p. 523. The two words are substantially 
the same in meaning as, they are in derivation. On this 
and also τιμωρίαι. see note on § 12.— καὶ ὁπηνίκα ἐφαίνετο, 
x. τ᾿ X.] “and when he had appeared,” etc. ; i. e. in case 
he had. It will be observed that this is the protasis to the 
clause beginning with ὡμολογεῖτο, and hence should regularly 
be introduced by εἰ. K. ᾧ 339, 1. (b) I do not recollect 
another case of this kind, though there may be others. — 
τοῖς πρὸς ἐμέ] “ those suited to my case.” πρὸς ἐμέ acquires 
a kind of substantive idea by having the article prefixed, 
like τοῖς ἐμοῖς, “* mine,” and hence the omission of the noun 
to which τοῖς refers. K. δῇ 244, 10, und 263, d. See, 
also, τὸ κατ᾽ ἐμέ, δῷ 246, 947. 

15. τοσούτοις ὕστερον χρόνοις] Not “ after so long a time,” 
but “‘in times so long after.” Hence it is time definite, 
and therefore in the dat. K. ᾧ 283, 3; C. ᾧ 60, '7. — ὑπο- 
κρίνεται, “acts a part,” “ exaggerates the case,” “ makes 
sweeping charges,” after the extravagant style of actors. 
The length of time which had elapsed since the pretended 
crimes, of course, was favorable to this. — Elra... . φαίνε- 
ra| “Then he brings his charges against me, while he 
puts this man (i. 6. Ctesiphon) on trial, and evinces as the 
cause (προΐσταται) of the whole trial the enmity he has 
against me, while never having directly met me for this 


NOTES. 138 


(i.e. on this ground), he ostensibly seeks to take away the 
political privileges of another.” It may be observed, in 
illustration of this passage, that almost the entire speech of 
ZEschines is taken up in severe remarks and strictures upon 
the character and course of Demosthenes, while next to 
nothing is said of Ctesiphon, and that in a comparatively 
mild tone. The way in which this suit would take away 
the political privileges of Ctesiphon was, by fixing a heavy 
penalty, which he could not pay, in case he lost his cause, 
and thus rendering him a public debtor, which would de- 
prive him of all political rights until the debt was discharged. 
Herm. Polit. Antiq. § 124. 

16. ἂν λέγειν] “ might say.” ἄν is used with the infinitive 
in all cases where it would be used in the construction with 
the finite verb, and hence gives the infin. something of the 
force of the moods. K. § 260, 2, (5), (a); C. § 78, 4.— 
ὅτι τῆς ἡμετέρας ἔχθρας .... ζητεῖν] * that it was just for us 
to fight out the battle of our enmity by ourselves, not to 
neglect a personal contest while we seek some other person 
upon whom to inflict an injury.” ἐξετασμός does not seem 
to differ from ἐξέτασις, except it be, as Dissen suggests, a 
word of somewhat lower application, to disputes and wran- 
gling. ἐξέτασιν ποιεῖν, § 226, means “ to make an examina- 
tion,” and ἐξετασμὸν ποιεῖσθαι here might be rendered * to 
make a review,” ‘‘ measure the strength of,” — the verb 
being in the mid. in the latter case on account of the action 
referring to themselves. ἑτέρῳ δ᾽ ὅτῳ presents a case of in- 
verted attraction, the antecedent being attracted into the 
sase of the relative, instead of the reverse of this. Κὶ, 
§ 332, R. 11; Ὁ. ὁ 52, R. 7. 

17. ἄν τις ἴδοι] ‘* any one might see,” i. 6. if he would 
but consider the case. dy always refers to a condition either 
expressed or implied. K. ᾧ 260, 1. — ἐπ᾽] “ in conformity 
with.” K. ᾧ 296, (3), (c). — ὅσα ὑπὲρ... . pov] “ what he 
falsely charged upon me concerning the peace and the em- 
bassy.” See isch. contr. Ctesiph. § 62 seq. The peace 

12 




















134 NOTES. 


here referred to was the peace which the Athenians made 
with Philip, king of Macedonia, called the peace of Phi- 
locrates ; and the embassy, that sent by the Athenians for 
the purpose of obtaining the ratification of the peace, on 
the part of Philip, which had been voted on their part just 
before (19th of Elaphebolion, B. C. 346, Dem. F. L., 
p. 359, § 64). A previous embassy had been sent a few 
months before. Demosthenes and A®schines were both 
placed upon each of these embassies. On the first embassy 
they were harmonious and on very intimate terms, but 
during the deliberations concerning the peace which took 
place on their return, they fell into some difference with 
reyard to the conditions upon which the peace should be 
concluded, and from this point separated more and more 
widely, till they became most violent enemies. This en- 
mity first vented itself publicly in the prosecution which 
Demosthenes brought against schines, after their -return 
from the second embassy, for malversation. The speeches 
of both on this trial are extant, and contain a full account 
of the proceedings with regard to the peace and the em- 
bassy here alluded to. The last exhibition of this enmity 
was made in the prosecution which /schines brought 
against Ctesiphon, for proposing to crown Demosthenes for 
his eminent public services, which gave rise to this oration 
and that of AEschines on the same subject. As to the peace 
itself, it had reference to certain difficulties which Athens 
had had with Philip in regard to Ampbhipolis, a city of 
Thrace, and other northern possessions. Philip, taking ad- 
vantage of the Social War in which Athens was involved 
(B. C. 358), had taken Amphipolis, and also certain other 
places in Macedonia, Thessaly, and Thrace, which belonged 
to Athens. Athens attempted in return to gain these back, 
but, after contending for this with but little success for 
eleven years, and despairing of any assistance from the 
other Grecian states, who were taken up with their own petty 
variances (§§ 18-21), she finally consented to make peace 


NOTES. 135 


with him. For a fuller account of this whole subject, see 
Thirlw., Vol. II. pp. 66 — 128. —*Eor: δ᾽ ἀναγκαῖον, x. τ. λ.] 
“ But it is necessary, O Athenians, and proper perhaps, to 
remind you how things were in those times, that you may 
contemplate each one of them in reference to the juncture 
in question,” i. e. the making of the peace with Philip. 
ὑπάρχων is used both of the past and the present, according 
as the discourse is of the past or present. We also find 
rére and viv with it sometimes, especially when the thing 
referred to had changed since some former period. See 
ᾧ 98: οὐ φοβηθέντες τὴν τότε Θηβαίοις ῥώμην καὶ δόξαν ὑπάρ- 
χουσαν, “ the then existing” (though not now). Other par- 
ticiples are also used to designate the existence of things 
contemporaneous with the time of the speaker; as, ὥν, ma- 
pov, ὑπών, etc. ; but they-all have a different shade of mean- 
ing from ὑπαρχών. See § 1, note. 

18. Τοῦ yap Φωκικοῦ συστάντος πολέμου] The war here al- 
luded to is better known under the name of the Second Sa- 
cred War. The Phocians had taken possession of, and 
subjected to cultivation, a portion of land in the vicinity of 
Delphi, consecrated to Apollo, and doomed by a decree of 
the Amphictyons to lie for ever waste. For this, at the in- 
stigation of the Thebans, they were threatened by the Am- 
phictyons with the confiscation of their territory to the god 
whom they had robbed. Being rendered desperate by such 
a threat, they seized upon the temple of Apollo, and robbed 
it of its treasures, in order to obtain the means of defend- 
ing themselves. Αἱ first the principal enemy they had to 
contend with was the Thebans, but afterwards these were 
joined by some Thessalian tribes, and finally by Philip. 
This war broke out in the year 355 B. C., and continued 
about ten years. See Thirlw., Ch. 43. — οὐ yap δὴ ἔγωγε 
ἐπολιτευόμην πω τότε] ** for not then as yet, as is well known 
(δὴ), was I engaged in proposing public measures.” His 
first speech before the people, De Symmoriis, was made, 
according to Dissen, the year following the commencement 




















136 NOTES. 


of the war. — πρῶτον μὲν ὑμεῖς οὕτω διέκεισθε] The orator 
here uses the mildest terms pessible, on account of the 
popular feeling towards the Phocians for robbing the tem- 
ple of Delphi. The fact is, however, that the Athenians, 
from their hatred to Philip, who, they saw, was fomenting 
the war against the Phocians for selfish purposes, early 
entered into an alliance with them, though they seem not 
to have taken any very active part in the war, other than to 
prevent the interference of Philip. — ἐν Λεύκτροις “ at Leuc- 
tra.” A small town in Beotia, where the Thebans, under 
their general, Epaminondas, gained a great victory over the 
Spartans (B. C. 371), which gave them the ascendency 
among the states of Greece, and made them very haughty 
and overbearing. This ascendency had been enjoyed suc- 
cessively by Sparta, by Athens, and now by Thebes. — 
ἔπειθ᾽... .. ταραχή] “" Besides, all Peloponnesus had become 
divided, and neither were those hating the Lacedemonians 
strong enough to subdue them, nor were those formerly 
supported in power by them (lit. ruling by means of them) 
masters of the cities ; but there was both among these and 
all the other states a certain interminable strife and commo- 
tion.” The state of things here described is that which 
existed in Greece some fifty years after the Peloponnesian 
war; when Sparta had been humbled by Thebes, and was 
but just able to maintain her ascendency in the Peloponne- 
sus without extending her ambition to other parts of Greece, 
and Thebes was looked upon with distrust. both by Sparta 
and Athens. By the enemies of Sparta in the Peloponne- 
sus here alluded to were meant, more especially, the Mes- 
senians, the Arcadians, and the Argives; the three princi- 
pal states in that peninsula besides Sparta, with which she 
was engaged in a constant struggle in order to keep them 
in proper subordination. When at the height of her power, 
at the close of the Peloponnesian war, her general, Lysan- 
der, had established in these and all other cities which fell 
into his hands her favorite form of oligarchical government, 


NOTES. 137 


called dexa8apyia or δεκαρχία, by promoting to power, in each 
place, ten citizens the most devoted to her interests. For 
the character and working of these unnatural governments, 
see Isoc. Panegyr., pp. 63, 64. Compare also Herm. Polit. 
Antiq., § 39,7 and 8. These, however, now, during her 
humiliation, they had succeeded in expelling, though they 
were not as yet able to gain any absolute ascendency over 
their former tyrannical mistress. This statement will suffi- 
ciently explain the passage under consideration. 

19. τοῖς παρ᾽ éxdoros.... ἐφύετο) “ lavishing treasures 
upon the traitors in each state, he set them all by the ears, 
and stirred them up against each other ; then, while the 
others (i. 6. the other Greeks besides the Athenians) were 
remiss in their duty (i. e. to come to the aid of Athens, in 
bringing her contest with Philip to a successful close, and 
thus preventing his encroachments upon Grecian interests), 
and were quarrelling among themselves, he was preparing 
himself and increasing in power against all.” αὑτοὺς is the 
reflexive for the reciprocal pronoun (K. § 302, 7). The 
treasures here spoken of, by which Philip purchased adhe- 
rents and advocates in every state, were obtained from the 
mining district of Pangeus, in Thrace, which he had ob- 
tained possession of by his northern conquests. In that 
corrupt age, in which almost every man could be bought, 
they were of great service to him in prosecuting his de- 
signs against Greece. —oi rére.... Θηβαῖοι] “ the then 
overbearing, but now unfortunate Thebans.” The change 
in the condition of the Thebans here mentioned was occa: 
sioned by the destruction of Thebes by Alexander, the son 
and successor of Philip ; who, on account of their attempt 
to throw off the Macedonian yoke, had (335 B. C.) razed 
the city to the ground, and sold the inhabitants as slaves. 
The times heré contrasted were that of the Phocian war, 
and that of the delivery of this oration. At the former 


period, the Thebans were at the height of their power, it ~ 


being not long after the battle of Leuctra. But since thai 
12" 




















128 NOTES. 


event some twenty-five years or more had passed, during 
which Thebes had been gradually losing power, till she 
finally met with this overthrow from Alexander. In order 
to make out this interval between the two periods, I place 
the time of the delivery of this oration, with most critics, 
about six years after the prosecution which called it forth 
was first instituted. It was thus deferred by the prosecutor, 
as is supposed, in order to obtain a more favorable opportu- 
nity for succeeding in his cause ; which at length was 
thought to offer itself, when the Macedonian arms had com- 
pletely triumpped in Greece under Alexander. It mr . 
this juncture, therefore, that it was brought on for a fina 
decision, though first moved soon after the battle of Cheero- 
nea. —ai πόλει] Athens and Thebes. The Thebans, 
being hard pressed by the Phocians, would very naturally 
look to the Athenians for aid, since they were near at hand, 
and, though not particularly friendly, still were apparently 
no further interested in the war than to prevent the inter- 
ference of Philip, with whom they were in a state of hos- 
tility. The wily king, therefore, threw them a sop, by 
offering them peace, and turned and joined himself to the 
inst the Phocians. 
io Ἧ μὰ ἐννν εἰπεῖν] “ What then codperated with him 
for taking you almost his willing dupes ? (What contributed 
to his finding you so ready to listen to his proposals ?) The 
of the other Greeks —(I hardly know whether it 18 — 
to call it cowardice or ignorance, or both these together). 
ὀλίγου δεῖν expresses a limitation, and properly ΡΩΝ _ 
és understood. K. § 341, R. 3; C. § 70, 16. — os ἔργῳ 
φανερὸν γέγονεν] “as has become evident from the issue. 
By the issue her. alluded to, as showing that the struggle 
against Philip, so long maintained by Athens, was for the 
common interest of Greece, is meant the subsequent course 
of Philip, who, having quieted the Athenians by offering 
them peace, proceeded to subjugate the Phocians, and then, 


‘n turn, the other tribes of Greece. — συγχωρηθεῖσα] “ agreed 


NOTES. . 130 


upon.” — διέβαλλεν)][ἠ See ZEsch. δῷ 60 -- 68. -- τὰ δὲ τού 
γῶν .. «. αὐτῇ “but the wrong-doings and corruptions of 
these in making it.” τούτων refers to Aeschines and his 
party, who might not have all been present, but were spoken 
of thus as a well-known clique opposed to Demosthenes. 
21. Kai ταυτὶ πάνθ᾽ .... δειξέρχομαι] ““ And all these, for 
the sake of the truth, I am going accurately to examine and 
set forth.” For this fut. use of the pres., see K. § 255, 
R. 4. We have here another instance of oratorical pleo- 
nasm for the purpose of fulness or emphasis. Such ex- 
pressions are far from being mere tautology. When used 
with skill and moderation, as is generally the case with De- 
mosthenes, and not to excess and merely for the sake of 
rhythm, as is often done by Cicero, the different words 
always present the idea under different aspects ; the one 
being more general and thé other more special, the one 
stronger and the other weaker, the one simple and the other 
figurative, or with some such difference. Dissen has col- 
lected the following instances from this oration, which it 
may be worth while to copy here: ἀξιῶ καὶ δέομαι, § 6; 
ἐτραγῴδει καὶ διεξήει, ᾧ 135 κατεψεύδου καὶ διέβαλλες, § 11; 
βοᾶν καὶ διαμαρτύρεσθαι, ᾧ 235; δηλοῦν καὶ διορίζεσθαι, § 40 : 
προὔλεγον καὶ διεμαρτυρόμην, § 45; οὐκ ὀνειδίζειν οὐδὲ λοιδορεῖ- 
σθαι, § 276 ; λοιδορούμενος καὶ διασύρων, § 180; πολεμεῖν καὶ 
διαφέρεσθαι, § 81 ; προορώμενος καὶ λογιζόμενος, § 27; μηδ᾽ 
ὁτιοῦν προορᾶν μηδ᾽ αἰσθάνεσθαι, ᾧ 40; εἰδὼς καὶ ἑωρακὼς, ᾧ 248 ; 
Body καὶ κεκραγώς, § 132; εἰπεῖν καὶ ἀπαγγεῖλαι, § 88 : ζώντων 
᾿Αθηναίων καὶ ὄντων, § 72; ἐδίδαξας καὶ διεξῆλθες, § 22; διέ- 
βαλλε καὶ διεξήει, ᾧ 14. ---- Εἰ γὰρ..... πρὸς ἐμέ] “ For if 
any wrong-doing, however great (ra μάλιδτα), should ap- 
pear in these transactions, surely it pertains in no respect 
to me.” τὰ μάλιστα here is used as in Xen. Apol. § 18: 
ὅτε τὰ μάλιστα ἡ πόλις εὐδαιμονεῖ ; also Orat. adv. Leptin. 
§ 2; i.e. it is an adverbial acc. expressing quantity. K. 
§ 279, R.8; C.§ 57, R. 6. See also § 95. How any 
wrong-doing in making the peace could have nothing to do 























140 NOTES. 


with him the orator proceeds to show, by stating, first, whe 
suggested it, then who took up the suggestion and formally 
proposed the measure (ἐκδεξάμενος καὶ γράψας), and then 
those who helped these carry the measure through (οἱ δὲ 
συνειπόντες). ---- οὐδ᾽ ἂν σὺ διαῤῥαγῇς ψευδόμενος} ** not even if 


you split lying.” Referring to the earnestness with which 
he had endeavored to prove an intimacy and concert of 
action in this matter between Demosthenes and Philocrates. 
See Asch. contr. Ctes. § 62; F. L. § 13. — ὅτου δήποτε ἕνεκα, 
ἐς for whatever reason,” i. 6. for some reasons which he 
could not stop or did not care to state. For the force of 
δήποτε in such cases, see K. § 95, (b). — ἐγὼ δ᾽ οὐδὲν οὐδα- 
μοῦ] ““ but I nothing nowhere.” Not to be taken in its most 
absolute sense. That Demosthenes desired and promoted 
the peace is certain, though his name does not appear among 
its original movers. — With regard to the individuals men- 
tioned’ in different parts of this paragraph, not much is 
known of most of them; only that they were public men 
at that time of some prominence at Athens, and belonged 
to the party devoted to the interests of Philip. Eubulus 
was the most prominent of the number, and exerted an in- 
fluence in favor of Philip but little inferior to that exerted 
by Aéschines. Comp. Herm. Polit. Antiq.§ 173,11. One 
of them, it will be observed, was an actor, which shows that 
this class of men were held in more estimation then than 
they are now ; perhaps on account of the greater respecta- 
bility of the profession at that time, but principally, without 
doubt, on account of the greater demand there was for a 
popular mode of address in those who were engaged in the 
‘management of public affairs. 

22. én’ αὐτῆς τῆς ἀληθείας} * in accordance with the truth 
itself.’ The charge alluded to in what follows was con- 
nected with the general charge, brought against him by 
fEschines, of being the author of the peace. It was, that 
he was so anxious to conclude a peace with Philip, and 
urged it forward so precipitately, that there was not time 


NOTES. 141 


for the delegates who had been: sent for from the other 
states of Greece, to form a common alliance against him, 
to arrive before it was concluded. See Esch. ᾧ 58. — ὡς 
ἄρα] “* that forsooth, if any one will believe it.” It usually 
implies contempt or disbelief of the statement it introduces. 
See § 13; also Pop. Orat. of Dem., VIII. § 4, note. — Eir 
&.... διεξῆλθες ;] “ Then, O— (what uttering could any 
one address you appropriately?) is there anywhere that 
you, being present, seeing me depriving the city of so im- 
portant a transaction and alliance as you just now described, 
manifested your indignation, or, coming forward, stated and 
explained these things which you now charge me with?” 
The first line of this passage presents an instance of a spe- 
cies of aposiopesis, of which there are several other exam- 
ples in this oration. The figure here consists in stopping 
short when about to designate AZschines, and, instead of 
applying any epithet to him, signifying his inability to find 
one sufficiently opprobrious fitly to describe his character 
And this seems a suitable place to remark, that Demosthe- 
nes abounds much more in figures than in tropes ; more in 
those turns of thought which affect the structure of the sen- 
tence, called by the Greeks σχήματα, than in those which 
concern the application of words. This, indeed, is true to 
some extent of all the ancient orators, and may be consid 
ered as one of the characteristic distinctions between an. 
cient and modern oratory. Oratory was much more culti 
vated as an art by the ancients than by the moderns, which 
gave a peculiar cast to their oratorical style, making it al- 
most as unlike their historical or familiar style as poetry to 
prose. They paid great attention to the rhythm of their 
sentences, i. e. to such a distribution of the emphatic and 
the unemphatic words as to produce a regular rising and 
falling in their sentences, or an harmonious flow. «{{ follows 
from this, that striking modes of address, and artificial turns 
of sentences, would be much more likely to find a place in 
ancient than in modern oratory. However, even these do 























NOTES. 


not very much abound in Demosthenes ; — more than any 
other orator, probably, whether ancient or modern, he de- 
pended for success upon a thorough discussion, and a forci- 
ble and vivid presentation of the whole subject to his 
hearers. 

23. Kal piv... . λοιπὸν ἦν] “ And truly, if.I had sold to 
Philip the preventing of the union of the Greeks, it remained 
to you not to be silent.” The refutation here given of the 
charge is drawn from the fact that A¢schines did not accuse 
him of it at the time. This argument is frequently made 
to tell against AZschines throughout the oration. A&schines 
anticipated it (δῷ 215-229), and endeavored in vain to 
break its force. — τουτοισί] “to these,” i. 6. the Athenians, 
- οὔτε yap...» ἐξεληλεγμένοι] ** for neither was an embassy 
sent at that time to any of the Greeks, but, long before, all 
had been proved indifferent.” Hence there was no motive 
for sending to them. The discrepancy between the state- 
ments of the rival orators on this point is rendered still more 
difficult of reconciliation by an expression of Demosthenes 
(F. L., p. 345), which recognizes the presence of certain 
ambassadors from other states on the occasion of making 
the peace. But this difficulty is obviated, by supposing that 
the ambassadors there referred to were merely the deputies 
of the allies of Athens, while /éschines pretended that 
deputies were expected also from the states not in alliance, so 
as to form a general alliance. See Thirlw., Vol. Il. p. 120. 

24. He now proceeds to a direct refutation of the charge 
by an argument drawn from the nature of the case. After 
stating in plain language the inconsistency implied in the 
charge, he finally shows its absurdity by an oratorical syllo- 


gism or enthymem, which, at the same time, he contrives to 
enliven, by. throwing it into the interrogative form. — καὶ 
βουλόμενοι] ““ even wishing.” — αὐτοὶ δὲ] ““ but yourselves.” 
Opposed to τοὺς μὲν Ἕλληνας. ---- Εὐρυβάτου πρᾶγμα] “ the 
deed of ἃ Eurybatus.” A proverbial expression, denoting 
shamelese treachery, having its origin in the treacherous 





NOTES. 143 


conduct of a certain Ephesian by.the name of Eurybatus, 
or Euryoates, as some have it. — Οὔκουν οὔτε, x. τ. A.] 
“ Therefore, | neither appear to be the original mover nor 
the cause of the peace, nor, of the other things which he 
falsely charged upon me, is any thing shown to be true.” 
For the various usages of οὔκουν or οὐκοῦν, see K. ὃ 324, 
R. 7. The negative contained in this particle extends to 
the whole sentence, while that of otre.... οὔτε extends 
only to their respective clauses. For the participles with 
the verbs φαίνομαι and δείκνυται, see K. § 310, 4, (b), and for 
the difference between their construction with participles 
and infinitives, see K. § 311, 8 and 11. 

25. βουλεύων] “ being a senator,” i. 6. a member of the 
Senate of Five Hundred, with which all decrees originated. 
— πυνθάνωνται] This is preferable to the optat., since the 
precise words of the decree are quoted. — τοὺς ὅρκους] “‘ the 
oaths,” i. 6. the ratification, on his part, of the treaty of 
peace. — οὐδὲ γράψαντος ἐμοῦ ταῦτα] “ not even after I had 
proposed these things.” K. ᾧ 312, 4, (a); C. § 71, u1.— 
Ti δὲ τοῦτ᾽ ἠδύνατο] ““ But what could this effect ? ” 

26. ὁ d¢.... ἐπραγματεύετο] “ but he all the time was 
specially intent upon this,” i. e. that the Athenians should 
give up all preparations for war. — ὅσα τῆς πόλεως͵ “ what- 
ever of what belonged to the city,” i. e. Athens, which, by 
the Athenians, like Rome by the Romans, was called, by 
way of eminence, the city. — ἕξειν] “should hold.” The 
fut. is often thus used in dependent clauses. K. ᾧ 255, 3. 

27. The Thracians, here spoken of as the allies of Athens, 
were those occupying the southern part of Thrace, the sub- 
jectsof Cersobleptes, to whom the Athenians were under ob- 
ligation on account of his having ceded to them the Cherro- 
nesus. The places named as having been ridiculed (διέσυρε) 
by AEschines belonged to his kingdom, and were situated 
near the mouth of the river Hebrus, and in the vicinity of 
the Sacred Mountain, as it was called, one of the most im- 
portant military posts in all that region. Being seaports, 




















144 NOTES. 


they were accessible to the Athenian ships, which it was of 
great importance to Philip to exclude from the coast. 255. 
chines in his speech (ᾧ 82) had jumbled up these with sev- 
eral other similar names, in such a manner as to produce a 
ludicrous effect, and asserted that they were known, even 
in name, to Demosthenes alone. — οὕτω] “ thus,” “ under 
these circumstances,” i. e. while the Thracians were in 
possession of the strongholds alluded to. — rods ἐπικαίρους 
τῶν τόπων] “the favorably situated of the places.” The 
noun here, instead of agreeing in case with the adjective, is 
put in the gen. after it, as is often the case in Greek. K. 
§ 264, R. 5, (a). — μηδὲ πολλῶν μὲν χρημάτων, x. τ. A.] “nor 
that having become possessed of much money and many 
men, by means of these might easily enter upon the other 
undertakings,” i. e. the conquest of Greece. 

28. We have here an instance of the skill of Demosthe- 
nes in mingling the weak arguments with the strong. Hav- 
ing made out δ very strong case in his favor relative to the 
embassy, he seizes the opportunity of bringing up in con- 
trast with this the petty charge of his adversary (Adv. 
Ctesiph. § 76), founded upon the attentions which he had 
bestowed upon the ambassadors of Philip, who had recently 
visited Athens to negotiate concerning the peace, in order 
to show his want of generosity in taunting him with the 
latter, while he gave him no credit for the former. There 
being no special minister of foreign affairs at Athens, the 
duty of receiving ambassadors devolved upon members of 
the Senate, and it was in this capacity, he says, that he 
entertained, and introduced to the assembly and the theatre, 
the ambassadors of Philip. — θέαν] “ sight,” “ place to see,” 
“seat in the theatre.” — τὸν ἀρχιτέκτονα] “ architect.” So 
called because he kept the theatre in repair. He was 
properly the lessee of the theatre, who, upon condition of 
receiving the entrance-money, agreed to keep it in repair 
and pay to the state a certainsum. See Boeckh, Pub. Econ. 
Ath., Bk. II., 294. — ἐν τοῖν δυοῖν éBodow,] “in the sum of 


NOTES. 


two oboli,” “by means of two oboli.” Sce Soph. Antig., 
v. 764: ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖς ὁρῶν, “: seeing with the eyes.” Or, 
perhaps, “in ‘the two obols,” i. 6. the common seats. Two 
obols was the regular price for admission to the theatre, 
which, however, were given from a public fund, called the 
Theoricon, to all who applied for it. See Boeckh, as above. 
— τὰ δ᾽ ὅλα] “the whole,” “ the highest interests of the 
state.” — Λέγε] Addressed to the clerk. For the genuine- 


ness of this and the other documents found in this Oration, 
see Appendix. 


29. "Emi ἄρχοντος Μνησιφίλου] In the time of Demosthe- 
nes, the chief magistracy at Athens was filled by Archons, 
There were nine of these chosen annually, one of whom 
was called the Archon by way of eminence, and also Epo- 
nymus, because the year was named from him: all writings 
receiving for their date, as the decree now under considera- 
tion, the day and month of the archonship of such and 
such a one, instead of such and such a year. The month 
Hecatombeon, here mentioned, was the first in the Attic 
year; so called from its being the season of offering heca- 
tombs. It corresponded to the last part of our July and the 
first part of August. As the different Athenian months are 
often mentioned in the course of the Oration, and as the 
order of their succession and their relation to our months 
is a matter of some dispute among the learned, I subjoin 
here a list of them as arranged by the German chronolo- 
gist, Ideler, taken from the supplement of Passow’s Greek 
Lexicon. It should be observed, however, that, as their 
months were lunar, they were obliged every other year to 


introduce an intercalary month, which followed Poseideon, 
and was called Poseideon II. 


Hecatombeon 30 days — latter part of July and first of Aug. 
Metageitnion 29 “ — 

Boédromion 30 “ 

Pyanepsion 29 “ 

Memacterion 30 “ 

















NOTES. 


Poseidcon 29 days — latter part of Dec. and first of Jan, 
Gamelion Ὁ" Jan. Feb. 
Anthesterion 29 Feb. Mar. 
Elaphebolion 30 Mar. April. 
Munychion 29 April May. 
Thargelion 80 May June. 
Scirophorion 29 June July. 


The phrase ἕνῃ καὶ νέᾳ means, literally, old and new. This 
was a common designation for the last day of every month ; 
probably from the months being lunar, and hence consisting 
of 29} days each, while in the calendar they were reck- 
oned, for the sake of convenience, as having alternately 29 
and 30 days, giving to those of 30 days a half of a day 
more than properly belonged to them. Hence, the last day 
strictly belonged partly to the old and partly to the new 
month, which was indicated by the expression here quoted. 
And being once employed as a designation for the last day 
of the longer months, it would very naturally be applied, 
also, to the last day of the others. For the rest, it may be 
observed, that the first day of each month was called vov- 
μηνία, and the second δευτέρα ἱσταμένου Or ἀρχομένου μηνός ; 
and so up to ten, repeating after each ordinal number ἱστα- 
μένου OF ἀρχομένου μηνός (of the commencing month). From 
ten to twenty, the same ordinal numbers, πρώτη, δευτέρα, etc., 
were placed before μεσοῦντος μηνός (the middle of the month), 
or before ἐπὶ δεκάδι or δέκα (in addition to a decade, or ten). 
From twenty to the end of the month, either the same ordi- 
nal numbers were prefixed to ἐπὶ εἰκάδι or εἴκοσι (in addition 
to twenty) ; or the ordinals were inverted, beginning for 
twenty-one with δεκάτη, if the month had 30 days, and ἐνάτη, 
if it had but 29, and proceeding in an inverted order down 
to δευτέρα, affixing to each the words φθίνοντος, mavopevov, ΟΥ̓ 
ἀπίοντος μηνός (from the ceasing or close of the month). — 
φυλῆς πρυτανευούσης} “ the presiding tribe.” The people of 
Attica were divided into ten tribes, and these again into a 
hundred, and afterwards into a hundred and seyenty-four 


NOTES. 147 


demi or boroughs. Each tribe had a name derived from 
some hero or mythic character connected with the nation. 
and in the time of Demosthenes were each represented in 
the Senate of Five Hundred by fifty senators. The dele- 
gation from each tribe undertook, in a regular order of suc 
cession, which they determined by lot, the presidency of 
‘the body, each for the space of 35 or 36 (in intercalary 
years 38 or 39) days. For this purpose each of the dele- 
gations elected from their own number, by lot, a president, 
called ἐπιστάτης, who was intrusted with the keys of the 
treasury and archive office, and with the state seal. His 
duty was to act as presiding officer in the Senate during the 
presidency of his tribe, and as the organ of the Senate in 
general, and of the presiding tribe in particular, in all 
matters of business. He originally, also, presided at the 
assemblies of the people, till the presidency of this body 
was assigned to nine πρόεδροι, appointed by himself, one out 
of each of the other nine tribes. This is Hermann’s view ; 
but, according to another view of the subject, which may 
be found in Smith’s Dict. Antiq. (Art. Βουλή), the presiding 
tribe was divided into five sections of ten each (called mpée- 
8p), which exercised the presidency in turn for.seven days, 
and chose an ἐπιστάτης daily, while the proédri non contri- 
bules, as they are called, exercised a very different function. 
The presiding tribe, besides presiding in the Senate and 
calling the assemblies of the people, acted as a committee 
of the Senate, to transact the various kinds of business 
which devolved upon that body as a supreme court, while 
ποίη session. For this purpose this tribe was maintained 
at the public expense at the Prytaneum, where they spent 
nearly the whole time, so as to be ready to act with authority 
in the occurrences of the day which required their interven- 
tion. Comp. Herm. Polit. Antiq. § 127. — ὁμολογουμένας] 
“ acknowledged,” ‘ formally proposed.” — δεδόχθαι] ““ that 
it be decreed.” An infinitive depending upon eimei#@above. 


~-€y τῇ πρώτῃ ἐκκλησίᾳ] i. 6, the first of the four regular 














148 NOTES. 


assemblies held during each prytany. — ἐκ πάντων ᾿Αθηναίω» 
i. e. as a body, without regard to tribes. The patrial adjec- 
tive belonging to each of the names of the ambassadors 
was to define the demus or borough to which each of them 
belonged, and where their names were originally registered 
as citizens. The list of ambassadors is defective and in- 
correct. See Appendix. : 

30. of χρηστοὶ πρέσβεις οὗτοι] “these excellent ambassa- 
dors.” χρηστός is often used thus, ironically. See § 89: 
ἣν οὗτοι κατὰ τῆς πατρίδος τηροῦσιν of χρηστοὶ ἐπὶ ταῖς ped- 
λοῦσαις ἐλπίσιν. ---- τρεῖς ὅλους μῆνας] This does not seem to 
be strictly true. It was nearly three months from the time 
the speace was voted to the time of the return of the am- 
bassadors, but appears to have been but a little more than 
two, from the time of their actual departure from Athens 
to their return, — from Munychion 3d (B. C. 346) to Sciro- 
phorion 13th. See sch. F. L., p. 40, and Dem. F. L., 
Ρ. 359. — ἦλθε] “ returned.” He was absent on an expe- 
dition to Thrace when they arrived, and they waited there 
till his return. — ἐξὸν] “ it being possible.” An accusative 
absolute, concerning which see K. § 312,5; C. ὁ 71, 1. 2. 
— τὸν Ἑλλήσποντονἢἠ The Thracian Cherronesus lying on 
the Hellespont, where Philip was engaged in reducing the 
places referred to above. 

31. τοιοῦτον] That is, such as described above ; — it re- 
fers both to κλέμμα and δωροδόκημα. 

32. avrév .... ἀπίωμεν] I retain this reading, in prefer- 
ence either to putting the pronoun in the first person or the 
verb in the third, since Demosthenes means evidently to 
deny that he, though on the embassy, had any thing to do 
with the transaction in question. This is perfectly in keep- 
ing with all that he says on the subject in his Oration on 
the False Legation. He there represents himself as having 
been extremely impatient of the delay, and even, on one 
occasion, as having hired a ship to return alone, but as being 
prevented by his colleagues. See especially p. 405, init., 





NOTES. 149 


and p. 445, init.—vdas] Thermopyle. A narrow pass 
through the mountainous ridge separating Thessaly from 
Greece, presenting by far the most eligible route, and in- 
deed almost the only one, from the northern regions to the 
south. Hence, if this was shut up against an enemy north 
of the mountains, his progress was effectually arrested. 
The occasion here alluded to, on which the Athenians 
closed this passage against Philip, was several years previ- 
ous to the time of the peace here under discussion, in the 
early part of the Phocian war (B. C. 353). Since that time 
he had occupied himself mostly in reducing Olynthus, a 
powerful and independent city in the southern part of 
Macedonia, and at that time an ally of Athens. 

33. Ovrw .... τουτονί] “ But Philip was in so much fear 
and anxiety, lest, even although he had taken these prelimi- 
nary steps, you, having obtained information before the 
Phocians were destroyed, should vote to assist them, and 
his projects should fail of success, that he hires this despi- 
cable fellow here.” οὕτω is often thus separated from its 
word. See δῷ 163, 220. So also πολύς often stands with 
the second of two nouns to which it.refers. See § 299. I 
have restored the common reading here (instead of Bek- 
ker’s, which inserts εἰ before πρὸ and leaves out ἀκούσαντες, 
αὐτοῖς, and also καὶ before ἐκφύγοι) for what I consider suffi- 
cient reasons. In the first place, εἰ would require an ἄν in 
the corresponding clause (K. § 339, τι. a.), which no MS, 
gives. Again, μή, expressing an end (¢hat or Jest), is gen- 
erally used with the subjunctive and optative without ἄν, 
after verbs of fear, anviety, etc. (Jelf’s Kihner, § 814.) 
As to αὐτοῖς, though suspected by some, it seems to be re- 
quired both by the connection and the laws of the language. 
See δῷ 39, 292. 

34. ᾿Αξιῶ, x. τ. A.] The reader will observe the tact with 
which the orator, on this and several other occasions, throws 
upon his opponent the blame of leading him jnto any dis- 


cussions foreign to the subject. 
13* 














150 NOTES. 


35. fora... . Θηβαίων] * for all things will turn out » 
you wish, if you remain quiet, and within two or three days 
you will hear that he has become the friend of those against 
whom he comes an enemy, and, on the contrary, the enemy 
of those to whom he comes a friend. For not words, he 
said, confirm friendships, uttering it with all gravity, but 
community of interests; and that it is alike for the interest 
of Philip and the Phocians, and you all, to be freed from 
the stupidity and oppressiveness of the Thebans.” But 
perhaps ἀναλγησίας means “ savageness,” as this character 
is often ascribed to the Thebans. See Adv. Lept. ὁ 109. 
The change of feeling in Philip, which JEschines is here 
represented as persuading the Athenians to believe was 
~ about to take place, had reference to the Athenians and 
Thebans. He had excited his countrymen to hope, that, 
from what he knew of Philip’s character and intentions, 
they had nothing to fear from him ; but that he would very 
naturally become their friend, and the enemy of Thebes, 
as soon as he became acquainted with the true character 
and relations of the two nations. It will be seen from this, 
as well as the following passage, that the Thebans were 
very much disliked at Athens. This arose, in part, as has 
already been stated, from the tyrannical manner in which 
they exercised the superiority they gained at Leuctra ; and 
in part, from their betraying the liberties of Greece in the 
Persian war, which was always remembered against them ; 
and in part, on account of their stupidity and want of 
genius. 

36. οὐκ εἰς μακράν] The news of the destruction of Pho- 
cis reached Athens fourteen days after the return of the 
embassy. — καὶ ἔτι... . Φιλίππῳ] “ and even besides these 
things, that the hatred (formerly felt) towards the Thebans 
and Thessalians fell to the city, and the gratitude feit on 
account of what had been done fell to Philip.” The de- 
struction of the Phocians was a popular thing among many 
of the tribes of Greece, on account of the horror with 


NOTES 15] 


which they were looked upon for violating the temple of 
Apollo, and appropriating to themselves so unscrupulously 
the common offerings of the Greeks deposited there. Phil- 
ip, therefore, gained favor with many by subduing them, 
and the Athenians incurred odium with the same by oppos- 
ing him ; since it could easily be said, that in opposing him 
they were sustaining the Phocians in their impiety. 

37. συγκλήτου . . . . γνώμῃ] “at an assembly called by the 
generals, with the approbation both of the prytanes and the 
Senate.” During each prytany, or the term for which each 
tribe presided, there were either three or four regular assem- 
blies ; any others which it was necessary to have during 
this time were extraordinary, and might be called either by 
the generals or by the prytanes, according as their object 
was to consult on military or civil affairs. This was natu- 
rally called by the generals, as it was in order to take pre- 
cautionary measures against an invasion of Attica by Philip. 
“This measure,” says Thirlwall (Vol. Π. p. 126), “ was 
no doubt less an effect of a real panic, than a burst of ill- 
humor, which it would have been wiser to suppress.” 

38. περὶ δὲ . .. . βουλῆς] “ but concerning the impossi- 
bility, let the general of the infantry, and the commissary, 
and the clerk of the Senate, judge.” They were appointed 
in the present emergency, as a kind of court, to judge of 
the validity of the excuses of those who refused to obey 
the directions given in the decree. For the meaning of 
ὅπλων in the sense of ὁπλιτῶν, see note, § 115. — Εἶπε Καλ- 
λισθένης Φαληρεύς] This statement is to be regarded as 
made by the proposer himself; but that at the first part of 
the decree as made by the clerk of the assembly in re- 
cording the decree. 

39. This letter was written soon after the passing of the 
above decree, for the purpose of warning the Athenians 
against taking any measures to assist the Phocians, in which 
light he seems to "have regarded the military movements 
above referred to. It has a calm and confident air about it, 














152 NOTES. 


which shows that he felt his superiority. — τὰ κατὰ τὴν Φω- 
κίδα] “* what pertains to Phocis,” “ the cities of Phocis.” — 
civaynoxéras}] One form of the perf. act. part. of εἰσάγω. 
K. § 124, 2, (a). Observe that these introductory clauses 
employ participles like infinitives to complete the verbal 
idea of Ἴστε, but the concluding clause of the sentence 
takes the finite verb. Schaffer shows that this is not un- 
common in Greek authors, from Homer downwards. See, 
also, Jelf’s Kithner, δῷ 759, Obs. 4, and 765, 2. — Τοῖς μὲν 
yap ὅλοις] “for on the whole.” <A phrase very similar in 
meaning to καθ᾽ ὅλου, found in another letter of Philip, 
§ 77. — μέτριον] “ moderate,” “ reasonable.” —"Qore ἐὰν, 
x. τ᾿ d.] “ So that, if you do not abide by your stipulations, 
you will get the start of me in nothing except in being the 
first transgressors.” 

40. Τοιγαροῦν ἐκ τούτων ᾧχετο ἐκείνους λαβὼν] * Accordingly 
by these means he went on bearing them away,” i. e. de- 
ceived them, blinded them. See F. L. ὁ 22; also K. ᾧ 310, 
4,(1). I have restored Θηβαῖοι to the text after ταλαίπωροι, 
since without it this word would naturally be referred to 
the Thessalians as well as Thebans. 

41. συνεργὸς καὶ συναγωνιστὴς] ““ fellow-procurer and pro- 
moter.” These nouns, besides the gen., take also the dat. 
by the force of σύν. This is a favorite construction with 
Demosthenes, since it promotes condensation. — καὶ γεωργῶν 
τὰ ἐκείνων) “ and cultivating their soil.”? — ὃς εὐθὺς, x. τ. d.] 
“who was immediately demanded by him who did these 
things,” i. e. by Alexander, who, on the destruction of 
Thebes, sent to Athens, demanding, as a condition of her 
own safety, nine of the leading anti-Macedonian orators, of 
whom Demosthenes was one. ‘Eschines, in his speech 
(δῷ 133, 156), had made a great show of sympathy for the 
Thebans, and rehearsed their calamities in a very touching 
manner, as being caused, according to his view of the case, 
by Demosthenes. On the contrary, Démosthenes, in thig 
passage, by placing in contrast the manner in which their 


NOTES. 153 


downfall affected him and his antagonist respectively, en- 
deavors to make it appear that his sympathy was wholly 
feigned, and that he himself has vastly more reason for re- 
gretting that event than his adversary. /Eschines, for his 
services in the cause of Philip and his successor, Alexander, 
which eventually led to the destruction of the Thebans, had 
been presented with possessions in their country, by the 
masters whom he served; but he, by resisting them, had 
exposed himself to their indignation, and had actually been 
demanded for execution. 

42. ᾿Αλλὰ yap] These particles, coming together thus, 
always denote a correction or checking of one’s self or 
another. Sometimes the verb expressing the correction is 
expressed, and sometimes it is understood, as here. An 
illustration of both usages may be found in Soph. Antig., 
within a few lines of each other, vv. 148 and 155. — δὴ] 
used thus often in resuming the subject. See Dem. Pop. 
Orat. IV. § 21. 

43. Ὑμεῖς 82... . Spas] “Βαϊ you, looking with suspi- 
cion upon what had been done, and being indignant, never- 
theless kept the peace ”; i. 6. the peace before referred to, 
which was concluded with Philip just before the destruction 
of Phocis. — Kal of ἄλλοι... . . πολεμούμενοι] * And the other 
Greeks, also, having been deceived equally with you, and 
having failed of what they hoped for, gladly kept the peace, 
although, in a certain sense, being themselves made war 
upon for a long time.” For kai... . δέ, “and also,” see 
K. § 322, R. 7; and for the acc. τρόπον twa, § 279, R. 3. 
The Athenians, and many other Grecian States, seem to 
have been led, by the representations of AEschines on re- 
turning from the second embassy, to expect that Philip, 
after chastising Phocis for her impiety, was about to humble 
Thebes. This the Athenians in particular expected he would 
do, by restoring to their freedom the Beeotian towns, which 
the Thebans, during their recent prosperous career, had re. 
duced under their power. When, therefore, he proceeded 





154 NOTES. 


to unite his arms with those of Thebes, not simply for the 
chastisement, but for the total destruction of Phocis, her 
enemy and rival; and besides, to confirm Thebes in her 
possession of the Beotian towns, and even to put her in 
possession ‘of a part of the territory of Phocis ; they dis- 
covered that they had been imposed upon, and were disap- 
pointed in their expectations. But notwithstanding this, and 
his continued course of unjust encroachments upon Grecian 
interests, as Demosthenes here states, they preserved peace 
vith him; the Athenians, because they could effect nothing 
alone by an open rupture, and the other states from indiffer- 
ence, being contented with peace themselves, however much 
the interests of Greece at large might suffer. This selfish 
indifference, this want of an enlarged patriotism embracing 
every thing that was Grecian, is what Demosthenes com- 
plains of in this and the following passages, as well as in 
other parts of the Oration. 

44. Ὅτε yap περιιὼν ὁ Φίλιππος] “ For when Philip going 
around,” i. e. extending his conquests in different directions, 
Of the two tribes here mentioned, the first was situated on 
the north of Macedonia, and the last belonged to Thrace. 
—éni τῇ τῆς εἰρήνης ἐξουσίᾳ βαδίζοντες] “* going thither (i. e. 
where Philip was) under license of the peace.” 

45. ἕτερος λόγος οὗτος] ““ this is another’s account.” — αἱ 
δὲ modes... . αἰσθέσθαι] *‘ But the cities were diseased, 
those employed in the political and administrative depart- 
ments being bribed and corrupted by gold, while the private 
citizens and the multitude in part did not foresee, and im 
part were caught with the bait of the present ease and quiet, 
and all had some such delusion as this, viz. each thought 
that the calamity would not fall upon themselves, but that, 
by means of the dangers of others, they should hold se- 
curely their own interests, whenever they wished.” The 
genitives absolute in the latter part of this sentence depend 
upon the verb ἐνόσουν, they being introduced to describe the 
state of things implicd in that verb. πολλῶν, being employed 








NOTES. 155 


here in the sense of “ the many,” would regularly have the 
article, but, as it stands in close connection with ἰδιωτῶς, 
which has the article, it is omitted. K. § 245, 2; C.§ 49, 9. 
In πλὴν οὐκ (lit. “ except not ”), οὐκ is used idiomatically, 
same as it often is after the comparative particle 7. K. 
§ 318, R. 7. σχήσειν, a rare form for ἕξειν ; but both forms 
are used indiscriminately by Demosthenes, as will be seen 
by referring to the following pages in different orations of 
his, viz. pp. 18, 45, 61, 209, and 234. But ἕξω usually has 
more strictly the meaning “ to have.” 

46. Εἶτ᾽ αἰσθέσθαι] “Then, I think, it has happened to 
the masses, instead of the much and unseasonable ease, to 
perceive that they have lost their liberty, but to the public 
men and those thinking to sell all else except themselves, 
that they have bartered away themselves first.” πεπρακόσι 
is in the dat. from the influence of the object of συμβέβηκε, 
which is also the subject of αἰσθέσθαι. K. § 310, 2; C. 
§ 70, 10. — ἀκούουσιν] “ hear themselves called,” “ are es- 
teemed.” K. ᾧ 240, 2, (e). 

47. οὐδ᾽ ἐπειδὰν... προδότου} “nor when he may have 
become master of what he has purchased does he any longer 
employ the traitor as counsellor concerning the remainder ; 
for (were this the case) nothing would be more fortunate 
than a traitor.” An analysis of this sentence will furnish 
an illustration of several important laws of the language. 
First, we have two subordinate clauses, one adverbial and 
the other atijective, each with ἄν and the subj., to represent 
the statement in each case as something conditioned and 
indefinite ; K. δῷ 337, 5, and 333, 3; and then the princi- 
pal clause, which is followed by the principal clause of a 
conditional adverbial sentence (having, however, a coérdi- 
nate connection with the preceding sentences) of which the 
condition is suppressed. K. § 340, 1. Observe, too, the 
use of οὐδέν instead of οὐδείς, in order to make the assertion 
more comprehensive. — πόθεν ;] “ how can it be so?” Ime 
plying very strongly that it could not be so. — Πολλοῦ ye 





156 NOTES. 


rat dei] “It even wants much of it, indeed.” « Very far 
from it, indeed.”” —’Adn’ dredav.. . . καταστῇ) ** But when 
he who aspires to the Supremacy may have established him 
self master of affairs.” τῶν πραγμάτων ἐγκρατὴς means very 
much the same as potitus rerum. 

48. nai yap... κε φρονοῦσιν] “for if the time of these 
events has passed, at least the time of understanding such 
things is always present to the wise.” Observe the use of 
καιρός, Of the “ proper time,” “a particular point of time,” 
distinct from χρόνος, of * time in its duration.” Also, of εἰδέ- 
vat, * to know by reflection,” “ to understand,” distinct from 
γιγνώσκειν, “to perceive,” “mark.” εὖ φρονοῦσιν followed 
by a dat. would mean “ to be well disposed.” The individ. 
uals named in the following sentences were traitors, whom 
Philip had employed in the different states, and, when he 
had accomplished his purposes, cast off as useless. — Ej,’ 
ἐλαυνομένων, x. τ. .] “Then the whole habitable world was 
full of traitors rejected and insulted and suffering what not 
of evil.” The use of saca ἡ οἰκουμένη here throws some 
light upon the use of this phrase, Luke ii. 1, For τί κακὸν 
οὐχὶ, see K. ὁ 344, R. 6. 

49. Ἐξ ὧν, κι τ᾿ λ.] “ From which facts any one might 
see even most plainly, that he who guards his country most, 
and opposes these (traitors) most, this one, /Eschines, pro- 
cures for you traitors and hirelings, the having the means 
whereby you shall receive bribes; and that through the 
great mass of these (i. e. the Athenian citizens) and those 
opposing your designs, you are safe and paid, since, if ieft 
to yourselves, you would have perished long ago,” i. e. by 
betraying the state to Philip, as they desired to, and then, 
like other traitors, being rejected and rendered outcasts. 
“Sut they had been kept from this end by the patriotism of 
those who prevented the success of their treachery, and thus 
prevented them from completing their work and being dis- 
charged and cast aside as useless tools by their master, 

50. Kai] “although.” Often found thus in conjunction 


NOTES. 157 


with a participle expressing a concession. K. § 312, R. 8. 
The καὶ in the following line means “ even,” and εἰρῆσθαι is 
governed by ἱκανῶν. K. § 306, 1, (c). — Αἴτιος 8°... . pe 
σθαρνίαν] ‘* But this man is chargeable (i. 6. for the speak- 
er’s having said so much), having bespattered me with a 
kind of stale mixture, as it were, of his own depravity and 
evil-doings, which, to those younger than the events referred 
to, it was necessary to clear myself of. But you, perhaps, 
have been wearied, who, even before I said any thing what- 
soever, knew of his serving for hire at that time.” I have 
rendered ἑωλοκρασίαν “ a stale mixture,” it being compound- 
ed of ἕωλος, ““ pertaining to yesterday,” hence *“ old,” 
“* stale,” and κρᾶσις, “ mixture.” The reference seems to 
have been to the remoteness of the events alluded to, and 
the triteness of the charges founded upon them, as they re- 
lated to the earliest part of his political comse, and had 
been oft repeated by his opponent. This accusative (έωλο- 
kpagiay), together with pov, is governed by κατασκεδάσας, in 
the sense “ to cast upon” (= charge upon), which it has 


in this place. 


52. δοκεῖ μισθωτὸ;})] In some editions this noun is found 
with the accent on the antepenult, instead of the ultimate, 
where it properly belongs, in order to conform to the -state- 
ment of Ulpian, that the orator purposely put the accent on 
the wrong syllable, with the design of eliciting a repetition 
of the word from his hearers, who, on account of the ex- 
treme delicacy of their ear to the harmony of language, 
were accustomed to correct such mistakes in pronunciation. 
But this story is not adopted by the most judicious critics ; 
as the artifice seems too trivial to be ascribed to Demosthe- 
nes, and, indeed, could have availed nothing, as it would 
have been apparent for what purpose the cry of direling 
was raised by the multitude. This call upon his hearers, 
however, to respond to his charge of corruption against his 
adversary, does manifest great confidence in the agreement 
of their views of his character with his own; and the per- 

14 








158 NOTES. 


ception that he had, by the clear evidence and lively descrip. 
tion which he had given of his corruption, made a favora- 
ble impression upon their minds, which he wished to render 
permanent, by inducing them, in the enthusiasm of the 
moment, to.express it in words. The whole of this last 
paragraph is as fine a specimen of keen and lively raillery 
as can be found, perhaps, in any language, and forms a 
suitable close to the first general division of the speech. 
Having completed the examination of the charges foreign 
from the indictment, he commences, in the next paragraph, 
an examination of those contained in the indictment. 

D3. iva καίπερ. ... τυγχάνειν} “that Eschines, although 
knowing, nevertheless may hear, on account of what I say, 
that I am worthy to receive both these rewards decreed by 
the Senate (i. e. in thé decree of Ctesiphon), and even by 
far greater rewards than these.” 

D4. ἀπήνεγκε... . γραφὴν] “laid before the archon an in- 
dictment for illegal measures.” By the archon here alluded 
to is meant, probably, the first archon. See § 29. The 
principal business of the archons was to receive complaints 
concerning crimes, and bring them before the courts for 
trial ; and, indeed, in many cases, to conduct, themselves, 
the trial en the part of the state. Comp. Herm. Polit. Antiq. 
§ 138. Such cases as this were commonly laid before the 
Thesmothetz, but occasionally, as it appears, before the 
chief archon. — ὡς dpa] “that indeed, or to the effect that.” 
For this usage of ὡς dpa, see §'73. It is different from that 
noticed in ᾧ 22.—xal dvayopedom.... ὁ δῆμος] “and to 
proclaim in the theatre at the great Dionysiac festival, at 
the contest of the new actors, that the people crown.” In 
explanation of this passage, it may be stated that there were 
at least three different festivals of Dionysus or Bacchus in 
Attica ; the Greater, the Lesser, or country Dionysia, and 
the Lenea. The first of these was the most splendid and 
the best attended, it being open to all the allies of Athens, 
and even to foreigners. At this only new pieces were 


NOTES. 159 


represented, in the representation of which, consequently, 
the actors appeared in new characters, and were hence 
called new actors ; while at the second, only old ones were 
represented ; and at the last, both new and old, as might 
happen. Comp. Miiller’s Greek Literature, ὟΙ. I. p. 296, 
note, 

55. εἶτα τὸν ὑπεύθυνον στεφανοῦν] “in the second place 
(not permitting) to crown one undischarged of his accounts 
of office.” The infinitive in this passage depends upon ἐών- 
τῶν above, and so does the infinitive ἀναγορεύειν below. — 
ἔστι δὲ... . τεταγμένος] “ but Demosthenes is repairer of 
the walls, and superintendent of the theoric fund.” He 
was appointed to superintend the repairing of the walls of 
Athens immediately after the battle of Chzeronea, or at least 
was one of the committee for repairing the walls for that 
year, and had not been discharged from this office by pass- 
ing his accounts before the Logiste when this prosecution 
was first instituted. He also was superintendent or treasurer 
of the theoric fund, designed to p&y the fees of such -as 
wished to attend the theatre, but had not the means of pay- 
ing for their admission. It was a large fund, and therefore 
involved no inconsiderable pecuniary responsibility. — Πυκνὶ] 
The dative of πνύξ, “ Pnyx,” the » being transposed in the 
nominative for the sake of euphony. It was the place where 
the assembly of the people met, and took its name from 
πυκνός, “thick,” the people being crowded together there. 
—Tiunpa τάλαντα πεντήκοντα] * Penalty fifty talents.” An 
immense sum, if we consider that the Attic talent of silver 
amounted to more than a thousand dollars, and the gold 
talent to about ten times that sum. The reason of fixing the 
penalty so high was to render it impossible for him to pay it, if 
convicted ; and thus, according to a standing law, to deprive 
him of all his political privileges, or to fix upon him what 
was called the ἀτιμία or public disgrace, which had this 
effect. Comp. Herm. Polit. Antiq. § 124, 9.— Κλήτορες 
" witnesses”; i. 6. of his having summoned the defendant 











160 NOTES. 


to appear and answer to the charge. This indictment, it 
will be perceived, contains three charges. (1.) That tle 
statements relative to the character and services of Demos- 
thenes were false. (2.) That he was legally disqualified 
for receiving the honor proposed to be bestowed upon him, 
by the holding of certain offices. (3.) That the proposed 
mode of conferring the honor was illegal. These points 
Demosthenes now proceeds to deduce, and then replies to 
them in the order in which they here stand. 

56. ᾿Εγὼ 8’. ... ἀπολογήσομαι] But from these very 
charges, I think I shall make it evident to you at the outset 
that I shall defend myself justly in all things.” πρῶτον, 
when it means “ in the first place,” “ the first in a series,” 
takes μέν with it; see ᾧ 1; but without this particle it means 
simply “first of all,” “at the outset”; since the absence 
of μέν shows that a succession of particulars is not intended. 
See § 141.— τὴν yap air... τάξιν] 1. 6. the same which 
#Eschines had followed in his indictment, but not the same 


which he had followed in his speech. By this inadvertency 
of Aschines, Demosthenes gains the advantage of such an 
arrangement of topics as he desires, while he conforms to 
all that the rules of fair discussion require. 


57. Τοῦ pev.... νομίζω] ‘Therefore, of the proposing 
(i. e. by Ctesiphon in his decree) that I continually do and 
say the best things for the people, and am zealous to do 
whatever good I can, and to praise me for these things, | 
think the test lies in my public life.” All the first part of 
the sentence, it will be perceived, is used as a noun in the 
genitive, and is governed by κρίσιν. 

Ὁ TO ἃ wb... πεπολιτευμένοις] ** But as to his not 
adding, to crown, ‘when he shall have rendered up his 
accounts,’ and his directing to proclaim the crown in the 
theatre, I think that this also has to do with my public life. 
‘Eschines had represented it as a special piece of impu- 
dence in Ctesiphon that he had not even added to his propo- 
sition to crown Demosthenes, when he shall have rendered 


NOTES. i 16] 


up his accounts. See Esch. ᾧ 11.— ἐν rotros] “ among 
these,” i. e. the people of Athens, who were assembled in 
large numbers at the great Dionysiac festival. The καὶ 
after εἴτε was added to this member, according to Dissen, in 
order to show that the speaker viewed it as the least proba- 
ble of the two suppositions. See Hom. Il. Π. 349. — δεικτέ- 
ov εἶναί μοι] “I must show.” K. δῷ 241, 3, and 284, 3, 
(12); C. § 59, 11. ‘ 

59. «Ἑλληνικὰς πράξεις καὶ Adyous] ““ Grecian doings ard 
sayings,” i. 6. those which pertained to Greece at large, and 
not simply to Athens. ΑἹ] his measures in opposing Philip 
he considers of this nature, i. e. all enumerated to § 102. 
— ὁ yap, x. τ. d.] “ for he who prosecutes (the statement) of 
the decree, that I do and say the best things, and has in- 
dicted these things as not true,” etc. Strictly speaking, the 
whole phrase, τὸ λέγειν .... pe, is a noun governing ψηφί- 
gparos. — Eira cai... . ἐγώ] “* Then, there being many de- 
partments of the constitution or administration, I chose that 
which had reference to Grecian doings,” i. e. the foreign 
department of the government. Amidst the general dis- 
sensions and jealousies of the different tribes, he chose to 
devote himself to the foreign relations of the state ; in order, 
if possible, by a high-minded and generous policy towards 
the other states, to promote a spirit of union, and thus pre- 
vent a universal overthrow of the liberties of Greece. And 
such a line of policy, he contends, was in perfect keeping 
with, and, indeed, absolutely demanded by, the past history 
of Athens. 

60. “A μὲν οὖν] Demosthenes commences here, at the 
point where he considers himself responsible for the foreign 
policy of the city, inasmuch as from this time he gave the 
direction to this department of the policy. The point to 
which he refers is the renewal of hostilities with Philip, 
after the peace before alluded to, his speeches upon which 
subject were among his earliest political efforts. To this 


course he aroused the people, and is willing to meet the 
14" 








162 . NOTES. 


responsibility uf it ; but for previous measures and disasters, 
which his antagonist had charged upon him, he holds that 
he is not accountable. He thus passes over, with the re- 
marks which have preceded, the first two periods during 
which Aeschines had examined his career, as being irrele- 
vant to the present cause, and commences with the third. 
See sch. δῷ 54,55. —raira ἀναμνήσω .... ὑπειπών] “ these 
I will recall, and of these I will subjoin an account, having 
premised thus much,” i. e. what follows as far as § 62. 
τοσοῦτος, though generally referring to what precedes, often 
refers to what follows. So ὁ 124, τοσοῦτον αὐτὸν ἐρωτή- 
was; also, Xen. Anab. I. 3, 14, pera δὲ τοῦτον Κλέαρχος εἶπε 
τοσοῦτον. Κ΄. § 303, R. 1. 

61. φορὰν] “ harvest,” “ rush,” “ multitude.” See § 271, 
where it means “ force of circumstances” ; also Plato, 
Gorg. 451, C, where it refers to the motion of the heavenly 
bodies. — obs συναγωνιστὰς, x. τ᾿ ἃ | “* whom having taken as 
coadjutors and fellow-laborers, he rendered yet more disaf- 
fected the Greeks, even before ill-disposed towards each 
other and divided into factions, by deceiving some, giving 
to others, and corrupting others in every way, and divided 
them into many parties, to all of whom there was one in- 
terest, to prevent him (Philip) from becoming powerful.” 
χεῖρον is found in the neuter here, and not in agreement 
with Ἕλληνας, because it expresses an adverbial idea, or re- 
fers to its noun in a very general way. K. ᾧ 241,2. For 
an account of this artful policy of Philip, see Dem. Olynth. 
n. δὲ 6, 7. 

62. πράττειν καὶ ποιεῖν] Schafer says, ““ Pleonasmus est 
oratorius, ne putes discrimen significationis inter heee verba 
intercedere.” But see § 4, ἢ. ---- ὁ yap... « εἰμὶ ἐγώ} “ for 
I am he who placed himself at this point of the administra- 
tion,” i.e. in the foreign department of the state. See 
§ 59, n. πολιτείας is a partitive gen. depending upon ἐν- 
ταῦθα. 


63. Πότερον .. . . γιγνόμενα EN Whether, O schines, 


NOTES. : 163 


was it fitting for her, relinquishing her own proper spirit and 
dignity, in the rank of Thessalians and Delopians, to assist 
Philip in obtaining the supremacy of the Greeks, and to 
annul the honors and rights of our ancestors? or if not to 
do this (for this truly were horrible), yet to allow to take 
place what it perceived and foresaw, we must suppose, for 
a long time, was about to take place, if no one should pre- 
vent?” The rank formerly held by Athens among the 
tribes of Greece, especially during the Persian war, was 
that of leader and guide to the rest; so that she stood as 
the acknowledged head of them all, both in civilization and 
refinement. Demosthenes contends, therefore, that she 
could not, consistently with her past history, have descended 
from this lofty position in the contest with Philip, and put 
herself on a level with the rudest and meanest tribes, who 
had submitted to become his mere tools, by joining with 
them in helping him subjugate Greece. ὡς ἔοικεν has an 
ironical meaning here, something like οἶμαι, § 46. 

64. ἐβούλετ᾽] This is also found with the augment ἡ in 
Demosthenes. See § 101; also Pop. Orat. II. § 15.— 
συναιτίας] ‘This is an adjective agreeing with μερίδος, to be 
supplied from the preceding line, and, taken with the words 
in connection, may be rendered, “ whether of that party 
which shared in causing the evils and disgraces which have 
befallen the Greeks,” etc. Like αἴτιος, its primitive, it gov- 
erns the genitive, and takes also the dative of the person or 
thing participated with, by virtue of the σύν with which 1t is 
compounded. In the present instance, the dative to be sup- 
plied is Φιλίππῳ. ---- πλεονεξίας] “ advantage.” The -advan- 
tage which the states here alluded to hoped to gain from 
presenting no opposition to Philip was, that he would protect 
them against Sparta, and perhaps enable them to subdue 
this tyrannical state. For these were the hopes which he 
held out to them, and they were effectual in securing their 
acquiescence in his measures. 


65. χεῖρον ἡμῶν ἀπηλλάχασιν] “ have come off worse than 








164 


' 


we.” --- Καὶ yap] “and for,” the yap referring to a clause 
understood, which καὶ is designed to introduce, meaning 
“for this reason,” or something of that sort. When these 
two particles stand together, strictly there is always some- 
thing understood, which the first is designed to introduce, 
and the other to confirm; i. e. they are always employed 
where the case is a strong one and the reason obvious, and 
hence may be translated “ for indeed,” “ for surely,” like 
the Latin et enim. See 442. The reason which the orator 
proceeds to give for considering those who acquiesced in 
the measures of Philip, or assisted him in accomplishing 
them, “‘ worse off” than those who (like themselves) had 
opposed him, is in substance this: “ that while such would 
have clearly shown themselves unworthy of the Grecian 
name, and been justly censurable for not resisting the efforts 
of Philip to obtain the sovereignty of Greece, however justly 
and mildly he might have exerted that sovereignty, how 
much better was their own case, now that he had exerted 
that power in destroying, as far as he was able, the dignity, 
supremacy, independence, and even the political institutions 
of all alike, both his allies and those who had opposed him.” 
I have restored ὅμως and οὐκ to the text, since they seem to 
be obviously required by the sense. For an account of the 
treatment of the Thessalians by Philip, who are here espe- 
cially alluded to, see Thirlw., Vol. II. pp. 132 and 133. 

66. Ἢ τί τὸν σύμβουλον .... διαφέρει], ““ΟΥ what was it 
necessary for the counsellor to advise or propose, the coun- 
sellor at Athens, myself? (for this makes the greatest differ- 
ence).” Athens is the emphatic word in this sentence, and 
the parenthetical clause refers to it, or rather to the fact of 
his being counsellor in such a city, which, he says, was a 
circumstance all-important to be considered in deciding 
whether the policy which he advised was suitable or not. — 
A city, he goes on to say, which he well knew had, in all 
previous time, hazarded every thing for its own elevation 
and renown, and for the common interests of Greece. This 


NOTES. 165 


was especially true in the great contest with Persia, when 
Athens displayed an energy and patriotism far surpassing 
those of any other state. He asks then of his adversary, 
what other course he could have advised, under such cir- 
cumstances and in such a city. . 

67. τὸν ὀφθαλμὸν, x. τ. λ.] This, and the other nouns in 
this connection, are in the accusative, as denoting the part 
affected. See K. § 279,7; Ὁ. ὁ 57, ΒΕ. 7. In the course 
of his numerous campaigns, Philip had been wounded in 
the various ways here desoribed.— πᾶν dm... . ζῆν] 
“every, whatever part of his body fortune might wish to 
take away, readily and cheerfully yielding this up, so as to 
live with the remainder in honor and glory.” πᾶν properly 
agrees with μέρος, but is separated from it by a part of the 
relative clause, which has the force of an attributive, in 
order to increase the intensity of its meaning. 1 have re- 
stored to the text the words ῥᾳδίως καὶ ἑτοίμως, as they seem 
perfectly consistent with the connection. 

68. πέλλῃ] The capital of Macedonia, where Philip was 
born and brought up; before his time a very inconsiderable 
and rude place, but afterwards adorned and rendered illus- 
trious by him and his son Alexander. — μεγαλοψυχίαν] 
“‘magnanimity,” ‘elevated views,” ‘lofty ambition.” — 
καὶ τοῦτ᾽, x. τ. X.] “and to conceive this in his mind, while 
to you, being citizens of Athens, and witnessing every day, 
in all that is said and seen, the memorials of the valor of 
your ancestors, there should be such a want of spirit, as of 
vour own choice freely to yield up to Philip the liberties of 
Greece.” The Athenians were proud of their history, and 
were in the habit of dwelling upon it much in their speeches, 
as we see Demosthenes is, and of exhibiting their achicve- 
ments in the theatre. In these, therefore, as well as other 
ways, they were reminded of the valor of their ancestors 
by what they heard and saw. The word αὐτεπαγγέλτους, 
“self-proposed,” adds something to ἐθελοντὰς, and they 
are to be taken together as expressing a voluntary wils 











166 NOTES. 


Ingness origmating with themselves, without being come 
pelled to it. 

69. Λοιπὸν .... dixaiws] *“ It remained, therefore, und at 
the same time was necessary, to resist rightfully all that he 
was doing wrongfully to you.” — πάντα τἄλλ᾽, x. τ. λ.7 “ passe 
ing by every thing else, Amphipolis,” etc. Of the three 
lists of places given in this and the succeeding sentences, 
the first presented instances of daring aggression by Philip 
upon the interests of Athens, before the peace which has 
been spoken of; the second, during the negotiations con- 
cerning the peace; and the third, after its ratification. 
Hence he says, that, in justification of his course in renew- 
ing hostilities with Philip, he will say nothing of the first 
two lists, but will speak only of the third. 

70. οὐδ᾽ εἰ γέγονεν οἶδα] “1 do not even know if they 
have happened,” i. e. he would know nothing about them in 
this connection, would make no account whatever of them. 
— Καίτοι σύ, «. τ. λ.} “And yet you at least said, that I, 
speaking of these things (i. 6. at the time of their occur- 
rence), excited these (the Athenians) to hatred (against 
Philip), although the decrees proposed concerning these 
events (i. e. censuring the conduct of Philip) were those of 
Eubulus and Aristophon and Diopithes, not mine, O chou 

“saying recklessly whatever thou pleasest.” The charge of 
ZEschines here referred to may be found δῷ 82, 83 of his 
speech. 

71. ᾿Αλλ᾽ ὁ τὴν Εὔβοιαν .... τὴν Arrixqy] “* But when he 
proceeds to appropriate to himself Eubcea, and prepare a 
fortification against Attica.” Eubcea lay along the eastern 
coast of Attica, and of ‘course, if possessed by an enemy, 
would afford an advantageous point from which to annoy 
the inhabitants. For the advantages of its position see Isoc. 
Panegyr. p. 63. The position of ἐκεῖνος here is somewhat 
peculiar, since it usually either precedes or follows both the 
noun and the article. Occasionally, however, we find it 
inserted between them, after a word which is to be made 





NOTES. 16) 


emphatic; as Dem. Orat. de F. L. Ρ. 407: τῆς προτέρας 
ἐκείνης πρεσβείας. ---- πόλεις Ἑλληνίδας] For the construction 
see § 18, note. — τοὺς φυγάδας] “ the exiles,” i. 6. those 
who had been banished by the dominant or democratic par- 
ty. These acts, therefore, were an interference with Gre- 
cian institutions, and especially insulting to Athens, on ac- 
count of her highly democratic principles. — φανῆναι] Fol- 
lowed by a participle, as here, it means “to appear,” 
** come forward”; but followed by an infinitive, ** to seem.” 
K. 4. 311, 8. 

72. τὴν Μυσῶν λείαν καλουμένην] * the so-called prey of the 
Mysians.” To be called the prey of the Mysians was equiv- 
alent to being called the prey of the weakest and most 
spiritless people; the Mysians, a people of Asia Minor, 
being proverbial for this character. — καὶ προλέγων, κ. τ. d.] 
“‘and continued forewarning and admonishing you not to 
give up these things to Philip,” i. e. the possessions, rights, 
interests, etc., spoken of before. 

73. τίς τίνος αἴτιός ἐστι] “* who is to blame, and of what.” 
A double interrogative. For an explanation of the con- 
struction, see K. § 344, R. 7.— Κόπριο]͵ This, and not 
Κύπριος, has been shown to be the correct reading by Boeckh. 
Seewesen, p. 384. — ἐπὶ τὴν τοῦ σίτου παραπομπὴν] ** for the 
convoying of corn.” The corn, as it appears from the’ 
letter of Philip, § 77, was brought from the Hellespont to 
the island of Lemnos. These vessels, being designed as 
an escort to those which brought the corn, were, of course, 
armed, and hence were seized by Philip, under the pretext 
that they were designed to aid the Selymbrians against him. 
See § 77.— συναχθῶσι) In the plural because βουλή is a 
noun of multitude. 

74. ὅτι ob, x. τ. λ.] λέγειν is to be understood with this 
clause, which is implied in διαλέξονται above, and is expressed 
below. “- εἰ 8¢.... λαβών] “but if Amyntas has done 
this (i. e. taken the vessels), having found the captain doing 
any thing contrary to his instructions.” — καὶ τοῦτο γράψαι 








NOTES. 


λέγειν} “that they (the ambassadors) direct him (Philip) to 
write this also.” I see no objection to interpreting this 
difficult passage thus, which leaves the text unmutilated, 
This meaning of γράφειν is not uncommon even in this 
Oration; see especially § 41, where it is used in speaking 
of the contents of Philip’s letter. a 
75. εἶτα πάντες of ἄλλοι] “then all others rather than I. 
Dissen. — βουλῆς γνώμῃ; x. τ᾿ A.] “ with the approbation of 
the Senate, the prytanes and generals, having reported the 
proceedings of the assembly, stated for their deliberation 
(ἐχρημάτισαν) that it was the will of the pee that om 
(i. 6. the Senate) should choose ambassadors, etc. The 
approbation of the Senate here, as Dissen supposes, me 
to their adopting the measure proposed, = ἔδοξε τῇ Bovhy. — 
"Ἀριστοφῶν .... εἶπεν)] ‘ Aristophon of Colyttus, a proe- 
drus, proposed it,” i. e. the decree to elect the ambassadors 
here named. What we have here seems to be rather the 
record of the substance of a decree than the ἀϑουθὰ itself. 
By πρόεδρος must be meant one of the proedrs non contri- 
bules ; as Colyttus, the place to which he is said to have 
belonged, did not come within the limits of the tribe Hip- 
pothoontis, which is spoken of as the presiding tribe. 

16. δεικνύω] The forms in ὕω are used interchangeably 
with those in vas. See Dem. Pop. Orat. II. § 12. — "AAA 
obk .... παρέσχοῦ] “But you could not 3 for if you had 
been able, you would just now (i. 6. in his speech) have 
produced nothing sooner than this.” The design here being 
to deny both the protasis and apodosis (K. § 339, τ. b); we 
must use, in translation, the tenses employed for this pur- 
pose in English, which, it will be perceived, differ from the 
Greek. See Dem. Pop. Orat. IV. 1. 

77. Λαομέδων] As this name differs from that given him 
in the decree, § 73, and as we know that to have been a 
Grecian name from Asch. adv. Timarch., p. 15, fin., we 
must suppose Philip to have misunderstood it, and Ἰνήρηυρνς a 
somewhat similar word in its stead. — Kad" ὅλου . . . . €ve 


NOTES. 


σθαι] “Tn short, therefore, you appear to mt to be about 

to be very silly,” = “ It appears to me that you will be in 

great folly.” The peculiarity of the construction arises 
from the use of the personal instead of the impersonal form, 
which is quite common in Greek. See § 4, n. 

78. ἄνευ μὲν τοῦ δήμου] “ without the sanction of the peo- 
ple.” — Kat... . ἔσεσθαι] ‘ And they suppose that such a 
thing will be a revenue to themselves”; i. 6. that it would, 
by creating troublous times, open prospects of gain and dis- 
tinction to such desperate characters. — καὶ rod Ἀφ, » soe 
εἰρήνην] ‘and for the future, if you are willing not to allow 
your leaders to act with bad faith (i. 6. towards himself ), 
but will punish them, I also will endeavor to keep the peace.” 
Instead of rod λοιποῦ, we find more frequently, except in 
the earlier authors, τὸ λοιπόν, sometimes τὰ λοιπά. Of these 
different forms, the gen. represents the time as a cause, i. 6. 
an indispensable condition of the action, while the acc. rep- 
resents it as the measure, in the sing. as a unit, but in the 
plur. as composed of parts. Demosthenes denies that he 
was one of those censured in this letter, because he had 
nothing to do with the measures referred to. 

79. τούτων ... . ἠναντιούμην] * for these I took my stand 
against, and these I opposed.”” Demosthenes had watched 
the course of Philip from the beginning, and made it his 
principal business to resist his encroachments, after he en- 
guged in public affairs. — ἔγραψα] “I proposed.” The oc- 
casions on which this and the subsequent embassies, etc. 
were proposed, arose out of the proceedings of Philip during 
the existence of the peace, and may be considered as some 
of the preliminary steps towards a rupture. He was found 
to be gaining influence, by his machinations with the ene- 
mies of Sparta in the Peloponnesus, when Demosthenes 
(B. C. 343) proposed, and even went upon, the embassy 
here referred to, in order to open their eyes to his true 
character and designs. The embassy to Eubcea was pro. 


posed in the same year, soon after the destruction of Porth ° 
15 








170 NOTES. 


mus by Philip, alluded to ᾧ 71, when he was seizing upor 
(ἥπτετο) the island, by taking that important port ; and the 
expeditions not long after (B. C. 341), when he had estab- 
lished his partisans, Philistides and Clitarchus, 85 rulers in 
the two principal cities, Oreus and Eretria. The expedi- 
tion against Clitarchus was under the command of Phocion 
(B. C. 341), as also were the naval armaments (ἀποστόλους) 
to the Cherronesus, Byzantium, and the other allies here 
mentioned. ‘They were highly successful, and won much 
honor, both for the captain who conducted them, and the 
minister who despatched them. 

80. τῶν εὖ πεπονθότωνἾ ‘* those befriended.” — τῶν δ᾽... .. 
εἶναι] “ but to those of the injured (i. 6. by Philip), who 
then confided in you, safety resulted, while to those stand- 
ing aloof there resulted the frequent recollection of what 
you predicted, and the thinking that you were not only well 
disposed towards them, but shrewd men and prophets” ; 1. 6. 
the arms of Athens were so successful at this time, that she 
was able to protect all who joined her as allies, while those 
who did not join her became the prey of Philip. 

81. ὑπάρχειν - - « . αὑτῷ] “* might remain to himself against 


you.” On account of the favorableness of their position 


for annoying them.—al mepi.... πανταχοῦ] “and that 


nothing concerning the rest might be exposed, nor any one 
examine everywhere (as he did) his acts of injustice.” De- 
mosthenes alludes to these facts, in order to show how fa- 
vorable an opportunity he had for receiving bribes in these 
cases, if he had been as easily bought as ZEschines had 
represented him as being. 

$2. Οὐ τοίνυν .... τήμερον] ‘* Therefore no one of these 
results was effected, O thou speaking slanderously concern- 
ing me, and saying that I am silent, having received, but 
clamor having spent. Not so you; but you clamor while 
you have, and never will cease, unless these (the judges), 
having disgraced you to-day, shall stop you.” The results 
referred to as not having been effected were those men: 


NOTES. 171 


é 


tioned above, viz. the permitting the tyrants Clitarchus and 
Philistides to remain in possession of their power, and ᾿ 

unjust acts of Philip to pass unexposed, on mnt of a Ἂ 
bribes which they might offer him. Having thus ssi 
the most convincing evidence of his being proof against 
corruption in these cases, the orator turns it to the ee 

count, after his usual manner, by placing it in stron a 
trast with the charge of his adversary (ᾧ 218) ae he 
spoke only from the hope of pay, and, without this uick 

ener of his eloquence, took no part in public Sie Not 


so, he says, with his adversary, who was always clamorin 
for more, though always under pay. : 


83. καὶ δευτέρου... γιγνομένου] “and this being to me 
already a second proclamation.” I do not see how it is 
(unless perhaps γενομένου may have been the origi- 
nal reading) to avoid referring this to the proclamation of 
the crown proposed by Ctesiphon. I would suggest, there 
fore, in order to obviate the difficulty arising from his a 


possible 


’ pressly referring to two crownings before this, δῷ 222 and 


223, that perhaps that of Demomeles and Hyperides w 
not proclaimed, or, if it was, not in the theatre. It ma 2 
considered as something in favor of this suggestion ee 
the orator makes special mention here of the prechingia 
of the crown of Aristonicus, and in § 120, although 8 a 
ing of the subject of proclamations, and of the great ame 
ber of them which had been made, is careful to say of hi 
self, merely, that he has been often crowned. : % 
84. “Hyépovos] The name of his father is added perhaps 
to distinguish him from the Cherondas referred to in § a. 
—— τὸν ἀγωνοθέτην] * the superintendent of the games,’ al 
= ἃ ee ἔφη] See § 231 of the speech of Aschines. 
— Kat μὴν . - « . τιμωρίαι] “And surely, when deeds are 
recent and familiar to all, as, in case they seem good, the 
receive favor, so, if very otherwise, punishment.” This 
clause is designed to show, that the time at which the 
approbation of his conduct here referred to was expressed, 











172 


_ was the most favorable time for obtaining a true expression 


of feeling. For as érépws, see K. § 343, R. 2. 

86. τῷ νικᾶν, x. τ᾿ A.) “* by prevailing in counselling and 
proposing decrees, when you were deliberating ; by the meas- 
ures proposed being carried into effect, and crowns follow- 
ing from them to the city, to me, and to you all; by your 


making sacrifices and processions to the gods as if these 


things were good.” This is a summing up of the various 


‘ndications which had been given, that his measures, up to 
the time here referred to, had been considered most useful 


to the city, as Ctesiphon had asserted them to be. 


87. τοῖς μὲν ὅπλοις .. +. ὑπ᾽ ἐμοῦ] “85 far as arms were 


eoncerned, by you, but as far as policy and decrees were 
soncerned (even though some of these burst with envy), by 


me.” For this sense of πολιτεία, see ᾧ 93. — ἕτερον * alius 
generis.” Schif.; K. § 246, 8, (b).—‘Opav 8°.... ἐπει- 


The soil of Attica was not very productive, and 
rted, 


σάκτῳ] 
hence large. quantities of grain were annually impo 


principally from Pontus or the region near the Black Sea. 
See Boeckh, Pub. Econ. of Ath., Bk. II., chap. 15.— 


assing along by Thrace,” 1. e. to 
P Η g oy 


παρελθὼν ἐπὶ Θράκης] “ 
ied by Constanti- 


Byzantium, occupying the site now occup 
nople. It was at this time, as appears, in alliance with 
Philip, though, as they are here represented as saying to 
him, for no such purpose as joining with him in a war against 
Athens. Indeed, it had formerly, during the palmy days 
of Athens, been in alliance with that city, and most proba- 
bly even now was secretly looking to it, as the avowed ene- 
my and opposer of Philip, for protection against his en- 
croachments. — τὸ μὲν πρῶτον] “ in the first place.” Often 
used so with the article, δῷ 151, 236.— χαράκωμα - . - - 
ἐπολιόρκει] “ having pitched his camp before the city, and 
placed his engines near, he commenced the siege.” ἐπιστή- 
σας has this meaning, Orat. adv. Philip. t1., p. 115, referred 
to by Dissen. These were rather the preliminary steps to 
a siege than an actual siege. The events here referred to 


were in B, C. 341 and 340. 


NOTES. 173 


ἃς 


88. οὐκέτ᾽ ἐρωτήσω] “I will no longer ask,” 91] will 
ask again,” having already’asked the question in a si we 
case. τε ἁπλῶς] “simply,” * absolutely.” — 
ae ᾿ γι: - es ‘“ for the war which then arose 
piece on yzantium, etc.), besides having gained 

you honorable renown, caused you. to live (διῆγεν) with 
all things necessary for life more abundant and chea 
than the present peace, which these good citizens sa a 
against the interests of their country, on account of πλάνοι 
rie which may they fail of, and may they neither par- 
icipate in those things which you, who ask the best thin 
of the gods, have preferred, nor impart to you those “-- 
they have preferred.” The peace here referred to was ε 
that with Philip, which has been so often spoken of, but τέ 
made with Alexander, after the battle of νων κ i hs 
differed, indeed, but little from servitude. The two i 
alluded to were the Macedonian party, to which μὰν - 
belonged, and the Athenian party, at the head of which 
Demosthenes was. The former party were hoping for th 
complete triumph of the Macedonian arms and Ι ; 
and their own elevation in consequence ; the sie rth 
complete emancipation of their country from Νουα : 
influence, and the reéstablishment of the democracy in < 
its purity. The wish that Demosthenes here eta saad 
cerning the former party is, that they may utterly fail of 
their hopes, and thus be excluded both from eniovin th 
benefit of the institutions which his party were i a ; 
for, and from imposing the evils of theirs upon them : For 
this plainly would have been a consequence of the f il Ν 
of their hopes ; since, if the Macedonian influence h 4 me 
prevailed, it would have left them at the mercy of tk ah 
opposed to them, who would have destroyed Bs driv iene 
from the city. per 
90. Ἐπὶ ἱερομνάμονος Βοσπορίχω] ““ Under the Hieromne- 
mon Bosporichus.” At Byzantium the year seems to hay 
taken its name from the Hieromnemon, as it did at irene 
15 * 








174 NOTES: 


from the chief archon. This was the appellation of one 
class of the Amphictyonic deputies. It came into use at 
Byzantium, probably, from her connection with this coun- 
cil. The Byzantians were of Doric origin, and hence this 
decree is in the Doric dialect. Two of the prominent pe- 
culiarities of this dialect appear in the words here quoted, 
viz. the use of a for , and @ for ov, in certain cases. — ἐκ 
ris .... ῥήτραν] “obtaining permission to speak from the 
Senate.” The provision in this respect, also, seems to have 
been the same as at Athens; where, as we have seen, it 
was necessary for every measure to be approved by the 
Senate before it came before the people. Indeed, it is 
probable that these forms were borrowed from Athens ; as 
her constitution and laws were very renowned among the 
ancients, and would naturally be extensively adopted, es- 
pecially by those who were at any time her allies. — καὶ 
τοῖς . . « - Περινθίοις] “and their allies and kinsmen, the Pe- 
rinthians.” Perinthus, afterwards called Heraclea, was a 
fuurishing city, situated to the west of Byzantium, at no 
great distance, and connected with it by common interests, 
and, as it would seem from this passage, by a common 
origin. 

91. ᾿Αθηναίοις . . . - λειτουργιᾶν] ** to give to the Athenians 
the right of intermarriage, the right of citizenship, the right 
of possessing among us land and houses, an honorable seat 
at the games, admission to the Senate and Assembly first 
after the sacred rites, and to those wishing to dwell in 
the city, to be free from all public burdens.” πράτοις is the 
Doric form for πρώτοις. The last word, λειτουργιᾶν, is the 
genitive plural Doric, and is governed by ἀλειτουργήτοις. 
The sacred rites alluded to were those by which the session 
was opened, in the same manner as at Athens; and the 
privilege of being admitted at that time consisted in the 
fact, that, being thus admitted, their business would be 
attended to first. — στεφανούμενον τὸν δᾶμον] ‘the people 
crowned.” This is what the statues represented, and hence 


NOTES. 175 


έ 


δᾶμον may be considered as in apposition with εἰκόνας, in the 
preceding line. They were to be of gigantic proportions, 
and placed in a conspicuous place upon the banks of the 
Bosphorus, where all nations might see them as they passed 
that great commercial thoroughfare. — és] This is the 
Doric for οὖς, and stands by attraction in the accusative, in- 
stead of the dative. 

92. dd... . ᾿Αθηναίων] “ of sixty talents’ value, and con- 
secrate an altar of gratitude, and of the people of Athens,” 
1. €. commemorative of their own gratitude and of the be- 
nevolent character of the Athenians. — Καὶ ἐν, «. τ. λ.] 
“ And in all coming time they (the people of Cherronesus) 
will not fail to be thankful, and to do them (the Athenians) 
whatever good they can.” 

93. ἡ προαίρεσις .... πολιτεία] ‘* my course and policy,” 
““my course of policy.” An instance of hendiadys, = ἡ 
προαίρεσίς μου τῆς πολιτείας, as in § 192, or perhaps a mere 
oratorical pleonasm. See δῇ 192,292, 317. — καλοκἀγαθίαν] 
The καλοκἀγαθὸς ἀνήρ was the perfect man of the Greeks. 
Consequently, καλοκἀγαθία must mean “the character or 
conduct suited to such a man,” i. e. “ honorableness,” 
* nobleness.” 

94. Ὑμεῖς δ᾽, . . .. ἐφαίνεσθε] “Βαϊ you, who might with 
reason have brought both many and just charges against 
them, on account of their ungrateful conduct towards you 
in former times, were seen not only not resenting injuries, 
nor deserting them when wronged, but even protecting 
them.” ἂν gives a conditional meaning to the preceding 
participle. K. ᾧ 260, 2, (5), (0). The ingratitude of the 
Byzantians here referred to was manifested in the Social 
War. — cipBovdov ... . ῥήτορα] “a counsellor and orator I 

mean.” ‘This was said to make an exception in favor of 
generals and military men, some of whom had procured 
this honor for the city. 

05. “Iva... . πράττειν͵] Therefore, in order that I mav 


show also the reproaches which he (/éschines) uttered 





176 NOTES. 


‘ 


against the Euboans and Byzantians, calling up whatever 
of injury they may have done you, to be mere slanders, 
not only by their being false (for this 1 think you already 
know), but also by this, that, were they ever so true, it has 
been profitable to manage matters as I have managed them, 
I wish to relate one or two of the things honorable to the 
city done in your times, and these in few words ; for it is 
always proper for a man privately, and a state publicly, to 
endeavor to perform what remains to be done, according to 
the most honorable of the deeds which have gone before.” 
ZEschines had made great complaints in his speech (ὃ 85 
seq.) of the policy of Demosthenes in defending and enter- 
ing into alliance with the Eubceans, on account of the in- 
juries which they had formerly done to Athens, and the 
character which they sustained, all of which he had greatly 
exaggerated and misrepresented. Now it is these re- 
proaches which he was thus led to utter against them that 
Demosthenes says he wishes to show to be mere slanders, 
or objections deserving to have no weight, not simply be- 
cause they were false, but also because much good had re- 
sulted from the alliance. 

96. καὶ ra... - φρουραῖς] “and occupying the places in 
the circle of (around) Attica, by Harmosts and garrisons.” 
The time here alluded to was subsequent to the Peloponne- 
sian war, when Sparta had wrested from Athens nearly all 
her foreign possessions and allies, and established in all the 
places thus won those odious military governments called 
decadarchies (see § 18, n.). Harmosts were the military 
governors sent out by Sparta, who exercised an arbitrary 
power over those committed to their care. See Smith’s 
Dict. Antiq., Art. Harmosta. — ἐξήλθετε εἰς ‘AXiaprov] “ ycu 
made an expeditior. .o Haliartus.” i. e. during the Corinthi- 
an war (B. C. 885) .o assist the Thebans in relieving that 
place from a siege by the Lacedaemonians. — τῶν τότε. . . - 
μνησικακῆσαι} “although the Athenians of that day might 
have indulged in resentment for many things against.” For 


NOTES. 17 


tne influence of ἄν here, see § 16, n., and for the force of 
the gen. absolute, sce K. § 312, 4, (d); C. ᾧ 71, ΠΙ|. τς 
περὶ . . «. πόλεμον] “ relative to the Decelean war,” i. e. the 
latter part of the Peloponnesian war, so called from Decelea, 
a place in the northern part of Attica, which the Lacedze- 
monians got possession of and fortified, greatly to the an- 
noyance of Athens. This part of the war is alluded to, 
because it was at this time that the states here spoken of, 
and most of their allies, forsook the Athenians and joined 
themselves to Sparta. Of course, then, they had reason to 
complain of them principally with reference to this part of 
the war. Comp. Herm. Polit. Antiq. § 166, 6, 7. 

97. οἰκίσκῳ] “chamber,” * cage.” — di... . γενναίως] 
** but it becomes brave men, while they always embark in 
every honorable undertaking, placing before them as a shield 
the hope of success, to bear manfully whatever the Deity 
may allot them.” This is one of those elegant and lofty 
sentiments in which Demosthenes abounds above all the 
other Attic orators, and for which he is thought to have 
been somewhat indebted to the instruction of Plato; though 
the Stoics, from the nature of these sentiments, particularly 
from his so often distinguishing what is politic or expedient 
from what is right, and recommending virtue for its own 
sake, claimed him as belonging to their sect. Cicero, how- 
ever, says (Brut. 31, 121), what undoubtedly is true : — 
ἐς Lectitavisse Platonem studiose, audivisse etiam Demosthe- 
nes dicitur ; idque apparet ex genere et granditate verbo- 
rum.” 

98. ὑμῶν of πρεσβύτεροι] “ the older portion of you,” i. 6 
of the Athenians then living and present, as distinguished 
from πρόγονοι. a few words before this. — of, Λακεδαιμονίους] 
The first of these words is nominative to διεκωλύσατε, and 
the other is governed by ἀνελεῖν. The arrangement of the 
words is highly emphatic and oratorical. — οὐδ᾽ imép.... 
διαλογισάμενοι} “ nor considering for men having done what, 
you would expose yourselves to danger,” i. e. for what sort 


See νοι ον. νννουν κςνπρω.... 











NOTES. 


of men, how injurious men. The future is employed be- 
cause the speaker transports himself to the time referred 
to. See ᾧ 26, n. 

99. ὅτι; xiv... . ὑπολογεῖσθε] “ that, even ‘f any one of 
them (i. 6. the Greeks) may have injured you in any thing 
whatever, you retain indignation for these in other things, 
but if any danger overtakes them relative to their safety and 
freedom, you will neither hold the grudge nor make any 
account of it.” τούτων is the objective gen. after ὀργὴν, and 
refers to the collective pronoun ὁτιοῦν. Observe the differ- 
ence between ὑπολογίζεσθαι, ““ to take into the account,” “ to 
make account of,” and διαλογίζεσθαι, “to balance, as in 
settling an account.” — οὕτως ἐσχήκατε] lit. “ have you held 
yourselves thus,” i. e. conducted thus. It was, for a reason 
already stated, of great importance to the Athenians to re- 
tain the Eubcans in their interest, and hence it was that 
they undertook the expedition here referred to, in order to 
counteract the influence of Thebes among them. Neither 
this nor the preceding instances given by Demosthenes, of 
assistance rendered to those who had injured them, were 
dictated, as is probable, by so pure a regard for their inde- 
pendence as is represented here, but by views of policy ; 
as, for instance, for the purpose of maintaining the balance 
of power between Sparta and Thebes, or checking the prog- 
ress of a rival. However, they served his purpose very 
well, in justifying the point in his policy for which they 
were adduced. The injuries alluded to as being received by 
the Athenians from Themison and Theodorus consisted in 
their establishing themselves in Oropus to the exclusion of 
the Athenians (B. C. 366).—rav ἐθελοντῶν... . πόλει 
“there being then for the first time voluntary trierarchs to 
the city.” Allusion is here made to the system adopted at 
Athens, after B. C. 357, for equipping galleys for the public 
service. According to this system, the twelve hundred 
richest citizens were divided into twenty symmoriea, as they 
were called, and these again were subdivided into syntelia 


NOTES. 179 


(comprising at the most but sixteen individuals), each of 
which was bound to equip a galley and keep it in repair 
for a year. Comp. Herm. Polit. Antiq. § 161. On the 
present occasion, however, it was ascertained that so many 
of these syntelie had already discharged their duty accord- 
ing to the requirements of the law, that there were not a 
sufficient number left, who were liable to be called upon, to 
meet the emergency. Such, however, was the public en- 
thusiasm, that enough came forward at once of their own 
accord, and undertook the service, of whom Deiosthenes 
says he was one. See Dem. in Mid. § 161. A trierarch, 
therefore, though originally the captain of a galley, was 
not generally at this period, but‘a man who equipped one. 

100. Kaira .... ὑπολογισάμενοι)] “ But although you did 
a noble deed, even the saving of the island, nevertheless 
you did by far a more noble one than this, in that, being 
masters both of their persons and cities, you justly restored 
these to them, though they had injured you, having made 
no account of the injuries which you had received, in what 
you had been confided in.” Observe the use of μέν and δέ 
in marking the correspondence of the clauses. K. § $22, 3. 

101. τοσούτοις καὶ τοιούτοις] “in so great and such mat- 
ters.” — imp... . mouiv;] “what was I about to (what 
could I) urge and advise it to do, the question (βουλῆς) being 
in a manner concerning itself?” i. 6. the city having so 
immediate and deep an interest in the matter. See § 71, n. 
— Μνησικακεῖν νὴ Δία] “ Harbor ill-will, I dare say.” <A 
common use of νὴ Δία in answering for, or anticipating in 
an ironical way the objection of, another. See § 117; 
also, F. L., p. 390, § 174. — Ἐπεὶ τό, κι τ. λ.] “Since you 
would not have performed the act (i. e. of leaving the Eu- 
beans to become the prey of the Thebans), I well know ; 
for if you wished to, what was in the way? Was it not in 
your power to do it? Were not these (i. e. Aschines ana 
his associates) present, ready to advocate this course?” 
époivres is in the future, and consequently conveys the idea 
of being about or ready to speak, 

















180 NOTES. 


102. καὶ τοὺς pév.... καιρῶν] “ and the rich discharges 
at a trifling expense, but those of the citizens who had ac 


quired but moderate or small possessions expending all they 


had (ra évra), and besides, the city by these means missing 
opportunities.” Allusion is here made to a very natural 
abuse which grew out of the system for equipping galleys 
described above. As the different classes, or symmoria, of 
those upon whom it devolved by law to bear this burden 
were allowed to unite in companies, or synfelia, for the 
purpose of equipping a galley, those who had capital, or 
the richer members, would undertake to equip the vessel 
for a certain sum. And as the other members had not 
capital sufficient tou undertake it, they would not of course 
underbid them, and hence they obtained the job pretty much 
at their own price. Then, by hiring it done in an indifferent 
way, and for a small sum, and exacting of the other mem. 
bers their full quota of the price for which they contracted 
with them, they often contrived to save the whole of their 
own quota, which, besides, was no greater than that of the 
poorer members. This system, therefore, was unjust in 
two ways; (1) in imposing the same burden upon the 
poorer members of the companies as upon the richer; and, 
(2) in furnishing the richer members an opportunity of sav- 
ing the comparatively small expense which fell upon them 
according to law. It resulted, further, from this system, 
that the vessels were poorly equipped, as all such job-work 
must be done poorly. Now the change which Demosthe- 
nes introduced by the law here spoken of, and which he 
goes on further to describe, was, to require one galley to be 
maintained by every ten talents of taxable capital ; so that 
only individuals possessing less than this were allowed to 
club together for this purpose, till their property amounted 
to it, while those who were worth more than this sum fur- 
nished more than one galley. No single individual, how- 
ever, could be compelled to equip more than three galleys 
and one transport. He might, therefore, justly pride him. 


NOTES. 181 


sclf on the superiority of his system to that wh‘ch he found 
in operation. For a fuller account of this whole matter, 
the reader may consult the section in Hermann, referred to 
in ὃ 99. 

103. Kal γραφεὶς. . . . €AaBev] “And being indicted, I 
entered upon this trial before you, and escaped conviction 
(was acquitted), and the prosecutor did not receive the re- 
quired proportion of the votes.” The preposition in εἰσῆλ- 
θον governs the acc. here, as when it stands alone. C. 
§ 82,5. See, also, below, § 105. He was prosecuted in 
this case for proposing a law contrary to an existing law 
which had not beea annulled; but, as it seems, was ac- 
quitted by the judges so triumphantly, that the accuser did 
not receive even a fifth part of the votes, which it was 
necessary he should in order to save him from incurring a 
fine and the inability to institute such a prosecution in future. 
For the force of the article with μέρος, see K. ὃ 244, 3; 
C. § 49, 3. — ἡγεμόνας τῶν συμμοριῶν] * the leaders of the 
symmorie,” i. 6. the three hundred wealthiest members 
(see § 171), who, according to what has already been said, 
were most affected by the change in question. — διδόναι] 
“το offer.” It frequently has this meaning in the pres. and 
imperf. See below, § 104, fin. ; also Orat. F. L., p. 293, 
§ 183: ὧν ἡμῖν ἐδίδου ξενίων, “ which he was offering us as 
presents.” For the reference of the infin. pres. to past 
time, and for the contrast in the mode of representation 
between it and the infin. aor. (θεῖναι), see K. § 257, 1, c. 
— ὥστε. .. . ὑπωμοσίᾳ] “in order first of all (μάλιστα μὲν) 
that i should not propose this law, but if not this, that, hav- 
ing dropped it, I should leave it under protest”; i. 6. as 
the connection indicates, the protest made by the prosecutor 
against it, which had the effect of delaying the passage of 
a law until the cause was decided, and, if the proposer 
chose to drop it at that point, prevented its passage alto- 
gether. The wealthy citizens, therefore, as Demosthenes 
says, would have given him almost any sum, in the first 

16 


SP IIL ere ys 


Tid orl ed 








NOTES 


place, not to have proposed the law, or, even after he had 
done this, to drop the matter when protested against by the 
prosecutor. ὑπωμοσία generally means “a ὑτον δε de- 
laying a trial, for certain reasons given under oath. But 
as the γραφὴ παρανόμων had the effect of delaying the ~ 
sage of the law against which it was brought, and as it was 
often resorted to for this purpose, the party who had re- 
course to it was required to take the same oath. Comp. 
Herm. Polit. Antiq. § 132, 3. 

104. συνεκκαίδεκα λειτουργεῖν) “ to perform the service by 
sixteens, or sixteen together.” — αὐτοῖς μὲν] ‘ themselves 
indeed.” In the dative by attraction. — τὸ γιγνόμενον eves 
avrredns] “ for each one to contribute his proportion τ 
cording to his property, and he proved to be the trierare 
of two galleys, who was formerly the sixteenth contributor 
to one.” 

105. καθ᾽ 8... . τὴν γραφήν] “ according to which I en- 
tered upon the charge”; so also § 103; C. § 82, 5. ἣν 
τοὺς καταλόγους] ““ the lists,” i. 6. the parts of the respective 
laws which contained the principle of the assessment (taz- 
rolls). Dissen.—vépov τριηραρχικὸν] I have rejected εἰς τὸ 
between these words, after Boeckh, Pub. Econ. Ath., Bk. 
IV., chap. 14, n. 387. One MS. is in favor of this, ane 
whole connection, and the expression, § 312, τὸν τριηραρχικὸν 
νόμον. 

106. τὸν καλὸν] Ironical. — Τοὺς τριηράρχους, x. τ. λ.] 
“That sixteen trierarchs be made for each galley, out of 
the companies in the divisions.” Wolf suggests that λόχοι 
here may mean the same as συμμορίαι. If so, the division 
into classes and companies, for the purposes of the trierar- 
chy, was founded upon a similar division of the citizens 
that existed previously to this, for the purpose of other ex- 
traordinary contributions, which is probably the fact. Com p. 
Herm. Polit. Antiq. ὃ 162. —- ἐπὶ ἴσον, x. τ. d.] * sharing the 
expense equally.” χορηγία seems to lose its technical “ον 

here, and take the more gencral sense implied in it. — Τοὺς 


NOTES. 183 


τριηράρχους .... δέκα] “* That trierarchs be chosen to each 
galley from property according to valuation, from ten talents 
as a basis.” Observe the distributive use of the article with 
τριήρη. K. § 244, 5; C. ᾧ 49, 3.— χρημάτων] Gen. of 
price. — τὴν αὐτὴν, x. τ. A.] “and let it also be according to 
the same proportion to those to whom there is less property 
than the ten talents, they uniting into a company until their 
property amounts to ten talents.” 
107. ἣ μικρὰ. .. . πλούσιοι i] “or do the rich appear to 
you that they would have spent a small amount of money 
for the sake of not (being compelled) to do what is just?” 
We see the Greek idiom here, in using the personal where 
we should use an impersonal verb, i. e. δοκοῦσιν, to be sup- 
plied from the previous line. See ᾧ 4,n. τοῦ refers to the 
clause which follows it, and is governed by ἀναλῶσαι, as a 
gen. of price. — Οὐ. τοίνυν... .. σεμνύνομαι] ““ Therefore, | 
glory not only in not desisting from these measures through 
collusion with them,” i. e. the rich. καθυφεῖναι = prevari: 
cart. See the word in Orat. pro Megalop. p. 206. — Πάντα 
γὰρ... . ἀνάγεσθαι] “ For during the whole war, the naval 
expeditions being fitted out under my law, no trierarch ever 
lodged a petition with you as if having been wronged, nor 
seated himself in Munychia, nor was thrown into chains by 
the naval board, nor was any galley, either having been 
seized out of the harbor, lost to the city, nor left there, not 
being fit for sea.” But all these things, he goes on to say, 
did happen under the old law. The petitions here alluded 
to as lodged with the people on account of injuries, were 
placed upon the altar in the Pnyx by the poorer members 
of the syntelia, praying for relief from the oppressive bur- 
dens which fell upon them according to the former law. It 
was the same class, too, who, for the same reason, were in 
the habit of seating themselves at the altar of Artemis Mu- 
nychia, as suppliants. Probably this altar, situated in one 
of the most important ports of Athens, was the sanctuary 
to which those who were not able to discharge the duty 





184 NOTES. 


required of them by the old law fled for protection against 
the apostoleis. These officers, ten in number, constituted a 
kind of naval board for the enforcement of the regulations 
concerning the equipping of vessels, and for their inspec- 
tion after they were built. 

108. τὸ 8°.... λειτουργεῖν] “* But the cause was, the 
burden fell upon the poor.” — βάσκανον᾽. . . - ἀνάξιον] ‘* while 
there is no public measure of mine dictated by envy, hos- 
tility, and malice, neither grovelling nor unworthy of the 
city,” i. e. he had been governed in his policy by enlarged 
high-minded, and statesman-like views, and had not been 


influenced by private piques and jealousies, or by low and 


grovelling feelings, as Eschines had. 

110. τὸ yap... - νομίζω] “for this, that I both did the 
best things, and am always well disposed and zealous to 
promote your interests, | think has been sufficiently shown 
by me by what has already been said.” μοί here is em- 
ployed as a dative of the agent with the perfect passive, au 
it often is in Greek, instead of the genitive with ὑπό. K. 
§ 284, 3, (11); C. § 59, 11. — τὰ μέγιστά ye] The final 
struggle with Philip, ending in the battle of Cheeronea, to 
which he incited his countrymen. — ὑπολωμβάνων, «. τ. λ.] 
ἐς supposing it necessary for me, in the first place, 0 pro- 
duce in order the arguments relative to the illegality itself 
(i. e. of the decree of Ctesiphon), then, even though I say 
nothing concerning the remainder of my political acts, sup- 
posing that nevertheless there exists a consciousness of them 
with each one of you for me.” ἐφεξῆς means “in their 
proper place,” i. e. without digressing too far in following 
out his public measures. ὑμῶν takes the construction with 
παρά, instead of the partitive construction after ἑκάστῳ, on 
account of the influence of ὑπάρχειν (“there is from you 
each one a consciousness with me,” instead of, “ there is a 
consciousness to each one of you”). μοί is governed by 


συνειδὸς. 


111. Τῶν μὲν ody... . διαλέξομαι]: “ΟΥ̓ the words, then, 


3 


NOTES. 185 


whick. this man, jumbling together confusedly, spoke con- 
cerning the laws written opposite (i. e. the laws represented 
as violated by the decree of Ctesiphon, and hence presented 
before the court written out opposite to it by the accuser), I 
think, by the gods, that neither you see the bearing of the 
greater part, nor was I myself able to comprehend them ; 
but I will reason simply and in a straightforward way con- 
cerning the justice of the cause.” That is, he wishes to 
show that his case is justly distinguished from ordinary 
cases of responsibility in public officers, and hence that the 
laws referred to by A®schines are inapplicable. — dv... . 
πεπολίτευμαι) ** for what I have passed through my hands 
(i. e. the money which he had had the management of), 
and for my public measures.” 

112. Ὧν μέντοι . . . . τύχῃ] ** But, indeed, for what prom- 
ising (or of my own accord) I have given to the people of 
my private property, I say — (do you hear it, A¢schines ?) 
— that I am not accountable for a single day, and that no 
other one is, not ever if he be one of the nine archons.” 
This is what schines (§ 17) calls his ἄφυκτος λόγος. It 
was the law at Athens, that every one who held a public 
office must, at the expiration of the period of his office, 
pass his accounts before certain officers called Logiste, and 
obtain their approvel of them before he could be regularly 
discharged. Until this was done, he was considered a state 
debtor, and could dispose neither of himself nor of his_ 
property, the latter being pledged to the state ; neither could 
he be a candidate for any public office or distinction. Comp. 
Herm. Polit. Antiq. § 154,14. This duty of public officers 
ZEschines had shown very fully in his speech (p. 56), and 
also that Demosthenes had not been thus discharged from 
the offices which he held. But it so happened that Demos- 
ifienes, in both of his offices, had contributed largely to the 
service of the state, and on this ground he contends, as the 
money which he had expended for the state came from his 
own pocket, that he was not accountable for it to any one, 

16" 





186 NOTES. 


and therefore was a proper candidate for the distinction 
proposed, without going through the formality of having 
his accounts examined. — εἰς τοὺς συκοφάντας . . . - ἐφιστάναι 
“to bring before sycophants, and empower these to institute 
a scrutiny into those things which he gave ;” i. e. to put it 
in the power of sycophants to demand that he should give 
up an account of what he had thus presented to the state. 

113. ἀλλ᾽ οὗτος . . . . ὄντα] “ but this calumniator, because 
being at that time over the theoric fund I contributed money, 
says, the Senate praised him, being undischarged of his ac- 
counts.” The Senate are said to have praised him, because 
they had already passed the preliminary decree to crown 
him. —rdvmdopéva] Three talents, according to the decree, 
§ 119. —‘O pév.... προσδεῖται] “ For an account requires 
examination, and those who will examine it.” — ὁδὶ] ““ this 
one, this friend of mine here,” i. 6. Ctesiphon. 

114. στρατηγῶν] “while holding the office of general.” 
Observe the force of the participle. — oizoci] “this here.” 
He was present, most probably. — διὰ τὴν ἀρχὴν] “* on ac- 
count of his magistracy, or office.” 

115. τὸν ἐπὶ τῶν ὅπλων] “ the general of the heavy-armed 
soldiery, or infantry.” ὅπλων here is used for ὁπλιτῶν, as is 
seen from the fact that the soldiers under this general are 
designated by the latter term, a few words after. It is often 
used in this way, too, by Xenophon (Anab. 11. 2, 4, εἰ pas- 
sim), and other Greek authors. This usage is precisely the 
game as that of artillery in our language. —aira] “* them- 
selves.” In distinction from their contents, already given. 

116. πρυτάνεων » .. . γνώμῃ] “16 prytanes bringing it be- 
fore the people with the approbation of the Senate.” Cal- 
lias was the author of the decree, but it was brought before 
the Senate by the prytanes. The name of the author is 
often found first, as‘here, in inscriptions of decrees. Dis- 
sen. — Σαλαμῖνα] According to Vomel (as quoted in the 
Class. Mus., No. VIII.), “ the Attic Salamis, whither he was 
erdered, in conjunction with Diotimus, after the battle on 


NOTES. 187 


the Cephissus against Philip.” See ᾧ 216. — θεσμοθέτας 
“ Thesmothete.” A name given to the six- inferior ar- 
chons ; so called from θεσμοί and τίθημι, having originally, 
perhaps, been intrusted with making laws. 

117. ταὐτὰ... . δήπου] * for assuredly there are the same 
rights to me with others, concerning the same things.” 
ταὐτὰ, it will be perceived, is for τὰ αὐτὰ, “ the same,” and 
governs ἄλλοις. In what follows in this paragraph, the orator 
goes on to describe the entire likeness of his case to that of 
the others alluded to. See a case similarly put below, 
§ 198. --- Ἦρχον] “I held a magistracy, or office.” — Νὴ 
Δί᾽, «. τ. λ.} “ Yes, by Jupiter, but I exercised my office 
unjustly (perhaps you will say) ; then, being present, when 
the Logistee summoned me before them, did you not accuse 
me?” Before this trial came on, Demosthenes had been 
discharged from his offices ; and, as he says, had given an 
account of these, though not of what he had made a present 
of. He therefore asks his opponent, if he had done any 
thing wrong in his magistracy, which would make his case 
different from those just cited, why he did not at the time 
of the examination of his accounts charge him with the 
wrong. ‘This question is asked, because, at the time of-a 


-magistrate’s passing his accounts before the Logiste, any 


one who considered either himself, or the state, as having 
been defrauded by him, was expected to appear and make 
the charge, and he was bound to answer to it. 

118. “Iva τοίνυν, x. τ. λ.] ‘* Therefore, in order that you 
may know that this man himself (i. 6. Aéschines) bears 
witness to me, that I have been crowned for those things for 
which I was not responsible, taking, read the whole decree 
which was proposed for me (i. e. that of Ctesiphon). For 
from what things of this preliminary decree he did not in- 
ilict, from these he will be seen to act the part of a slander- 
er in those which he prosecutes.” The point of the argu- 
ment here is this, that A°schines, by not objecting to the 


preamble of the decree of Ctesiphon, in effect allowed that 





NOTES. 


16 was crowned for what he had given, and was not, there- 
fore, responsible for, since the crowning was there expressly 
recommended upon this ground ; and, furthermore, that the 
points of the decree which he had attacked, compared with 
those which he had not, showed him to be governed by the 
feelings of a slanderer. 

119. ἐπέδωκε . . . . θυσίας] “ presented to the theoric funds 
from among all the tribes (i. 6. of the different tribes) a 
hundred minas for sacrifices.” The theoric funds were by 
degrees diverted from their proper use, and distributed 
among the people or tribes for defraying the expense of 
various other entertainments besides those of a theatrical 
nature. See Boeckh, Pub. Econ. of Ath., Bk. II., chap. 13. 
Demosthenes contributed to the funds thus distributed the 
sum here named. This seems to be the interpretation, if 
the MS. reading be retained. But perhaps the reading θεω- 
pois for θεωρικοῖς, suggested by Schafer, and approved by 
Dissen and others, should be adopted. In that case, the 
present was made to the sacred deputies for sacrifices at 
some religious festival. This reading makes the construc- 
tion of ἐκ πασῶν τῶν φυλῶν (* from all the tribes,” i. 6. the 
whole body of deputies) easier.—dvri τούτων] “ in return 
for these things.”” — Τὸ λαβεῖν, κι τ. A.] “* Acknowledging, 
therefore, the receiving of what has been given to be law- 
ful, you accuse of illegality the returning a recompense for 
them. But a man wholly depraved and detested by the 
gods, and thoroughly slanderous, by the gods, what sort of 
a man would he be? Would he not be such an one as 
this?” The abrupt close here, breaking off suddenly, as 
if tired of pursuing so disgusting a subject, is very happy. 

120. ὥστ᾽ οὐ δύνασαι] οὐ is used here instead of μή, because 
the design is to render δύνασαι negative, rather than the 
whole sentence. See K. § 318, 2, (h), 3, (f), and R. 1.— 
[λον] This word has both an active and a passive sense 
In the active sense it means “ zeal,’ “" emulation,” “ de- 


sire,” etc., and of course in a passive sense “ an object of 


NOTES. 189 


zeal,” “emulation,” “ desire,” etc., i. 6. any thing which 
is esteemed desirable or valuable, and hence may be best 
rendered here ‘“ desirableness or value.” — τοὺς ἀποδιδόντας 
τὴν χάριν] “ those returning the favor.” — τῶν δήμων] “ of 
the demi or boroughs.” — ras ἀναγορεύσεις .. . . δήμοις * that 
they make the proclamations of the crowns among them- 
selves, each in their own demus.” ποιεῖσθαι is in the mid. 
to express what they were to do among themselves. 

121. ψηφίσηται] ‘may vote,” i. 6. to proclaim, dvayo- 
peveoOa being understood. /Eschines (δῷ 35-48), by a 
rather forced process of reasoning, as it seems to me, makes 
this exception apply wholly to crowns conferred by foreign 
states. — Τί οὖν... εἰσάγων] “* Why then, O wretch, do 
you bring this false accusation ? Why do you invent state- 
ments? Why do you not purge yourself with hellebore on 
account of these things? But you are not even ashamed 
instituting a trial for envy.” The orator, having thus com- 
pleted the refutation of the charges contained in the indict- 
ment, breaks out upon his adversary in this contemptuous 
language. He represents his charges as so groundless, and 
his whole course in the trial so infatuated, as to indicate 
that he was insane ; and hence advises him to take helle- 
bore, which was the common remedy for insanity in those 
times, and thus confess his madness. = τοῖς ye... . Ψηφιεῖ- 
σθαι] “ αἱ least, to those who have sworn that they will vote 
according to the law,” i. e. the judges. ψηφιεῖσθαι is a first 
future middle, made after the Attic form, by dropping eo, 
and then inflecting it like a contract verb in έω. K.§ 117, 1; 
C. § 35, 6. 

122. ὥσπερ... . yryvwoxopévous| “ just as if you had let 
out a statue to be made upon contract, and then had received 
it, not having what it ought to have according to the contract 
or as if men of the people are known by description, and 
not by acts and measures” ; i. 6. arbitrarily setting up a 
standard of what a popular man ought to be, and then con- 
demning all who fall short of it, just as he would a statue 





190 NOTES. 


or any thing capable of exact description. See ᾧ 168 seq 
of his speech. For the construction of the participles here, 
see K. § 312, RR. 12 and 13.— Καὶ Bugs... . ἐμοί] “ And 
you vociferate, calling me things decent and indecent, as if 
from a wagon, which epithets befit you and your race, not 
me.” In this and the preceding sentences the orator has 
given a sort of running analysis of the speech of his op- 
ponent, in such a manner as to convey a most contemptuous 
idea of it. According to his account, he had, in the first 
place, instituted the trial from envy, and, having thus insti- 
tuted it, had resorted to the grossest perversion and even 
mutilation of the laws in order to sustain his charges ; that 
he had then subjoined some remarks upon what was requi- 
site for a public man, and, finally, had attacked him with 
the foulest abuse. The expression ἐξ ἁμάξης refers to the 
custom prevalent at many of the festivals among the Greeks, 
of throwing out jests or coarse abuse from the carriages, 
while making the processions connected with those festivals ; 
and hence the peculiar meaning of πομπεύειν, § 124. Comp. 
Miller’s Hist. Lit. Greece, Vol. I. p. 291, note. 

123. Καίτοι. . - - τοῦτο] ‘And yet even this.” Often 
used thus in referring to some common maxim or admitted 
principle applicable to the case in hand. See Philip. 11. 
§ 12; also, Jelf’s Κ΄ ὁ 655, 8.— κατὰ τὴν αὑτῶν φύσιν͵] 
“ according to their nature” ; i. 6. as Reiske says, — “* seu 
lenis, mitis, sedata, seu atrox, vehemens, cita, impetuosa, 
sceva, ita probra sunt.” — Οἰκοδομῆσαι . . « - πόλι») “ But | 
have supposed that our ancestors built these courts of jus 
tice, not that, having assembled you within them from your 
private business, we should utter reproaches against each 
other, but that we should prove it against him, if any one 
perchance has injured the city in any respect.” For this 
use of ἴδιος see Dem. Olynth. τι. ᾧ 16. 

124. οὐ μὴν... - ἀπελθεῖν] “ However, not even here 
ought he to come off having less,” i. e. than he had given. 
That is to say, as ZEschines had taken this course, unsuit- 





NOTES. | 191 


able as it was in ἃ public trial, it was but just, to use a homely 
phrase, that he should get as good as he had sent. This is 
said by the orator in order to justify himself in entering 
upon a general criticism of the character and conduct of 
his opponent, both private and public ; which therefore he 
proceeds to do, having first asked him one question. — Eira 
οὗ ....xpiceow] ‘* Where then it was possible (jv) to ob- 
tain satisfaction from me in behalf of these (i. e. the Athe- 
nians), if I had done any thing wrong, viz. at the examina- 
tion of my accounts, in the public accusations (γραφαῖς), and 
the other trials brought against me, you neglected it.” At 
the examination of one’s accounts, any one, as already 
stated, might bring a charge of malversation against him, 
and he was obliged to answer to it. Besides, Demosthe- 
nes, soon after the unfortunate battle of Chzronea, was 
several times prosecuted, in various forms, for the course 
which he had pursued, but, as he says a few lines below, 
was convicted in none of them of having done any thing 
wrong. These now, he reminds A‘schines, were the occa- 
sions on which to have brought him to justice if he had 
done any thing wrong, but he had made no attempt to do so. 

125. οὗ δ᾽, «. τ. A.] “ but where I am clear by all things, 
by the laws, by the time which has elapsed, by the period 
within which it is allowable to bring an action (προθεσμίᾳ), 
by my having frequently been tried before concerning all 
these things, by my never having been convicted of injur- 
ing you in any thing, but where it is inevitable that the city 
must share more or less in the glory of my public acts, 
there have you attacked me? Beware, lest you are an 
enemy of these (i. 6. the Athenians) while you profess to 
be an enemy of me.” The point which the orator wishes 
to establish here is that expressed in the last clause, that 
Zschines, while professing hostility to him alone, was in 
reality acting the part of an enemy to the city. The way 
in which this is made out is this: A¢schines had neglected 
bringiug any charge. against him on the proper occasions, 








192 NOTES. 


when the city would have sustained no disgrace by it, but 
now that the proposition was to crown him for measures 
which he had proposed and the city adopted (and in the 
glory of which, therefore, they would share alike), he ” 
jected to it, thereby endeavoring not only to deprive him o 
the glory of his measures, but the city also. See the — 
subject touched again, ᾧ 207. προθεσμίᾳ, more definite : - 
χρόνῳ, means the legal time within which it was allowable 
to bring an action, which in most cases was five years. 
Comp. Herm. Polit. Antiq. ᾧ 141, 5. 
126. Ἐπειδὴ ... - δέδεικται] “Since, therefore, the pious 
and just vote (i. e. the vote to acquit him) has been pointed 
out to 811.) Wolf supposes that the orator, at this point, 
saw in his judges signs of favor towards himself and of 
indignation towards his adversary, and hence seized the op- 
portunity to draw this bold conclusion. Perhaps, however, 
it is sufficient to suppose, that he considered that he had 
said enough to convince them all which way they ought to 
vote, and therefore took it for granted that they were con- 
vinced. — dvri....avrov] “instead of many and false 
things (like AEschines), to say barely the most essential 
things concerning him.” αὐτὰ here strengthens the se 
lative, as self does in English, in such ene τ the 
very essence itself.” K. § 303, R. 4. — ῥᾳδίωε s eee = 
σθαι ;] “he so readily commences reviling, and what ve : 
(of mine) he criticizes, himself having spoken words, whic 
who of respectable men would not have shrunk from pro- 
nouncing ?” i. 6. such tawdry, pompous words, as appears 
from what follows. For the strictures of ASschines on 
certain expressions of Demosthenes, see $$ 72, Ἂν, of 


his speech. 
191, ἀλλὰ μὴ - - - - ἀγορᾶς] “but not an idle babbler, a 


practised knave.” I have translated περίτριμμα ἀγορᾶς (lit. 
ὡς hack of the agora”) according to the meaning given to It 
by the Scholiast on the Antigone of Sophocles, * 320, 
aamely, as = ἄλημα, or veterator in Latin. See mepirpippe 





NOTES. 193 


in Lid and Scott. The ground upon which he says that 
the wisest and purest of men, such as Eacus, etc., would 
not have used such pretending language as he had, is more 
fully explained below, in the last part of § 128, and is 
briefly this: that all truly excellent men are modest, and 
make no display of their sympathy with what is great and 
good, though they really possess it. — ἐπαχθεῖς] ** offensive,” 
“ disgusting,” i. 6. because unsuited to his character and in 
every way out of taste. —domep.... βοῶντα] “as if in a 
tragedy, exclaiming.” Such exclamations were common in 
tragedies, which are designed to exhibit the workings of 
strong passions. — raira .... λέγοντος] ““ for these things 
doubtless you heard him speaking,” i. e. in the peroration 
of his speech (§ 260). ; 

128. μνησθῆναι} “to mention,” “ to speak of.” — ἧς τῶν 
μὲν, κι τ. X.] “ which not one of those really having obtained 
would say any such thing concerning himself, but would 
even blush to hear another one say it, while to those desti- 
tute of it like yourself, yet pretending to it through stupidity, 
the result is, that they cause those to grieve who hear them 
laying claim to it, not that they appear to be such them- 
selves.” ὡς ἀληθῶς mean, together, “ really,” és having the ἃ 
effect of strengthening the meaning of the adverb, just as 
it often does the superlative. K. ὁ 343, R.2. τοιούτοις is 
put in the dative to agree with the case after περίεστι. Κα 
ὁ 307, 2; C. ὁ 70, 10. 

129. τοῦ πρώτου] “ what first.” τοῦ for ὅτου, the direct for 
the indirect. K. § 344, R. 1; C. § 48, 8. -- τῷ apis... 
ξύλον] “ who teaches school near the temple of Theseus, 
wearing heavy stocks and a wooden collar.” The yoiné 
was properly a measure of capacity, and hence, as an in- 
strument of punishment, must have been a kind of stocks 
or fetters into which the feet were inserted and confined. 
As to the ξύλον, this was a heavy collar of wood, into which 
the neck was inserted, so as to prevent it from all freedom 


of motion. These were employed as instruments of pune 
17 





194 NOTES. 


ishment, especially in the case of refractory slaves. Comp 
Esch. Man. ὁ 113. — τοῖς peOnpepwois.... σε] ‘* resorting 
to the midday prostitutions (i. e. the most shameless pros- 
titution) in the brothel, near the statue of the physician 
Hero, brought you up a pretty little doll and an accom- 
plished actor of third parts.” I think it clear that Hero is 
the proper name, and not Calamites, as some editions have 
it. See Orat. de F. L., p. 419, where the same person is 
called “Hpws ἰατρός. καλαμίτης seems to have been a term 
of contempt for a physician, from the use of κάλαμοι for sur- 
gical purposes, = “ man of the probe.” The orator calls 
Eschines καλὸν ἀνδριάντα, on account of the smallness and 
primness of his person; or, according to Bekk. Anecd. 
Grec., in allusion to the caressing expression of fond 
mothers, “ my pretty little doll.” The Scholiast on the 
passage says, Μικρὸς yap ἦν ὁ Αἰσχίνης τὸ σῶμα. By τριταγω- 
γιστὴν reference is made to the former occupation of Aéschi- 
nes as a stage-player, and, furthermore, to the inferiority 
of his rank even among those of that profession. An actor 
of third parts was the representative of the least important 
personages in a drama, especially of tyrants. See Dem. 
F. L., § 247. For a full and clear account of the relation 
of the three actors in the Greek tragedy, the reader may 
consult Miiller’s History of Grecian Literature, Vol. 1. p. 
306. — τριηραύλης] “ galley-piper.” Perhaps her first hus- 
band. 

130. βεβίωκεν] “has lived or done during his life.” — 
Οὐδὲ yap . . . - καταρᾶται] ‘* For not even of so respectable 
parentage as he finally attained was he originally, but of 
such as the people execrate,” i. e. probably persons of ser- 
vile origin, who clandestinely got enzolled as citizens. The 
execration of the people, here referred to, probably, was 
that expressed at the opening of each assembly. See 
§ 285. --- χθὲς μὲν οὖν καὶ πρῴην] This of course is to be 
taken in a modified sense. For μὲν οὖν (* or rather,” “ nay 
. yather ὟΝ see K. § 316, R.— ἐκ τοῦ . . . . τυχοῦσαν] “ having 


NOTES. 195 


obtained this nickname, evidently, from her doing and sub- 
mitting to every thing.”” The reason of her being called 
Empusa on this account was, that this was an obscene spec- 
tre of the night. This was but a nickname, it will be per- 
ceived, her true name being Glaucis, which, by. the addi- 
tion of two syllables, as Demosthenes says, /@schines 
changed to Glaucothea, just as he did his father’s, from 
Tromes to Atrometus. The names may have been changed 
because they were common with the lower classes ; besides, 
the lengthened forms are more sounding, and sounding 
names are generally preferred by upstarts. In opposition 
to this account of the parentage of schines, see his own 
account of his father, Contr. Ctes. § 191. 

131. διὰ τουτουσὶ] “ by means of these,” i. 6. the Atheni- 
ans. — οὐχ ὅπως] “ not only not.” K. § 321, 3, (c). 

132. ἀποψηφισθέντα] ““ rejected.” He had somehow, it 
seems, contrived to get his name enrolled as a citizen, but, 
upon an examination of his claims to that right, the fraud 
was discovered and he rejected. This was probably done 
at the general scrutiny of citizenship instituted in B. C. 
346, which gave occasion for the speech of Dem. contr. 
Eub. For the mode of deciding questions of citizenship 
among the Greeks, see Shomann, Bk. III, chap. 3. Being 
enraged at this, he retired to Philip ard made arrangements 
with him to burn the navy-yards of the Athenians, for 
which purpose, at the time here alluded to, he had returned 
to the city. — Πειραιεῖ} “* the Pireeus.” The principal port 
of Athens, where the navy-yards were. — ὡς é&v ... . émoin- 
σεν] “as if I were doing outrageous things under a demo- 
cratic form of government, insulting unfortunate citizens, 
and entering houses without a warrant, caused him to be 


released.” In free governments the house is always one’s 
castle. For the partitive gen. {τῶν πολιτῶν), see ᾧ 27, n. 
133. ἡ βουλὴ ἡ ἐξ ᾿Αρείου πάγου] * the council of the Hill 
of Mars or Areopagus.” This was a venerable court at 
Athens, composed of the ex-archons who had filled their 





190 NOTES. 


office blamelessly, holding its sessions in the open air, upon 
an elevation of ground called the Hill of Mars, from some 
traditionary connection of Mars with the place. This court 
had the cognizance of all cases of homicide, was intrusted 
with the guardianship of the laws, and in the time of De- 
mosthenes, as appears from this as well as other passages, 
acted as a kind of superior court of police, making it its 
particular business to bring to justice men who might en- 
danger the state. Comp. Herm. Polit. Antiq. § 109. — ἐν 
+ +++ συμβεβηκυῖαν] “ having terminated in a very unfortu- 
nate result,” i.e. the discharge of the person referred to. 
ov δέον means properly “ something which vught not to be,” 
i.e. something unusual, monstrous, unfortunate, or unde- 
sirable. — ἐπανήγαγεν .... τουτουί] ““ had brought him again 
before you, such a wretch would have been snatched away, 
and, escaping the penalty of his crime, would have been 
sent out of the country by this fine-spoken gentleman.” 
és here = πρός. It is used, however, in this way only be- 
fore nouns denoting intelligent objects. 

134. Τοιγαροῦν . . . . προδότην] ““ Accordingly, the council 
of Areopagus, acquainted as it was with these proceedings 
of this man at that time, when (ὡς) you, having, from the 
same thoughtlessness from which you neglect many of the 
public interests, chosen him advocate in the case relative to 
the temple in Delos, both selected it and made it arbiter of 
the matter, immediately rejected him as a traitor.” This, 
I believe, expresses the proper sense of this passage. But 
it is worth while to observe how much more complicated 
the sentence becomes in English, from the necessity of in- 
troducing every clause in its strictly logical order, instead 
of placing them in the oratorical order, and leaving the 
sense to be determined from the agreement of the different 
words. κἀκείνην, “and it,”’ refers for its antecedent to the 
council of Areopagus. The control of the temple in Delos, 
like that of the temple at Delphi, was a matter of the great- 
est political importance. The question here alluded to 


NOTES. 197 


was a contest with the Delians concerning its superintend- 
ence ; which was finally brought before the Amphictyonic 
Council about B. C. 345, when AEschines was rejected as 
advocate on account of his supposed leaning to the interest 
of Philip. — καὶ ταῦτα ... . ἔπραξε] “and this it did, giving 
the vote from the altar,” i. e. after having taken an oath at 
the altar. This custom, as appears from several passages 
in Demosthenes (Ady. Macart. § 14) and other Greek au- 
thors, was common in the courts at Athens. The practice 
was probably adopted in order to give greater sacredness to 
their decisions, by appearing to act, as it were, under the 
eye of their gods. Comp. Herod. viii. 128, 2, Wess. and 
Valck. 

135. ὑπὲρ ἁπάντων) “ in behalf of all,” i. 6. all the court 
of Areopagus, these four being chosen to testify for the 
whole court. 

136. rod νεανίου] Said rather with reference to his for- 
wardness and pertness, or, perhaps, with reference to his 
recent acquisition of Athenian citizenship, than to his actu- 
al age, as he was at this time full forty. — ὅμοιόν ye] “ is 
like, I dare say.” Observe the ironical force of ye, and see 
F. L., p. 421, § 283.— ὡς &.... ὑπεχώρησα] ‘as if about 
to put the city to shame and show it to be in the wrong, 
then indeed I did not yield nor give way to Python, assum- 
ing an impudent tone and pouring forth a tide of abuse 
against you.” πολλῷ ῥέοντι (flowing with a torrent of words) ; 
like Horace’s sulso multoque fluenti. Sat. 1. 7, 28. The 
individual here spoken of was one of the most eminent ora- 
tors of antiquity. He was originally of Byzantium, but 
early enlisted in the service of Philip, by whom he was em- 
ployed in various public matters, but especially on embas- 
sies. For the occasion here alluded to, on which he visited 
Athens accompanied by ambassadors from the allies of 
Philip, See Thirlw. Ch. XLV. 

137. pera ταῦθ᾽ ὕστερον] “ thereupon afterwards.” An 


oratorical expansion not uncommon. See ᾧ 36: εὐθὺς, οὐκ 
7” 





198 NOTES. 


els μακράν. ---- τῷ κατασκόπῳ] i. 6. from Philip. Having beer 
sent by him to observe the movements at Athens relative to 
liberating Euboea and sending aid to the Hellespont. See 
§ 79, n. Aschines (ᾧ 224 of his speech) says that De- 
mosthenes got up this failure of Anaxinus in order to save 
himself “from prosecution. — τῇ φύσει] “ by nature,” “ to all 
intents and purposes.” — ἐπὶ τῶν στρατηγῶν] “ before the 
generals.” The generals tried cases of treason. 

138. Καὶ yap... . ἔχει) ““ For evidently the case is some- 
how as follows”; i. 6. though he should proceed to enu- 
merate ever so many of his crimes, they would be recol- 
lected but faintly and without suitable indignation. οὕτω, 
though commonly referring to what precedes, occasionally 
refers to what follows. K. § 303, 1, R. 1.— ὧν] By at- 
traction for the acc., and governed by ὑπηρετῶν in a kind of 
pregnant sense, =“ doing as a service.” — ὑποσκελίζειν Γ 
“to trip up, to thwart.” --- τῆς ém.... ἀνταλλαττόμενοι 
“bartering away the interests of the city for the pleasure 
and delight there is in (listening to) revilings.” ἡδονῆς is 
governed by ἀνταλλαττόμενοι as a gen. of price. K. § 275, 
3; Ὁ. § 54, 10. — τοῖς éxOpois .... πολιτεύεσθαι] “to take 
bribes in the service of the enemy, than to manage affairs, 

having taken a stand in your defence.” 
-- ἢ δὴ] “* quite certainly,” “as is well known.” Refer- 
ring to the certainty and notoriety of the act. K. § 315, 1. 
τ΄ πρὸ τοῦ πολεμεῖν] “ before the war,” i. e. before the open 
renewal of hostilities. —*AAX’ ἐπειδὴ, x. τ. λ.}] The events 
spoken of in this and the following lines have been alluded 
to before (δῷ 79, 80), and explained as being some of the 
preliminary steps towards the renewal of hostilities. ἐπειδὴ, 
in the first part of the passage, qualifies all the verbs as far 
as ὅ τι. ἄνθρωπος (i. 6. ὁ ἄνθρωπος), after ἐπορεύεθ᾽, means 
Philip, who is spoken of thus in contempt. ἐἰαμβειοφάγος 
means, literally, ‘ta devourer of iambics,” i. e. a wretched, 
mouthing actor, tragedies being written in iambics ; or it 
may refer to his slanderous character, as iambics were used 








NOTES. 199 


in satire. — Εἰ 8¢.... ὕδατι) “Βαϊ if he says (there is any 
such decree), let him now show it during my time”; lit. 
“ during my water,” the time being measured by an instru- 
ment called the clepsydra. This was a glass vessel filled 
with water, in the bottom of which there was a small aper- 
ture, through which the water issued slowly (stealing out, 
as it were, and hence receiving its name, from κλέψεις ὕδωρ), 
and fell into another vessel, by the rise of the water in 
which they judged of the time. This instrument was used 
in the Athenian courts, in most causes, to measure the time 
allowed to each speaker, which varied according to the na- 
ture and importance of the cause. — Καίτοι, x. τ. λ.1 “* And 
yet there is a necessity, one of two things, either, having 
nothing to complain of in the measures proposed by me at 
that time, he does not propose others in their stead, or, being 
intent upon the interests of the enemy, does not bring for- 
ward any better than these.” We have here an enthymem, 
or an abridged syllogism. Thus: ‘“ Proposing no decree 
proves one of two things; /Eschines proposed no decree 
(as shown above), therefore one of these two things is true 
of him.” The enthymem has all the cogency of the syllo- 
gism, without its rigidness and formality. It is much used 
by Demosthenes; as, δῷ 24, 47, 124, 196,217. θάτερον is a 
kind of adverbial acc., expressing the equivalent idea to 
what follows, governed by the general idea of doing, ex- 
pressed in a modified way by the two verbs, γράφειν and 
φέρειν. Jelf’s K. § 579, 4. 

140. μὲν οὖν] “nay rather.” See § 130, n.— Καὶ ra 
....AavOdvew] “And the city, as it seems, was able to 
bear other things, and this man to perform them without 
being detected.””— περὶ οὗ .... πόθεν ;] ““ concerning which 
he expended the many words, or told that long story (i. e. 
in his speech, δῷ 101 -- 135), rehearsing the decrees con- 
cerning the Amphissian Locrians, as if about to pervert the 
truth. But it is not of this nature (i. 6. so easily perverted) . 
how can it be?” The decrees here spoken of were the 








200 NOTES. 


decrees of the Amphictyons relative to the Lucrians of Am 
phissa, the gen. being of the objective kind. K. § 265, 2, 
(b); C. § 56, R. 1. τοὺς πολλοὺς, “ the many,” “ those 
many,” the article being used as a demonstrative for what 
was well known or notorious. K.§ 244,6. τὸ δ᾽, “ where- 
as,” “but” (K. § 247, 3, a). ἀληθές is understood. For 
πόθεν see § 47,n. The crime of Aschines here alluded 
to was the getting up of an Amphictyonic war against the 
Amphissians, thus opening a field for the ambition of Philip. 

141. ἅπαντας καὶ πάσας] ἅπαντας (* all together ᾽, seems to 
have been used to include both gods and goddesses in a gen- 
eral way, and πάσας to have been added as a sort of after- 
thought (‘and goddesses too”).— τὸν ᾿Απόλλω.... πόλει] 
“the Pythian Apollo, who is the paternal deity of the city.” 
Apollo was originally the principal divinity of the Dorians, 
but was adopted by the other Grecian tribes, to a greater or 
less extent, and especially by the Ionians, who became at 
an‘early period the possessors of Attica. On account of 
this adoption of the religion of Apollo, as is supposed, Jon, 
the mythological father of the Ionian race, was represented 
in the ancient legends as the son of Apollo; and hence it 
was that Apollo was called the paternal deity of the city. 
Comp. Miiller’s Hist. Dorians, Vol. I. pp. 257 — 263. — εἰ 
pev.... δήμῳ] “if I should speak the truth to you (i. e. 
now), and then also immediately spoke it before the people.” 
— evruyiay .... σωτηρίαν] ‘happiness .... safety,” i. 6, 
in the highest sense, as depending upon the gods. Thus 
perilling his soul upon the point, as in an oath. — πρὸς] * on 
the side of,” ‘ out of regard to.” — ἀνόνητόν] “ devoid of.” 
Takes a gen. of priyation. C. § δῦ, 7. 

142. Ti ody... . σφοδρῶς ;] “ Why now have I imprecated 
these things upon myself, and why have I been so vehe- 
ment?” The perf. denotes “had and still continues to 
have,” — he still remaining under the imprecations ; but 
the vehemence was confined to the simple utterance of the 
passage, and hence is properly expressed by the aor. ᾿ The 





NOTES. 201 


preceding passage (which is alluded to by the words under 
consideration) is a favorable specimen of the means re- 
sorted to by Demosthenes to enliven his discourse and re- 
lieve the monotony of narration or discussion. For this 
purpose he often suddenly breaks off the direct line of dis- 
course to make an appeal to the gods, to his hearers, or to 
his adversary ; or to press by interrogations, to recapitulate 
what he has said, or to anticipate objections ; or by pre- 
tending to shrink from the utterance of thoughts which are 
in his mind; by professing uncontrollable indignation, and 
venting his rage in a strain of invective ; by supplicating, 
deprecating, execrating, or some of the numerous turns of 
thought which Cicero, taking Demosthenes as a pattern, 
describes as being resorted to by the perfect orator. Orat. 


6. 40. --- Ὅτι... κείμενα] ““ Because, although having 


documents lying in the public archives.” The participle 
expresses a concession. K. ᾧ 312, 4, (d).— μὴ rav.... 
ἐλάττων] ‘lest this fellow should be thought too contempti- 
ble for the mischief done by him.” αὐτῷ, dat. of the agent. 
K. ᾧ 284, 3, (11). 

143. οὗτός... . . κακῶν] “ this fellow is the one who helped 
him get it up, and, as far as one man can be (or “is the 
one man who”’), is the cause of all these greatest of evils.” 
εἷς ἀνὴρ is employed to limit or modify τῶν μεγίστων. K. 
§ 239, R. 2, (6) ; C. § 50, R. 5.—of pe.... σνυγκαθήμε- 
vo] “while those sitting with him by invitation,” i. 6. the 
Macedonian faction, The assemblies of the people at 
Athens being open for all the citizens to attend in person, 
great facilities were presented to such as wished to carry 
any measure, or to make opposition to any, to succeed, 
even against the true sense of the people at large, by secur- 
ing the attendance of their friends, who would act with them 
by concert, and thus enable them to carry their point. Al- 
lusion is made to this practice in the words under consider. 
ation. See F. L. ὁ 1. 

144. καὶ μεγάλα, x. τ. d.] “and you will be greatly assisted 








202 NOTES. 


by it for the investigation of public affairs, and will see how 
great craftiness there was in Philip.” 

145. ἀπαλλαγὴ] “ escape,” i. 6. from the contracted thea- 
tre of his country, his ports being blockaded by the Athe- 
nians (see below), and there being no way of entering Attica 
except as here proposed.— ddd... . xaxd] The principal 
Athenian generals in the time of Demosthenes were Chares, 
Charidemus, Diopithes, Timotheus, Chabrias, Iphicrates, 
Lysicles, and Phocion. Of these only Phocion was distin- 
guished for the higher qualities of a general, while most of 
the others were not only inferior generals, but men of little 
character. The large revenue, also, which Athens had 
formerly received from her allies, had been mostly lost by 
the Social War, which had alienated the greater part of her 
foreign dependencies ; and the rest had been absorbed by 
the theoric fund, for the purpose of furnishing amusement 
to the populace. The generals, therefore, were obliged to 
maintain their forces as they could, which was usually done, 
either by calling upon the allies of Athens, if any remained, 
for benevolences, as they were called (see Orat. de Cherso- 
neso, § 25), or, more commonly, by making descents upon 
defenceless cities and tribes, and robbing them of what they 
wanted. This gave them more the character of adventur- 
ers than any thing else, and encouraged the business of 
privateering, which is but another name for piracy. This 
is what is alluded to by λῃστῶν, who were private adven- 
turers, after the fashion of the public generals, seeking sup- 
port for themselves and their attendants by pillaging, if 
possible, from the enemies of Athens, but if not, from her 
allies or those at peace with her. — ἐκ τῆς « » » » γιγνομένων 
“ proceeding from the country, or growing in the country.” 

146. pore... μήτε] Used instead of οὔτε “.., οὔτε, 
because the part. express a condition. K. ᾧ 318, 5; C, 
§ 81, 4, — συνέβαινε... κακοπαθεῖν] ““ but it happened to 
him, conquering in war the generals, of such character as 
they were (for I omit the consideration of this), whom you 





NOTES. 203 


sent out, to suffer from the nature of his situation and the 
relative advantages of the tavo parties,”’ i. 6. themselves and 
Philip. τῷ πολέμῳ is opposed to τῇ φύσει τοῦ τόπου, etc., 
which follows. 

147. βαδίζειν ἐφ᾽ ὑμᾶς} ““ to march against you.” — οὐδένα] 
I have substituted this for οὐδέν᾽ ἄν (which would be easily 
confounded with it), since the laws of the language plainly 
require it. K. ᾧ 255, 8. -- τὰ μὲν . . .. πείσειν] “that he 
should carry some things by deception and others by per- 
suasion.” — πόλεμον . . . . ταραχήν] “* to excite a war for the 
Amphictyons and disturbance in the assembly.” περὶ, 
‘round among,” “ through,” “ in.” — εἰς yap, x. τι Δ. Phil- 
ip might naturally have supposed that he would be wanted 
in’ such circumstances, from his having previously executed 
with great vigor and success the decree of the Amphictyons 
against the Phocians. 

148. ἱερομνημόνων] ‘ Hieromnemons.” One class of the 
delegates sent to the Amphictyonic Council by the different 
states of Greece. There was another class of delegates, 
mentioned below, called pylagore. The principal object 
of this council or league was to defend their common sanc- 
tuaries, and especially that at Delphi. Hence, the council 
being religious in its nature, some have supposed the hie- 
romnemons to have been priests ; but there is no evidence 
of this that I know of. Their business at the meetings of 
the council seems to have been, either to prepare subjects 
for the consideration of the pylagora, or to execute their 
decrees. For a more particular account of the nature and 
organization of this council, see Herm. Polit. Antiq. §§ 18 
and 14.— τῶν ὑπεναντίων] * his enemies.” 

149. προβληθεὶς] “ having been brought forward, or nom- 
inated ” (B. C. 340). — πόλεως ἀξίωμα] “ dignity of the city,” 
i. 6. the office of deputy to the Amphictyonic Council. — 
πάντα... .. ἐμισθώθη) “ having dismissed and neglected all 
other things, he accomplished those things for which he was 
hired,” i. e. by Philip. — μύθου] “legends.” Refening te 








204 NOTES. 


the musty lore which Aschines adv. Ctesiph. § 107 seq. 
raked up relative to the Cirrhean territory. This was a 
district lying on the Corinthian Gulf around the ancient city 
of Cirrha, which, before its destruction by the Amphictyons, 
on account of its ill-treatment of pilgrims to the temple, 
was the port of Delphi. After its destruction it was conse- 
crated to Apollo and devoted to perpetual desolation. The 
Locrians of Amphissa, however, in violation of this decree 
of the Amphictyons, as it seems, had appropriated the dis- 
trict to themselves, and were cultivating it like common 
land. This crime, ZEschines, on the occasion here alluded 
to, charged upon them; in self-defence, as he states, and in 
the heat of passion, as a retort upon one of the Amphissian 
deputies who had accused the Athenians of impiety, and ‘as 
deserving to be excluded from the council ; but, as Demos- 
thenes contends, at the instigation of Philip, and for the 
purpose of exciting an Amphictyonic war against them, and 
thus opening a field for his ambition. — ἀνθρώπους ... . λό- 


yev] “*men unacquainted with the tricks of speech.” The 
hieromnemons are thus spoken of, according to Hermann 
(ὃ 14. 15), on account of their being chosen by lot, and 
hence, of course, as a general thing, being men of the 
common class, and of no experience in public business. — 


περιελθεῖν] “to survey,” “set off? See the following 
decree. 


150. οὐδεμίαν . . . . ἐκεῖθεν] ** although the Locrians 
brought no action against us, nor even what he now falsely 
pretends they did. But you will see (that they did not) 
from this,” i.e. what follows. #Eschines, in his speech 
(δ 116), states, in justification of his attack upon the Lo- 
crians, that they were introducing a suit (δίκην) before the 
Amphictyons to fine the Athenians fifty talents, for dedi- 
cating certain shields in a new chapel dedicated to Apollo, 
and on his attempting to defend his countrymen, one of the 
Locrian deputies inveighed against them for their impiety 
and as deserving to be expelled from the council (4 








NOTES. 205 


mpopacifera).—"Emt.... ἀρχῆς] ‘* Under what adminis- 
tration or archonship?” Public documents or records, as 
has already been remarked, received date from such or 
such an archon.—xarexpa] ‘This is the second person 
singular of the imperfect middle of καταχράομαι. ee 
151. μικροῦ] ὡς δεῖν being understood. K. § —_— . 9. 
--- εἰς ἐπιοῦσαν πυλαίαν) “to the following session.” Some 
put a comma after this phrase and connect it with ἦλθον. 
Πυλαία was a general name for the meetings of the me 
phictyons, from Πύλαι (Thermopyle), one of the ar 
places, and probably the original place, of holding their 
meetings. —émi rév.... ἦγον] “ brought (the matter) to 
Philip as general.” ἡγεμόνα, since the suggestion of Lam- 
binus to that effect, has usually been considered as standing 
for ἡγεμονίαν ; but Schafer supposes πρᾶγμα to be erm 
here, and quotes an altogether parallel passage —_* e 
Third Philippic, p. 125, where it is expressed after ἦγον. 
This explanation is much the most satisfactory of the two. 
152. ἢ yap.... αἱρεῖσθαι} “ for they said tt was neces- 
sary, either that they themselves should contribute and sup- 
port mercenaries and punish such as would = do this, or 
choose him general.” — ἐῤῶσθαι φράσας πολλὰ] Pei 
bid a long adieu.” This infinitive means literally = be 
strong,” but was used like τὸ χαίρειν, in the sense of * fare- 
well.” See the same phrase, Orat. Εἰ. L. p. 419. In other 
places we find it with both εἰπεῖν and λέγειν, in the same 
sense. See Orat. de Pace, p. 62, fin. The idea conveyed 
in this place is, that Philip departed widely from his - 
fessed designs against the Cirrhzeans and Locrians, in the 
oken of. 
eae eal “had repented or changed their ee 
The Thebans, it will be recollected, had been ean 
with Philip in the war against Phocis, and were behol ye 
to him for many favors. By the taking and i. ο 
Elatea, however, their eyes were opened to the true hecourts 
acter of his designs. Elatea was the principal town in the 
18 

















206 NOTES. 


eastern part of Phocis, and so situated as to command the 
defiles which form the principal entrance, in that direction 
to Baotia, and hence to Attica. — viv... . ἐκεῖνοι] ** but 
as it is, or as the matter turned, they prevented him at least 
from ‘a sudden irruption.” νῦν here refers to the course 
which events had taken in accordance with his policy, as 
opposed to that desired by his adversaries. The τὸ before 
ἐξαίφνης refers to εἰσπεσεῖν, to be supplied from the preced.- 
ing sentence, which is used as a noun with αὐτὸν accusative 
before it, and is governed by ἐπέσχον. 

154. "Eni ἱερέως] “Under the priest.” According to 
Hermann (§ 14. 12), the archon of Delphi (who, as he 
was connected with a religious establishment, would nat- 
urally be called ἱερεύς) was the Eponymus of the Amphic- 
tyons, or the magistrate from whom the year was named. 
— ἐαρινῆς πυλαίας} “at the spring session.” The council 
had two sessions annually, one in the spring and one in the 
autumn, the former at Delphi and the latter at Thermopyle. 
This is the commonly received opinion with regard to the 
meetings of the Amphictyons, but President Woolsey (Bib. 
Sac., July, 1850) makes it appear highly probable that the 
autumnal session was at Delphi, these words being regarded 
as forgeries. — ovvédpos] Hermann supposes these to be 
the same as the hieromnemons. — τῷ κοινῷ] “the com- 
mons,” i. 6. the body of the citizens who happened to be 
present from the various states belonging to the league. 
These, according to the author just quoted, constituted the 
assembly, while the two classes of deputies corresponded 
to the senate in a democracy. This decree, it is probable, 
was passed at the session at which Aschines attacked the 
Amphissians ; that which follows, at the following session. 

155. τὸ κοινὸν . . . . συνέδριον] The Amphictyonic Coun- 
cil was called the common council or congress of the. 
Greeks, because it embraced nearly all the original tribes 
of Greece, together with their colonies. Herm. ᾧ 12. --- 
“Ἄρχων Μνησιθείδης, x. τ. λ.}] The beginning of the decree 


NOTES. 207 


by which Aschines was made pylagoras, which designated 
the year in which the above transactions took place, which 
was Β, C. 340. 

156. ὡς oix .... Θηβαῖοι] “ when the Thebans did not 
listen,” i. 6. to his proposition to unite with him against 
Athens. — ras ἀφορμὰς] “ starting-points,” * facilities,” 
“means.” | 

157. τοῖς δημιουργοῖς . . . . συνέδροις] “ to the magistrates 
and councillors.” δημιουργοί were magistrates common in 
the Peloponnesus. Miller, Hist. Dorians, Vol. II. p. 144. 
— πλημμελοῦσιν εἰς] “ offend against.” - λεηλατοῦσι] ““ plun- 
der,” “ ravage.” — εἰς τὴν Φωκίδα] εἰς is used on account 
of the previous motion implied in ovvavrare (come and meet). 
K. ὁ 300, 3, b. — ἐνεστῶτος μηνὸς} “the present month.” 
This is governed as a gen. of time. K. § 279, 4, (b); C. 
§ 54,13. There is some difficulty in making out the cor- 
respondence between the Attic month Boédromion and the 
Corinthian month here named, since Panemus corresponded 
to the Athenian month preceding Boédromion. But Boeckh 
(as cited by Dissen) supposes this to have been an interca- 
lary year at Corinth, and this month to have been carried 
forward in consequence. — Τοῖς δὲ, x. τ. Δ] The reading 
here adopted is that supported by the best authority, and yet 
no possible sense can be extracted from it. There can be 
no doubt that the text in this place is corrupt. Schafer pro- 
poses, in so desperate a case, to leave out all that intervenes 
between χρησόμεθα and ἐπιζημίοις, which would leave a kind 
of sense to the passage, which is all that can be said of any 
of the emendations which have been suggested. 

108, Μὴ τοίνυν. ... ἀνθρώπου] “Do not, therefore, O 
men of Athens, going around (i. e. walking up and down 
the agora, as the Athenians were wont to do, “ either to tell 
vr to hear some new thing”), say that Greece has suffered 

such things from one man alone,” i. e. Philip. 

159. μηδὲν εὐλαβηθέντα] for one “fearing nothing.” — 
ἀλιτήριον] homo piacularis, i. e. ““ ἃ man laden with the guilt 




















NOTES. 


of,” “ the guilty cause.” —*Op ὅπως .. . . ἀληθείας] “* Whom 
that you did not by any possibility (woré), as soon as you 
saw him, turn away from in disgust, I wonder ; but, as it 
seems, there is a certain thick darkness with you before the 
truth,” i. e. between them and the truth. The pres. tense 
is employed, as expressing a general truth, implying that 
the Athenians were very slow in detecting rogues. ᾿ 

160. τούτοις ἐναντιούμενος] ““ opposing, or in opposition to 
these things.” — ra ἔργα] “ the realities.” Opposed to τοὺς 
λόγους below. 

161. Ὁρῶν yap .... διετέλουν] “ For seeing the Thebans 
and almost you, through the influence (ὑπὸ) of those seek- 
ing the interest of Philip, and corrupted in each state (i. e. 
Athens and Thebes), overlooking and not at all guarding 
against what was dangerous to both and deserving of much 
vigilance, viz. the permitting Philip to increase in strength, 
but on the contrary being ready for enmity and collision 
with each other, I continually watched that this might not 
be,” i. 6. that there might not be a rupture between Athens 
and ‘Thebes, and thus Philip be permitted to gain strength 
by their disunion. 

162. ᾿Αριστοφῶντα . . . . EdBovkov] Two distinguished 
orators at Athens, and friends of Aschines, when living ; 
but who, as appears from what follows, were dead at the 
time of the delivery of this speech. —ravrny τὴν φιλίαν] 
“this friendship or alliance,” i. 6. of Athens and Thebes. 
— avrois] Used reciprocally. K. ᾧ 302, 7; C. ᾧ 48, 5. 
— κίναδος] ““ fox,” i. 6. an artful, knavish fellow; similar 
in import to another designation which he gives him, περί- 
τριμμα ἀγορᾶς. See § 197,1. ---- αἰσθάνει)] The more com- 
mon reading, αἰσχύνῃ, is evidently incorrect, as it is incon- 
sistent with the connection, especially the reason which is 
given in the following clause.— ἃ yap... . δοκιμασάντων] 
“‘ for in what you charge upon me concerning the Thebans, 


you censure them much more than me, since they approved 
of this alliance before I did.” 


NOTES. 209 


163. συμπεραναμένων .... ἔχθραν] “ while (δὲ) his other 
coadjutors united with him in completing the enmity against 


‘the Thebans.” — ἐλθεῖν ἐφ᾽ ἡμᾶς] “ advanced against us,” 


. e. by suddenly turning aside from his course against Am- 
phissa, and taking Elatea, and, as it would.seem from the 
following decree, some other cities in the same vicinity. — 
καὶ εἰ pi)... - ἠδυνήθημεν] “and unless we had previously 
rouséd ourselves a little (i. 6. in order to effect a union be- 
tween the two cities), we should not even have been able to 
recover ourselves.” In some MSS. αὑτούς, and in others 
αὐτούς, is found after ἀναλαβεῖν, while in others neither form 
is found. This latter seems to me to be the preferable read- 
ing, since the second seems to give a wrong sense, and the 
first is not required by the usage of the verb.—ofra] This 
qualifies πόῤῥω, but is separated from it, as is often the case. 
See δῷ 33, 220, n. —’Ev ols, x. τ. A.) “ But in what condi- 
tion you were at that time in respect to your relations to 
each other, having heard these decrees and answers, you 
will know.” 

164. βουλῆς. « . - γνώμῃ] i.e., probably, “ brought for- 
ward by the generals, approved by the Senate, and now 
passed by the people.””— ds μὲν) Used demonstratively for 
τὰς μέν ; K. § 331, R. 1; and responded to by τινὰς δὲ, in- 
stead of ds δέ. ---- μάλιστα μὲν] “especially,” “above all 
things.” Always indicates the first choice among two or 
more things or courses of action. See δῷ 267, 324.— 
πρὸς τὸ βουλεύσασθαι] “ for consultation,” “ deliberation.” 
--- τὰς ἀνοχὰς} “the truce,” “ armistice.” A noun used 
mostly in the plural, like inducie. - 

165. πολεμάρχουΠ͵ This was the title of the third archon 
in point of dignity. The title was given him originally on 
account of his acting as general in the army ; but this did 
not belong to his duties in later times. — ἐπειδὴ . . « « καταν 
στῆσαι] “ since Philip is endeavoring to place the Thebans 
in estrangement towards us, or to estrange the Thebans 
from us.” — παραβαίνων . . . . συνθήκας] “ violating the stipu- 

18." 














210 NOTES. 


lations existing to him on our part,” i. e. between him and 
us. Referring, perhaps, to the peace so often alluded to; 
but, as some suppose, to another peace after the war of 
Byzantium. — ὅπως ἐνδεχομένως] “* that as far as possible,” 
i. 6. considering -the circumstances of the case. — καὶ yap 
+++. τῶν μετρίων} “ for as yet they (i. 6. the people) have 
not determined to come to the aid (i. e. to the defence of 
their territory and interest against Philip) in any ordifary 


circumstances.” 


> © feeling,” “ inclination.” — 


προσκαλέσασθαι] “to entice to yourselves.”” — Βέλτιον ... « 
ἱσταμένων] * But they thinking better (becoming wiser), 
and not wishing to yield their choice to you, but standing 
upon their interest.” ἐφ᾽ =“ under,” “in the power of.” 
See § 215, n. — παραπέμψαντες} “ having sent away,” “ dis- 
missed.” 

167. ἀνανεοῦσθε] ““ you renew,” “remind of.” — Πρότε- 
pov] ““ Formerly,” i. 6. before he received the letter re- 
ferred to. — τὰ πρὸς . . . . εἰρήνην] “to have sought peace 
with us.” For the construction of ἔχειν as an auxiliary with 
a part., see K. § 310, 4, (k). — ἥσθην] “1 was rejoiced.” 
A first aor. pass. from ἥδομαι. 

168. ὡς οὐδ᾽... . Θηβαίων] “as if we and the Thebans 
should not conspire together, even if any thing should hap- 
pen,” 1. 6. even if any such flagrant act as the taking of 
Elatea should be done by him. συμπνευσόντων has the same 
meaning as our word conspire, and is of precisely the same 
origin ; meaning, like that word, literally, “‘to breathe to- 
gether,” and figuratively, “to agree or unite together.” 
For its construction with ὡς ἄν, see K. § 312, 6; C. ὁ 71, 
i. 1. 

169. ἧκε δ᾽... . πρυτάνεις] “ and a certain one came an- 
nouncing to the prytanes.” ὡς -ῷ εἰς or πρός. This has 
tustly been considered by critics as a masterly description. 
The circumstances are so happily selected, and so briefly 
and forcibly presented, that we seem to see the tumultuous 


166. αἵρεσιν] “ choice,’ 


NOTES. 211 


excitement which is described. — ἐξαναστάντες . . . . ἐκάλουν] 
All the circumstances here mentioned are indicative of 
great excitement ; the prytanes leaving their meal half 


. eaten; some of them proceeding to disperse the hucksters 


around the agora, and to burn their sheds (or rather, per- 
haps, the fagots, see below), while others called the gen- 
erals and the trumpeter. Various reasons, none of them, 
however, very satisfactory, have been assigned for the dis- 
persing of the hucksters and burning their sheds; such as 
the design of forcing them from their employments and 
securing their presence in the assembly ; or of clearing 
away all obstructions to the hurried approach of the people 
to the assembly. But as the people did not meet till the 
next morning, and as, consequently, measures might have 
been taken in the mean time to secure these ends without 
resorting to so violent acts, the conjecture of Schafer seems 
more reasonable, viz. that these sheds, being of combusti- 
ble materials, were ordered to be burnt as a signal, so as to 
call in the people from the country as extensively as possi- 
ble. But more probably these γέῤῥα were not the sheds of 
the hucksters, but the hurdles which were used ordinarily 
to surround the place of assembly: or, it may be, simply 
bundles of fagots, kept to be burnt for signal-fires upon extra- 
ordinary occasions. ‘The generals were summoned so as to 
make the necessary military preparations, and the trumpeter 
as a usual attendant.— Τῇ 8°... . ἡμέρᾳ] * On the follow- 
ing day early in the morning”; lit. “at the same time 
with the opening of day.” — ὑμεῖς] “ you,” i. 6. the people 
generally, in distinction from the Senate. — καὶ πρὶν .. 

καθῆτο] “and before that (the Senate) had time to deliberate 
and pass a preliminary decree, the whole people were seat- 
ed above.” ‘This, too, was an evidence of extraordinary 
excitement, since ordinarily there was great difficulty in 
getting the people together to transact business ; for which 
purpose a small compensation was given to those who were 
there promptly, and even compulsory means were resorted 

















212 NOTES. 


to, at times, to secure their attendance. But on this occa- 
sion, such was the excitement, that they all assembled be- 
fore the Senate had agreed on a decree to submit to them 
for approval. The people are here spoken of as having 
taken their seats above, on account of the Pnyx, in which 
they met, being in a more elevated situation than the Senate- 
chamber. 

170. εἰσῆλθεν ἡ βουλή] i. 6. into the assembly. Not the 
whole Senate, but only the fifty prytanes and the nine pro- 
edri, who regularly attended the meetings of the assembly. 
See Grote’s Hist. Greece, Vol. IV. p. 139; also § 29, n. 
— κἀκεῖνος .... οὐδείς] “and he spoke (i. 6. the messen- 
ger), the crier asked, ‘ who wishes to harangue the people ἡ ἢ 
but no one came forward.” This invitation was given at 
the opening of every assembly. Originally the crier called 
upon any of the citizens over fifty years old to speak first, 
and after them any others who wished. But this custom 
soon fell into disuse. — ἣν yap . . . . ἡγεῖσθαι} “ for the voice 
which the crier sends forth according to the laws, this it is 
just to consider the common voice of the country.” 

171. παρελθεῖν] “to have come forward,” i. 6. to the 
Bema, to harangue the people. — οἱ τριακόσιοι] “ the three 
hundred” (arising would have advanced to the Bema). 
These were the three hundred richest citizens, who formed 
the first quarter of each of the twenty symmorize who were 
bound to discharge the duties of the trierarchy ({ 99, n), 
called, § 103, ἡγεμόνες τῶν συμμοριῶν. ---- εἰ 82... . ἐποίησαν] 
“but if for those being both these, viz. both well disposed 
towards the city and rich, they (would have come forward) 
who afterwards made so large contributions to the state ; 
for they did this from their patriotism and wealth.” Refer- 
ence is here made to the othr wealthy citizens not included 
in the first class, who nevertheless, in the ensuing struggle 
with Philip, made great sacrifices in defence of their 
country. 


172. ἀλλὰ... . doyjs| “but for one having attended 


NOTES. 213 


tlosely to the course of events from the seginning.” This 
Β a phrase of precisely the same nature, and of nearly the 
same form, as that used by the Evangelist Luke in the first 
part of his Gospel, in allusion to his qualifications for such 
an undertaking : παρηκολουθηκότι ἄνωθεν πᾶσιν ἀκριβῶς. 

173. ᾿Ἐφάνην .. . . ἐγώ] “I therefore appeared such an 
one on that day.” For this use of οὗτος (very much like 
τοιοῦτος), see § 236; also Soph. Antig. v. 66.— τὴν τῆς εὖ- 
voias τάξιν] *“* the post of patriotism.” — ἐξηταζόμην] “1 was 
proved or found.” ‘This verb properly means “to exam- 
ine,” ‘to test,” but it here expresses the result of a severe 
test or examination. 

174. os... . Φιλίππῳ] “as if the Thebans were devoted 
to Philip.” For the part. in the gen. absolute with ὡς, see 
§ 168, n. 

175. Πλησίον . . « - βιασθῶσιν]ἠ In this passage the orator 
gives the reason which he supposed influenced Philip to 
take the step in question. 

176. cit... - μεμνῆσθαι] “if any thing unpleasant has 
been done by the Thebans towards us, to call up this.” δύσ- 
κολον is a softened expression for ddixov.— εἶτα .. . . γένησθε] 
“then I fear lest those (of the Thebans) now opposing, 
having received him, and all with one consent having united 
themselves to Philip, they should both advance against At- 
tica. Nevertheless, if you will listen to me, and surrender 
yourselves (lit. be) to the consideration, not to contending 
about what I may say.” φιλιππισάντων, literally, “ Philip- 
izing.” 

177. éwaveiva] “to lay aside.” This is the second aorist 
infinitive, from ἐπανιήμι. ---- μεταθέσθαι] “to change your 
view.” Used absolutely. — ἔπειτ᾽, x. τ. A.] Eleusis, the 
place here spoken of, was a town in Attica, lying towards 
Thebes from Athens, and therefore a desirable place as a 
rendezvous for the forces in order to counteract at Thebes 
the influence of Philip’s army stationed at Elatea. The 
age of majority at Athens, here spoken of (ἡλικίᾳ), was 

















214 NOTES. 


nineteen, at least as far as liability to military duty was con: 
cerned. Comp. Herm. Polit. Antiq. § 123.— να rois.... 
Ὦ] ‘that there may be to those at Thebes preferring your 
cause, equally (i. e. with the faction in favor of Philip), 
courage to speak in defence of their rights, seeing that, as 
there is a force at Elatea ready to assist those selling their 
country to Philip, thus you are ready and will assist those 
who wish to contend for their liberty, if any one advances 
against them.” The two factions at Thebes, that in favor 
of Philip, and that in favor of uniting with Athens against 
him, were very equally divided, and it was only by the 
most energetic and untiring efforts that Demosthenes gained 
the voice of the majority in favor of his measures. 

178. κελεύω] “I direct,” “I advise.”? — xupiouvs] ““ direc- 
tors.” — καὶ rod... . ἐξόδου] “both of the time when it is 
necessary to march thither, and of the expedition itself.” 
Wolf considers these specifications as meaning the same 
thing, but Reiske justly says, in reference to the distinction 
between them, “‘ De tempore modoque expeditionis, quan- 
do, et quantas numero copias, exire oporteat in castra versus 
Thebas.” — πῶς . . . . κελεύωσιν] “ how do I advise to con- 
duct the matter? For ascertaining this give your mind 
very attentively tome. (I advise) not to ask any thing of 
the Thebans, for the occasion is disgraceful (or it is dis- 
graceful to do so on such an occasion), but to offer to assist 
them if they urge it.” The sense of the passage is this: 
That they should not ask aid of the Thebans, but rather 
offer them aid, since it would be disgraceful to appear to be 
seeking aid for themselves, when the Thebans were in so 
much more immediate danger. — ἵν᾽ ἐὰν . . . . πεπραγμένον] 
“that in case they should receive these proposals, and com- 
mit themselves to us, we may both have accomplished what 
we desire (i. 6. a measure important to Athens), and may 
have done it under a pretext worthy of the city (i. e. from 
a regard for Thebes) ; but if, on the contrary, it should not 
happen that you should gain your object (i.e succeed in 


NOTES. 215 


che negotiations for an alliance with Thebes), that they may 
reproach themselves, if in this case they fail of any thing, 
while nothing disgraceful or grovelling shall have been done 
by you.” | 

179. οὐκ εἶπον, x. τ. λ.] “1 did not speak of these things 
indeed, and yet not propose them,” etc. This is an in- 
stance of the climax, so called, on account of the sense 
rising step by step like stairs (κλίμαξ). 

180. βούλει] This is a common form of the secon per- 
son singular indicative of this verb, instead of βούλῃ. While 
the clerk was getting ready to read the decree just called 
for, the orator employs the time in rendering ridiculous, in 
view of his eminent services on this occasion, the nick- 
name Batalus, given him in youth on account of his stam- 
mering (often alluded to by A®schines in his speeches, as 
F. L., p. 41). I am aware that a different origin has been 
assigned to this name, which schines follows in his ora- 
tion against Timarchus (p. 18). But this is evidently noth- 
ing more than a play upon the word, as βάταλος, according 
to Passow, meant both a stammerer and an effeminate or 
debauched person; which latter meartmg A‘schines gave 
to it, on account of its conveying a greater reproach. Fur- 
thermore, the common tradition that Batalus, from whom 
the name was derived, was a flute-player, would seem to 
indicate that the nickname had reference to some defect in 
the manner of his speaking; as the blowing of wind-instru- 
ments often affects the voice, and especially gives to the 
performer that inflation of the cheeks which is common in 
mouthing and bad speakers. At all events, it seems evident 
that Demosthenes understood it so, from his proceeding at 
once to compare himself in this character with A%schines 
as a bad actor, —as an ἰαμβειοφάγος, or * eater of iambics.” 
And this, by the way, is probably what is alluded to by 
ἐπέτριψας, ** you murdered,” a few lines below. — εἶναι θῶ] 

‘set down to be, or as being’? --- Βούλει . . . - σκηνῆς] 
“Do you wish (me to set down) myself to be one whom 

















216 NOTES. 


you reviling and deriding might call Batalus, but (to set 
down) you as no ordinary hero, but one of the heroes of 
the stage,” i. 6. such characters as he, as an actor of 
third parts, had represented. — Κολυττῷ] This was the least 
respectable quarter of the city, lying northeast of the tem- 
ple of Theseus. To have failed in such a place added to 
his disgrace. See Wordsworth’s Athens and Attica, p. 179, 

182. Ἑλληνίδας πόλεις] ““ Grecian cities.” πόλεις is here 
placed in apposition with its parts, ds μὲν, τινὰς δὲ, and ἐνίας 
δὲ, instead of being in the gen. and governed by them. K. 
§ 266, 3. The cities referred to in the text, just above, 
have been before mentioned (see δῷ 60, 70), but it is un- 
certain what cities these are, unless they may be those 
mentioned in ᾧ 164. — οὐδὲν... . χρώμενος] “ doing nothing 
abhorrent either to the spirit of his country or to his own 
character, and using his present fortune intemperately.” 
The genitives πατρίδος and τρόπου are governed by ἀλλότριον. 
K. § 271, 3; C. § 54, 1. 

183. Καὶ gws .... πλημμελεῖσθαι)] ‘* And as long as they 
saw him destroying barbarous cities, although their own 
(i. e. cities out of Gfeece belonging to Athens), the people 
of Athens considered of less importance the offence com- 
mitted against itself.” 

184. δέδοκται] “ it has pleased,” or “ it has been decreed.” 
Taylor proposes to substitute δεδόχθαι instead of the indic., 
making it depend for government, as is usual in decrees, 
upon εἶπεν, near the beginning. As, however, this emenda- 
tion is purely conjectural, it is better to suppose that, as the 
preamble had been long, its proper dependence was over- 
looked, and therefore a different mood adopted. — ἥρωσι] 
“heroes.” These were mythic characters who had been 
deified, end were regarded as demigods and tutelary divini- 
ties by the people. — διότε . . . . émoodvro] “ that they (their 
ancestors) considered it of more ymportance.” διότι = ὅτι, 
δῷ 167, 184. K. § 338, 2. —évris Πυλῶν] “ within Ther- 
mopyle.” The object of directing a squadron to this place 








ay Ρ.“" 
\ 
NOTES. 99] 


tion codrdinate, instead of leaving this dat. to be governed by 
οἱ αὐτοί. K. ᾧ 284,R.3; C.§ 59, R. 2.— Δηλοῖς δὲ] “ But 
you show this,” i. e. that he was no friend of his country. — 
Ὥσπερ. ™. κινεῖται) ‘ As fractures and sprains, when any 
evil (sickness) seizes the body, then are affected.” Allusion 
is here made to the physiological fact, that fractures and 
sprains, which in a healthy state of the body have not been 
felt for years, are discovered at once on the approach of 
weakness or disease. Just so, the orator says, it was with 
Eschines ; when the body politic was in a healthy state, he 
took no part in public affairs; but when it had suffered 
injury, he at once made his appearance to censure those 
who had remained” constantly at their posts. See the same 
illustration employed, Olynth. II., p. 21, to show the ten- 
dency of an invasion of a country by an enemy to discover 
to the people the evils of a government, to which they have 
been blinded by a brilliant succession of foreign cam- 
paigns. | 

199. ᾿Επειδὴ . . . . ἔγκειται), “ But since he lays much 
stress upon the issue or the calamities.” — ὑπερβολὴν] * ex- 
travagance.” — οὐδ᾽ otras .... ἦν] “ not even in this case 
could the city have departed from these ” (counsels of mine). 
For the construction of the verbal here, see ᾧ 58, n. — εἶχε 
λόγον] ““ had an account,” “ regard.” 

200. δοκεῖ] Used personally here. — τότε. . . . τούτου] 
“but in the other case, claiming to be at the head of the 
other (Greeks), then relinquishing this.” For προεστάναι, 
see K. §§ 194, R. 3; 173, R. 2; C. § 39, 3. Observe 
also the difference between the pres. and aor. part. ; the for- 
mer denotes a continued claim, the latter a shrinking from 
her usual position at the crisis referred to. — Ei yap.... 
πρόγονοι] ‘For if she had yielded this (i. 6. taking the 
lead in this contest) without a struggle, for which there is 
no danger that our ancestors did not incur.” ἀκονιτί is a 
gymnastic term, and means, literally, “ without dust”; de- 
scriptive of one who retired from the palzestra without daring 

19 * 





oI ς ater p 124 3 








222 NOTES. 


to wrestle, and consequently without the dust collected by 
that exercise. οὐδένα κίνδυνον is for οὐδεὶς κίνδυνος, being δἰ» 
tracted into the case of its relative. See § 16, n. 

201. Τίσι 8°... . πεποιημένοι] “Βαϊ with whit eyes, by 
Jupiter, could we have looked upon those visiting the city 
(i. 6. any who might visit the city, as was done by thou- 
sands, on account of its renown), if affairs had come to the 
pass which they have now come to, and Philip had been 
chosen leader and lord of all (the Greeks), while others, 
without us, had made ‘the struggle that these things might 
not occur.” The time of the tenses here is affected by εἰ 
and dy, or, perhaps it should be said, by the nature of the 
proposition. Butt. § 139, 10. See alo Philip. 1.) § 1, ἢ. 
For the attractions which Athens presented to visitors, see 
Isoc. Panegyr., pp. 49 and 50.— καὶ ταῦτα] A phrase of 
frequent occurrence in Greek, and corresponding precisely 
to our phrase “and that too.” See § 282, n. 

202. ἰσχυρῶν γενομένων] “ having been powerful,” i. 6. the 
most powerful tribe in Greece. Alluding to the state of 
things after the Peloponnesian war, when the Lacedemoni- 
ans enjoyed an ascendency in power over all the other 
tribes ; which, however, as already mentioned, they lost at 
Leuctra in a contest with Thebes. Now, even under these 
circumstances, as Demosthenes says, when Athens was but 
a secondary ipower, she never would relinquish the right of 
taking the lead of the other tribes in all struggles affecting 
the interests of the Greeks generally. Reference is here 
made to the ἡγεμονία or precedency, or leading, of which sc 
much ’s said in Athenian history. — pera... . προεστάναι" 
‘that thin would have gladly been given to the city witt. 
many thauks, viz. to receive whatever it desired, and to 
retain its own possessions (if it would only submit) to per- 
form what was commanded by another, and allow some of 
the other Greeks to take the precedency.” We have here 
a kind of metathesis by which infinitives are put instead of 
participles, in the clause expressing the condition on which 





NOTES. 223 


the concession would have been made, and participles in- 
stead of infinitives in the clause stating the concession. By 
this arrangement, the concession is ironically presented as 
a privilege, since on the principles of Aeschines it should be 
regarded as such. 

204. of καὶ, x. τ. Δ.] Allusion is here made to the time 
of the Persian war, when the Athenians, under Themisto- 
cles, made great sacrifices in behalf of Greece, and gained 
to themselves enduring renown. 

205. τὸν ris... . περιμένει] “ awaits the death of fate or 
natural death,” i. e. does not expose himself to death vol- 
untarily, by incurring dangers in defence of his country, 
but waits till some extraordinary providence, or the regular 
course of nature, may bring him to an end. μοίρας is un- 
derstood with εἱμαρμένης. 

206. Ei... . ἐπεχείρουν]: Denies the fact, and is followed 
in the apodosis by the opt. with ἄν. K. § 339, 3, a, 8. — ὡς 
ἄρα] “that forsooth.” See § 22; also Popular Orations, 
VIII. ὃ 4, note.— προήγαγον] “1 incited,” lit. 41 led for- 
ward,” “ induced.” Thus differing from προσάγειν, which 
means “ to carry through toa result.” --- προαιρέσεις] “* aims,” 
“ habits,” ““ constant practice.”” —rijs μέντοι . . « . κατηγορῶν] 
“ but, indeed, I say that I share with you the services con- 
nected with each of the things done; but this man (/és- 
chines) censuring all these measures,” i. e. the measures 
taken against Philip. In this passage the orator prepares 
the way for what follows, viz. that in censuring him A‘schi- 
nes was at the same time censuring the people at large ; 
since they had enacted and executed the measures which 
he had proposed. For the construction of μετεῖναι with a 
genitive and dative, see K. § 273, 3, (b), (a) ; Ὁ. ᾧ 56, 4. 

207. τουδὶ] “this friend here,” i. 6. Ctesiphon. Ctesi- 
phon had proposed to crown Demosthenes, on account of 
the high value of his public services, especially*in the con- 
test with Philip. If now he were condemned for this, it 
would be saying, of course, that his measures were not 














224 NOTES. 


wise, and consequently that they had erred in following 
them. — ἀγνωμοσύνῃ} “ unkindness.” 

208. ᾿Αλλ᾽ οὐκ ἔστιν, x. r.A.] “ But it is not possible,” etc. 
This is a passage of great celebrity, on account of its lofty 
and impassioned eloquence. Longinus, in his treatise De 
Sublimitate (ὃ 16), speaking of the use of rhetorical figures, 
thus remarks upon it: —‘* Demosthenes is introducing a 
proof in defence of his administration ; what now was the 
simple way of expressing it? ‘* You did not err, ye who 
engaged in the contest in defence of the liberties of Greece, 
and of this you have familiar examples ; for neither those 
who fought at Marathon, nor those who fought at Salamis, 
nor those who fought at Platea, erred.” But when, as if 
suddenly inspired by a god, or possessed by Apollo, he 
thundered out that oath, ‘ It cannot be that you erred, — no 
by those who fought at Marathon!’ he seems by one form 
of the figure of adjuration, which I here call apostrophe, to 
deify those ancestors (suggesting that it is proper to swear 
by those having died so gloriously, as by gods), and inspire 
his judges with the spirit of those heroes, while he has 
changed a dry proof into the transcendent sublimity, pathos, 
and cogency of unusual and surpassingly beautiful oaths, 
and at the same time lodges in the hearts of his hearers a 
certain consolatory and healing word ; till, being elated by 
these encomiums, they come to esteem the battle with Philip 
no less glorious than the victories at Marathon and Salamis.” 
The Athenians first met the Persians at Marathon ; hence 
the use of προκινδυνεύσαντας. The same word is employed 
by Thucydides, § 79. -- ὃ μὲν... . κέχρηνται] “ for what 
was the part of brave men was performed by them all, but 
the fortune which the divinity allotted to each of them that 
they met.” So, the orator would reason, has it been in the 
present case ; we have acted the part of brave men, and 
ought to be honored as such, although we have not been 
Successful. 

209. &.... γραμματοκύφων] “Ὁ execrable wretch and 











NOTES. 217 


-- 


was, to cut off Philip’s communication with his country, and 
otherwise to annoy him in that quarter. 

185. τὸν Φίλιππον] Governed by καταπλαγέντας. K. ᾧ 279, 
ὅ. --- καὶ dre... . ἀλλήλας] “ and (to say) that the Atheni- 
ans, forgetting all injuries, if formerly there has been any 
estrangement to the two cities towards each other,” i. e. 
between the two cities. 

186. “Er: δὲ . . . . ὁμοφύλῳ] “ And besides, neither do the 
people of Athens consider the people of Thebes alien from 
them, on account of their relationship not only in origin but 
in race,” i. 6. they were of Grecian origin like themselves 
(which Philip was not), but whether any closer relationship 
existed between them is not certain. The whole sentence 
being rendered negative by οὐδὲ, the negatives (οὔτε. .. . 
οὔτε) in the two distributive clauses should be rendered posi- 
tively in English.—xat yap rods Ἡρακλέους, x. r.d.] The 
allusion here is to the migration of the Dorians from the 
northern regions into the Peloponnesus, under the name of 
‘** The Return of the Descendants of Hercules.” This ex- 
pedition is represented as having been undertaken by the 
descendants of Hercules in order to recover the right to the 
dominion of the Peloponnesus, of which their illustrious 
ancestor had been deprived by Eurystheus. Now the Athe- 
nians, as it happened, had assisted them in making good 
their claims ; which was considered as a kindness done to 
the ancestors of the Thebans, because Hercules, when ex- 
pelled from the Peloponnesus, was received at Thebes, and 
became a Theban hero. The other act of kindness here 
alluded to consisted in receiving C<dipus, their king, with 
his children, when banished from Thebes in obedience to 
the direction of an oracle. — This strikes me as a genuine 
decree of Demosthenes. For, aside from its great length, 
which seems to have been characteristic of his decrees 
(A&schin. contr. Ctes., § 100), it-is characterized by his pe- 
culiar magnanimity and reverence for the past. 


188. Αὕτη... . τούτων] “This was the beginning and 
19 











218 NOTES. 


firsi establishment of affairs in regard to Thebes (1. 6. of a 
good understanding with Thebes), in matters previous to 
these measures the cities having been drawn into hostilities, 
and hatred, and distrust, by means of these,” i. 6. A’schines 
and his associates. 

189. Ὁ yap... - συκοφάντης] “ For the counsellor, and 
the malicious accuser.” ‘The difference here pointed out 
between these two characters is just and important. The 
counsellor fearlessly gives such advice as the emergency 
requires, and risks the consequences ; but the sycophant, 
avoiding all responsibility by his silence on such occasions, 
watches only for evils flowing from the measures of others 
at which to carp and find fault. The distinction is very 
much the same as between the statesman and the mere 
politician. 

190. Ἦν μὲν... . καιρὸς] “ That, therefore, as I said, was 
the proper time.” --- ἐγὼ δὲ . « «. ποιοῦμαι] “1 go so far.” 
ὑπερβολὴν ποιοῦμαι is ἃ circumlocution equivalent to ὑπερβάλ- 
Aw. See F. L., p. 447, fin. — ἐνῆν} “ it was possible,” i. 6. 
to choose or adopt, προαιρεῖσθαι being understood. See ᾧ 193. 
—Ei γὰρ... .- - λαθεῖν] “For if there be any measure, 
which any one even now has discovered, which, if taken at 
that time, would have been useful, I say that this ought not 
to have escaped my notice.” λανθάνειν, though apparently 
intransitive in many cases, properly takes the acc. K. 
§ 279, 4. 

191. τουτουσί] ‘ these,” i. 6. the Athenians. 

192. ἀφεῖται] “has been put aside,” and therefore “ is 
disregarded.” The orator proceeds to state in few words 
what a counsellor or statesman has to do, and consequentiy 
from what points of view his own measures should be judged 
of in the scrutiny which he calls upon his enemies to sub- 
ject them to. He has not, he observes, any thing to do with 
the past, but only with the present and future. His own 
measures, therefore, should be judged of exclusively with 
reference to the dangers which already existed, and those 








NOTES. 219 


which threatened them in future. Besides, it was the wis- 
dom of his measures with reference to these two points of 
time, and not their issue, which was to be considered ; since 
the issue of all things is in the hands of the Deity, and 
cannot be controlled by man. — ἡ δὲ προαίρεσις αὐτὴ] “ but 
the very aim, plan, or motive” (of one’s policy), i. e. 
without reference to the results to which it had led. — διά- 
νοιαν} * purpose,” * mind,” “state of mind.” See ᾧ 210. 

193. ἐνεστησάμην] “1 instituted,” ‘set on foot.” 

194. Εἰ δ᾽ ὁ συμβὰς, x. τ. λ.] “But if the tempest (or 
storm) that befell (i. 6. the attack of Philip) has overpowered 
not only us, but all the other Greeks, what ought to be 
done? Why, just as one would do if a person should ac- 
cuse of the shipwreck the owner of a ship who had done 
every thing for safety, and provided the vessel with every 
thing by which he supposed she would be secure, but which 
afterwards encountered a storm, when her tackling labored 
or even gave way altogether.” ἄν refers to a suppressed 
predicate, to be supplied from the preceding verb, which 
predicate is more definitely explained by φήσειεν below, with 
which the particle is repeated. K. § 261, 4. ναύκληρον 
means the owner of the ship, or the one who fitted it out, 
and not the pilot or captain. For the rendering given to the 
participles in the latter part of the passage, see K. δῇ 309, 
3, (b) ; 312, 4, (a). 

195. ovras.... mpata] “it was fated for us to come 
off, or fare, thus.” For this rendering of πρᾶξαι, see ὃ 252, 
ῃ. -- ὑπὲρ οὗ .... φωνάς] “for which (i. 6. that the The- 
bans might join themselves to him) he (Philip) used every 
argument, or exerted all his power of lungs.” — τῆς μάχης] 
“ the battle,” i. 6. of Cheeronea, this being the decisive bat- 
tle, in which the struggle with Philip ended. Cheronea 
was a city of Beeotia, as Demosthenes here states, three 


days’ journey from Attica. —"Ap’ οἶσθ... .. τότε δ᾽ —] “Do 
you (A&schines) know, that now, indeed (i. e. the counsels 
of Demosthenes having been followed), to stand, to assem- 








220 NOTES. 


ble, to regain breath, many things of what tended to the 
safety of the city one, two, and three days gave; but then” 
—. The consequences intended to be implied are left to 
the hearer’s imaginatiorx. The mark of interrogation is 
wanting, on account of the incompleteness of the last clause. 
νῦν and τότε are oppos.'d to each other: and as the former 
refers to the circumstam es of the case alluded to, the latter 
must refer to what would have followed if events had taken 
a different course. — καὶ τὸ προβαλέσθαι. . .. συμμαχίαν] 
“and the placing before the city this alliance,” i. 6. the 
protecting the city by the alliance with Thebes. 

196. μοι} “on my part.” Ethical dat. K. ὁ 284, 3, (10), 
d. — τῆς airs .... ἄλλοις] “you are guilty of the same 
ignorance with others.” ἄλλοις is governed by τῆς αὐτῆς, 
which is an adjective of likeness. K. ᾧ 284, 3, (4); C. 
§ 59, 5. 

197. οὐ yap... . ἐχρῶντο] “for (had you proposed any 
better measures) they would not have adopted these,” i. e. 
of mine. — ὅπερ 8°... . ἐξήτασαι] ““ but what a man of the 
mpost detestable character and most hostile to the city would 
have done, this you have been found doing after the results 
or calamities,” i. e. bringing Demosthenes to trial as the 
other sycophants did the friends of Athens, and conse- 
quently enemies of Philip, in the other places mentioned 
below. ‘The phrase ἐπὶ τοὶς συμβᾶσιν, “ after the results,” 
is introduced in opposition to eis ταῦτα above, in order to ex- 
hibit Eschines as maliciously active after the fate of his 
country was decided, but stupidly indifferent while its fate 
was pending. 

198. Kairo.... ἀπέκειτο | “ And yet, to whomsoever the 
misfortunes of Greece were reserved, for him to become 
famous by them.” The peculiarity of the construction con- 
sists in the finite verb being used personally instead of im- 
personally. See ᾧ 4,n.—xai drm... . ἐχθροῖς] “and to 
whomsoever the same times are profitable as to the enemies 
of the city.” καί before τοῖς . . . . ἐχθροῖς makes the construc- 








NOTES. 229 


did, seemed to be on the point of needing assistance (i. e. 
the Athenians) for them to help others (the Thebans), from 
what you listened to me in,” i. 6. from his measures. — ἡ 
ἐμὴ συνέχεια, x. τ. Δ. “ my perseverance, etc.” Demosthe- 


nes here refers to his long course of active opposition to 


Philip, in which he had not only proposed measures, but 
gone on embassies (πλάνοι), and toiled in almost every ca- 
paciy. See § 237. 

219. Καλλίστρατος, x. τ. A.] Callistratus, here referred to 
as renowned (éxeivos), was the orator who first incited De- 
mosthenes to the study of eloquence, by his celebrated 
speech concerning Oropus. The others are often referred 
to by Demosthenes as famous orators of his times. See 
δῷ 162,251. Observe the omission of the connective be- 
fore ἕτεροι.ς: K. ᾧ 325, 1, (e).—ov« ἂν ἐπρέσβευσεν] “ would 
not have gone on an embassy,” or “ was not accustomed to 
go on embassies.” K. ὁ 260, 2, (2), (8); Ὁ. § 78,3, 2).— 
Ὑπέλειπε ... . ἀναφοράν] ‘For each of them reserved to 
himself, not only leisure, but also, if any thing (adverse) 
happened, the liberty of excusing himself.” ἀναφορά seems 
to be used here as ἀναφέρειν often is. See ἀνενεγκεῖν én’ 
ἐκείνους, § 224. This use of ἅμα pév... . ἅμα δέ is not un- 
common in representing two things as belonging to the 
predicate equally at the same time. See § 219; also Xen, 
Anab. Ill. 4, 19. 

220. ὥστ᾽ οὐκ. . . . πράξειεν] “so that it did not seem to 
me to allow any opportunity for, or even thought of, one’s 
own safety, but that one should be contented, if, having 
negiected no duty, he should do whatever the crisis de- 
manded.” The substitution of ὥραν for χώραν, made by 
Dissen, seems uncalled for, and, on all grounds, undesirable. 

221. τυχὸν] “perhaps.” This meaning grows out of the 
use of the part. in the acc. absolute. K. ᾧ 312, 5. 

222. ἀποπεφευγότα] “having escaped without censure,” 
or “having been acquitted.” The same legal terms are 
not unfrequently applied by Demosthenes to things as te 

20 





230 NOTES. 


4 
persons. See F. L., p. 399, init., where this word is used 
of a person. 

223. πρότερον] “formerly.” For the occasion on which 
the decree of Aristonicus was proposed, see § 80, seq. — 
οὔτε. . . . συγκατηγόρησεν] “nor did he abet him who did 
prosecute them.” — Καίτοι .... ἕτερα] “And yet at that 
time he might have prosecuted Demomeles and Hyperides, 
who proposed these things, if, indeed, he now brings true 
charges against me, with much more reason than he does 
this man (Ctesiphon). Why? Because it is possible for 
him (Ctesiphon) to appeal to them (Demomeles and Hype- 
rides), and to the decisions of the courts (i. e. which in this 
and similar cases had been made in favor of Demosthenes), 
and to the fact that he himself (/Zschines) has not accused 
them (Demomeles and Hyperides), who proposed the same 
things which this man (Ctesiphon) now has, and the fact, 
also, that the laws no longer permit (i. 6. after a case of 
the same kind had been decided in his favor) to accuse on 
account of things thus publicly done (or “ carried through,” 
** settled”), and many other things.” That is to say, as he 
had already been tried in a case of precisely the same kind, 
and received a verdict in his favor, the present trial was 
like putting him twice in jeopardy for the same thing, and 
hence was not allowed by the laws. 

224. τότε 8’... . προλαβεῖν] “ but at that time the cause 
would have been decided by itself, before it had gained any 
of these advantages.” For προλαβεῖν in this sense, see 
§ 314. 

225. οἶμαι] Ironical, like our “I trow.”” Demosthenes, 
of course, had no doubt on the subject. It is often thus 
used. See ᾧ 46.— μήτ᾽ dv... . ῥηθῆναι] “ nor would have 
expected to hear spoken of at this day.” — τι λέγειν “to say 
something to the purpose.” This use of ri is analogous te 
that of ri¢ for yéyas,—the idea being that of “ something 
weighty,” “ important,” or “ pertinent to the subject.” 

226. of λόγοι] “ the arguments,” “ proofs,” — παρ᾽] “ at 








NOTES. 231 


the same time with.” See § 13,n. The action had been 
deferred by Aischines about six years, in order to bring 
it on in times more favorable to his cause. See § 19, ἢ. 

227. ὅταν .... λογίζησθε] “ when thinking that there re- 
mains a balance of money (in your favor), you have a 
reckoning with some one.” -- καθαραὶ .. . . ψῆφοι] “ clear 
accounts,” i. e. balanced. Accounts were cast by the use 
of pebbles, which, to express debt and credit, were placed 
opposite each other on corresponding lines, a given value 
being always indicated by a given situation. In balancing 
accounts, pebbles were removed from one side for debits 
and from the other for credits, and if, in this way, both 
sides became cleared at the same .time, the account was 
balanced. This sufficiently explains the expression under 
consideration, and also the phrase τιθεὶς ψήφους, ὃ 229. — 
συγχωρεῖτε] “you yield,” i.e. change your mind on this 
point. The sophism of Aschines, here referred to, is found 
in δῷ 59, 60 of his speech. — σαθρὸν] “ rotten.” 

228. ὑπαρχούσης ὑπολήψεως] “the existing opinion.” 

229. οὐ rideis. . . . λογισμός) ] “ not casting accounts'(for 
this is not the way of estimating public measures).” See 
§ 227, n. 

230. ἀντὶ 82... . πόλεμον] “ instead of pirates from Eu- 
beea plundering us, that Attica on the side of the sea was 
in peace during the whole war.” φέρειν καὶ ἄγειν, like agere 
et fere, mean together “‘to plunder,” referring originally 
to the different kinds of property that were the objects of 
plunder. 

231. Ἢ δεῖν. . . . κεκόμισθε] “ΟΥ̓ that it is necessary to 
cancel these deeds (i. 6. by what ᾿Ε ἰβο πθβ had done), and 
not rather to take care that they shall be preserved in mem- 
ory through all times? And I do not now add, that the 
cruelty which may be witnessed where (ἐν ois) Philip be- 
came thoroughly master of any, it happened to others to 
experience, but that, of the kindness which he feigned, 
aiming at (περιβαλλόμενος) the remaining interests (i. 6. the 








7 | 
Ϊ 
he ig 
ἢ 
wh 
Ϊ Ἷ 
ἢ 
᾿ 
} Ἕ 
! ἢ 
ἘΝ 
ἡ 
mi 
wh 
iP 
᾿ ἱ 
iit | 
Wh 
Ἧ 
i 
Π ἡ ἢ 
ip 
Ml 
ἡ 
i 
1) 
ἡ ᾿ 
ΠΝ 
ΠῚ Ἢ 
ἢ ! 
“ἢ 
ἢ | 
Ι Ht 
\ 
ΝΠ ἢ 
᾿ Ἢ 
Π ἢ 
i 
ΠΝ 
" 
i ἍΝ: 
ΠΗ Ἢ ' 
ΠΕ ἢ 
wee 
ΓΗ 
vu 
ΤῊΝ th 
ΠΝ 
ἢ 
} Ϊ 
hats 
RL 
ed 
ΗΕ : 
\ 
ah | 
iW 
ΠῚ} 
Τ 
ih 
Ϊ 
ἡ 
\ 
| 
Wi 


- πως. - στ πᾶσα υπτας ἀαπραοις 


232 NOTES. 


acquisition of the states yet unsubdued), you, by the bless. 
ing of God, have enjoyed the fruit.” That is to say, by 
holding out against Philip, in accordance with the advice of 
Demosthenes, they had enjoyed the advantage continually 
of this insinuating policy,— which was continued, indeed, 
even after the battle of Cheronea. For this use of καλῶς 
ποιοῦντες, see Viger’s Idioms, p. 779 ; also Dem. Pop. Orat. 
I. 28, note. 

232. παραδείγματα] “ illustrations,” ‘“* comparisons.” Such 
as that above cited, concerning the accounts. — πάνυ yap 
- +++ Ἑλλήνων} “for the interests of Greece (don’t you 
see?) depend much upon this.” The question gives point 
to the irony. Demosthenes here alludes to the strictures 
which Aschines (δῷ 72, 166, 207, of his speech) had be- 
stowed upon his style and manner of speaking. This, 
doubtless, might easily be done, since a person of such 
vivid ideas and intense feeling would be likely, at times, to 
commit some improprieties in language and gesture. 

233. én’ αὐτῶν τῶν ἔργων} “ with reference to the actual 
realities.” ἔργων evidently stands opposed to ῥῆμα and χεῖρα 
above. For this use of ἐπί, see § 210, n. 

234. Κέρκυρα] ‘“Corcyra.” A large island’ off the coast 
of Epirus. This, with the other important islands here 
named, was formerly in a kind of dependent alliance with 
Athens, but had revolted from her in the Social War, which 
occurred shortly before the contest with Philip. See § 17, 
Nn. — ἦν προεξειλεγμένα] “had been collected in advance.” 
Of course, then, he had no more to expect for the year, nor 
any means of making the annual assessment larger, in order 
to meet the emergency. — οἰκείων] “ domestic or city forces,” 
Called (§ 237) πολιτικῶν δυνάμεων. ---- οὗτοι] “ these,” i. 6. 
Ἐβοῖίποβ and his associates. — ἔχθρας... .. ἐγγυτέρω] 
“nearer enmity than friendship.” 

235. mapa] ‘ excepting,” “contrary to,” “ besides.” A 
common meaning with an accusative. See Orat. de Chers. 
§ 76. — fpxe .... ὧν] “ he led those following him, being 











NOTES. 995 


servile scribe!” The last of these nouns is derived from 
γράφω and κύπτω, from the stooping position of a scribe while 
writing. The idea intended to be conveyed by the term is, 
that he was a servile scribe, who, according to the Scripture 
expression, “" bowed down his back always”; that he was 
not in possession of an honorable post, but was an inferior 
clerk, who was compelled to bend over his desk for a living. 
Allusion is here made to the former occupation of Aéschi- 
nes, as a secretary to the petty magistrates. See ᾧ 261.— 
mapa τουτωνὶ] ““ from these,” i.e. the Athenians. — ὧν τίνος 
. +. ovrogi;] “what one of which did the present cause 
need?” i. 6. what did any of these military proceedings 
have to do with this question pertaining to civil matters? 
Demosthenes here alludes to the cases of victories, etc., 
cited by his opponent, in his speech (ᾧ 181), from- the an- 
cient history of Athens, in order to show how sparing the 
Athenians had always been of public honors. But these 
examples, he contends, had nothing to do with the case. — 
Ἐμὲ δέ, .. .. ἔδει; ‘ But, O actor of third parts, assuming 
the spirit of whom was it proper for me, coming forward 
(παριόντα) as counsellor to the city concerning the prece- 
dency, to ascend the Bema ? ” 

210. ἀπὸ τῆς αὐτῆς διανοίας: “ with the same state of 
mind,” or “" from the same principles.” — ἀλλὰ τὰ μὲν, x. τ. λ.] 
“ but (it is necessary for you to judge) the common suits, 
examining them by private laws and facts, but public sys- 
tems of policy, having reference to the renowned deeds of 
our ancestors. And it is necessary for you, if you would 
do what is worthy of them, to consider, when you enter 
upon the trial of public causes, that each one of you re- 
ceives with the staff and the symbol the spirit of the city ” ; 
i. 6. becomes, as it were, a representative of the general 
tone of feeling, or spirit of the city, and therefore is bound 
to maintain it in his decisions. In other words, the orator 
reminds hts judges that they are bound by the nature of 
their office to decide public.matters with reference to the 














226 NOTES. 


general history and spirit of the nation. With σκοπεῖν, ἐπι 
often has this meaning (‘ with reference to,” “by”). See 
δῷ 233, 294. ἀξιώματα, in the plural, properly has the 
meaning here given it. K. § 243, 3, (3); C.§ 47,7. The 
Baxrnpia was a staff handed to each judge on entering the 
court in which he was to serve for the day, as a mark of 
judicial honor, and bore the number or emblem of the court. 
The σύμβολον was a ticket, by presenting which to the proper 
officer he received his fee. The tablet, on which the name 
of each judge was inscribed, and the number of the division 
to which he belonged for the year, was called πινάκιον, and 
consequently was quite distinct from the σύμβολον, though 
generally confounded with it. Comp. Herm. ὃ 134, 17. 

211. ᾿Αλλὰ yap] “ But (I must check myself) for.” See 
Xen. Anab. Ill. 2, 32; also ὃ 42, n.—éorw 4... . mpa- 
χθέντων] “there are some of the decrees and public doings 
on that occasion which I omitted.” He here returns to the 
point from which he diverged at the beginning of § 196. 
He was there speaking of his measures to secure the alli 
ance of Thebes, the account of which he here resumes. 

212. ὡς ἑτέρως} “very otherwise,” i. 6. adversely. See 
§ 128,n. Eschines says these things, δῷ 137, 141, 157 of 
his speech. — συναίτιος] “a contributory cause.” Placed in 
opposition to μόνος αἴτιος below. Πῶς. .. . xaraparérepos ; | 
“ How could there be a more savage and execrable calum- 
niator ? ” 

213. EMISTOAH] The letter itself is wanting, which is 
the case, also, with all the letters, decrees, laws, etc., from 
this point. See Appendix. — édnunydpow] “ they (i. 6. the 
ambassadors of Philip and his allies) harangued the people.” 
— τὸ δ᾽. . .. ᾿Αττικήν] “In short, therefore, they demanded 
that they (i. e. the Thebans) should make a return for the 
favors which they had received from Philip, but that they 
should inflict punishment for the injuries which they had 
received from you in which of two ways they prefer, either 
by letting them (the Macedonians) pass through (i. 6. through 








NOTES. 227 


Beeotia) against you, or by joining with them in an incur- 
sion into Attica.” Τὸ δ᾽ οὖν κεφαλαῖον is an adverbial acc., 
in apposition with the following sentence. K. ᾧ 279, R. 8; 
C. § 57, R. 9. — πεπόνθεσαν Observe the omission of the 
augment in the pluperf. after a word ending in a vowel 
which cannot be elided. Κὶ, ᾧ 120, R. 2.—ecls.... σὺυν- 
reivorr’| “* but all tending to the same things.” 

214. ra μὲν... . νομίσητε] * these things, in all their par- 
ticulars, I should esteem it a recompense for a whole life to 
state, but I fear you, lest, since the times have passed away, 
just as you would if you thought there had been a general 
obliteration of the things, you may consider the account of 
these things as a useless vexation.” For the effect of the 
eloquence of Demosthenes on the Thebans at the time here 
referred to, see Plutarch’s Life of Demosthenes. For the 
grammatical resolution of ὥσπερ ἂν, see § 194, n. 

215. ἐκάλουν] “they called or invited,” i. 6. to march to 
Thebes and unite with them against Philip. &schines, in 
his speech (p. 75), states that this assistance was sent out 
before Demosthenes had proposed any decree on the sub- 
ject. This seems to be a malicious falsehood, added by 
him in publishing his oration, and never uttered before the 
court. — οἰκείως} “ cordially,” i. 6. by the Thebans. How 
cordially they were received the orator goes on to state, by 
saying that they were received into the bosom of their fam- 
ilies, while their own soldiers were encamped without the 
walls. —ra τιμιώτατα] “the things most precious.” A sort 
of comprehensive summary, referring to nothing in particu- 
lar, but designed to cover every thing of the kind which 
had just been mentioned, like our term “ whatever is most 
sacred or dear.”? — Kaira: .. . . σωφροσύνης] *“* And, indeed, 
un that day the Thebans exhibited to all men three of the 
most honorable encomiums upon you; one for bravery, 
another for justice, the third for self-government, or conti- 
nence.”” In the following sentences the orator proceeds ta 
show how they exhibited these encomiums. The first and 

















228 NOTES. 


second they exhibited, he says, in uniting themselves with 
them instead of Philip, and the third, by receiving them so 
unreservedly into the privacies of their families, — ἀμείνους] 
“braver.” It is thus distinguished from κρείττων, which 
means “more powerful.” See § 146; also Asch. adv. 
Ctesiph., § 11, and Soph. Antig., ν. 73. -ττ καὶ... δ᾽] “and 
also,” “and too.” K. ὁ 322, R. 7.— ἐφ᾽ ὑμῖν] ἐπί means 
here “depending upon,” “in the power of,” = penes. 
See Xen. Anab. III. 1, 17, 18, εἰ passim. 

216. κατά γ᾽ ὑμᾶς] “at least as far as you were concerned.” 
For the position of yé between a preposition and its noun, 
see Jelf’s K. § 735, Obs. 2. — οὐδεὶς... ἐνεκάλεσεν) “ΠΟ 
one accused you, not even unjustly.” A genuine Demos- 
thenian expression. — dis re... . χειμερινήν] “and twice 
having fought in conjunction with them the first battles, that 
at the river (probably the Beeotian Cephissus) and the battle 
of the storm.” Scarcely any thing is now known of these 
battles, though they were doubtless familiar to those whom 
the orator addressed. Thus much, however, is evident 
from this account, that they were preliminary skirmishes 
with Philip previous to the decisive battle of Cheronea. 
That χειμερινήν cannot mean “ in the winter,” as some have 
translated it, is shown by Mr. Clinton in his Fasti Hellenici, 
Vol. Il. pp. 352 -- 354. 

217. πῶς οὐ . . . . θεούς ;] “* how does he not perform out- 
rageous, or rather impious acts, if, of what things he made 
the gods witnesses (i. 6. by sacrifices, rejoicings, etc.), as 
being most desirable, these he now demands of you (the 
judges), who have sworn by the gods, to condemn as not 
being the most desirable ?” Observe the inextricable di- 


᾿ς lemma in which he puts his antagonist by this enthymem. 


See also ᾧ 196, and compare the other enthymems referred 
to in § 139, n. 

218. Θηβαῖοι... ἐμοί] “ but the Thebans, in thinking 
that they had been preserved by us, and it had happened to 
those who, on account of what these men (such as ZEschines) 


NOTES. 233 


himself absolute.” That is to say, he was not simply a 
general, subject to the direction of some government which 
had commissioned him, nor even a prime minister, respon- 
sible to his people, but an absolute king at the head of his 
subjects. This of course gave him a great advantage in 
war, as it enabled him at all times to act with promptness 
and decision, without being embarrassed by the slow pro- 
cess of gaining the popular consent to every measure before 
he could enter upon it. See a parallel passage, Dem. F. L., 
p. 399. — εἶθ᾽... .. dei] “then these (his soldiers) always 
had arms in their hands,” i. e. were always engaged in war, 
and, consequently, experienced soldiers. 

236. Aird yap... . βεβουλευμένοι] ““ For this very right 
of addressing the people, in the first place, which alone I 
shared in (i. e. which was his only power), you extended 
equally to his hirelings (i. 6. Philip’s) and to me, and in 
what things these (hirelings) had the advantage of me (and 
these were many from the specious pretexts with which dif- 
ferent measures were put forward), these having decided 
upon in favor of the enemies, you broke up the assembly.” 
And thus they prevented him from getting his plans ap- 
proved. The phrase δ᾽ ἣν ἕκαστον τύχοι πρόφασιν means 
literally, “‘ through the pretexts which each thing might 
find,” i. e. through various specious pretexts. 

237. ὅσων] By attraction instead of ὅσα. This is used, 
and not the simple relative, because it refers to quantity 
(“the greatest as,” instead of ‘* as great as.”) 

238. Ei δὲ λέγεις, x. τ. λ.] “ But if, A’schines, you speak 
of our rights towards the Thebans, or towards the Byzan- 
tians, or towards the Eubceans, or contend for equality now,” 
i.e. an equal distribution of the expenses of the war among 
the allies, on the occasion referred to. νυνὶ, therefore stands 
opposed to πρότερον in the same line. The orator, having 
just spoken of the allies which he had gained for Athens in 
the struggle with Philip, takes occasion here to allude to an 
objection which AEschines had made in his speech (§ 137, 

20 * 




















234 NOTES. 


seq.) to the conditions upon which some of these allies had 
been received, as they were required to bear but a small 
portion of the expenses. This policy he justifies, first, by 
an appeal to the example of their forefathers at the battle 
of Salamis in the war with Persia, and then by stating that 
upon no other condition could they have been kept from 
joining themselves to Philip, and thus augmenting his 
strength. — ἐκείνων] For the position of this word between 
the article and its noun, see § 71, n.— τῶν ἄλλων] Gov- 
erned by διπλάσια, which implies a comparison. K. ᾧ 275, 
2; Οἱ § 54, 1. 

239. Εἶτα... . ἐμέ] ‘Then surely you show worthless 
favors to these (the Athenians) in accusing me.” That is 
to say, his advice came too late to be worth any thing, — it 
was but a cheap wisdom, which did not come till after the 
event. — ἐνεδέχετο] “* was possible or practicable.” — ὁ yap 

. Eros] “for he who was bidding against us (i. e. 
Philip) was ready both to receive them at once, if driven 
from us, and to give them money besides.” Of course, 
then, there was no opportunity for chaffering with them, in 
order to see how large a proportion of the expenses they 
would bear; they were to be received on their own condi- 
tions, if at all. 

240. ri ἂν] ἄν here is prospective, and hence is repeated 
below. K. ὁ 261,3; C. ᾧ 73, 7.— ἐμοῦ .. . . ἀκριβολογου- 
μένου] “I chaffering about these things.” 

241. διὰ Βυζαντίων] “‘ by means of the Byzantians,” i. e. 
through their influence and codperation. The orator is still 
describing what his enemies would have said, if the allies 
in question had gone over to the interest of Philip on ac- 
count of too hard conditions being required of them ; and 
in doing this he makes them state what he conceived would 
have been the consequences of such an event. He has 
passed, however, from the oblique to the direct form of 
discourse ; since he personates, as it were, the accuser, and 
utters his sentiments. K. ᾧ 345, R. 5. 


NOTES. 235 


242. τοῦτο 32... . πατρίδι ;) * but this apology for a man 
9s a fox even by nature, never from the first having done 
any thing wholesome or noble, a very tragic ape, a rustic 
CEnomaus, a counterfeit orator. For in what does thy 
eloquence come to the aid of thy country?” rdvépémov 

= τὸ ἀνθρώπιον) is a diminutive from ὁ ἄνθρωπος, and seems 
to refer to the size of AEschines. αὐτός, in avrorpayixds, re- 
tains something of its exclusive meaning, = “ himself, if 
there ever was one.” ἐλεύθερον here = ἐλευθέριον, as it fre- 
quently is. The language in this passage is very harsh, 
and shows something of the Scythian bfood, with which the 
orator was often reproached by his enemies. But it should 
be recollected that a mggt malicious attack had been made 
upon his reputation by an old and embittered enemy. The 
reader will call to mind a passage in Mr. Webster’s reply 
to C. J. Ingersoll’s strictures upon his course in making the 
Ashburton Treaty, of equal severity, and very similar in 
language and spirit. 

243. Ὥσπερ ἂν] “ This is altogether analogous to what 
he would do.” See § 194, n.— ἀσθενοῦσι .... εἰσιὼν] 
“visiting the feeble laboring under disease.” — τὰ νομιζό- 
μενα] ‘the customary funeral rites.” --- τὸ καὶ τὸ] “ this and 
that.” K. § 247, 3, (b); C. § 49, R. 1. We have herea 
fine specimen of the happy manner of Demosthenes in 
summing up and condensing into 4 single burning illustra- 
tion the scope and gist of a long argument. See, also, 
ᾧ 198. 

244. τὴν ἧτταν] “the defeat,” i. 6. of Cheronea. — yeyo- 
νυῖαν] “having happened,” or “to have happened.” A 
part. used in the same relation as an infin. K. § 310, 4, 
(b).—@Aober οὐδαμόθεν) “from no other place whatever.” 
Adverbs ending in 6ev are much used by Demosthenes in 
sweeping statements. See δῷ 242, 252.—ra redevraia] 
“finally,” “last of all.”—Ady] “ by word,” or “ force 
wf argument.” This is opposed to ὅπλοις in the same line. 
Wiut Philip’s ambassadors had been defeated in by argu- 
ment, Philip himself had subverted by arms. 














236 NOTES. 


245. Ταῦτ᾽) * This,” i. 6. to prevent the success of Philip’s 
arms. —padakiay] “ timidity,” “ cowardice,” i. 6. in desert- 
ing his place in the ranks at the battle of Cheronea. See 
§$§ 148, 152 of the speech of A&schines. — dfidv... γε- 
νέσθαι] “demanding of me but a single individual to be 
superior to.” ‘This, of course, was strangely inconsistent 
with his charge of cowardice. — σκαιὸς} “ awkward,” “ per- 
verse,” “ὁ inconsistent.” 

246. οὐ παραιτοῦμαι] “1 do not beg off,” “ I do not shrink 
from it.”” — τὰ πράγματα ἀρχόμενα] “difficulties in their in- 
cipient state.” πράγματα often has this meaning. See 
§§ 20, 292, et passim. — ἃ πολιτικὰ] “which are native or 
natural.» Democracies like thosg of Greece are specially 
liable to these faults. πολιτικὰ = οἰκεῖα, as in δῷ 234 and 
291. --- τὸ κατ᾽ ἐμὲ] “as faras 1am concerned.” The ar- 
ticle gives a substantive meaning to the preposition with its 
case. See § 247, fin. 

247. τίσι “ by what means.” — τοὺς . . . . mpaypdrer] 
** those intrusted with the conduct of affairs.””— Kai μὴν .... 
πρίηται] ‘* Besides, by not allowing myself to be bribed by 
money, I have conquered Philip; for as the bidder has con- 
quered the one who receives the price, if he purchase him.” 
For καὶ μήν, see ᾧ 14,n. The whole of this paragraph is 
an extremely ingeniovs exculpation of himself from all 
blame in the defeat which his country had suffered ; but 
especially this closing sentence, in which he claims even to 
have conquered Philip. 

248. “A pév.... ἐμοῦ] “* What, therefore, I contributed 
towards its being just for this man (Ctesiphon) to propose 
such things concerning me.” ἐγὼ is opposed to ὑμεῖς below, 
which, of course, is nominative to παρέσχεσθε understood. 
Having stated what he had done to render such a decree as 
that of Ctesiphon proper, the orator proceeds in this para- 
graph to state what the people generally, and the judges in 
particular, had done to warrant it. — ἐμβεβηκώς} “ having 
entered into,” or “being in the midst.” This participle 


NOTES. | 937 


agrecs with δῆμος above. — ἡνίκ᾽... . πρὸς ἐμέ] “ when it 
were nothing remarkable for the multitude to have treated 
me harshly.” ἄν is often omitted thus with the indicative 
of the historical tenses in conditioned clauses, especially in 
expressions denoting duty, probability, possibility. Κ. 
§ 260, R. 8. The difference between the forms with and 
without ἄν seems to be something like that between were 
and would have been, as used for each wther, to some ex- 
tent, in English. — αἱ τάφροι] “* the trenches,” i. 6. around 
the city. —o:réyqv] “ commissioner to supply the scarcity 
of corn.” The appointment of such commissioners, ac- 
cording to Hermann (ᾧ 150, 11), was resorted to only on 
extraordinary occasions, there being regularly fifteen mag- 
istrates, called Sitophylaces, to regulate the corn trade. 
249. συστάντων] “ having conspired.” Demosthenes here 
alludes to the attempts made by his enemies, soon after the 
battle of Cheronea, to procure his condemnation. For this 
purpose, as he goes on to state, they brought against him, 
not personally, but by instigating to it such persons as they 
would be least suspected of having in their service, every 
species of trial. — τὴν ἡμέραν ἑκάστην] “every single day.” 
The article adds definiteness and emphasis, K. ᾧ 246, 6. 
— ἀπόνοια] “ recklessness,” “ desperateness.” This quality 
of the individual here mentioned, as is the case, also, with 
the qualities attributed to other individuals whose names 
follow, fitted him for the service in which he was employed ; 
hence it is that these qualities are singled out. This pas- 
sage is thus imitated by Cicero (Cat. Ill. 7): * Quem qui- 
dem ego quum ex urbe pellebam, hoc providebam animo, 
Quirites, remoto Catilina, nec mihi P. Lentuli somnum, 
nec L. Cassii adipem, nec Cethegi furiosam temeritatem 
pertimescendam.” — τούτοις] - Dative of the agent after 
ἀπείρατον, the verbal being equivalent to the perf. pass. part. 
K. § 234, 1, (i).—rotro yap.... δικαστῶν} * for this (i. 6. 
that he had been justly acquitted) is both confirmed by 
facts (ἀληθές), and is for the credit of (ὑπὲρ) judges under 








238 NOTES. 


oath, and deciding what is in accordance with their oaths.” 
For this meaning of ἀληθές, see ἀλήθειαν below, § 250. 

250. τὰς εὐθύνας ἐπεσημαίνεσθε] “ you approved my 80- 
counts,” i. e. by signing or sealing them, after having ex- 
amined them. See Boeckh’s Pub. Econ. Ath. p. 193. — ré 
προσῆκεν . .. . ὄνομα ;] “ what name was it proper or just that 
Ctesiphon should give to the things done by me?” That 
is to say, What _ought he, under these circumstances, to 
have denominated them, whether good or bad? Alluding 
to the language of the decree, where he had affirmed that 
Demosthenes had always said and done what was for the 
good of the people. — τὴν ἀλήθειαν .. . . βεβαιοῦσαν] “the 
truth confirming or rendering conclusive all things.” Re- 
ferring to the results of these trials, and the examinations 
of his accounts, which had shown him to be innocent. 

251. adda .... φυγεῖν] “ but the example of Cephalus is 
honorable, never to have been indicted.” ‘The person here 
alluded to was an Athenian orator of gieat distinction, who 
flourished during the Peloponnesian war, and who, though 
for a long time engaged in public affairs, was never indicted. 
Demosthenes, having spoken of the approbation which had 
been bestowed upon his conduct by his having been often 
acquitted in previous tr’als relating to these matters, alludes 
to this example of Cephalus (cited by /®schines in his 
speech, § 194, a~ presenting a very strong contrast to that 
of his rival), in order to show that the contrast in this re- 
spect argued nothing against him, and indeed, that, as far 
as Auschines was concerned, no such contrast existed be- 
tween him and Cephalus, since, whatever others might have 
done, he had never indicted him. — év .. . . δικαίως ;] “ should 
on this account justly come under censure ? ” — οὐδεμίαν 
- +++ γραφήν] Fora personal acc. in add.tion to a cognate 
acc. see K. § 208, 1; C. § 58, 1. 

252. ἀγνωμοσύνην... . . βασκανίαν] “his unfairness and 
slanderousness.” Demosthenes here alludes to the ma- 
licious remark of his adversary, that an evil fortune had 


NOTES. 239 


always attended him, and that nothing could prosper with 
which he had any thing todo. See δῇ 114, 135, 158, 253, 
of his speech. — ἣν yap... . érép@;] “* for how is it proper 
to speak of or reproach an@ifier for this, which he who is 
persuaded that he enjoys best, and possesses in the highest 
degree, does not know whether it will remain such till 
evening?” For the meaning here given to βέλτιστα mpar- 
τειν, See ἄμεινον πράττειν, § 254. Observe, also, the differ- 
ence between νομίζων and οἰόμενος, the former expressing a 
much higher degree of confidence than the latter. — ἀνθρω- 
πινώτερον) “ more humanely,” “ more kindly.” 

253. Awdwvaiov] ‘Dodonian.” An epithet of Jupiter 
derived from Dodona, a city of Epirus, where was a cele- 
rated oracle dedicated to him. As this was an oracle of 
great authority, it was much resorted to both by individuals 
and states, in order to learn their destiny. It would seem, 
from this passage, that it had pronounced favorably upon 
the destiny of Athens. I have removed the brackets from 
καὶ τὸν ᾿Απόλλω τὸν Πύθιον, since the reading seems to be 
sustained by other passages in Demosthenes. See Epist. 
IV. p. 1487. — 4 νῦν ἐπέχει] “ which now possesses them,” 
or “ prevails.” Referring to the victories of Alexander. 

254. Td pév.... τὴν πόλιν] “ Therefore, the choosing 
the most honorable course, and the coming off better than 
those very Greeks who thought that they should live in 
prosperity if they deserted us, I ascribe to the good fortune 
of the city ; but in the want of success (Jit. the collision or 
bringing up against something), and all things not happen- 
ing to us as we desired, I think that the city has received 
the part of the fortune of others falling to us.” ἐπιβάλλον 
is a participle, and means here “ falling upon,” or “ hap- 
pening to.” 

255. ἀξιῶ] “1 think,” or “ judge.” — ἀγαθῆς καὶ μεγάλης] 
These adjectives agree wh τύχης understood, which, in 
turn, is governed by κυρ _répay understood. 

256. πρὸς] “ in comparison with.” A meaning similar to 





/ 
' 
ὴ 
} 
| 
ἢ 
1} ἡ 
Ϊ 
i ᾿ 
ἱ ΗΝ 
᾿ } 
᾿ " 
| via 
it 
\ hi 
Ἢ 
My ἢ } 
} i 
| 
at 
Ay 
i) 
' 
ie, | 
na) 
a 
᾿ ἧ 
i 
/ 
‘i 
{ 
; 
! 
᾿ 
Ἢ ὶ 
| Ἷ 
ἢ 
; ΠΝ. 
ἢ " 
Het 
Wi 
| Ἵ 
ἥν 
if ᾿ 
NS 
ἡ ᾿ 
i) 
¢ i} Ϊ 
he 
he | 
| 
| hey 
ἵν 
δι. 
b ΜΗ 
᾿ ἣ 
Nag j 
ay " 
᾿ 
ἢ 
1} 
Γ᾿ 
. Wi 
i 44 
Ma 
| H! 
| | 
, Ay 
im 
t 
1 it 
li) 
" 
1 Sone 
A 
an 
i ΓΝ 
a) 
! i 
| 
: 
’ 
» 
| 
Hy | 


Riise τς ——— ——— τος τς 


» Sree 


240 NOTES 


that of ἐπί with σκοπεῖν. See § 210, n. — ψυχρότητα] “ cold 
heartedness,” “ unfeelingness,” i. 6. in raking up things 
against Aeschines for which he was not personally guilty, but 
which belonged to his fortune. Referring obviously to the 
same state of feeling implied in χαλεποῦ below. His apolo- 
gy, then, is, that the severity of A¢schines upon him made 
it necessary for him to defend himself with the same 
weapons. — ἐκ τῶν ἐνόντων} “ considering the existing ma- 
terials.” 

257. αἰσχρὸν] “ disgraceful or servile.” Such as he rep- 
resents Eschines as having been obliged to resort to for 
ἃ support, on account of his poverty. — ἀκόλουθα τούτοις 
“ things in keeping with these,” i. 6. with what he had just 
represented himself as having done while a boy. What 
some of them were, the orator proceeds to state, viz. “ to 
defray the expense of choruses employed at the public 
festivals and theatrical exhibitions, to be at the charge of 
fitting out galleys for the public service, and the contributing 
of money to the state.” These were duties which fell by 
law upon the more wealthy, or were undertaken voluntarily 
by tne more patriotic citizens, and hence were of a highly 
honorable nature. — καλά y'] “honorable at least.” This 
character, he says, not even his enemies had ever denied to 
his measures, though they had not been successful. 

258. καὶ wéAd’.... παραλείπω] “ and, although I might 
speak many other things concerning it, I omit them.” ἄν 
here gives to the participle ἔχων the sense of the optative, 
according to a familiar principle of Greek grammar, while 
at the same time, by another principle, the participle con- 
veys the restrictive idea, “although.” Compare § 50, n. 
— σεμνὸς} “ dignified,” “ illustrious.” To be taken inoni- 
cally. — ἅμα... . . προσεδρεύων] “ attending with your father 
at the school,” i.e. as a drudge, his father having been 
spoken of in a previous passage (ᾧ 129) as a slave of the 
schoolmaster Elpias. That this was the capacity in which 
he was employed is evident, also, from the description whica 


NOTES. 941 


follows of the services which he performed, such as mixing 
ink, cleaning the benches, and sweeping the school-room. 
259, 260. ἀνὴρ δὲ +... νεήλατα] “ but having become a 
man, you read for your mother, engaged in the rites of ini- 
tiation, the books (containing the forms of initiation), and 
assisted her in performing the other rites ; by night prowling 
around in fawn-skins, and gulping down goblets of wine, 
and purifying the novitiates, and rubbing them down with 
clay and bran, and, having caused them to rise up from the 
cleansing, directing them to say, ‘ I escaped the bad, I found 
the better’; priding yourself on no one’s being able to 
shout so loud, and I certainly agree with you (for you can- 
not think that he speaks so magniloquently without being a 
magnificent shouter); and by day leading through the 
streets those fine troops of Bacchanals crowned with fennel 
and white poplar, squeezing the copper-colored snakes and 
holding them above your head, and crying Evoé Saboé 
and dancing Hyes Attes! Attes Hyes! being saluted by 
the old crones as guide, leader, box-bearer, basket-carrier 
and by such like titles, receiving as a compensation for 
these services sops, twists, and fresh flour-cakes.” I have 
thought best to translate this passage entire, as it contains 
an unusual number of technical expressions, the meanings 
of which are not easily ascertained. The rites here alluded 
to appear to have been a strange intermixture of Phrygian 
and Bacchic rites, celebrated by the superstitious and vulgar. 
The mother of schines, it would seem, was employed to 
superintend the rites of initiation to this worship, and also 
to teach the forms of the worship itself to the novitiates, in 
which her son assisted her. As to the different parts of the 
ceremonies here described, it will be necessary to remark 
upon only a few. The ceremony of clothing the novitiates 
in fawn-skins had allusion to the goat-formed Satyrs, by 
which Bacchus was represented as being attended. The 
formula translated, “1 escaped the bad, I found the better,” 
was one which every child at Athens, on arriving at a certain 
21 








242 NOTES. 


age, was made to pronounce, with certain attendant cere 
monies symbolical of the thing signified, in allusion to the 
happy change which had taken place in their mode of liv- 
ing since the ancient times, when the inhabitants fed on 
roots and acorns. This formula also, it would seem, was 
pronounced by novitiates on their initiation into the mysteries 
of the worship of Bacchus, as implying that by these rites 
they were restored to the favor of their god. παρείας is sup- 
posed by some to be derived from παρειά, “a cheek,” in 
allusion to the fulness of the cheeks of the snakes here 
spoken of; but see the word in Liddell and Scott. Σαβοῖ 
was originally the name of a Phrygian deity, but, from the 
similarity of the character and worship of Bacchus, the 
name was applied to him also by his worshippers. “Ἄττης, 
also, was a name applied to Bacchus, and for the same 
reason, it having originally belonged to the Phrygian god- 
dess Cybele ; and Ὕης was an epithet which he derived 
from his mother Semele, who was sometimes called Ὕη. 
These were all forms of enthusiastic invocation to Bacchus, 
employed by his devotees in the frenzied excitement of their 
worship. In these rites Aschines is represented as having 
acted as leader and guide to the novitiates, bearing the 
basket and the box, in which were contained the image of 
Bacchus and other sacred symbols, and as surpassing them 
all in the holy shout. The articles of food, which he is 
said to have received as a recompense for these services, 
are to be regarded as choice bits presented him by the de- 
vout old women by whom he was surrounded. In conclu- 
sion, I refer the reader to Horace, B. 2, Ode 19, as throw- 
ing some light on the phraseology employed in some parts 
of this passage. 

261. ὁπωσδήποτε] “in whatever way you please,” or “ in 
some way or other.” This adverb is thrown in to suggest 
a doubt as to the legitimacy of his citizenship. See a simi- 
lar use of the word, Olyn. Ill. § 7. — ἀρχιδίοις} “ inferior 
magistrates.” A diminutive from ἀρχή. — πάνθ᾽ “ all,” 


NOTES. 943 


i. e. the disgraceful things. The orator here intimates that 
his adversary, in accusing others of crimes and scandalous 
things, drew from his own experience. 

262. οὐδὲν τῶν προὔπηργμένων] “ nothing of those things 
commenced in early life.” The idea here intended to be 
conveyed is, that ZEschines fully sustained in after life the 
bad reputation which he acquired while young. προὔπηργμέ- 
νων is the perf. pass. part. of mpotmdpyw. — τοῖς . . . « ἐπικα- 
Aovpévas] “called groaners.” So called, probably, on ac- 
count of their. unnatural and extravagant exhibition of pa- 
thos in their representations on the stage. — ὀπωρώνης] 
« fruit-dealer.” According to some, this is to be taken as 
the name of a man notorious for stealing fruit, whose ex- 
ample ZEschines was represented as imitating. In most 
editions, also, πλείω, in the next line, is made to agree with 
τραύματα, which, in these editions, stands expressed in the 
sentence. But this Becker included in brackets, as of doubt- 
ful authority, and Dindorf, in his text, rejected entirely. As | 
it stands here, πλείω must be understood as meaning ‘‘ more 
profit,” but in the other case, “* more wounds,” i. 6. more 
from the owners of the fruit than from their audience, on ac- 
count of the wretchedness of their acting. — δειλοὺς] ““ cow- 
ards.” Alluding to the charge of cowardice which Aschi- 
nes had made against him. 

263. αὐτὰ. . . . κατηγορήματα] “I will proceed to the very 
(αὐτὰ) accusations of thy character or nature.” That is to 
say, such accusations as refer to him personally, and not, 
like the preceding, to his circumstances. — λαγὼ βίον] “ the 
life of a hare,” i. e. a timid, fearful life, continually expect- 
ing, while his country was triumphant over him and his 
party, the punishment which he was conscious of deserving. 

264. οὐ yap... . λέγειν] “ for I do not think it necessary 
to speak indiscriminately, all the disgraceful and reproach- 
ful things which I might show to pertain to this fellow.” 

265. βεβιωμένα] “the course of life pursued.” ---᾿ Ἐδίδα- 
exes... « ἐσύριττον] ‘ You taught school, 1 attended; you 





914 NOTES. 


performed the rites of initiation, I was one of the initiated ; 
you served in the chorus, I defrayed the expense ; you acted 
as a scribe to the assembly, I harangued it; you served as 
a third-rate actor, I was one of the audience; you were 
driven from the stage, I hissed you.” This contrast be- 
tween their respective courses of life is very ingeniously 
conducted. It isasummary of all that had previously been 
said of the difference between their fortunes, and is so 
managed as to represent /Eschines as the servant and 
drudge, and himself as a gentleman of liberal and geneious 
pursuits, sometimes enjoying and sometimes rewarding the 
drudgery of his rival, and in all cases his superior. For 
this meaning of ἐκπίπτειν, see § 186, fin. 

266. coi... . κινδυνεύεις δὲ] “ but to you it is to seem to 
be a sycophant, and you have at stake.” The contrast, it 
will be observed, is still kept up here. 

267. ἀναγνῶ] “let me read.” It is not to be understood, 
however, that he read the records.in question himself, but 
caused them to be read, as he says below, addressing the 
clerk, Λέγε τὰς μαρτυρίας. ---- ῥήσεις ἃς ἐλυμήνω] “the lines 
which you murdered.” Alluding to his bad pronunciation 
of these lines in speaking them on the stage. The first of 
the lines is from the Hecuba of Euripides (v. 1), and the 
other from an unknown source, There is, however, a 
couplet in Soph. Antig. (vv. 276, 277) very similar in sen- 
timent. — καὶ κακὸν, x. τ. Δ. “and thee, evil man, may the 
gods above all, and then all these judges, evilly destroy.” 

268. οὐδὲν ἂν εἴποιμι] “1 would say nothing.” The ano- 
dosis of the following clause, which is introduced by εἴ, K. 
§ 339, 1. -- τινας] i. 6. prisoners of war. See F. L., p. 
394. — συνεξέδωκα] “ helped dower,” i. 6. assisted those in 
humble circumstances in furnishing their daughters with 
the requisite dower for a respectable marriage. Which 
was often done at Athens. See Lys. pro Bon. Aristoph. 
Ρ. 659. 

269. οὕτω] Refers to what follows, as in ᾧ 138. — εὖ πα- 


NOTES. 215 


~ 


θόντα] “ having received favors.” Opposed to ποιήσαντα, 
“ having done favors,” below. — μεκροῦ . . . . ὀνειδίζειν] “ is 
virtually to disparage them.” The sentiments expressed in 
this passage are exceedingly elevated and refined, — every 
way worthy of a disciple of Plato. For the government of 
μικροῦ, see § 151. 

270. ἀθῶος} ““ uninjured by.” Demosthenes, almost sin- 
gle-handed, had resisted Philip from the beginning, and 
migh*, therefore, if any had escaped falling into his power, 
justly claim to have been the cause of it. 

271. hopdy.... ἔδει] “ἃ certain irresistible rush or 
course of events, and such as was out of the ordinary 
course of nature” (lit. was not necessary or proper). An 
Attic euphemism, intimating something very disastrous. 
See § 133, ἡ. 

272. mapa τουτοισὶ] “in conjunction with these” (the 
Athenian people). This is said to show that the people had 
cooperated with him, and that therefore, as he goes on to 
say, any blame thrown upon him was at the same time 
thrown also upon them. — ἦν dv] “it would have been 
proper,” or “ there would have been an opportunity.” 

273. ἐν κοινῷ .... σκοπεῖν] “ and the city offered in pub- 
lic (i. 6. to all) the liberty of considering what was for the 
best.” That is to say, as the orator has remarked once 
before, all others, equally with himself, had the right of 
proposing and discussing public measures. — οὐ yap.... 
τιμῶν] “for you did not out of good-will surely relinquish 
to me hopes (i. e. of praise and reward), and admiration, 
and honors.” The genitives are governed by παρεχώρεις, 
which implies separation. K. § 271, 2; C. ᾧ 55, 5. 


274. Παρὰ μὲν... . τοιαῦτα] ‘Among all other men, 
therefore, I see some such principles as these laid down and 
established.” What these are, the orator proceeds to tell in 
an indirect way, by first stating cases of conduct, and then 
stating how they were usually treated. See the same figure, 
§ 117. — édpyiw .... τιμωρίαν... . ovyyvdopny] Governed 

21* 





246 NOTES. 


in the same way as τὰ τοιαῦτα, with which they are in appo- 
sition. ‘The three degrees of delinquency described in these 
and the following cases correspond to what is indicated in 
our language by “ wrongs,” “ errors,” and “ misfortunes.” 
See § 72.— οὐ .... ἁπάντων] “ failed of success in com- 
mon with all.” — συνάχθεσθαι} “ to grieve with,” “ sympa- 
thize with.” 

276. αὐτὸς] “he himself,” i. 6. Aeschines. — éxédever] 
‘¢ charged you.” — ὅπως μὴ] The fut. indic. after, these par- 
ticles definitely implies the possibility of the result referred 
to. K. ὁ 380, 6.— δεινὸν . . « . σοφιστὴν] “ vehement, as 
well as a juggler and a sophist.” See Esch. δῷ 16, 207, 
215. — καὶ δὴ . . . . ἔχοντα] “ now that not only these things 
are thus,” i. e. applicable to another, rather than to himself. 
ἔχοντα is in the acc. plur. absolute, depending upon ὡς (“as 
if”) in the previous line. K. § 312, 6, (c). 

277. δεινότητα] “vehement eloquence.” This sentence, 
it will be perceived, is incomplete, the orator having stopped 
in the midst of it, at the mention of the word here quoted, 
as if about to retract it, since the use of it acknowledged 
the charge of his adversary in calling him δεινόν, ---- or, per- 
haps, from modesty, on account of the pretending character 
of the word. Instead of retracting it, however, after some 
suspense, he adds, “ Yes, be it so,” which is equivalent to 
saying, “It is the right word, I will not retract it.” We 
can judge pretty well how he would have completed the 
sentence, by what he says below, at Ei 3° οὖν, where he re- 
sumes the point. — κυρίου] Hearers (especially judges) 
may be considered as the controllers of the power of speak- 
ers, since, as our author goes on to say, speakers are wholly 
dependent upon their approbation for their own reputation. 
This view of the subject must have been far more agree- 
able to them than that of AEschines, who, by warning them 
to be on their guard against the effects of the eloquence of 
Demustlrenes, plainly implied that they were under the con- 
trol of the orators. — ἐξεταζομένην} “ tried,” “ proved,” -- 


NOTES. 247 


ἐλλὰ. . . . τούτων] “ but also, if any one offended or came 
into collision with him in any thing, against these.” ris, 
being an indefinite pronoun, and hence having a sort of 
general or collective sense, takes the demonstrative τούτων, 
referring to it, in the plural, by the construction κατὰ σύνεσιν. 
K. § 241, 1; C. § 52, R. 1. 

278. τοὺς imép.... βεβαιοῦν} “* to ask of the judges con- 
vened for causes of a public nature to confirm to him,” i. e. 
to gratify him in. — d:axeiper’] “ disposed.” This partici- 
ple, with the adverbs standing in connection with it, may be 
rendered “ meekly and gently disposed,” i. 6. well subdued 
and held in check.—’Ev τίσιν] ‘ On what occasions.” — 
τῶν ὅλων τι “ any of the matters of the highest interest.” 

279. Mydevds.... αὑτοῦ) ‘ But for him, having demand- 
ed punishment from me neither in behalf of the state nor 
of himself, there having been no public crime whatever of 
mine, and, I will add, no private crime either,” i. e. com- 
mitted against AEschines. —Td 8¢.... xaxiay] “Βαϊ, in- 
deed, that he, having neglected to bring the trials against 
me myself, should now come against this one (Ctesiphon), 
involves the sum of all baseness.” ἐμὲ αὐτόν is more em- 
phatic than ἐμαυτόν. K. § 302, R. 6. 

280. pwvacias] Eschines, it would seem, possessed a 
very powerful voice, which is often referred to by Demos- 
thenes. See δ 260, 291, 318. Demosthenes, on the 
contrary, had by nature a bad voice. By cultivation, how- 
ever, he attained great power over it, and especially ex- 
celled in the variety, modulation, and piercing emphasis of 
his tones. See Plutarch’s Life; also, sch. F. L., p. 49, 
and Contr. Ctesiph., δῷ 209, 210. 

Q81. οὐκ émi.... πολλοῖς] “ does not rely upon the same 
anchor with the multitude,” i. e. does not have the same 
hopes, the anchor, in all languages, being regarded as the 
emblem of hope. This was a common figure among the 
Greeks, of which critics cite many instances from the an- 
cient Greek writers. It should be further stated, that αὐτῆς 


ee 


— 
> =Le— ~ 


me 


SARS there 


τ 


i ew 22 
Ye στο στα πε he 
: ee ns τα 





248 NOTES. 


agrees with ἀγκύρας understood. —Eyé] “1” (have the 
same hopes, etc.).— «ai... . πεποίημαι] “ and have per- 
formed nothing disconnected (with the interest of the city), 
nor of a private nature.” 

282. "Ap’ oly... . mds;] “ But did not you (i. e. do some 
thing aside from the public interests) ? And how (can it be 
that you did not)?” — τὴν μάχην] “the battle,” i. 6. of 
Cheronea. — καὶ ταῦτ᾽] “‘and that, too.” See § 201, n. — 
Τῷ 38° .... τοιούτῳ ;) ‘ And whom does the crier justly in- 
voke curses upon? [5 it not on such an one?” By κήρυξ 
here is meant the crier or herald, who opened the meetings 
of the assembly, by first praying, and then inviting all who 
had any thing to say to speak. In his prayers, he pvoked 
curses upon such characters as A@schines is here repre- 
sented to be. Comp. Smith’s Dict. Antiq., Art. Ἐκκλησία, 
sub. fin. — εἰ μὴ] For the indic. after these particles, see 
K. § 318, 3, (e). — οὗτος] “ this one,” i. 6. such as he had 
just described. See § 173, n. 

283. ὥστ᾽ οὐ] For the negative οὐ instead of μή, see 


§ 120, n. — καταρώμενος] “ protesting.” 


284. κατὰ σαυτοῦ μηνυτὴς] “ an informer against yourself,” 
i. e. by confessing his treachery, as Demosthenes charges 
him with having done, after the decisive battle of Cheronea. 
— dy... . εὑρήσεις] “for which you will find all to blame 
sooner than me.” 

285. Σημεῖον δέ] “ But here is the proof of it,” i. 6. that 
the city did not forget his good deeds. — dprt.... εἰρήνη» 
“recently having made the peace.” Demades, who is here 
alluded to, was an Athenian orator of great wit and elo- 
quence, but of loose principles, who, being taken prisoner 
by Philip at Cheronea, ingratiated himself with his captor, 
so as to be employed by him to conclude the peace with 
Athens which ensued. — ἔτ᾽ ἄμεινον) “ὁ all the more zealous- 
ly.” See K. § 239, R. 1, (a). Bay 

286. ταῦτ᾽ ‘* these things,” i. 6. their connection with 
Philip, etc., which, as stated above, Aeschines had denied 


NOTES: — 249 


before the issue of the struggle, but acknowledged after- 
wards ; and the others, it seems, had done likewise. — Sp 
+++ ἄδειαν} “receiving freedom from fear to speak 
what they thouglit.” Sucn could not have been friends to 
their country ; since, had they been, they would not have 
concealed their thoughts till the success of the enemy made 
it safe for them to reveal them. 

287. ἐκεῖ] “ there,” i. 6. with the enemy. δεῦρο, “ hith- 
er,” a few lines below, stands opposed to it. — 8’... . ἀλλὰ] 
The one limits and the other excludes. K. § 322, 2, 6.— 
ὑποκρινόμενον) “ acting a part,” “ feigning.” 

288. οὕτως] “thus.” This word stands opposed to ἄλλως 
πως, afew lines below. The people at large, he says, did 
not act in one way towards him in this matter, and the 
friends of the slain in another. — δέον] “ it being pfoper,” 
i. 6. according to established customs. An acc. absolute. 
See § 30, n. It was customary among the Greeks to have 
funeral feasts. — οἰκειοσάτῳ)] ‘“* the nearest relative.” ὡς, 
just before this word, is to be referred to it as strengthening 
the superlative. For its separation from the word to which 
it refers, see Matt. § 461. — μάλιστα διέφερεν) “ it most con- 
cerned.” This is used as an impersonal verb here, and 
governs @ in the line before. — ἃ py... . ὥφελον] “* what 
would that they had never suffered.” A wish that cannot 
be realized. K. § 259, R. 6; Ὁ. § 77, 3. 

289. ἐπίγραμμα] “ inscription.” A short piece of poetry 
written as an epitaph upon the tombs or other monuments 
erected in honor of the dead. — Μαρνάμενοι . . ... Yuxds] 
“Βαϊ, contending, they did not save their lives by bravery 
aud courage.” The genitives ἀρετῆς and δείματος depend, 
perhaps, upon βράβην, there being a sort of zeugma between 
the two sentences, = But, contending, they did not count 
upon the preservation of their lives as the reward of their 
bravery and courage, but a common death. But it is most 
probable that the reading is corrupt here. — κρίσις] ““ issue,” 
i. 6. death. — μοῖραν . . . . ἔπορενἾ ** but he (Jupiter) did not 





250 NOTES. 


afford them any escape from fate,” i. e. those who fell in 
this battle. 

290. αὐτῷ τούτῳ] “ this very inscription.” 

291. μνησθεὶς} “ having mentioned or spoken of.” — οὐχ 
és... . γνώμην] “had not the state of mind which a patri- 
otic and just citizen would have had.” 

292. wodireias .... φροντίζειν], “ pretending that ne 1s 
concerned for the constitution.” /Eschines had made zreat 
pretensions to this in his speech. — καὶ pi... . τετάχθαι] 
“and not by his line of policy to be ranked among our ene- 
mies.” κοινῶν properly means “public measures.” — εἰς 
πράγματα] “into difficulties,” “troubles.” See ὃ 246, n. 

293. δὲ ἐμὲ . . . . mparrouévy] “ that, through my influ- 
ence, you have resisted the power that was forming against 
the Greeks,” i. e. the power of Philip. This, he says, would 
be doing too great honor to himself, while at the same time 
it would be doing still greater injustice to the people, by im- 
plying that they had been led into this policy contrary to 
their usual course. — εὖ οἶδ᾽ ὅτι] ὅτι belongs to a predicate to 
be supplied from συγχωρήσαιτε. Jelf’s K. § 895, 1. 

294. εἴ γ᾽... ἐμοί] “if, indeed, having laid aside mis- 
representation and speaking from enmity, we should con- 
sider in face of the truth who they undoubtedly are upon 
whose heads all would with reason and justly place the 
blame of all that has happened, any one would find them to 
be such men as this fellow, in each of the cities, not such 
as I am.” 

295. ὑπάρχοντας] “existing,” or “ their own.” The list 
of traitors which follows may be regarded as a kind of Black 
Roll, posted up for immortality. 

296. αἰσχίστοις] “ the basest indulgences.” 

297. Tavryns .... ἐλευθερίας] “ ΟΥ̓ this so shameful and 
infamous conspiracy and baseness, or rather, O men of 
Athens, not to speak unmeaningly, betrayal of the liberty 
of the Greeks.” 


298. καιρὸς} ““ opportunity.” — οὐδ᾽ dca... . συμβεβού- 


NOTES. 95] 


λεῦκα] “ nor what, at any time, 1 haye advised these (the 
Athenians) have I advised like you (traitors), inclining 
owards gain as if in a scale,” i. e. from selfish, mercenary 
motives. — καὶ μεγίστων .. «- προστὰς] “and, as is well 
known (δὴ), having directed the most important interests of 
all the men of my time.” κατά here is used as it is in the 
phrase οἱ καθ᾽ ἑαυτούς, “those with themselves,” or “ their 
contemporaries.” K. § 292, (2). 

299. Τὸν δὲ τειχισμὸν] “ But this repairing of the fortifi- 
cations.” Alluding to his services as superintendent of the 
repairs made upon the fortifications after the battle of Chee- 
ronea. A few lines below, the orator, playing upon the 
word, employs it in a figurative sense, including all that 
he did for the defence of Athens. — mdépjo.... τίθεμαι] 
“‘but I place them far below my political measures.” τῶν 
πεπολιτευμένων is governed by πόῤῥω. K. § 271,8 ; C. $55, 
2.— duvvovpévovs] Some prefer ἀμυνομένους here, — the 
pres. instead of the fut. 

300. ἀλλ᾽ of . . . . τύχῃ] “ but the generals of the allied 
forces, and the forces themselves, were conquered by for- 
tune.” | 

301. ἐκ 3¢.... ravry;] “ but on the side of the places 
towards the Peloponnesus (to throw before the city) those 
dwelling near to it?” The orator, it will be perceived, 
speaks of the allies which he had gained as so many ram- 
parts thrown up in different directions around the state. — 
παρὰ .... φιλίαν] “along by a country friendly in its whole 
extent.” This region included the nations on the Helle- 
spont, the Eubeeans, etc., as corn was brought by the Greeks 
from the Euxine Sea. See § 73,n. For φιλίαν, without 
a noun, see K, § 263, a, (8); C. ὁ 50, 3. 

302. Kai ra pév.... ὑπαρχόντων] “ And, on the one 
hand, to preserve of our existing dominions.” τὰ μὲν, * in 
part,” is an adverbial acc., and is responded to by τὰ δ᾽ be- 
low. K. ᾧ 322, 5, (a).— dy 8°... . προσθεῖναι ;] “ but of 
what things there was a lack to the city, to supply these ?” 
The views here given are verv statesmanlike and just. 





252 NOTES. 


303. a cal... . ἐμοῦ] “ which measures, O men of Ath 
ens, if any one will consider them without envy, he will 
find to have been wisely enacted, and executed with all 
integrity, and that the proper time of each was neither neg- 
lected nor unperceived, nor betrayed by me.” παρεθέντα 
and προεθέντα are both first aorist passive participles from 
different compounds of the same verb, ie. 

305. ᾧκουν] ** would have inhabited.” The sense is af- 
fected by ἂν in the preceding line. 

306. dv .... περίεστι] “ which, if they had been suc- 
cessful, O earth and gods, it would undoubtedly have been 
our fortune to be at the height of greatness, and justly so, 
too; but as they have resulted very otherwise, it still re- 
mains to enjoy a good reputation.” μεγίστοις is put in the 
dative by attraction. See § 128. 

307. οὐκ] Repeated for emphasis. — ὑποστάντα] “ having 
undertaken.” The article τὸν in the preceding line belongs 
to this word, which is to be understood as referring to De- 
mosthenes himself, as the other character described in the 
context is to be understood as meant for A’schines. — λυπή- 
sy] ‘* may have offended him.” 

308. ἡσυχίαν] ““ quiet,” “ withdrawal from public affairs.” 
— φυλάττει. . . . λέγοντος] ““ watches when you are full of 
continuous speaking,” i. e. pressed with business. It was 
only at such times, when there appeared to be a chance for 
him to ‘make capital” out of the difficulties and troubles 
of others, that he came forward. It is to be observed that 
πηνίκα is for ὁπηνίκα, ---- the direct for the indirect. K. § 344, 
R. 1. — πολλὰ δὲ τἀνθρώπινα] “ and many human things are 
of this kind.” — cuveipe: . . . . ἀπνευστί] ‘* pronounces these 
in a continuous flow, distinctly, and without catching his 
breath”; i. 6. in a declamatory, periodic style. —r@ τι- 
χόντι) “any one,” “every one.” The literal meaning of 
this participle 1s “one who has happened,” and hence by 
an easy transition it comes w mean “ any one,” or “ every 
one.” 


NOTES. 253 


309 ratrns.... ἐπιμελείας ““ of this oratorical skill and 
art,” i. e. such as is spoken of above. 

310. Totrwv .... éééracis] “ For there was a test of all 
these things in the above-mentioned times,” i. e. the times 
called for suth services, and hence they became the test of 
the ability and patriotism of public men. The following 
sentence expresses the same idea in a different manner, and 
hence ἀποδείξεις means “ proofs,” “ tests.” — ἐν οἷς} “ among 
whom.” Referring for its antecedent to ἀνδρὶ καλῷ τε κἀγα- 


(6g. K. § 332, R. 1, (a). — οὔκουν... . ηὐξάνετο] “ conse- 


quently, not among those at least by whom the country was 
strengthened.” For οὔκουν, see ᾧ 24, n. 

811. Tis ἢ. ... σοῦ; “ What civil and public relief of 
means (has ever been effected) by you, either for the rich 
or poor?” such, for instance, as he himself had effected in 
his revision of the laws of the trierarchy, δῷ 102 -- 109. 

312. ὦ τᾶν] “my good Sir.” This sentence is repre- 
sented as being spoken by some one by way of obviating 
or palliating the charges just stated. — εἰς σωτηρίαν .... 
ἀργύριον) “ contributed of their means to the safety (of their 
country), and finally Aristonicus (gave to the city) the 
money which he had collected for regaining his civi! rank.” 
This Aristonicus (perhaps the one mentioned § 84) had in 
some way, as it would seem, embezzled the public money, 
and consequently, according to the laws of Athens, was 
considered as politically disgraced until this was refunded. 
Having collected sufficient money to refund it, he presented 
it to the state. — οὐδὲ τότε οὔτε] Observe the accumulation 
of negatiyes, and see § 216 ; also § 24. — οὐκ ἀπορῶν] “ not 
being destitute of means.” That he was not thus desti.ute 
is shown from his having received a large amount by the 
will of a relative, and also from the wealthy citizens, for 
attacking the law of Demosthenes concerning the trierar- 
chy. Observe that κεκληρονόμηκας takes two genitives. See 
C. § 54, R. 9. 

313. ᾿Αλλ᾽ iba... . ἐκκρούσω] “* But lest, speaking one 

22 





254 NOTES. 


word after another, I cheat myself out of the present op- 
portunity,” i. e. by not adhering strictly to his defence. — 
@coxpiys] An actor, or according to others an informer, 
who made pathetic complaints against persons. 

316. οὐ pév.... ἄγειν] “nor, indeed, could.any one say 
how great, to bring into discredit and contempt the good 
deeds performed in the present age.” 

317. βουλομένη] “ aiming at.” — κατ᾽ éxeivovs] “ with 
them,” i. e. their contemporaries, just as τοὺς καθ᾽ αὑτόν, 
a few lines below, means “his contemporaries.” See 
§ 293, n. 

318. —ta.... εἴπω] “that I may say nothing else,” 
i. 6. nothing worse. Alluding to the epithet which he had 
just applied to Aschines. 

320. épapiddov . . . . κειμένης] “ patriotism for their coun- 
try lying open for rivalry to all in common,” i. e. all hav- 
ing an equal chance to show their zeal for their country. 
The time here alluded to is opposed to that alluded to a few 
lines below, when, after the ascendency of the Macedonian 
power, men were not judged of by their zeal for their coun- 
try, but by their zeal for their masters; in which last period 
he freely acknowledges that he was eclipsed by A’schines 
and his friends. — ἐν τάξει. . . . ἱπποτρόφος] “ (became) both 
great in rank, and a famous keeper of race-horses.” A 
matter of great pride in Greece. 

321. μέτριον πολίτην] “a respectable, frugal citizen.” Op- 
posed to the traitors, who made such a display with their 
i]l-gotten gains. Thus also De Cherson. ᾧ 76. ----ἐν pév.... 
διαφυλάττειν] “ in favorable opportunities to maintain for the 
city the pursuit of honor and supremacy.” — rovrov.... 
ἕτερα] “ for of this, or of thus much, nature has the control, 
but of the ability and power, other things.” That is to say, 
it was within the power of every one to have these feelings 
and designs towards his country, though the ability to carry 
them out depended upon various other things. 

322. Οὐκ ἐξαιτούμενος, x. τ. Δ] The orator here alludes 


NOTES. 955 


to the various ways in which he had been persecuted by his 
enemies, most of which have been referred to in the pre- 
vious part of the Oration. 

323. ἑτέρων] “ of others,” i. 6. others besides his country- 
men. — τὴν defuv.... οἴωμαι] “extending the hand (by 
way of salutation) and offering my congratulations to those 
whom I may expect to announce it there,” i. e. in Macedo- 
nia. The orator here refers to those at Athens who were 
desirous of being known to the enemy as zealous advocates 
of their cause, and hence, on occasion of any success of 
the Macedonian arms, were particular to offer their con- 
gratulations to such of the Macedonian party at Athens as 
would be likely to report their zeal at head-quarters. 

324. Μὴ δῆτ᾽, x. τ. Δ] This peroration is short, but ex- 
ceedingly impressive. It forms a proper climax to the tone 
of patriotic fervor which pervades the whole Oration, and a 
fitting conclusion to the indignant strain of rebuke which 
the orator has uttered ageinst the enemies of his country. 


— ἐξώλεις καὶ προώλεις .... ποιήσατε] “ wholly destroy, and 


that, too, speedily” (Jit. before their time). See Orat. 
F. L., p. 395, init. 











APPENDIX ON THE DOCUMENTS. 





Tue great difficulties connected with the interpretation of the 
decrees and other documents found in this oration seem to re- 
quire a separate and more extended discussion of their charac- 
ter and contents than could be given in the Notes. The genu- 
ineness of these documents has long been a subject of debate, and 
especially, of late, has been ably discussed by Professors Boeckh 
and Vomel in the affirmative, and Professors Droysen and New- 
man in the negative. But little more will be attempted here than 
briefly to indicate the most important results arrived at by this dis- 
cussion, so far as known to the author. The arguments against 
the genuineness of the documents are, — 

1. The fact, that in the other orations of Demosthenes, and 


those of the other Attic orators, as well as in the latter half of ᾿ 


this oration, we generally find only the bare titles of the docu- 
ments. This being the fact, the question at once arises, how it 
could have happened. No reason can be discovered, in the natufe 
of the case, why they should have been incorporated into the text 
in the first twenty-seven instances, and not in the remainder. If 
they were inserted by the author himself, why did he stop here? 
and why are they not found in his other orations, and in those of 
the other Attic orators ? 

2. Out of the fourteen documents which require the name of the 
archon to be mentioned during whose year of office they were 
enacted, only one name agrees with the received lists of archons 
which have come down to us. This solitary true name is that of 
Cherondas (§ 54), which could hardly have been mistaken by a 
fabricator, from its known connection with the fatal battle of Che- 
ronea. 


93 5 


᾿ 


edie epi led tly Ὁ... 


μεν ον -- τ -- ee koe 


a er ee 





APPENDIX. 


3. No inconsiderable difficulty is found in the language of the 
documents; such as mversions in the order of words in set phrases, 
unusual designations of office and duties, uncommon words and 
uncommon meanings. 

4. Quite a number of the documents do not seem at all pertinent 
to the connection. The remarks of the orator by which they are 
introduced, or the comments which he makes upon them, seem to 
suppose, in several instances, something very different from what 
we find. This is especially true of the following documents : — 
1. Philip’s letter relative to his detention of the Athenian vessels 
(§ 77). It is introduced by the orator in order to show that Philip 
casts the blame of breaking the peace on others, while he exon- 
erates him, and is commented upon as fully proving the point. 
But the letter found in the text does not sustain the assertion, 
without considerable violence in its interpretation. 2. The ducu- 
ments connected with his reform of the trierarchy ($$ 105, 106). 
They seem very deficient in fulness, and quite different from what 
we are led to expect from the connection and the titles by which 
they are designated, especially the Karadoyo. 3. The documents 
concerning the relation between Athens and Thebes (δῷ 164 -- 167). 
These are introduced to show the unhappy state of feeling between 
the two cities, brought about by Aéschines and his party. We 
are led to expect, therefore, decrees of mutual crimination. But 
the decrees found in the text both relate to Philip, and only one of 
them alludes to the Thebans at all. Besides, one of the letters of 
Philip is called a reply to the Thebans, while we have no decree at 
all from the Thebans to which he could reply. 

δ. Several of the decrees present very serious historical diffi- 
culties, especially the following: —1. The decree of Demosthe- 
nes concerning the oaths (the first in the series, § 29). This de- 
cree, as found in the text, differs from the account given of it 
elsewhere, both by A°schines and Demosthenes, in several particu- 
lars. First, the date of it is more than a month after the return 
of the embassy which it was designed to despatch (see notes on 
§ 30, and the Calendar). Second, it is clearly implied in the 
oration of Demosthenes, De F. L. (p. 376), that there were ten 
ambassadors on this embassy, while only five are here mentioned, 
and of these the name of only one (that of A‘schines) agrees with 
the list of those known to have been upon the embassy. Third, 
an important particular is omitted in the decree, which is described 


APPENDIX. 259 


vy Demosthenes (F. L., p. 389) as having been introduced into it, 
—the provision that the admiral (Proxenus) should conduct the 
ambassadors directly to Philip. Fourth, it speaks of the peace as 
having been voted at the first assembly, whereas it was voted at 
the second, on the 19th of Elaphebolion (Dem. F. L., p. 359) ; 
and, besides, makes no allusion to the alliance which was coupled 
with the peace in the decree referred to, as is evident even from 
Demosthenes (F. L., pp. 353, 354). 2. The decree of Callisthe- 
nes immediately after the submission of the Phocians to Philip 
($$ 37,38). In the first place, the date is nearly five months after 
the surrender of the Phocians to Philip, while Demosthenes, both 
in this oration (§ 36), and in the Orat. de F. L. (p. 379), states 
that the decree was passed immediately after that event. In the 
second place, several things are omitted here, which are described 
by Demosthenes (Εἰ. L., p. 379) as having been contained in the 
decree. 3. The second Amphictyonic decree (ἢ 155) purports to 
have been passed at the spring session, whereas it is stated by De- 
mosthenes, in the remarks by which he introduces the decrees, 
that it was passed at the session following that at which the pre- 
ceding decree was passed, i. e. the tollowing autumnal session. 
The designation Arcadian, given to Cottyphus, may have arisen 
from confounding Parrhasian (an Arcadian name) with Pharsalian, 
which was his proper designation. 4. The decrees of Heropy- 
thes concerning the relation between Athens and Thebes seem to 
contain*an obscure allusion to a second peace with Philip, after 
the war of Byzantium, which is highly incredible, though attested 
by Diodorus. There are no important difficulties in the other 
documents. 

The counter arguments in favor of the genuineness of the docu- 
ments are, briefly, as follows : — 

1. It is not necessary, in order to make out their genuineness, 
to suppose that the orator himself incorporated them into his 
speech, but only that they were actually taken from the public ar- 
chives, on the supposition that they were the identical records referred 
to in the text, and not fabricated. ‘This may have been done some 
time after the publication of the speech; which, indeed, is the 
commonly received view. 

2. Hence it is very easy to imagine how they came to be incom- 
plete, since it is very conceivable that the records themselves, from 
a certain point, may have been lost or mislaid, or from some other 


cause rendered defective. 


RP | ee Ey ee ~ 5 —- 





260 APPENDIX 


3. Hence, also, the almost uniformly wrong archons. The 
documents for a year were probably inclosed in a single envelope, 
or deposited in a single compartment, containing the name of the 
chief archon for the year, while those acted upon during each Pry- 
tany bore the name of the clerk for the Prytany. When, now, 
these documents were taken from the archives for publication, the 
name of the archon may have been lost or overlooked, and the 
name of the clerk for the Prytany mistaken for it. 

4. Hence, too, the wrong document would often be introduced 
instead of the right one, which accounts for their want of perti- 
nence in many cases, and the historical difficulties in others. 

5. Most of the remaining difficulties may be accounted for, either 
by supposing corruptions in the decrees, to which they would he 
very liable under the circumstances supposed, or inaccuracies in 
the original drafts, on account of their referring to matters which 
their authors did not understand. 

The judgment of Vomel (as given in the Class. Mus., No. 
VIII.), after surveying the whole question, is, that ‘‘ five documents 
are attached to a wrong place, four are full of gaps, one perhaps 
imperfect, and one forged.”’ 


INDEX TO THE NOTES. 





I. NAMES AND SUBJECTS. 


Abuses of democracy, 143. 

Accumulation of negatives, 13, 
24, 216, 312. 

Accusative absolute, 30. 

Adverbs ending in θεν, 244. 

Eschines, enmity between him 
and Demosthenes, 17; of small 
stature, 129; his character and 
course, 258-267; had a fine 
voice, 280. 

Amphictyonic Council, 148 ; 
constitution and place of meet- 
ing, 151, 154, 155 ;— War, 
149. 

Ancient oratory, character of, 22. 

Aposiopesis, 3, 22. . 

Archons, 29, 54. 

Areopagus, 133. 

Aristonicus, 312. 

Aristophon, 162. 

Asyndeton with ἕτερος, 219. 

Athenian Calendar, 29. 

Athens, the two parties there, 
89; tribes at, 29; age of ma- 
jority at, 177; assemblies of 
the people at, 37; number of 
generals at, 38; character of 
them during the contest with 
Philip, 145. 

Beeotian towns, 43. 

Byzantium, 87, 90. 

Cephalus, 251. 

Cheronea, 195. 

Cirrha, 149. 


Classification of Solcn, 171. 

Clepsydra, 139. 

Climax, 179. 

Colyttus, 75. 

Constructio κατὰ σύνεσιν, 277, 
310. 

Crier at the public assemblies at 
Athens, 282; invitation given 
by him at the opening of the 
meetings, 170. 

Dative by attraction, 128, 306. 

Decelea, 96. 

Demades, 285. 

Demosthenes, his statesmanship, 
301-303; his voice, 280; 
elevated sentiments, 97; se- 
verity of language, 242; hap- 
py use of illustrations, 243 ; 
repair of the walls of Athens, 
299 ; his style, 142; his labors 
against Philip, 218, 237, 270; 
powerful summing up of top- 
ics and arguments, 86, 265. 

Denial of both protasis and apo- 
dosis, 76. 

Direct for indirect discourse, 241. 

Divided state of the Peloponne- 
sus, 18. 

Dodonian Jupiter, 253. 

Eleusis, 177. 

Embassies to Philip, 17. 

Enthymems, 139. 

Epigram, 289. 





Eubea, its situation, 71. 





262 INDEX. 


Eubulus, 162. 

Examination of accounts of pub- 
lic officers at Athens, 112, 117. 

Festivals of Bacchus at Athens, 
54. 

Forms in vps and ὕω inter- 
changed, 76. 

Funeral feasts at Athens, 288. 

Future in subordinate clauses, 26. 

Generals. See Athens. 

Harmosts, 96. 

Inverted attraction, 16, 200. 

Locrians of Amphissa, 149. 

Logical and oratorical order of 
words, 134. 

List of traitors in the Grecian 
states, 295, 296. 

Neuter for masculine, 47. 

Oath by the heroes of Marathon, 
etc., 208. 

Occasion of the Oration for the 
Crown, 17. 

Oratorical pleonasms, 21, 137. 

Participial construction, 122. 

Partitive genitive, instead of tak- 
ing the case of the adjective, 
22, 132. 

Peace with Philip, 17. 

Perfect and aorist dif., 142. 

Perinthus, 90. 

Personal instead of impersonal 
construction, 41, 198. 

Pireus, 132. - 

Plural of abstract nouns, 210. 





Pnyx. 55 ; its situation, 169. 

Position of Athens among the 
states of Greece, 63. 

Pregnant construction, 14, 138. 

Preliminary skirmishes with 
Philip, 216. 

Pres. in fut. sense, 21. 

Published speeches of the orators 
different from the spoken, 215. 

Relative used as an adjective pro- 
noun, 10. 

Return of the descendants of 
Hercules, 186. 

Second Sacred War, 18. 

Senate-chamber at Athens, its 
situation, 169. 

Social War, 17, 234. 

Temple of Delos, 134. 

Theocrines, 313. 

Theoric fund, 28, 119. 

Thermopyle, 32. 

Thesmothete, 116. 

The trierarchy, 99, 102, 104 - 
106. 

Time of the tenses in connection 
with ei and ἄν, 76, 201. . 

Traitors, 48, 49, 295. 

Verbals, construction of, 58. 

Verbs of willing, construction of, 
11. : 

Vices of democracies, 143, 246. 

Whole in apposition with its 
parts, 182. 

Zeugma, 289. 





Il. GREEK WORDS AND PHRASES. 


ἄγκυρα, 281. 

ἀγωνοθέτης, 84. 

ἀδικήματα, ἁμαρτήματα, ἀτυχήμα- 
τα, 274. 

αἰτία, διαβολή, λοιδορία, 7. 

ἀκονιτί, 200. 

ἀληθές, 249. 

ἀλλὰ γάρ, 42, 111. 


ἅμα μέν... . ἅμα δέ, 219. 
ἀμείνων, κρείττων, dif., 215. 
ἄμεινον πράττειν, 254. ; 
dy, 16, 17; omitted with histori- 
cal tenses, 248. 
ἀναλαβεῖν, construction of, 163. 
ἀναφορά, 219. 
ἀνήρ, with names of nations, 





ἄλλως τε κἄν, 5. 


etc., 1. 


INDEX. 263 


ἅνθρωπος for ὁ ἄνθρωπος, 139. 

ἀπλῶε, 88. ae 

᾿Απόλλων πατρῷος, 141. 

ἀπόνοια, 249. 

ἀρχιτέκτων, 28. 

βακτηρία, 210. 

βέλτιστα πράττειν, 952. 

βλασφημεῖν, construction of, 11. 

γέ, ironical, 136; between a 
preposition and its case, 216. 


γραμματοκύφων, 209. 

γραφὴ παρανόμων, 9. 

Ypres 169. 

€, ἀλλά, dif., 287. 

δεινότης, 277. 

dexapyxia, 18. 

δή = as is well known, 18, 139, 
208. 

δημιουργός, 157. 

δήποτε, 21, 261. 

διάνοια = state of mind, 192. 

διδόναι = to offer, 103. 

δυοῖν θάτερον, 139. 

δύσκολον --- ἀδίκον, 176. 

ἐβουλόμην and ἠβουλόμην, 64. 

εἰς after a verb of rest implying 
a previous motion, 157. 

εἰσαγγελία, 13. 

eis ie fe: 

εἰδέναι, γιγνώσκειν, dif., 48. 

ἐκεῖνος = that renowned, 219; 
unusual position of, 71, 238. 

ἐκπίπτειν, 265. 

ἑλεῖν τὴν nv, 3. 

rer Fad oe a ϑθθ 242. 

ἐμὲ αὐτόν, ἐμαυτόν, dif., 13, 279. 

ἐν = with, 28. 

ἐξεταζόμενος, 277. 

ἐξέτασις, ἐξετασμός, dif., 16. 

ἐξώλης καὶ mpowAns, 324. 

ἐπί == under, in the power of, 
166, 215; with σβοπεῖν, 210, 
233. 

ἐπιστάτης, 29. 

ἐπιστήσας, 87. 

ἕτερος without the article, 87. 

ἐφεξῆς, 110. 

ἡγεμονία, 202, 

ἡ ἡμέρα ἑκάστη, 249. 

(ros, 129. 

ἰαμβειοφάγος, 139, 180. 





ἱπποτρόφος, 320. 

καί concessive with participle, 
50, 258 ; — μήν, 14; semen πὰ ὁ 
δέ = and also, 215 --- γάρ, 
65 ; —ravra=and that too, 
282.—.... τε καί, 1. 

καιρός, χρόνος, dif., 48. 

καλαμίτης, 129. 

καλοκἀγαθία, 93. 

καλῶς ποιοῦντες, 231. 

= "a at with, 298, 

17. 

Baers, construction of, 

1 τος with two genitives, 

κλήτορες, 55. 

κοινῇ, 8. 

λανθάνειν, construction of, 190. 

_— μέν, 164, 267, 324; τὰ 
—, 21. 

μέλλει with fut. infin., 8. 

μὲν οὖν, 130. 

Μουσῶν λείαν, 72. 

νὴ Δία, concessive, 101, 117. 

νομίζειν, οἴεσθαι, dif., 252. 

νῦν referring to an actual course 
of events, rore to a supposed 
course, 195, 200. 

ξύλον, 129. 

ὁ διώκων, 7. : ; 

οἴεσθαι ironical, like the Englisb 
‘* trow,”’ 225. 

olxeios == πολιτικός, 234. 

ὀλίγου (μικροῦ) δεῖν, 20, 151, 
209. 

ὀμωμοκέναι, ὁρκοῦν, ὁρκίζειν, 6. 

ὁπηνίκα for εἶ, 14. 

ὅπως μή with fut. indic., 276. 

ὅσα for ἅ when referring to 
quantity. 

ὃς μέν, demonstrative, 164. 

ὅτι without a predicate expressed, 
293. " 

ov δέον, 133, 277. 

οὔκουν (οὐκοῦν), 24. 

οὔτε... .. οὔτε, 24, 186. 

οὗτος nearly == τοιοῦτος, 173. 

οὕτω, referring to what follows, 
138, 269 ; separated from its 
word. 33, 163, 220. 





264 


οὐχ ὅπως, 131. 

παρά ==at the same time that, 
in connection with, 13, 226. 

παρεία, 260. 

παριέναι, προϊέναι, 303. 

περί == round among, in, 147. 

περιουσία, 3. 

περίτριμμα ἀγορᾶς, 127. 

πηνίκα for ὁπηνίκα, 308. 

πινάκιον, 210. 

πλὴν οὐκ, 45. 

πόθεν, 47. 

ποιεῖν ὑπερβολήν = ὑπερβάλλειν, 
190. 

πολεμάρχος, 175. 

πολιτεύεσθαι, πράττειν, ποιεῖν, 4. 

πολλοῦ γε καὶ δεῖ, 47. 

πομπεία, 11; πομπεύειν, 122. 

πόῤῥω With genitive, 299. 

πράγματα = difficulties, troubles, 
246. 

προάγειν, προσάγειν, dif., 206. 

προαίρεσις καὶ πολιτεία, 93. 

προέδροι, 29;—non contribules, 
29. 

προθεσμία, 125. 

προλαβεῖν, 224. 

πρός == in comparison with, 256. 

πρότερος, πρότερον, 7. 

πρυτανεύειν, 29 

πρῶτον, πρῶτον μέν, dif., 56. 

Πύλαι, 32. 

σιτώνης, 248. 

σύμβολον, 210. 

σύμβουλος καὶ συκοφάντης, 189. 

σχήματα, 22 

σχήσειν for ἕξειν, 45. 

τὰ μάλιστα, 21. 

τὰ μὲν... . τὰ δέ, 302. 

τὰ τιμιώτατα, 215. 


τιθέναι ψήφους, 227. 





INDEX. 


τί κακὸν οὐχί, 48. 


τιμωρία, τίμημα, τὰ ἐπιτίμια, dif., 
12. 


τὶς = μέγας, 225. 

τὸ δ᾽ οὖν κεφαλαῖον, 213. 

τὸ καὶ τό = this and that, 243. 

τὸ κατ᾽ ἐμέ, 246, 

τὸ λοιπόν, τὰ λοιπά, τοῦ λοιποῦ, 
dif., 78. 

τὸ μὲν πρῶτον, 87. 

τοῖς ὅλοις, καθ᾽ ὅλου, 39. 

τοῖς πρὸς ἐμέ, 14. 

τοσοῦτος referring to what fol- 
lows, 60. 

τυχεῖν, 130; τυχόν = perhaps, 
221. 

ὑπάρχειν, 1. 

ὑπάρχων, ὦν, παρών, ὑπών, dif., 


ὑπέρ nearly --- περί, 9. 

ὑπολογίζεσθαι, διαλογίζεσθαι, 
dif., 99. 

ὑπωμοσία, 103. 

φανῆναι with infin. and part., 71. 

φέρειν καὶ ἄγειν, 230. 

φορά,ΘΙ, 271. 

φυγάδες, 71. 

χρηστός, ironical, 30. 

χοῖνιξ, 129. 9 

ὡς, with acc. absolute, 276 ; with 
an adverb, 85, 128, 212; =— 
eis or πρός, 133, 169 ; — dpa, 
usage, 22, 54. 

ὡς ἔοικεν, ironical, 63. 

ὥστ᾽ ov instead of ὥστε μή, 120, 
283. 

ὥσπερ ἄν referring to a sup- 
pressed predicate, 194, 214. 

ὥφελον expressing a wish that 
cannot be realized, 288 

ὥχετο λαβών, 40. 

ἊΣ 














sem 


»" Le | 
me tA SQ WG 4 A 
peers = SUPeNT ΤΉΝ ν. ὙΨΟΟΝΥ 2. See 


we 


a 





